Test Procedures for Testing Highway and Nonroad Engines and Omnibus Technical Amendments, 40420-40612 [05-11534]
Download as PDF
40420
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
AGENCY
40 CFR Parts 85, 86, 89, 90, 91, 92, 94,
1039, 1048, 1051, 1065, and 1068
[AMS–FRL–7922–5]
RIN 2060–AM35
Test Procedures for Testing Highway
and Nonroad Engines and Omnibus
Technical Amendments
SUMMARY: This regulation revises and
harmonizes test procedures from the
various EPA programs for controlling
engine emissions. It does not change
emission standards, nor is it intended to
change the emission reductions
expected from these EPA programs.
Rather, it amends the regulations that
describe laboratory specifications for
equipment and test fuels, instructions
for preparing engines and running tests,
calculations for determining final
emission levels from measured values,
and instructions for running emission
tests using portable measurement
devices outside the laboratory. These
updated testing regulations currently
apply to land-based nonroad diesel
engines, land-based nonroad sparkignition engines over 19 kilowatts, and
recreational vehicles. The revisions in
this final rule will update the
regulations to deal more effectively with
the more stringent standards recently
promulgated by EPA and will also
clarify and better define certain
elements of the required test
procedures. In particular, the
amendments better specify the
procedures applicable to field testing
under the regulations.
This action also applies the updated
testing regulations to highway heavyduty diesel engine regulations. This
action is appropriate because EPA has
historically drafted a full set of testing
specifications for each vehicle or engine
category subject to emission standards
as each program was developed over the
past three decades. This patchwork
approach has led to some variation in
test parameters across programs, which
we hope to address by adopting a
common set of test requirements. The
primary goal of this effort is to create
unified testing requirements for all
engines, which when implemented will
streamline laboratory efforts for EPA
and industry.
This action will also include other
technical changes intended to clarify
and better define requirements for
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
B. How Can I Get Copies of This
Document and Other Related
Information?
This final rule is effective
September 12, 2005.
The incorporation by reference of
certain publications listed in this
regulation is approved by the Director of
the Federal Register as of September 12,
2005.
1. Docket. EPA has established an
official public docket for this action
under Docket ID No. OAR–2004–0017.
The official public docket consists of the
documents specifically referenced in
this action, any public comments
received, and other information related
to this action. Although a part of the
official docket, the public docket does
not include Confidential Business
Information (CBI) or other information
whose disclosure is restricted by statute.
Documents in the official public docket
are listed in the index list in EPA’s
electronic public docket and comment
system, EDOCKET. Documents may be
available either electronically or in hard
copy. Electronic documents may be
viewed through EDOCKET. Hard copy
documents may be viewed at the EPA
Docket Center, (EPA/DC) EPA West,
Room B102, 1301 Constitution Ave.,
NW., Washington, DC. Docket in The
EPA Docket Center Public Reading
Room is open from 8:30 a.m. to 4:30
p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding
legal holidays. The telephone number
for the Public Reading Room is (202)
566–1744.
This rule relies in part on information
related to our November 2002 final rule,
which can be found in Public Docket A–
2000–01. This docket is incorporated by
reference into the docket for this action,
OAR–2004–0017.
2. Electronic Access. You may access
this Federal Register document
electronically through the EPA Internet
under the ‘‘Federal Register’’ listings at
https://www.epa.gov/fedrgstr/ Or you can
go to the federal-wide eRulemaking site
at www.regulations.gov.
An electronic version of the public
docket is available through EDOCKET.
You may use EDOCKET at https://
www.epa.gov/edocket/ to view public
comments, access the index listing of
the contents of the official public
docket, and to access those documents
in the public docket that are available
electronically. Once in the system,
select ‘‘search,’’ then key in the
appropriate docket identification
number.
DATES:
EPA has established a
docket for this action under Docket ID
No. OAR–2004–0017. All documents in
the docket are listed in the EDOCKET
index at https://www.epa.gov/edocket.
Although listed in the index, some
information is not publicly available,
i.e., CBI or other information whose
disclosure is restricted by statute.
Certain other material, such as
copyrighted material, is not placed on
the Internet and will be publicly
available only in hard copy form.
Publicly available docket materials are
available either electronically in
EDOCKET or in hard copy at the Air
Docket in the EPA Docket Center, EPA/
DC, EPA West, Room B102, 1301
Constitution Ave., NW., Washington,
DC. The Public Reading Room is open
from 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday
through Friday, excluding legal
holidays. The telephone number for the
Public Reading Room is (202) 566–1744,
and the telephone number for the Air
Docket is (202) 566–1742.
ADDRESSES:
Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA).
ACTION: Final Rule.
AGENCY:
VerDate jul<14>2003
several different EPA engine programs.
These changes are relatively minor and
are technical in scope.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Alan Stout, U.S. EPA, Voice-mail (734)
214–4636; E-mail: stout.alan@epa.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
A. Regulated Entities
This action affects companies that
manufacture or sell engines. Regulated
categories and entities include:
Category
NAICS
codes a
Examples of potentially regulated entities
Industry
333618 ...
Manufacturers of new
engines.
a North American Industry Classification System (NAICS)
This list is not intended to be
exhaustive, but rather provides a guide
regarding entities likely to be regulated
by this action. To determine whether
particular activities may be regulated by
this action, you should carefully
examine the regulations. You may direct
questions regarding the applicability of
this action to the person listed in FOR
FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT.
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Table of Contents
I. Modified Test Procedures for Highway and
Nonroad Engines
A. Incorporation of Nonroad Test
Procedures for Heavy Duty Highway
Engines
B. Revisions to Part 1065
II. Technical Amendments
A. Standard-Setting Changes that Apply to
Multiple Categories
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
B. Nonroad general compliance provisions
(40 CFR part 1068)
C. Land-based nonroad diesel engines (40
CFR parts 89 and 1039)
D. Marine diesel engines (40 CFR part 94)
E. Small nonroad spark-ignition engines
(40 CFR part 90)
F. Marine spark-ignition engines (40 CFR
part 91)
G. Large nonroad spark-ignition engines
(40 CFR part 1048)
H. Recreational vehicles (40 CFR part 1051)
I. Locomotives (40 CFR part 92)
J. Highway engines and vehicles (40 CFR
part 86)
III. Public Participation
IV. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews
V. Statutory Provisions and Legal Authority
I. Modified Test Procedures for
Highway and Nonroad Engines
A. Incorporation of Nonroad Test
Procedures for Heavy Duty Highway
Engines
As part of our initiative to update the
content, organization and writing style
of our regulations, we are revising our
test procedures.1 We have grouped all of
our engine dynamometer and field
testing test procedures into one part
entitled, ‘‘Part 1065: Test Procedures.’’
For each engine or vehicle sector for
which we have recently promulgated
standards (such as land-based nonroad
diesel engines or recreational vehicles),
we identified an individual part as the
standard-setting part for that sector.
These standard-setting parts then refer
to one common set of test procedures in
part 1065. We intend in this rule to
continue this process of having all our
engine programs refer to a common set
of procedures by applying part 1065 to
all heavy-duty highway engines.
In the past, each engine or vehicle
sector had its own set of testing
procedures. There are many similarities
in test procedures across the various
sectors. However, as we introduced new
regulations for individual sectors, the
more recent regulations featured test
procedure updates and improvements
that the other sectors did not have. As
this process continued, we recognized
that a single set of test procedures
would allow for improvements to occur
simultaneously across engine and
vehicle sectors. A single set of test
procedures is easier to understand than
trying to understand many different sets
of procedures, and it is easier to move
toward international test procedure
harmonization if we only have one set
of test procedures. We note that
procedures that are particular for
1 For an overview of our new regulatory
organization, refer to our fact sheet entitled, ‘‘PlainLanguage Format of Emission Regulations for
Nonroad Engines,’’ EPA420–F–02–046, September
2002, https://www.epa.gov/otaq/largesi.htm.
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
different types of engines or vehicles,
for example, test schedules designed to
reflect the conditions expected in use
for particular types of vehicles or
engines, will remain separate and will
be reflected in the standard-setting parts
of the regulations.
In addition to reorganizing and
rewriting the test procedures for
improved clarity, we are making a
variety of changes to improve the
content of the testing specifications,
including the following:
• Writing specifications and
calculations in international units
• Adding procedures by which
manufacturers can demonstrate that
alternate test procedures are equivalent
to specified procedures.
• Including specifications for new
measurement technology that has been
shown to be equivalent or more accurate
than existing technology; procedures
that improve test repeatability,
calculations that simplify emissions
determination; new procedures for field
testing engines, and a more
comprehensive set of definitions,
references, and symbols.
• Defining calibration and accuracy
specifications that are scaled to the
applicable standard, which allows us to
adopt a single specification that applies
to a wide range of engine sizes and
applications.
Some emission-control programs
already rely on the test procedures in
part 1065. These programs regulate
land-based nonroad diesel engines,
recreational vehicles, and nonroad
spark-ignition engines over 19 kW.
We are adopting the lab-testing and
field-testing specifications in part 1065
for all heavy-duty highway engines, as
described in Section II.J. These
procedures replace those currently
published in subpart N in 40 CFR part
86. We are making a gradual transition
from the part 86 procedures. For several
years, manufacturers will be able to
optionally use the part 1065 procedures.
By the 2010 model year, part 1065
procedures will be required for any new
testing. For all testing completed for
2009 and earlier model years,
manufacturers may continue to rely on
carryover test data based on part 86
procedures to certify engine families in
later years. In addition, other subparts
in part 86, as well as regulations for
many different nonroad engines refer to
the test procedures in part 86. We are
including updated references for all
these other programs to refer instead to
the appropriate cite in part 1065.
Part 1065 is also advantageous for inuse testing because it specifies the same
procedures for all common parts of field
testing and laboratory testing. It also
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40421
contains new provisions that help
ensure that engines are tested in a
laboratory in a way that is consistent
with how they operate in use. These
new provisions will ensure that engine
dynamometer lab testing and field
testing are conducted in a consistent
way.
In the future, we may apply the test
procedures specified in part 1065 to
other types of engines, so we encourage
companies involved in producing or
testing other engines to stay informed of
developments related to these test
procedures. For example, we expect to
propose in the near future new
regulations for locomotives, marine
engines, and several types of nonroad SI
engines. We are likely to consider some
changes to part 1065 in each of these
rulemakings.
B. Revisions to Part 1065
Part 1065 was originally adopted on
November 8, 2002 (67 FR 68242), and
was initially applicable to standards
regulating large nonroad spark-ignition
engines and recreational vehicles under
40 CFR parts 1048 and 1051. The recent
rulemaking adopting emission standards
for nonroad diesel engines has also
made part 1065 optional for Tier 2 and
Tier 3 standards and required for Tier 4
standards. The test procedures initially
adopted in part 1065 were sufficient to
conduct testing, but in this final rule we
have reorganized these procedures and
added content to make various
improvements. In particular, we have
reorganized part 1065 by subparts as
shown below:
Subpart A: general provisions; global
information on applicability, alternate
procedures, units of measure, etc.
Subpart B: equipment specifications;
required hardware for testing
Subpart C: measurement instruments
Subpart D: calibration and verifications; for
measurement systems
Subpart E: engine selection, preparation, and
maintenance
Subpart F: test protocols; step-by-step
sequences for laboratory testing and test
validation
Subpart G: calculations and required
information
Subpart H: fuels, fluids, and analytical gases
Subpart I: oxygenated fuels; special test
procedures
Subpart J: field testing and portable
emissions measurement systems
Subpart K: definitions, references, and
symbols
The regulations now prescribe scaled
specifications for test equipment and
measurement instruments by parameters
such as engine power, engine speed and
the emission standards to which an
engine must comply. That way this
single set of specifications will cover the
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40422
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
full range of engine sizes and our full
range of emission standards.
Manufacturers will be able to use these
specifications to determine what range
of engines and emission standards may
be tested using a given laboratory or
field testing system.
The new content for part 1065 is
mostly a combination of content from
our most recent updates to other test
procedures and from test procedures
specified by the International
Organization for Standardization (ISO).
In some cases, however, there is new
content that never existed in previous
regulations. This new content addresses
very recent issues such as measuring
very low concentrations of emissions,
using new measurement technology,
using portable emissions measurement
systems, and performing field testing. A
full description of the changes is in the
Technical Support Document that
accompanies this final rule (this
document is available in the docket for
this rulemaking).
The new content also reflects a shift
in our approach for specifying
measurement performance. In the past
we specified numerous calibration
accuracies for individual measurement
instruments, and we specified some
verifications for individual components,
such as NO2 to NO converters. We have
shifted our focus away from individual
instruments and toward the overall
performance of complete measurement
systems. We did this for several reasons.
First, some of what we specified in the
past precluded the implementation of
new measurement technologies. These
new technologies, sometimes called
‘‘smart analyzers’’, combine signals from
multiple instruments to compensate for
interferences that were previously
tolerable at higher emissions levels.
These analyzers are useful for detecting
low concentrations of emissions. They
are also useful for detecting emissions
from raw exhaust, which can contain
high concentrations of interferences,
such as water vapor. This is particularly
important for field testing, which will
most likely rely upon raw exhaust
measurements. Second, this new
‘‘systems approach’’ challenges
complete measurement systems with a
series of periodic verifications, which
we feel will provide a more robust
assurance that a measurement system as
a whole is operating properly. Third, the
systems approach provides a direct
pathway to demonstrate that a field test
system performs similarly to a
laboratory system. This is explained in
more detail in item 10 below. Finally,
we feel that our systems approach will
lead to a more efficient way of assuring
measurement performance in the
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
laboratory and in the field. We believe
that this efficiency will stem from less
frequent individual instrument
calibrations, and higher confidence that
a complete measurement system is
operating properly.
We have organized the new content
relating to measurement systems
performance into subparts C and D. We
specify measurement instruments in
subpart C and calibrations and periodic
system verifications in subpart D. These
two subparts apply to both laboratory
and field testing. We have organized
content specific to running a laboratory
emissions test in subpart F, and we
separated content specific to field
testing in subpart J.
In subpart C we specify the types of
acceptable instruments, but we only
recommend individual instrument
performance. We provide these
recommendations as guidance for
procuring new instruments. We feel that
the periodic verifications that we
require in subpart D will sufficiently
evaluate the individual instruments as
part of their respective overall
measurement systems. In subpart F we
specify performance validations that
must be conducted as part of every
laboratory test. In subpart J we specify
similar performance validations for field
testing that must be conducted as part
of every field test. We feel that the
periodic verifications in subpart D and
the validations for every test that we
prescribed in subparts F and J ensure
that complete measurement systems are
operating properly.
In subpart J we also specify an
additional overall verification of
portable emissions measurement
systems (PEMS). This verification is a
comprehensive comparison of a PEMS
versus a laboratory system, and it may
take several days of laboratory time to
set up, run, and evaluate. However, we
only require that this particular
verification must be performed at least
once for a given make, model, and
configuration of a field test system.
Below is a brief description of the
content of each subpart, highlighting
some of the new content. We also
highlight the more significant changes
from the regulatory language that was
proposed in our responses to public
comments. See the TSD for a more
complete listing of the changes and
comments to our proposed part 1065.
conducted in a way that represents inuse engine operation, such that in the
rare case where provisions in part 1065
result in unrepresentative testing, other
procedures would be used. We have
revised the proposed regulatory
language for this requirement to clarify
the manufacturers’ requirements and the
process that we would use to make
changes to the test procedures in these
cases.
Other information in this subpart
includes a description of the
conventions we use regarding units and
certain measurements and we discuss
recordkeeping. We also provide an
overview of how emissions and other
information are used to determine final
emission results. The regulations in
§ 1065.15 include a figure illustrating
the different ways we allow brakespecific emissions to be calculated.
In this same subpart, we describe how
continuous and batch sampling may be
used to determine total emissions. We
also describe the two ways of
determining total work that we approve.
Note that the figure indicates our default
procedures and those procedures that
require additional approval before we
will allow them.
1. Subpart A: General Provisions
In Subpart A we identify the
applicability of part 1065 and describe
how procedures other than those in part
1065 may be used to comply with a
standard-setting part. In § 1065.10(c)(1),
we specify that testing must be
Subpart C specifies the requirements
for the measurement instruments used
for testing. In subpart C we recommend
accuracy, repeatability, noise, and
response time specifications for
individual measurement instruments,
but note that we require that overall
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2. Subpart B: Equipment Specifications
Subpart B first describes engine and
dynamometer related systems. Many of
these specifications are scaled to an
engine’s size, speed, torque, exhaust
flow rate, etc. We specify the use of inuse engine subsystems such as air intake
systems wherever possible in order to
best represent in-use operation when an
engine is tested in a laboratory.
Subpart B also describes sampling
dilution systems. These include
specifications for the allowable
components, materials, pressures, and
temperatures. We describe how to
sample crankcase emissions. We also
now allow limited use of partial-flow
dilution for PM sampling. Subpart B
also specifies environmental conditions
for PM filter stabilization and weighing.
Although these provisions mostly come
from our recent update to part 86,
subpart N, we also describe some new
aspects in detail.
The regulations in § 1065.101 include
a diagram illustrating all the available
equipment for measuring emissions.
3. Subpart C: Measurement Instruments
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
measurement systems meet the
calibrations and verifications Subpart D.
In some cases we allow new
instrument types to be used where we
previously did not allow them. For
example, we now allow the use of a
nonmethane cutter for NMHC
measurement, a nondispersive
ultraviolet analyzers for NOX
measurement, zirconia sensors for O2
measurement, various raw-exhaust flow
meters for laboratory and field testing
measurement, and an ultrasonic flow
meter for CVS systems. We had
proposed to also allow zirconia sensors
for NOX measurement, but we are not
finalizing that option at this time
because of manufacturer concerns about
drift and sensor response to NO2 and
NH3.
4. Subpart D: Calibrations and
Verifications
Subpart D describes what we mean
when we specify accuracy, repeatability
and other parameters in subpart C. We
are adopting calibrations and
verifications that scale with engine size
and with the emission standards to
which an engine is certified. We are
replacing some of what we have called
‘‘calibrations’’ in the past with a series
of verifications, such as a linearity
verification, which essentially verifies
the calibration of an instrument without
specifying how the instrument must be
initially calibrated. Because new
instruments have built-in routines that
linearize signals and compensate for
various interferences, our existing
calibration specifications sometimes
conflicted with an instrument
manufacturer’s instructions. In addition,
there are new verifications in subpart D
to ensure that the new instruments we
specify in subpart C are used correctly.
The most significant changes in this
subpart from the proposal are that we
split the language for continuous gas
analyzer verification into two sections
(§§ 1065.308 and 1065.309), we provide
more detailed descriptions for the FID
O2 interference verifications
(§ 1065.362) and NMHC cutter setups
(§ 1065.365), and we added § 1065.395
for inertial PM balance verification.
5. Subpart E: Engine Selection,
Preparation, and Maintenance
Subpart E describes how to select,
prepare, and maintain a test engine. We
updated these provisions to include
both gasoline and diesel engines. This
subpart is relatively short, and we did
not make many changes to its proposed
content.
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
6. Subpart F Test Protocols
Subpart F describes the step-by-step
protocols for engine mapping, test cycle
generation, test cycle validation, pre-test
preconditioning, engine starting,
emission sampling, and post-test
validations. We proposed an improved
way to map and generate cycles for
constant-speed engines that would
better represent in-use engine operation.
We have modified this language slightly
to reflect the different ways in which
constant-speed test cycles can be
specified. We are adopting a more
streamlined set of test cycle and
validation criteria. We allow modest
corrections for drift of emission analyzer
signals within a certain range. We are
also adopting a recommended
procedure for weighing PM samples. We
are not finalizing our proposed
procedure to correct for instrument
noise because after receiving many
comments, we now acknowledge that
the procedure is not robust and
applicable to all emissions.
7. Subpart G Calculations and Required
Information
Subpart G includes all the
calculations required in part 1065. We
are adopting definitions of statistical
quantities such as mean, standard
deviation, slope, intercept, t-test, F-test,
etc. By defining these quantities
mathematically we intend to resolve any
potential mis-communication when we
discuss these quantities in other
subparts. We have written all
calculations for calibrations and
emission calculations in international
units to comply with 15 CFR part 1170,
which removes the voluntary aspect of
the conversion to international units for
federal agencies. Furthermore,
Executive Order 12770 (56 FR 35801,
July 29, 1991) reinforces this policy by
providing Presidential authority and
direction for the use of the metric
system of measurement by Federal
agencies and departments. For our
standards that are not completely in
international units (i.e., grams/
horsepower-hour, grams/mile), we
specify in part 1065 the correct use of
internationally recognized conversion
factors.
We also specify emission calculations
based on molar quantities for flow rates,
instead of volume or mass. This change
eliminates the frequent confusion
caused by using different reference
points for standard pressure and
standard temperature. Instead of
declaring standard densities at standard
pressure and standard temperature to
convert volumetric concentration
measurements to mass-based units, we
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40423
declare molar masses for individual
elements and compounds. Since these
values are independent of all other
parameters, they are known to be
universally constant.
We have added some detail to the
calculations relative to the proposed
calculations to make them clearer. We
also made changes in response to
comments from manufacturers.
8. Subpart H Fuels, Fluids, and
Analytical Gases
Subpart H specifies test fuels,
lubricating oils and coolants, and
analytical gases for testing. We are
eliminating the Cetane Index
specification for all diesel fuels, because
the existing specification for Cetane
Number sufficiently determines the
cetane levels of diesel test fuels. We are
not identifying any detailed
specification for service accumulation
fuel. Instead, we specify that service
accumulation fuel may be a test fuel or
a commercially available in-use fuel.
This helps ensure that testing is
representative of in-use engine
operation. We are adding a list of ASTM
specifications for in-use fuels as
examples of appropriate service
accumulation fuels. Compared to the
proposed regulatory language, we have
clarified that § 1065.10(c)(1) does not
require test fuels to be more
representative than the specified test
fuels. We have added an allowance to
use similar test fuels that do not meet
all of the specifications, provided they
do not compromise the manufacturer’s
ability to demonstrate compliance. We
also now allow the use of ASTM test
methods specified in 40 CFR part 80 in
lieu of those specified in part 1065. We
did this because we more frequently
review and update the ASTM methods
in 40 CFR part 80 versus those in part
1065.
We proposed purity specifications for
analytical gases that scale with the
standards that an engine must meet. In
the final regulations, we have clarified
the requirement to use good engineering
judgment to maintain the stability of
these gases, and have tightened the
purity specification for FID fuel in
response to comment.
9. Subpart I Oxygenated Fuels
Subpart I describes special procedures
for measuring certain hydrocarbons
whenever oxygenated fuels are used. We
updated the calculations for these
procedures in Subpart G. We have made
some revisions to the proposed text to
make it consistent the original content
of the comparable provisions in 40 CFR
part 86. We have also added an
allowance to use the California NMOG
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40424
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
test procedures to measure alcohols and
carbonyls.
10. Subpart J Field Testing and Portable
Emissions Measurement Systems
We are adopting a wide range of
changes to subpart J Field Testing.
Portable Emissions Measurement
Systems (PEMS) must generally meet
the same specifications and verifications
that laboratory instruments must meet,
according to subparts B, C, and D.
However, allow some deviations from
laboratory specifications. In addition to
meeting many of the laboratory system
requirements, a PEMS must meet an
overall verification relative to a
laboratory measurements. This
verification involves repeating a duty
cycle several times. The duty cycle itself
must have several individual field-test
intervals (e.g., NTE events) against
which a PEMS is compared to the
laboratory system. This is a
comprehensive verification of a PEMS.
We are also adopting a procedure for
preparing and conducting a field test,
and we are adopting drift corrections for
emission analyzers. Given the evolving
state of PEMS technology, the fieldtesting procedures provide for a number
of known measurement techniques. We
have added provisions and conditions
for the use of PEMS in an engine
dynamometer laboratory to conduct
laboratory testing.
11. Subpart K Definitions, References,
and Symbols
In subpart K we are adopting new and
revised definitions of terms frequently
used in part 1065. For example we have
revised our definitions of ‘‘brake
power’’, ‘‘constant-speed engine’’, and
‘‘aftertreatment’’ to provide more clarity,
and we have added new definitions for
things such as ‘‘300 series stainless
steel’’, ‘‘barometric pressure’’, and
‘‘operator demand’’. There are new
definitions such as ‘‘duty cycle’’ and
‘‘test interval’’ to distinguish the
difference between a single interval over
which brake-specific emissions are
calculated and the complete cycle over
which emissions are evaluated in a
laboratory. We also present a thorough
and consistent set of symbols,
abbreviations, and acronyms.
II. Technical Amendments
A. Standard-Setting Changes That
Apply to Multiple Categories
1. Definitions
We are revising several definitions
that apply over more than one part of
our regulations. These changes are
designed to harmonize our regulations.
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
We are changing the definition of
Marine engine and Marine vessel to
harmonize our approach to amphibious
vehicles and clarify other issues. We
have treated amphibious vehicles
differently whether they had a diesel
engine or a spark-ignition engine. We
are harmonizing our treatment of
amphibious vehicles by consistently
treating these as land-based products.
We are also adding a provision defining
amphibious vehicles are those that are
designed primarily for operation on
land to clarify that we don’t consider
hovercraft to be amphibious vehicles.
This is consistent with our intent and
our analyses in the rulemaking to
initially set standards for these
products. See the Technical Support
Document for additional information
related to these definitions. In
particular, note that we describe our
interpretation of what it means for an
engine to be ‘‘installed in a marine
vessel.’’ Manufacturers have raised
several questions related to this issue,
especially as it relates to portable
engines installed on barges.
2. Penalties
The Clean Air Act specifies maximum
penalty amounts corresponding to each
prohibited Act. These maximum penalty
amounts are periodically adjusted for
inflation, based on the provisions of the
Debt Collection Improvement Act.
These maximum penalties have been
updated under 40 CFR part 19. The new
maximum penalties are $32,500 for
introducing noncompliant engines into
commerce and for manufacturers guilty
of tampering, and $2,750 for nonmanufacturers guilty of tampering. In
addition, the maximum penalty we can
recover using administrative procedures
is $270,000. We are extending these
revised penalties into each of our
emission-control programs.
3. Deterioration Factors for HC+NOX
Standards
Manufacturers requested that we
allow them to calculate a single
deterioration factor for engines that are
subject to combined HC+NOX emission
standards, rather than calculating
separate deterioration factors for each
pollutant. We proposed for some
engines to clarify that separate
deterioration factors were appropriate.
In the case of spark-ignition engines, it
is especially true that changing
carburetor calibrations and other things
affecting air-fuel ratios have a direct
inverse relationship on HC and NOX
emissions. Where deterioration factors
are based on service accumulation
through the entire useful life, we believe
it is therefore appropriate to base
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
deterioration factors for spark-ignition
engines subject to HC+NOX emission
standards on a single deterioration
factor for the combined pollutants.
However, if deteriortion factors are
based on service accumulation over less
than the full useful life, we want to
avoid the situation where a
manufacturer is extrapolating values
that presume further improvement in
the emission levels of any particular
pollutant. For such testing, we therefore
specify that separate deterioration
factors for each pollutant are
appropriate. We are making a related,
additional change to clarify that
manufacturers must include both lowhour and deteriorated emission
measurements for each pollutant, even
if the regulations allow for a single
deterioration factor for HC+NOX
emissions together. Compressionignition engines have different wear
mechanisms and generally have much
longer useful-life values, so it is not
clear that this approach to allowing
combined deterioration factor is
appropriate for these engines. We may
further consider applying this change to
compression-ignition engines in a future
rulemaking.
4. Emission Warranty Related to
Extended Service Contracts
Manufacturers objected to our
proposal to apply emission-related
warranty requirements to components
for which a consumer pays for an
extended performance warranty. We
agree with the point raised by the
manufacturers that these service
contracts do not necessarily imply that
the part should last longer, but rather
that the manufacturer (or a third-party
provider) has made a calculation
regarding the financial and customer
service benefits of offering contracts that
provide free or reduced-cost coverage
for certain components after collecting
an up-front charge. We will remove this
provision across all engine categories.
5. Exemption for Staged Assembly
Some manufacturers pointed out that
they were facing difficulties with
production processes that required them
to ship nearly completed engines to one
or more different facilities for final
assembly. Without an exemption, this
would violate the applicable prohibited
acts, since it involves the introduction
into commerce an engine that is not in
its certified configuration. To address
this concern, we have adopted an
exemption that allows manufacturers to
assemble engines at multiple facilities,
as long as they maintain control of the
engines at all times before final
assembly. Manufacturers would need to
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
request approval for such an
arrangement. EPA approval may be
conditioned on the manufacturer taking
reasonable additional steps to ensure
that engines end up in their certified
configuration. This exemption applies
to all the engine categories that are
subject to 40 CFR part 1068 (as
described in the next section), and to
locomotives and marine diesel engines.
B. Nonroad General Compliance
Provisions (40 CFR Part 1068)
In addition to the changing test
procedures described above, we are
making various changes to the general
compliance provisions in 40 CFR part
1068, which currently applies to landbased nonroad diesel engines,
recreational vehicles, and nonroad
spark-ignition engines over 19 kW. We
encourage manufacturers of other
engines to take note of these changes,
since we intend eventually to apply the
provisions of part 1068 to all engines
subject to EPA emission standards.
There was extensive comment related
to the existing provisions in § 1068.260
related to the exemption that allows
engine manufacturers to arrange for
shipment of aftertreatment devices
separately from engines that are
intended to rely on aftertreatment.
Commenters suggested that we relax
some of the provisions that were
intended to prevent noncompliance. We
continue to believe the provisions
adopted in § 1068.260 are appropriate
for nonroad engines. The more
extensive oversight and control
mechanisms are important to ensuring
that engines are assembled correctly,
since there are so many possible
equipment manufacturers and so many
different business relationships among
companies. Given that we are requiring
engine manufacturers to include the
cost of aftertreatment components in the
price of the engine, we believe it is
implicitly clear that the engine
manufacturer is responsible for shipping
costs, so we have removed the proposal
to restate that in the regulations. We are
making three other adjustments to the
proposal. First, we are removing the
requirement for engine manufacturers to
arrange for direct shipment of
aftertreatment components from the
supplier to the equipment manufacturer,
since a third party may appropriately be
involved to produce system assemblies
for integration into equipment. Second,
we are adding a paragraph to clarify that
integrated manufacturers can meet their
auditing requirements by maintaining a
database for matching up engines with
the appropriate aftertreatment
components. Third, we are adopting the
staged-assembly exemption, as
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
described above, which would
streamline the production process for
integrated engine and equipment
manufacturers and address a wide range
of production scenarios in addition to
separate shipment of aftertreatment
components.
The changes to part 1068 include
several other minor adjustments and
corrections. These changes are
described in the Technical Support
Document.
C. Land-Based Nonroad Diesel Engines
(40 CFR Parts 89 and 1039)
We recently adopted a new tier of
emission standards for nonroad diesel
engines, codifying these standards in 40
CFR part 1039. This rulemaking led us
to make several regulatory changes to
the existing tiers of standards for these
engines in 40 CFR part 89. In cases
where we discovered the need for
changes after publishing the proposed
rule, but we did not make those changes
to part 89 in the final rule out of
concern that the public had not had an
opportunity for comment. Similarly, we
are adopting some adjustments to part
1039, based on information that
surfaced late in that rulemaking. See the
Technical Support Document for a
complete discussion of the rulemaking
changes for these engines.
We proposed to add a constraint for
averaging, banking, and trading to
prevent manufacturers from including
credits earned in California or another
state if there would ever be a situation
in which manufacturers would be
making engines with lower emissions to
meet more stringent state standards or to
earn emission credits under the state
program. In the case of nonroad diesel
engines, California has adopted our Tier
4 standards without an emission-credit
program that does not involve
California-specific credit calculations.
The proposed provision would therefore
have no effect for the foreseeable future.
We have decided not to adopt the
proposed provision, but expect to
pursue this if California adopts more
stringent standards or creates a
California-specific emission-credit
program for these engines (see 40 CFR
1051.701(d)(4)).
D. Marine Diesel Engines (40 CFR Part
94)
We are making several changes to our
marine diesel engine program, in 40
CFR part 94. These changes are
intended to clarify several aspects of the
program. These changes are described in
detail in the Technical Support
Document. This discussion also
elaborates on our interpretation of
various provisions. For example, we
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40425
describe how to determine which
standards apply to amphibious vehicles
and hovercraft. We also explain how we
interpret the term ‘‘marine diesel
engine’’ with respect to auxiliary
applications in which it may not be
clear whether the engine is ‘‘installed’’
on the vessel or not.
E. Small Nonroad Spark-Ignition
Engines (40 CFR Part 90)
We are adding a new § 90.913 to
better define the responsibilities for
manufacturers choosing to certify their
engines below 19 kW to the emission
standards for Large SI engines in 40 CFR
part 1048. We are also revising § 90.1 to
cross-reference provisions in parts 86,
1048, and 1051 that allow highway
motorcycle engines and nonroad
engines above 19 kW to meet the
requirements in part 90 under certain
conditions.
We are making several amendments to
the test procedures, such as improving
calculations for humidity corrections,
adding clarifying language, and
adjusting reporting provisions. We are
also updating current references to test
procedures in 40 CFR part 86 by
pointing instead to 40 CFR part 1065. In
addition, we are making a variety of
minor corrections and clarifications. See
the Technical Support Document for a
discussion of all these changes.
F. Marine Spark-Ignition Engines (40
CFR Part 91)
We are adopting only minimal
changes for Marine SI engines in 40 CFR
part 91. These changes are primarily to
update current references to test
procedures in 40 CFR part 86 by
pointing instead to 40 CFR part 1065.
We are also updating various
definitions, as described in Section II.A.
Manufacturers raised some issues in the
comment period that resulted in further
minor corrections and adjustments for
the final rule. We also corrected
equations for typographical errors.
G. Large Nonroad Spark-Ignition
Engines (40 CFR Part 1048)
We adopted emission standards for
nonroad spark-ignition engines over 19
kW in November 2002 (67 FR 68242).
The regulations in 40 CFR part 1048
were our first attempt to draft emissioncontrol regulations in plain-language
format. In the recent final rule for
nonroad diesel engines, we went
through a similar process, including
extensive interaction with a different set
of manufacturers. This process led us to
adopt regulatory provisions in 40 CFR
part 1039 that differ somewhat from
those in part 1048. Since the process of
meeting standards, applying for
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40426
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
certificates, and complying with other
emission-related requirements has a lot
of commonality across programs, we
have a strong interest in adopting
consistent provisions and uniform
terminology where possible. As a result,
we are making extensive changes in part
1048 to align with the regulations in
part 1039.
For discussion of these changes, see
the Technical Support Document.
H. Recreational Vehicles (40 CFR Part
1051)
We adopted emission standards for
recreational vehicles in November 2002
(67 FR 68242). The regulations in 40
CFR part 1051 were our first attempt to
draft emission-control regulations in
plain-language format. In the recent
final rule for nonroad diesel engines, we
went through a similar process,
including extensive interaction with a
different set of manufacturers. This
process led us to adopt regulatory
provisions in 40 CFR part 1039 that
differ from those in part 1051. Since the
process of meeting standards, applying
for certificates, and complying with
other emission-related requirements has
a lot of commonality across programs,
we have a strong interest in adopting
consistent provisions and uniform
terminology as much as possible. As a
result, we are making extensive changes
in part 1051 to align with the
regulations in part 1039. These
provisions are all discussed in more
detail in the Technical Support
Document.
We proposed to add a constraint for
averaging, banking, and trading to
prevent manufacturers from including
credits earned in California or another
state if there would ever be a situation
in which manufacturers would be
making engines with lower emissions to
meet more stringent state standards or to
earn emission credits under the state
program. We are adopting this provision
in the final rule to require exclusion of
California sales from federal ABT
calculations if a company is subject to
more stringent state standards, or if a
company generates or uses emissions
credits to show that it meets California
standards. This provision is necessary to
prevent double-counting of emission
credits. In the case of recreational
vehicles, California adopted emission
standards that predate the EPA
rulemaking. The California emission
standards are based on a similar
technology assessment, but are in a
different form. For example, California
specifies different numerical standards
that apply to hydrocarbon emissions
only, while EPA’s standards apply to
HC+NOx emissions. Given the difficulty
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
in comparing these two sets of
standards, we are making the judgment
that, for the purposes of ABT
calculations, California’s current
exhaust emission standards are
equivalent to the EPA standards. Under
the current requirements, companies
would therefore exclude their California
products from federal ABT calculations
only if those products generate or use
emission credits under the California
program. If California adopts new
standards for recreational vehicles, we
will again make a judgment regarding
the relative stringency of the two
programs for ABT purposes.
I. Locomotives (40 CFR Part 92)
We proposed a variety of changes for
our locomotive regulations in 40 CFR
part 92 to correct various technical
references and typographical errors. We
are finalizing those changes. We are also
finalizing other changes in response to
comments. The large majority of the
comments received regarding
locomotives came from the Engine
Manufacturers Association (EMA). See
the Technical Support Document for
additional information. In addition to
the changes being finalized, we are also
publishing the following clarifications
in response to public comments.
EMA asked that remanufacturers be
allowed to limit the practice of not
replacing every power assembly with
remanufactured power assemblies at the
time of engine remanufacture.
Remanufacturers already can limit this
practice just as original manufacturers
limit the parts that are used in their
locomotives. In fact, remanufacturers
would be expected to limit this practice
to only those cases in which they can be
certain that the previously used power
assembly will not cause an engine to
exceed an emission standard. By
allowing an engine to be
remanufactured under its certificate, the
remanufacturer is assuming
responsibility for the emission
performance of that remanufactured
engine. We define remanufactured
locomotives to be ‘‘new’’, and the
certificate holder has the same
responsibilities as the manufacturer of a
freshly manufactured locomotive. The
remanufacturer is thus expected to
maintain some degree of control over
the remanufacturing process to ensure
that the remanufactured locomotive. For
example, the remanufacturer might limit
the certificate to only those engines
remanufactured by installers that has
been properly trained. It must be noted,
however, that while certificate holders
have responsibility for the emission
performance of locomotives
remanufactured under their certificates,
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40 CFR 92.209 also assigns
responsibility to others involved in the
remanufacturing process.
EMA asked that EPA not use the term
‘‘offer for sale’’ in the prohibited acts (40
CFR 92.1103). They are concerned that
this would be problematic because
locomotives are generally manufactured
only after a sales agreement has been
completed. The manufacturer offers to
manufacture and sell a locomotive at
least several months before it actually
has obtained a certificate of conformity
for the locomotive. Given this
confusion, we are clarifying that EPA
does not interpret the phrase ‘‘offer to
sell’’ to apply to products that have not
yet been manufactured (or
remanufactured, as applicable).
EMA asked that EPA exempt
replacement engines as we do in other
nonroad engine programs. However,
such exemption is not necessary with
locomotives. Long after the
manufacturer has stopped
manufacturing brand new engines, that
manufacturer (along with other
remanufacturers) will be certifying
remanufacturing systems. Thus, we
believe that the cases in which a brand
new engine will be needed will be rare.
Nevertheless, we are finalizing a
regulatory change in 40 CFR 92.204 to
explicitly allow manufacturers to
include freshly manufactured
locomotive engines in the same engine
family as remanufactured locomotives.
We believe that this will resolve the
issue, since manufacturers would
merely need to certify a
remanufacturing system for each engine
it manufactures.
Finally, we are adopting a provision
that will allow manufacturers to certify
locomotives that have total power less
than 750 kW. This provision will allow
manufacturers of hybrid locomotives to
certify under 40 CFR part 92. EMA
commented that if we do this, we
should specify test procedures and
duty-cycle weightings for such hybrids.
We agree that this would be appropriate
in the long term, but do not believe that
this rulemaking would be the proper
place for such provisions. Instead, we
expect to rely on the testing and
calculation flexibility of 40 CFR 92.207
and 92.132(e) to certify hybrids on a
case-by-case basis.
J. Highway Engines and Vehicles (40
CFR Parts 85 and 86)
Most of the changes we are adopting
in parts 85 and 86 apply uniquely to
different types of vehicles or engines.
We are, however, adopting changes to
the program for Independent
Commercial Importers that affect all the
different applications. The Technical
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
Support Document describes how we
are limiting the importation of products
where the applicable standards are
based on the year of original production.
We continue to allow unlimited
importation of products where the
applicable standards are based on the
year of modification.
The following paragraphs provide an
overview of the changes for each type of
engine or vehicle. See the Technical
Support Document for a more detailed
discussion of these changes.
1. Light-Duty Vehicles
For light-duty vehicles, we are
adopting a variety of clarifications and
corrections, especially related to test
procedures.
2. Highway Motorcycles
For highway motorcycles, we are
correcting fuel specifications, clarifying
the requirements related to engine
labels, fixing the provisions related to
using nonroad certificates for highway
motorcycles below 50 cc (consistent
with similar changes in other programs),
and making a variety of other minor
corrections.
3. Heavy-Duty Highway Engines
As discussed above, we are adopting
the lab-testing and field-testing
specifications in part 1065 for heavyduty highway engines, including both
diesel and Otto-cycle engines. These
procedures replace those currently
published in 40 CFR part 86, subpart N.
We proposed to complete the
migration of heavy-duty highway test
procedures to part 1065 by the 2008
model year. Manufacturers pointed out
that it would be most appropriate to
move this date back to 2010 to
correspond with the implementation of
the new emission standards in that year.
We agree that it would be appropriate to
make this transition over several model
years to fully migrate to part 1065, no
later than model year 2010.
Manufacturers do not need to conduct
new testing if they are able to use
carryover data, but any new testing for
2010 and later model years must be
done using the part 1065 procedures.
Migrating heavy-duty highway engines
to the part 1065 procedures allows us to
include all the testing-related
improvements in the HD2007 rule,
including those we have adopted
through guidance.2 In addition, part
1065 incorporates revisions based on
updated procedures for sampling low
concentrations of PM.
2 ‘‘Guidance Regarding Test Procedures for
Heavy-Duty On-Highway and Non-Road Engines,’’
December 3, 2002.
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
Another question was raised about
how EPA should conduct testing during
this transition stage. We intend to
incorporate near-term upgrades that
would make our testing facilities
capable of meeting the requirements in
part 1065. Most of the testing methods
in part 1065 result in better
measurements and should therefore not
pose problems, even if manufacturers
based their certification on the test
procedures specified in part 86. Three
exceptions to this include the steps for
mapping an engine, denormalizing test
cycles, and evaluating cycle-validation
criteria. Changing the specified
procedure for these three items would
involve different engine operation that
could cause an engine to have higher or
lower emission levels.For all other
parameters, the new procedures would
be equivalent, or would give more
accurate or more precise results. We are
therefore specifying that we will follow
the manufacturer’s procedures for these
three items related to engine operation,
but will otherwise consider our tests
valid if we use procedures from either
part 86 or part 1065, regardless of the
procedures used by the manufacturer.
EMA responded to our request for
comment related to a provision that
would allow engine manufacturers to
ship certified engines without
applicable aftertreatment components,
while providing for separate shipment
of those components to equipment
manufacturers. EMA commented that
such a provision would be appropriate,
and that it should be set up to require
either that the component cost be
included in the price of the engine, or
auditing requirements for engine
manufacturers, but not both, since the
equipment manufacturer has enough
incentive to make the final installation
without additional oversight. We agree
with manufacturers that these more
flexible arrangements are appropriate
for the prevailing business relationships
for heavy-duty highway engines. There
are far fewer manufacturers producing
heavy-duty trucks and buses than
nonroad equipment. Engine
manufacturers are therefore expected to
be able to maintain control with an
approach that requires them either to
include the price of the aftertreatment in
the engine price or to conduct periodic
audits of vehicle manufacturers, but not
both. In the periodic audit we require
manufacturers to confirm the number of
aftertreatment component shipped is
sufficient for the applicable vehicle
production. This confirmation is
intended to show that the vehicle
manufacturers have purchasing and
manufacturing processes in place to
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40427
ensure that they are ordering and
receiving enough aftertreatment
components and that each vehicles is
equipped with the correct components.
To reduce the risk of noncompliance
where the engine and aftertreatment
components are not priced together, we
require that engine manufacturers have
a written confirmation that the vehicle
manufacturer has ordered the
appropriate aftertreatment before
shipping engines without the otherwise
required aftertreatment components.
We are adopting a test-related
provision that was described in the
proposal. We requested comment on
approaches to address the concern that
some engines experience significant
overspeed excursions when following
the proposed approach to defining
maximum test speed and denormalizing
duty cycles. As described in the
Technical Support Document, we are
finalizing a provision to define
maximum test speed at the highest
speed point at which engines are
expected to operate in use.
III. Public Participation
In the proposed rule, we invited
public participation in a public hearing,
a public workshop, and a comment
period for written comments. No one
responded to indicate in interest in the
public hearing, but we held the public
workshop to talk through a wide range
of issues. We also received written
comments from about 20 organizations,
mostly representing manufacturers.
Several principle issues raised by
commenters are described in the
individual sections above. The Final
Technical Support Document addresses
the full range of comments.
IV. Statutory and Executive Order
Reviews
A. Executive Order 12866: Regulatory
Planning and Review
Under Executive Order 12866 the
Agency must determine whether the
regulatory action is ‘‘significant’’ and
therefore subject to review by the Office
of Management and Budget (OMB) and
the requirements of this Executive
Order. The Executive Order defines a
‘‘significant regulatory action’’ as any
regulatory action that is likely to result
in a rule that may:
• Have an annual effect on the
economy of $100 million or more or
adversely affect in a material way the
economy, a sector of the economy,
productivity, competition, jobs, the
environment, public health or safety, or
State, Local, or Tribal governments or
communities;
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40428
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
• Create a serious inconsistency or
otherwise interfere with an action taken
or planned by another agency;
• Materially alter the budgetary
impact of entitlements, grants, user fees,
or loan programs, or the rights and
obligations of recipients thereof; or
• Raise novel legal or policy issues
arising out of legal mandates, the
President’s priorities, or the principles
set forth in the Executive Order.
The Office of Management and Budget
reviewed this rule under the provisions
of Executive Order 12866. Any new
costs associated with this rule will be
minimal. In addition, some of the
changes will substantially reduce the
burden associated with testing, as
described in the Regulatory Support
Document.
B. Paperwork Reduction Act
This rule does not include any new
collection requirements, as it merely
revises the measurement methods and
makes a variety of technical
amendments to existing programs.
C. Regulatory Flexibility Act
EPA has determined that it is not
necessary to prepare a regulatory
flexibility analysis in connection with
this final rule.
For purposes of assessing the impacts
of this final rule on small entities, a
small entity is defined as: (1) A small
business as defined in the underlying
rulemakings for each individual
category of engines; (2) a small
governmental jurisdiction that is a
government of a city, county, town,
school district or special district with a
population of less than 50,000; and (3)
a small organization that is any not-forprofit enterprise which is independently
owned and operated and is not
dominant in its field.
After considering the economic
impacts of this final rule on small
entities, EPA has concluded that this
action will not have a significant
economic impact on a substantial
number of small entities. The small
entities directly regulated by this rule
are small businesses that produce
nonroad engines. We have determined
that no small entities will be negatively
affected as a result of this rule. This rule
merely revises the measurement
methods and makes a variety of
technical amendments to existing
programs. This rule, therefore, does not
require a regulatory flexibility analysis.
Although this rule will not have a
significant economic impact on a
substantial number of small entities,
EPA nonetheless has tried to reduce the
impact of this rule on small entities. For
example, most of the changes clarify
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
existing requirements, which will
reduce the time needed to comply, and
added flexibility, which may allow for
a simpler effort to comply.
variety of technical amendments to
existing programs. The requirements of
UMRA therefore do not apply to this
action.
D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
Title II of the Unfunded Mandates
Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA), Public
Law. 104–4, establishes requirements
for federal agencies to assess the effects
of their regulatory actions on state,
local, and tribal governments and the
private sector. Under section 202 of the
UMRA, EPA generally must prepare a
written statement, including a costbenefit analysis, for proposed and final
rules with ‘‘federal mandates’’ that may
result in expenditures to state, local,
and tribal governments, in the aggregate,
or to the private sector, of $100 million
or more in any one year. Before
promulgating an EPA rule for which a
written statement is needed, section 205
of the UMRA generally requires EPA to
identify and consider a reasonable
number of regulatory alternatives and
adopt the least costly, most costeffective, or least burdensome
alternative that achieves the objectives
of the rule. The provisions of section
205 do not apply when they are
inconsistent with applicable law.
Moreover, section 205 allows EPA to
adopt an alternative other than the least
costly, most cost-effective, or least
burdensome alternative if the
Administrator publishes with the final
rule an explanation of why that
alternative was not adopted.
Before EPA establishes any regulatory
requirements that may significantly or
uniquely affect small governments,
including tribal governments, it must
have developed under section 203 of the
UMRA a small government agency plan.
The plan must provide for notifying
potentially affected small governments,
enabling officials of affected small
governments to have meaningful and
timely input in the development of EPA
regulatory proposals with significant
federal intergovernmental mandates,
and informing, educating, and advising
small governments on compliance with
the regulatory requirements.
This rule contains no federal
mandates for state, local, or tribal
governments as defined by the
provisions of Title II of the UMRA. The
rule imposes no enforceable duties on
any of these governmental entities.
Nothing in the rule significantly or
uniquely affects small governments. We
have determined that this rule contains
no federal mandates that may result in
expenditures of more than $100 million
to the private sector in any single year.
This rule merely revises the
measurement methods and makes a
E. Executive Order 13132: Federalism
Executive Order 13132, entitled
‘‘Federalism’’ (64 FR 43255, August 10,
1999), requires EPA to develop an
accountable process to ensure
‘‘meaningful and timely input by State
and local officials in the development of
regulatory policies that have federalism
implications.’’ ‘‘Policies that have
federalism implications’’ is defined in
the Executive Order to include
regulations that have ‘‘substantial direct
effects on the states, on the relationship
between the national government and
the States, or on the distribution of
power and responsibilities among the
various levels of government.’’
Under Section 6 of Executive Order
13132, EPA may not issue a regulation
that has federalism implications, that
imposes substantial direct compliance
costs, and that is not required by statute,
unless the Federal government provides
the funds necessary to pay the direct
compliance costs incurred by State and
local governments, or EPA consults with
State and local officials early in the
process of developing the proposed
regulation. EPA also may not issue a
regulation that has federalism
implications and that preempts State
law, unless the Agency consults with
State and local officials early in the
process of developing the proposed
regulation.
Section 4 of the Executive Order
contains additional requirements for
rules that preempt State or local law,
even if those rules do not have
federalism implications (i.e., the rules
will not have substantial direct effects
on the States, on the relationship
between the national government and
the states, or on the distribution of
power and responsibilities among the
various levels of government). Those
requirements include providing all
affected State and local officials notice
and an opportunity for appropriate
participation in the development of the
regulation. If the preemption is not
based on express or implied statutory
authority, EPA also must consult, to the
extent practicable, with appropriate
State and local officials regarding the
conflict between State law and
Federally protected interests within the
agency’s area of regulatory
responsibility.
This rule does not have federalism
implications. It will not have substantial
direct effects on the States, on the
relationship between the national
government and the States, or on the
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
distribution of power and
responsibilities among the various
levels of government, as specified in
Executive Order 13132.
F. Executive Order 13175: Consultation
and Coordination With Indian Tribal
Governments
Executive Order 13175, entitled
‘‘Consultation and Coordination with
Indian Tribal Governments’’ (65 FR
67249, November 6, 2000), requires EPA
to develop an accountable process to
ensure ‘‘meaningful and timely input by
tribal officials in the development of
regulatory policies that have tribal
implications.’’
This rule does not have tribal
implications as specified in Executive
Order 13175. This rule will be
implemented at the Federal level and
impose compliance costs only on engine
manufacturers and ship builders. Tribal
governments will be affected only to the
extent they purchase and use equipment
with regulated engines. Thus, Executive
Order 13175 does not apply to this rule.
G. Executive Order 13045: Protection of
Children From Environmental Health
and Safety Risks
Executive Order 13045, ‘‘Protection of
Children from Environmental Health
Risks and Safety Risks’’ (62 FR 19885,
April 23, 1997) applies to any rule that
(1) is determined to be ‘‘economically
significant’’ as defined under Executive
Order 12866, and (2) concerns an
environmental health or safety risk that
EPA has reason to believe may have a
disproportionate effect on children. If
the regulatory action meets both criteria,
Section 5–501 of the Order directs the
Agency to evaluate the environmental
health or safety effects of the planned
rule on children, and explain why the
planned regulation is preferable to other
potentially effective and reasonably
feasible alternatives considered by the
Agency.
This rule is not subject to the
Executive Order because it does not
involve decisions on environmental
health or safety risks that may
disproportionately affect children.
H. Executive Order 13211: Actions That
Significantly Affect Energy Supply,
Distribution, or Use
This rule is not a ‘‘significant energy
action’’ as defined in Executive Order
13211, ‘‘Actions Concerning Regulations
That Significantly Affect Energy Supply,
Distribution, or Use’’ (66 FR 28355 (May
22, 2001)), because it is not likely to
have a significant effect on the supply,
distribution, or use of energy.
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
40429
I. National Technology Transfer
Advancement Act
V. Statutory Provisions and Legal
Authority
Section 12(d) of the National
Technology Transfer and Advancement
Act of 1995 (‘‘NTTAA’’), Public Law
104–113, section 12(d) (15 U.S.C. 272
note) directs EPA to use voluntary
consensus standards in its regulatory
activities unless doing so would be
inconsistent with applicable law or
otherwise impractical. Voluntary
consensus standards are technical
standards (e.g., materials specifications,
test methods, sampling procedures, and
business practices) that are developed or
adopted by voluntary consensus
standards bodies. NTTAA directs EPA
to provide Congress, through OMB,
explanations when the Agency decides
not to use available and applicable
voluntary consensus standards.
This rule involves technical
standards. The International
Organization for Standardization (ISO)
has a voluntary consensus standard that
can be used to test engines. However,
the test procedures in this final rule
reflect a level of development that goes
substantially beyond the ISO or other
published procedures. The procedures
incorporate new specifications for
transient emission measurements,
measuring PM emissions at very low
levels, measuring emissions using fieldtesting procedures. The procedures we
adopt in this rule will form the working
template for ISO and national and state
governments to define test procedures
for measuring engine emissions. As
such, we have worked extensively with
the representatives of other
governments, testing organizations, and
the affected industries.
Statutory authority for the engine
controls adopted in this rule is in 42
U.S.C. 7401—7671q.
J. Congressional Review Act
Administrative practice and
procedure, Air pollution control,
Confidential business information,
Imports, Labeling, Railroads, Reporting
and recordkeeping requirements,
Warranties
The Congressional Review Act, 5
U.S.C. 801 et seq., as added by the Small
Business Regulatory Enforcement
Fairness Act of 1996, generally provides
that before a rule may take effect, the
agency promulgating the rule must
submit a rule report, which includes a
copy of the rule, to each House of the
Congress and to the Comptroller General
of the United States. EPA will submit a
report containing this rule and other
required information to the U.S. Senate,
the U.S. House of Representatives, and
the Comptroller General of the United
States prior to publication of the rule in
the Federal Register. This rule is not a
‘‘major rule’’ as defined by 5 U.S.C.
804(2).
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
List of Subjects
40 CFR Part 85
Confidential business information,
Imports, Labeling, Motor vehicle
pollution, Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements, Research, Warranties.
40 CFR Part 86
Administrative practice and
procedure, Confidential business
information, Labeling, Motor vehicle
pollution, Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
40 CFR Part 89
Environmental protection,
Administrative practice and procedure,
Confidential business information,
Imports, Labeling, Motor vehicle
pollution, Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements, Research, Vessels,
Warranties.
40 CFR Part 90
Environmental protection,
Administrative practice and procedure,
Air pollution control, Confidential
business information, Imports, Labeling,
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements, Research, Warranties.
40 CFR Part 91
Environmental protection,
Administrative practice and procedure,
Air pollution control, Confidential
business information, Imports, Labeling,
Penalties, Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements, Warranties
40 CFR Part 92
40 CFR Part 94
Environmental protection,
Administrative practice and procedure,
Air pollution control, Confidential
business information, Imports,
Penalties, Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements, Vessels, Warranties.
40 CFR Parts 1039, 1048, and 1051
Environmental protection,
Administrative practice and procedure,
Air pollution control, Confidential
business information, Imports, Labeling,
Penalties, Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements, Warranties.
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40430
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
40 CFR Part 1065
Environmental protection,
Administrative practice and procedure,
Incorporation by reference, Reporting
and recordkeeping requirements,
Research.
40 CFR Part 1068
Environmental protection,
Administrative practice and procedure,
Confidential business information,
Imports, Motor vehicle pollution,
Penalties, Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements, Warranties.
Dated: June 3, 2005.
Stephen L. Johnson,
Administrator.
For the reasons set out in the preamble,
title 40, chapter I of the Code of Federal
Regulations is amended as follows:
PART 85—CONTROL OF AIR
POLLUTION FROM MOBILE SOURCES
1. The authority citation for part 85
continues to read as follows:
I
Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401–7671q.
2. Section 85.1502 is amended by
revising paragraph (a)(14) to read as
follows:
I
Definitions.
(a) * * *
(14) United States. United States
includes the States, the District of
Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto
Rico, the Commonwealth of the
Northern Mariana Islands, Guam,
American Samoa, and the U.S. Virgin
Islands.
*
*
*
*
*
I 3. Section 85.1503 is amended by
revising the section heading and adding
paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) to read as
follows:
§ 85.1503 General requirements for
importation of nonconforming vehicles and
engines.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) In any one certificate year (e.g., the
current model year), an ICI may finally
admit no more than the following
numbers of nonconforming vehicles or
engines into the United States under the
provisions of § 85.1505 and § 85.1509,
except as allowed by paragraph (e) of
this section:
(1) 5 heavy-duty engines.
(2) A total of 50 light-duty vehicles,
light-duty trucks, and medium-duty
passenger vehicles.
(3) 50 highway motorcycles.
(d) For ICIs owned by a parent
company, the importation limits in
paragraph (c) of this section include
importation by the parent company and
all its subsidiaries.
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
§ 85.1513
Prohibited acts; penalties.
*
I
§ 85.1502
(e) An ICI may exceed the limits
outlined paragraphs (c) and (d) of this
section, provided that any vehicles/
engines in excess of the limits meet the
emission standards and other
requirements outlined in the provisions
of § 85.1515 for the model year in which
the motor vehicle/engine is modified
(instead of the emission standards and
other requirements applicable for the
OP year of the vehicle/engine).
I 4. Section 85.1513 is amended by
revising paragraph (d) to read as follows:
Jkt 205001
*
*
*
*
(d) Any importer who violates section
203(a)(1) of the Act is subject to a civil
penalty under section 205 of the Act of
not more than $32,500 for each vehicle
or engine subject to the violation. In
addition to the penalty provided in the
Act, where applicable, under the
exemption provisions of § 85.1511(b), or
under § 85.1512, any person or entity
who fails to deliver such vehicle or
engine to the U.S. Customs Service is
liable for liquidated damages in the
amount of the bond required by
applicable Customs laws and
regulations.
*
*
*
*
*
I 5. Section 85.1515 is amended by
revising paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) to
read as follows:
§ 85.1515 Emission standards and test
procedures applicable to imported
nonconforming motor vehicles and motor
vehicle engines.
*
*
*
*
*
(c)(1) Nonconforming motor vehicles
or motor vehicle engines of 1994 OP
model year and later conditionally
imported pursuant to § 85.1505 or
§ 85.1509 shall meet all of the emission
standards specified in 40 CFR part 86
for the OP year of the vehicle or motor
vehicle engine. At the option of the ICI,
the nonconforming motor vehicle may
comply with the emissions standards in
40 CFR 86.1708–99 or 86.1709–99, as
applicable to a light-duty vehicle or
light light-duty truck, in lieu of the
otherwise applicable emissions
standards specified in 40 CFR part 86
for the OP year of the vehicle. The
provisions of 40 CFR 86.1710–99 do not
apply to imported nonconforming motor
vehicles. The useful life specified in 40
CFR part 86 for the OP year of the motor
vehicle or motor vehicle engine is
applicable where useful life is not
designated in this subpart.
(2)(i) Nonconforming light-duty
vehicles and light light-duty
trucks(LDV/LLDTs) originally
manufactured in OP years 2004, 2005 or
2006 must meet the FTP exhaust
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
emission standards of bin 9 in Tables
S04–1 and S04–2 in 40 CFR 86.1811–04
and the evaporative emission standards
for light-duty vehicles and light lightduty trucks specified in 40 CFR
86.1811–01(e)(5).
(ii) Nonconforming LDT3s and LDT4s
(HLDTs) and medium-duty passenger
vehicles (MDPVs) originally
manufactured in OP years 2004 through
2006 must meet the FTP exhaust
emission standards of bin 10 in Tables
S04–1 and S04–2 in 40 CFR 86.1811–04
and the applicable evaporative emission
standards specified in 40 CFR 86.1811–
04(e)(5). For 2004 OP year HLDTs and
MDPVs where modifications commence
on the first vehicle of a test group before
December 21, 2003, this requirement
does not apply to the 2004 OP year. ICIs
opting to bring all of their 2004 OP year
HLDTs and MDPVs into compliance
with the exhaust emission standards of
bin 10 in Tables S04–1 and S04–2 in 40
CFR 86.1811–04 , may use the optional
higher NMOG values for their 2004–
2006 OP year LDT2s and 2004–2008
LDT4s.
(iii) Nonconforming LDT3s and
LDT4s (HLDTs) and medium-duty
passenger vehicles (MDPVs) originally
manufactured in OP years 2007 and
2008 must meet the FTP exhaust
emission standards of bin 8 in Tables
S04–1 and S04–2 in 40 CFR 86.1811–04
and the applicable evaporative
standards specified in 40 CFR 86.1811–
04(e)(5).
(iv) Nonconforming LDV/LDTs
originally manufactured in OP years
2007 and later and nonconforming
HLDTs and MDPVs originally
manufactured in OP years 2009 and
later must meet the FTP exhaust
emission standards of bin 5 in Tables
S04–1 and S04–2 in 40 CFR 86.1811–04,
and the evaporative standards specified
in 40 CFR 86.1811(e)(1) through (e)(4).
(v) ICIs are exempt from the Tier 2
and the interim non-Tier2 phase-in
intermediate percentage requirements
for exhaust, evaporative, and refueling
emissions described in 40 CFR 86.1811–
04.
(vi) In cases where multiple standards
exist in a given model year in 40 CFR
part 86 due to phase-in requirements of
new standards, the applicable standards
for motor vehicle engines required to be
certified to engine-based standards are
the least stringent standards applicable
to the engine type for the OP year.
*
*
*
*
*
I 6. Section 85.1713 is added to subpart
R to read as follows:
§ 85.1713
Delegated-assembly exemption.
The provisions of this section apply
for manufacturers of heavy-duty
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
highway engines. (a) Shipping an engine
separately from an aftertreatment
component that you have specified as
part of its certified configuration will
not be a violation of the prohibitions in
Clean Air Act section 203 (42 U.S.C.
7522), if you follow the provisions of
paragraph (b) or (c) of this section.
(b) If you include the cost of all
aftertreatment components in the cost of
the engine and ship the aftertreatment
components directly to the vehicle
manufacturer, or arrange for separate
shipment by the component
manufacturer to the vehicle
manufacturer, you must meet all the
following conditions:
(1) Apply for and receive a certificate
of conformity for the engine and its
emission-control system before
shipment.
(2) Provide installation instructions in
enough detail to ensure that the engine
will be in its certified configuration if
someone follows these instructions.
(3) Have a contractual agreement with
a vehicle manufacturer obligating the
vehicle manufacturer to complete the
final assembly of the engine so it is in
its certified configuration when
installed in the vehicle. This agreement
must also obligate the vehicle
manufacturer to provide the affidavits
required under paragraph (b)(4) of this
section.
(4) Take appropriate additional steps
to ensure that all engines will be in their
certified configuration when installed
by the vehicle manufacturer. At a
minimum, you must obtain annual
affidavits from every vehicle
manufacturer to whom you sell engines
under this section. Include engines that
you sell through distributors or dealers.
The affidavits must list the part
numbers of the aftertreatment devices
that vehicle manufacturers install on
each engine they purchase from you
under this section.
(5) Describe in your application for
certification how you plan to use the
provisions of this section and any steps
you plan to take under paragraph (b)(3)
of this section.
(6) Keep records to document how
many engines you produce under this
exemption. Also, keep records to
document your contractual agreements
under paragraph (b)(3) of this section.
Keep all these records for five years after
the end of the model year and make
them available to us upon request.
(7) Make sure the engine has the
emission control information label we
require under the standard-setting part.
(c) If you do not include the cost of
all aftertreatment components in the
cost of the engine, you must meet all the
conditions described in paragraphs
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
(b)(1) through (7) of this section, with
the following additional provisions:
(1) The contractual agreement
described in paragraph (b)(3) of this
section must include a commitment that
the vehicle manufacturer will do the
following things:
(i) Separately purchase the
aftertreatment components you have
specified in your application for
certification.
(ii) Perform audits as described in
paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
(2) Before you ship an engine under
the provisions of this paragraph (c), you
must have written confirmation that the
vehicle manufacturer has ordered the
appropriate aftertreatment components.
(3) You must audit vehicle
manufacturers as follows:
(i) If you sell engines to 16 or more
vehicle manufacturers under the
provisions of this section, you must
annually audit four vehicle
manufacturers to whom you sell engines
under this section. To select individual
vehicle manufacturers, divide all the
affected vehicle manufacturers into
quartiles based on the number of
engines they buy from you; select a
single vehicle manufacturer from each
quartile each model year. Vary the
vehicle manufacturers you audit from
year to year, though you may repeat an
audit in a later model year if you find
or suspect that a particular vehicle
manufacturer is not properly installing
aftertreatment devices.
(ii) If you sell engines to fewer than
16 vehicle manufacturers under the
provisions of this section, set up a plan
to audit each vehicle manufacturer on
average once every four model years.
(iii) Starting with the 2014 model
year, if you sell engines to fewer than 40
vehicle manufacturers under the
provisions of this section, you may ask
us to approve a reduced auditing rate.
We may approve an alternate plan that
involves auditing each vehicle
manufacturer on average once every ten
model years, as long as you show that
you have met the auditing requirements
in preceding years without finding
noncompliance or improper procedures.
(iv) Audits must involve the
assembling companies’ facilities,
procedures, and production records to
monitor their compliance with your
instructions, must include investigation
of some assembled engines, and must
confirm that the number of
aftertreatment devices shipped were
sufficient for the number of engines
produced. Where a vehicle
manufacturer is not located in the
United States, you may conduct the
audit at a distribution or port facility in
the United States.
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40431
(v) If you produce engines and use
them to produce vehicles under the
provisions of this section, you must take
steps to ensure that your facilities,
procedures, and production records are
set up to ensure compliance with the
provisions of this section, but you may
meet your auditing responsibilities
under this paragraph (c)(3) of this
section by maintaining a database
showing how you pair aftertreatment
components with the appropriate
engines.
(vi) You must keep records of these
audits for five years after the end of the
model year and provide a report to us
describing any uninstalled or
improperly installed aftertreatment
components. Send us these reports
within 90 days of the audit, except as
specified in paragraph (f) of this section.
(4) In your application for
certification, give a detailed plan for
auditing vehicle manufacturers, as
described in paragraph (c)(3) of this
section.
(d) An engine you produce under this
section becomes new when it is fully
assembled, except for aftertreatment
devices, for the first time. Use this date
to determine the engine’s model year.
(e) Once the vehicle manufacturer
takes possession of an engine exempted
under this section, the exemption
expires and the engine is subject to all
the prohibitions in CleanAir Act section
203 (42 U.S.C. 7522).
(f) You must notify us within 15 days
if you find from an audit or another
source that a vehicle manufacturer has
failed to meet its obligations under this
section.
(g) We may suspend, revoke, or void
an exemption under this section, as
follows:
(1) We may suspend or revoke your
exemption for the entire engine family
if we determine that any of the engines
are not in their certified configuration
after installation in the vehicle, or if you
fail to comply with the requirements of
this section. If we suspend or revoke the
exemption for any of your engine
families under this paragraph (g), this
exemption will not apply for future
certificates unless you demonstrate that
the factors causing the nonconformity
do not apply to the other engine
families. We may suspend or revoke the
exemption for shipments to a single
facility where final assembly occurs.
(2) We may void your exemption for
the entire engine family if you
intentionally submit false or incomplete
information or fail to keep and provide
to EPA the records required by this
section.
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40432
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
(h) You are liable for the in-use
compliance of any engine that is exempt
under this section.
(i) It is a violation of the Act for any
person to complete assembly of the
exempted engine without complying
fully with the installation instructions.
(j) [Reserved]
(k) You may ask us to provide a
temporary exemption to allow you to
complete production of your engines at
different facilities, as long as you
maintain control of the engines until
they are in their certified configuration.
We may require you to take specific
steps to ensure that such engines are in
their certified configuration before
reaching the ultimate purchaser. You
may request an exemption under this
paragraph (k) in your application for
certification, or in a separate
submission.
I 7. Section 85.2111 is amended by
revising the introductory text and adding
paragraph (d) to read as follows:
§ 85.2111
Warranty enforcement.
The following acts are prohibited and
may subject a manufacturer to up to a
$32,500 civil penalty for each offense,
except as noted in paragraph (d) of this
section:
*
*
*
*
*
(d) The maximum penalty value listed
in this section is shown for calendar
year 2004. Maximum penalty limits for
later years may be adjusted based on the
Consumer Price Index. The specific
regulatory provisions for changing the
maximum penalties, published in 40
CFR part 19, reference the applicable
U.S. Code citation on which the
prohibited action is based.
I 8. Appendix II to subpart V is amended
by revising section 1 of part A to read as
follows:
Appendix II to Subpart V of Part 85—
Arbitration Rules
Part A—Pre-Hearing
Section 1: Initiation of Arbitration
Either party may commence an arbitration
under these rules by filing at any regional
office of the American Arbitration
Association (the AAA) three copies of a
written submission to arbitrate under these
rules, signed by either party. It shall contain
a statement of the matter in dispute, the
amount of money involved, the remedy
sought, and the hearing locale requested,
together with the appropriate administrative
fee as provided in the Administrative Fee
Schedule of the AAA in effect at the time the
arbitration is filed. The filing party shall
notify the MOD Director in writing within 14
days of when it files for arbitration and
provide the MOD Director with the date of
receipt of the bill by the part manufacturer.
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
Unless the AAA in its discretion
determines otherwise and no party disagrees,
the Expedited Procedures (as described in
Part E of these Rules) shall be applied in any
case where no disclosed claim or
counterclaim exceeds $32,500, exclusive of
interest and arbitration costs. Parties may
also agree to the Expedited Procedures in
cases involving claims in excess of $32,500.
All other cases, including those involving
claims not in excess of $32,500 where either
party so desires, shall be administered in
accordance with Parts A through D of these
Rules.
combination is stabilized for emissiondata testing. The manufacturer shall
maintain, and provide to the
Administrator if requested, a record of
the rationale used in making this
determination. The manufacturer may
elect to accumulate 125 hours on each
test engine within an engine family
without making a determination. Any
engine used to represent emission-data
engine selections under § 86.094–
24(b)(2) shall be equipped with an
engine system combination that has
*
*
*
*
*
accumulated at least the number of
hours determined under this paragraph.
PART 86—CONTROL OF EMISSIONS
Complete exhaust emission tests shall
FROM NEW AND IN-USE HIGHWAY
be conducted for each emission-data
VEHICLES AND ENGINES
engine selection under § 86.094–
24(b)(2). Evaporative emission controls
I 9. The authority citation for part 86
must be connected, as described in 40
continues to read as follows:
CFR part 1065, subpart F. The
Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401–7671q.
Administrator may determine under
I 10. Section 86.004–16 is amended by
§ 86.094–24(f) that no testing is
revising paragraph (d) to read as follows: required.
*
*
*
*
*
§ 86.004–16 Prohibition of defeat devices.
*
*
*
*
*
I 12. Section 86.007–11 is amended by
(d) For vehicle and engine designs
revising paragraphs (a)(2) and (a)(3)(i)
designated by the Administrator to be
and adding paragraph (g)(6) to read as
investigated for possible defeat devices: follows:
(1) General. The manufacturer must
§ 86.007–11 Emission standards and
show to the satisfaction of the
Administrator that the vehicle or engine supplemental requirements for 2007 and
later model year heavy-duty engines and
design does not incorporate strategies
vehicles.
that reduce emission control
*
*
*
*
*
effectiveness exhibited during the
(a) * * *
applicable Federal emissions test
(2) The standards set forth in
procedures when the vehicle or engine
is operated under conditions which may paragraph (a)(1) of this section refer to
the exhaust emitted over the duty cycle
reasonably be expected to be
specified in paragraphs (a)(2)(i) through
encountered in normal operation and
(iii) of this section, where exhaust
use, unless one of the specific
emissions are measured and calculated
exceptions set forth in the definition of
as specified in paragraphs (a)(2)(iv) and
‘‘defeat device’’ in § 86.004–2 has been
(v) of this section in accordance with
met.
(2) Information submissions required. the procedures set forth in 40 CFR part
The manufacturer will provide an
1065, except as noted in § 86.007–
explanation containing detailed
23(c)(2):
information (including information
(i) Perform the test interval set forth
which the Administrator may request to in paragraph (f)(2) of Appendix I of this
be submitted) regarding test programs,
part with a cold-start according to 40
engineering evaluations, design
CFR part 1065, subpart F. This is the
specifications, calibrations, on-board
cold-start test interval.
computer algorithms, and design
(ii) Shut down the engine after
strategies incorporated for operation
completing the test interval and allow
both during and outside of the
20 minutes to elapse. This is the hotapplicable Federal emission test
soak.
procedure.
(iii) Repeat the test interval. This is
I 11. Section 86.004–26 is amended by
the hot-start test interval.
revising paragraph (c)(4) to read as
(iv) Calculate the total emission mass
follows:
of each constituent, m, and the total
work, W, over each test interval
§ 86.004–26 Mileage and service
according to 40 CFR 1065.650.
accumulation; emission measurements.
(v) Determine your engine’s brake*
*
*
*
*
specific emissions using the following
(c) * * *
(4) The manufacturer shall determine, calculation, which weights the
emissions from the cold-start and hotfor each engine family, the number of
start test intervals:
hours at which the engine system
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
§ 86.007–21
Application for certification.
*
*
*
*
*
(o) For diesel heavy-duty engines, the
manufacturer must provide the
following additional information
pertaining to the supplemental emission
test conducted under § 86.1360–2007:
(1) Weighted brake-specific emissions
data (i.e., in units of g/bhp-hr),
calculated according to 40 CFR
1065.650 for all pollutants for which a
brake-specific emission standard is
established in this subpart;
(2) For engines subject to the MAEL
(see § 86.007–11(a)(3)(ii)), brake specific
gaseous emission data for each of the 12
non-idle test points (identified under
§ 86.1360–2007(b)(1)) and the 3 EPAselected test points (identified under
§ 86.1360–2007(b)(2));
(3) For engines subject to the MAEL
(see § 86.007–11(a)(3)(ii)),
concentrations and mass flow rates of
all regulated gaseous emissions plus
carbon dioxide;
(4) Values of all emission-related
engine control variables at each test
point;
(5) A statement that the test results
correspond to the test engine selection
criteria in 40 CFR 1065.401. The
manufacturer also must maintain
records at the manufacturer’s facility
which contain all test data, engineering
analyses, and other information which
provides the basis for this statement,
where such information exists. The
manufacturer must provide such
information to the Administrator upon
request;
VerDate jul<14>2003
08:22 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
(6) For engines subject to the MAEL
(see § 86.007–11(a)(3)(ii)), a statement
that the engines will comply with the
weighted average emissions standard
and interpolated values comply with the
Maximum Allowable Emission Limits
specified in § 86.007–11(a)(3) for the
useful life of the engine where
applicable. The manufacturer also must
maintain records at the manufacturer’s
facility which contain a detailed
description of all test data, engineering
analyses, and other information which
provides the basis for this statement,
where such information exists. The
manufacturer must provide such
information to the Administrator upon
request.
(7) [Reserved]
*
*
*
*
*
I 14. Section 86.007–35 is amended by
revising paragraph (c) to read as follows:
§ 86.007–35
Labeling.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Vehicles powered by model year
2007 and later diesel-fueled engines
must include permanent, readily visible
labels on the dashboard (or instrument
panel) and near all fuel inlets that state
‘‘Use Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel
Only’’; or ‘‘Ultra Low Sulfur DieselFuel
Only’’.
*
*
*
*
*
I 15. Part 86 is amended by removing the
first § 86.008–10, which was added on
October 6, 2000.
I 16. Section 86.084–2 is amended by
revising the definition for ‘‘Curb-idle’’ to
read as follows:
§ 86.084–2
Definitions.
*
*
*
*
*
Curb-idle means:
(1) For manual transmission code
light-duty trucks, the engine speed with
the transmission in neutral or with the
clutch disengaged and with the air
conditioning system, if present, turned
off. For automatic transmission code
light-duty trucks, curb-idle means the
engine speed with the automatic
transmission in the Park position (or
Neutral position if there is no Park
position), and with the air conditioning
system, if present, turned off.
(2) For manual transmission code
heavy-duty engines, the manufacturer’s
recommended engine speed with the
clutch disengaged. For automatic
transmission code heavy-duty engines,
curb idle means the manufacturer’s
recommended engine speed with the
automatic transmission in gear and the
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
output shaft stalled. (Measured idle
speed may be used in lieu of curb-idle
speed for the emission tests when the
difference between measured idle speed
and curb idle speed is sufficient to
cause a void test under 40 CFR 1065.530
but not sufficient to permit adjustment
in accordance with 40 CFR part 1065,
subpart E.
*
*
*
*
*
I 17. Section 86.095–35 is amended by
revising paragraph (a)(3)(iii)(B) to read as
follows:
§ 86.095–35
Labeling.
*
*
*
*
*
(a) * * *
(3) * * *
(iii) * * *
(B) The full corporate name and
trademark of the manufacturer; though
the label may identify another company
and use its trademark instead of the
manufacturer’s as long as the
manufacturer complies with the
provisions of 40CFR 1039.640.
*
*
*
*
*
I 18. Section 86.096–38 is amended by
revising paragraph (g)(19)(iii) to read as
follows:
§ 86.096–38
Maintenance instructions.
*
*
*
*
*
(g) * * *
(19) * * *
(iii) Any person who violates a
provision of this paragraph (g) shall be
subject to a civil penalty of not more
than $32,500 per day for each violation.
This maximum penalty is shown for
calendar year 2004. Maximum penalty
limits for later years may be set higher
based on the Consumer Price Index, as
specified in 40 CFR part 19. In addition,
such person shall be liable for all other
remedies set forth in Title II of the Clean
Air Act, remedies pertaining to
provisions of Title II of the Clean Air
Act, or other applicable provisions of
law.
I 19. Section 86.121–90 is amended by
revising paragraph (d) introductory text
to read as follows:
§ 86.121–90
calibration.
Hydrocarbon analyzer
*
*
*
*
*
(d) FID response factor to methane.
When the FID analyzer is to be used for
the analysis of gasoline, diesel,
methanol, ethanol, liquefied petroleum
gas, and natural gas-fueled vehicle
hydrocarbon samples, the methane
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
ER13JY05.000
(3) * * *
(i) Exhaust emissions, as determined
under § 86.1360–2007(b) pertaining to
the supplemental emission test cycle,
for each regulated pollutant shall not
exceed 1.0 times the applicable
emission standards or FELs specified in
paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
*
*
*
*
*
(g) * * *
(6) Manufacturers may determine the
number of engines and vehicles that are
required to certify to the NOX standard
in this section (including the phase-out
engines certified to the NOX+NMHC
standard referenced in this
paragraph(g)) based on calendar years
2007, 2008, and 2009, rather than model
years 2007, 2008, and 2009.
*
*
*
*
*
I 13. Section 86.007–21 is amended by
revising paragraph (o) to read as follows:
40433
40434
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
response factor of the analyzer must be
established. To determine the total
hydrocarbon FID response to methane,
known methane in air concentrations
traceable to the National Institute of
Standards andTechnology (NIST) must
be analyzed by the FID. Several methane
concentrations must be analyzed by the
FID in the range of concentrations in the
exhaust sample. The total hydrocarbon
FID response to methane is calculated as
follows:
rCH4=FIDppm/SAMppm
Where:
*
*
*
*
*
I 20. Section 86.144–94 is amended by
revising paragraph (c)(8)(vi) to read as
follows:
§ 86.144–94
emissions.
Calculations; exhaust
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(8) * * *
(vi) rCH4=HC FID response to
methane as measured in § 86.121(d).
*
*
*
*
*
I 21. Section 86.158–00 is amended by
revising the introductory text to read as
follows:
§ 86.158–00 Supplemental Federal Test
Procedures; overview.
The procedures described in
§§ 86.158–00, 86.159–00, 86.160–00,
and 86.162–00 discuss the aggressive
driving (US06) and air conditioning
(SC03) elements of the Supplemental
Federal Test Procedures (SFTP). These
test procedures consist of two separable
test elements: A sequence of vehicle
operation that tests exhaust emissions
with a driving schedule (US06) that
tests exhaust emissions under high
speeds and accelerations (aggressive
driving); and a sequence of vehicle
operation that tests exhaust emissions
with a driving schedule (SC03) which
includes the impacts of actual air
conditioning operation. These test
procedures (and the associated
standards set forth in subpart S of this
part) are applicable to light-duty
vehicles and light-duty trucks.
*
*
*
*
*
I 22. Section 86.159–00 is amended by
revising paragraph (f)(2)(ix) to read as
follows:
§ 86.159–00 Exhaust emission test
procedure for US06 emissions.
*
*
*
*
*
(f) * * *
(2) * * *
(ix) Turn the engine off 2 seconds
after the end of the last deceleration
(i.e., engine off at 596 seconds).
*
*
*
*
*
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
23. Section 86.160–00 is amended by
revising the first sentence of paragraph
(a), and paragraphs (c)(10), (c)(12),
(d)(10), and (d)(13) to read as follows:
I
§ 86.160–00 Exhaust emission test
procedure for SC03 emissions.
(a) Overview. The dynamometer
operation consists of a single, 600
second test on the SC03 driving
schedule, as described in appendix I,
paragraph (h), of this part. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(10) Eighteen seconds after the engine
starts, begin the initial vehicle
acceleration of the driving schedule.
*
*
*
*
*
(12) Turn the engine off 2 seconds
after the end of the last deceleration
(i.e., engine off at 596 seconds).
*
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
(10) Turn the engine off 2 seconds
after the end of the last deceleration
(i.e., engine off at 596 seconds).
*
*
*
*
*
(13) Immediately after the end of the
sample period, turn off the cooling fan,
disconnect the exhaust tube from the
vehicle tailpipe(s), and drive the vehicle
from dynamometer.
*
*
*
*
*
I 24. Section 86.161–00 is amended by
revising paragraph (b)(1) to read as
follows:
§ 86.161–00 Air conditioning
environmental test facility ambient
requirements.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(1) Ambient humidity is controlled,
within the test cell, during all phases of
the air conditioning test sequence to an
average of 100 +/¥5 grains of water/
pound of dry air.
*
*
*
*
*
I 25. Section 86.164–00 is amended by
revising paragraph (c)(1)(i) introductory
text to read as follows:
§ 86.164–00 Supplemental federal test
procedure calculations.
*
*
*
(c)(1) * * *
*
*
(i) YWSFTP = 0.35(YFTP) + 0.37(YSC03) +
0.28(YUS06)
Where:
*
*
*
*
*
I 26. Section 86.410–2006 is amended
by adding paragraph (e)(3) to read as
follows:
§ 86.410–2006 Emission standards for
2006 and later model year motorcycles.
*
PO 00000
*
Frm 00016
*
*
Fmt 4701
*
Sfmt 4700
(e) * * *
(3) Small-volume manufacturers are
not required to comply with permeation
requirements in paragraph (g) of this
section until model year 2010.
*
*
*
*
*
I 27. A new § 86.413–2006 is added to
read as follows:
§ 86.413–2006
Labeling.
(a)(1) The manufacturer of any
motorcycle shall, at the time of
manufacture, affix a permanent, legible
label, of the type and in the manner
described in this section, containing the
information provided in this section, to
all production models of such vehicles
available for sale to the public and
covered by a certificate of conformity.
(2) A permanent, legible label shall be
affixed in a readily accessible position.
Multi-part labels may be used.
(3) The label shall be affixed by the
vehicle manufacturer who has been
issued the certificate of conformity for
such vehicle, in such a manner that it
cannot be removed without destroying
or defacing the label, and shall not be
affixed to any part which is easily
detached from the vehicle or is likely to
be replaced during the useful life of the
vehicle.
(4) The label shall contain the
following information lettered in the
English language in block letters and
numerals, which shall be of a color that
contrasts with the background of the
label:
(i) The label heading shall read:
‘‘Vehicle Emission Control
Information’’;
(ii) Full corporate name and
trademark of the manufacturer;
(iii) Engine displacement (in cubic
centimeters or liters) and engine family
identification;
(iv) Engine tuneup specifications and
adjustments, as recommended by the
manufacturer, including, if applicable:
idle speed, ignition timing, and the idle
air-fuel mixture setting procedure and
value (e.g., idle CO, idle air-fuel ratio,
idle speed drop). These specifications
shall indicate the proper transmission
position during tuneup, and which
accessories should be in operation and
which systems should be disconnected
during a tuneup;
(v) Any specific fuel or engine
lubricant requirements (e.g., lead
content, research octane number, engine
lubricant type);
(vi) Identification of the exhaust
emission control system, using
abbreviations in accordance with SAE
J1930, June 1993, including the
following abbreviations for items
commonly appearing on motorcycles:
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
OC Oxidation catalyst;
TWC Three-way catalyst;
AIR Secondary air injection (pump);
PAIR Pulsed secondary air injection;
DFI Direct fuel injection;
O2S Oxygen sensor;
HO2S Heated oxygen sensor;
EM Engine modification;
CFI Continuous fuel injection;
MFI Multi-port (electronic) fuel injection;
and
TBI Throttle body (electronic) fuel injection.
(viii) An unconditional statement of
conformity to U.S. EPA regulations
which includes the model year; for
example, ‘‘This Vehicle Conforms to
U.S. EPA Regulations Applicable
tollModel Year New Motorcycles’’
(the blank is to be filled in with the
appropriate model year). For all Class III
motorcycles and for Class I and Class II
motorcycles demonstrating compliance
with the averaging provisions in 40 CFR
86.449 the statement must also include
the phrase ‘‘is certified to an HC+NOX
emission standard of __ grams/
kilometer’’ (the blank is to be filled in
with the Family Emission Limit
determined by the manufacturer).
(b) The provisions of this section shall
not prevent a manufacturer from also
reciting on the label that such vehicle
conforms to any other applicable
Federal or State standards for new
motorcycles or any other information
that such manufacturer deems necessary
for, or useful to, the proper operation
and satisfactory maintenance of the
vehicle.
I 28. Section 86.447–2006 is revised to
read as follows:
§ 86.447–2006 What provisions apply to
motorcycle engines below 50 cc that are
certified under the Small SI program or the
Recreational-vehicle program?
(a) General provisions. If you are an
engine manufacturer, this section allows
you to introduce into commerce a new
highway motorcycle (that is, a
motorcycle that is a motor vehicle) if it
has an engine below 50 cc that is
already certified to the requirements
that apply to engines or vehicles under
40 CFR part 90 or 1051 for the
appropriate model year. If you comply
with all the provisions of this section,
we consider the certificate issued under
40 CFR part 90 or 1051 for each engine
or vehicle to also be a valid certificate
of conformity under this part 86 for its
model year, without a separate
application for certification under the
requirements of this part 86. See
§ 86.448–2006 for similar provisions
that apply to vehicles that are certified
to chassis-based standards under 40CFR
part 1051.
(b) Vehicle-manufacturer provisions.
If you are not an engine manufacturer,
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
you may produce highway motorcycles
using nonroad engines below 50 cc
under this section as long as you meet
all the requirements and conditions
specified in paragraph (d) of this
section. If you modify the nonroad
engine in any of the ways described in
paragraph (d)(2) of this section for
installation in a highway motorcycle,
we will consider you a manufacturer of
a new highway motorcycle. Such engine
modifications prevent you from using
the provisions of this section.
(c) Liability. Engines for which you
meet the requirements of this section,
and vehicles containing these engines,
are exempt from all the requirements
and prohibitions of this part, except for
those specified in this section. Engines
and vehicles exempted under this
section must meet all the applicable
requirements from 40 CFR part 90 or
1051. This applies to engine
manufacturers, vehicle manufacturers
who use these engines, and all other
persons as if these engines were used in
recreational vehicles or other nonroad
applications. The prohibited acts of 42
U.S.C. 7522 apply to these new highway
motorcycles; however, we consider the
certificate issued under 40 CFR part 90
or 1051 for each engine to also be a
valid certificate of conformity under this
part 86 for its model year. If we make
a determination that these engines do
not conform to the regulations during
their useful life, we may require you to
recall them under 40 CFR part 86, 90,
or 1068.
(d) Specific requirements. If you are
an engine or vehicle manufacturer and
meet all the following criteria and
requirements regarding your new engine
or vehicle, the highway motorcycle is
eligible for an exemption under this
section:
(1) Your engine must be below 50 cc
and must be covered by a valid
certificate of conformity for Class II
engines issued under 40 CFR part 90 or
for recreational vehicles under 40 CFR
part 1051.
(2) You must not make any changes to
the certified engine that could
reasonably be expected to increase its
exhaust emissions for any pollutant, or
its evaporative emissions, if applicable.
For example, if you make any of the
following changes to one of these
engines, you do not qualify for this
exemption:
(i) Change any fuel system or
evaporative system parameters from the
certified configuration.
(ii) Change, remove, or fail to properly
install any other component, element of
design, or calibration specified in the
engine manufacturer’s application for
certification. This includes
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40435
aftertreatment devices and all related
components.
(iii) Modify or design the engine
cooling system so that temperatures or
heat rejection rates are outside the
original engine manufacturer’s specified
ranges.
(3) You must show that fewer than 50
percent of the engine family’s total sales
in the United States are used in highway
motorcycles. This includes engines used
in any application, without regard to
which company manufactures the
vehicle or equipment. In addition, if you
manufacture highway motorcycles, you
must show that fewer than 50 percent of
the engine family’s total sales in the
United States are highway motorcycles.
Show that you meet the engine-sales
criterion as follows:
(i) If you are the original manufacturer
of the engine, base this showing on your
sales information.
(ii) In all other cases, you must get the
original manufacturer of the engine to
confirm the engine sales volumes based
on its sales information.
(4) You must ensure that the engine
has the label we require under 40 CFR
part 90 or 1051.
(5) You must add a permanent
supplemental label to the engine in a
position where it will remain clearly
visible after installation in the vehicle.
In the supplemental label, do the
following:
(i) Include the heading: ‘‘HIGHWAY
MOTORCYCLE ENGINE EMISSION
CONTROL INFORMATION’’.
(ii) Include your full corporate name
and trademark. You may instead
include the full corporate name and
trademark of another company you
choose to designate.
(iii) State: ‘‘THIS ENGINE WAS
ADAPTED FOR HIGHWAY USE
WITHOUTAFFECTING ITS EMISSION
CONTROLS.’’.
(iv) State the date you finished
installation (month and year), if
applicable.
(6) Send the Designated Compliance
Officer a signed letter by the end of each
calendar year (or less often if we tell
you) with all the following information:
(i) Identify your full corporate name,
address, and telephone number.
(ii) List the engine or vehicle models
you expect to produce under this
exemption in the coming year.
(iii) State: ‘‘We produce each listed
[engine or vehicle] model for without
making any changes that could increase
its certified emission levels, as
described in 40 CFR 86.447–2006.’’.
(e) Failure to comply. If your highway
motorcycles do not meet the criteria
listed in paragraph (d) of this section,
they will be subject to the standards,
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40436
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
requirements, and prohibitions of this
part 86 and the certificate issued under
40 CFR part 90 or 1051 will not be
deemed to also be a certificate issued
under this part 86. Introducing these
engines into commerce without a valid
exemption or certificate of conformity
under this part violates the prohibitions
in 40 CFR part 85.
(f) Data submission. We may require
you to send us emission test data on any
applicable nonroad duty cycles.
(g) Participation in averaging, banking
and trading. Engines or vehicles
adapted for recreational use under this
section may not generate or use
emission credits under this part 86.
These engines or vehicles may generate
credits under the ABT provisions in 40
CFR part 90 or 1051. These engines or
vehicles must use emission credits
under 40 CFR part 90 or 1051 if they are
certified to an FEL that exceeds an
applicable standard.
I 29. Section 86.448–2006 is revised to
read as follows:
§ 86.448–2006 What provisions apply to
vehicles certified under the Recreationalvehicle program?
(a) General provisions. If you are a
highway-motorcycle manufacturer, this
section allows you to introduce into
commerce a new highway motorcycle
with an engine below 50 cc if it is
already certified to the requirements
that apply to recreational vehicles under
40 CFR parts 1051. A highway
motorcycle is a motorcycle that is a
motor vehicle. If you comply with all of
the provisions of this section, we
consider the certificate issued under 40
CFR part 1051 for each recreational
vehicle to also be a valid certificate of
conformity for the motor vehicle under
this part 86 for its model year, without
a separate application for certification
under the requirements of this part 86.
See § 86.447–2006 for similar provisions
that apply to nonroad engines produced
for highway motorcycles.
(b) Nonrecreational-vehicle
provisions. If you are not a recreationalvehicle manufacturer, you may produce
highway motorcycles from recreational
vehicles with engines below 50 cc under
this section as long as you meet all the
requirements and conditions specified
in paragraph (d) of this section. If you
modify the recreational vehicle or its
engine in any of the ways described in
paragraph (d)(2) of this section for
installation in a highway motorcycle,
we will consider you a manufacturer of
a new highway motorcycle. Such
modifications prevent you from using
the provisions of this section.
(c) Liability. Vehicles for which you
meet the requirements of this section are
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
exempt from all the requirements and
prohibitions of this part, except for
those specified in this section. Engines
and vehicles exempted under this
section must meet all the applicable
requirements from 40 CFR part 1051.
This applies to engine manufacturers,
vehicle manufacturers, and all other
persons as if the highway motorcycles
were recreational vehicles. The
prohibited acts of 42 U.S.C. 7522 apply
to these new highway motorcycles;
however, we consider the certificate
issued under 40 CFR part 1051 for each
recreational vehicle to also be a valid
certificate of conformity for the highway
motorcycle under this part 86 for its
model year. If we make a determination
that these engines or vehicles do not
conform to the regulations during their
useful life, we may require you to recall
them under 40 CFR part 86 or 40 CFR
1068.505.
(d) Specific requirements. If you are a
recreational-vehicle manufacturer and
meet all the following criteria and
requirements regarding your new
highway motorcycle and its engine, the
highway motorcycle is eligible for an
exemption under this section:
(1) Your motorcycle must have an
engine below 50 cc and it must be
covered by a valid certificate of
conformity as a recreational vehicle
issued under 40 CFR part 1051.
(2) You must not make any changes to
the certified recreational vehicle that we
could reasonably expect to increase its
exhaust emissions for any pollutant, or
its evaporative emissions if it is subject
to evaporative-emission standards. For
example, if you make any of the
following changes, you do not qualify
for this exemption:
(i) Change any fuel system parameters
from the certified configuration.
(ii) Change, remove, or fail to properly
install any other component, element of
design, or calibration specified in the
vehicle manufacturer’s application for
certification. This includes
aftertreatment devices and all related
components.
(iii) Modify or design the engine
cooling system so that temperatures or
heat rejection rates are outside the
original vehicle manufacturer’s
specified ranges.
(3) You must show that fewer than 50
percent of the engine family’s total sales
in the United States are used in highway
motorcycles. This includes highway and
off-highway motorcycles, without regard
to which company completes the
manufacturing of the highway
motorcycle. Show this as follows:
(i) If you are the original manufacturer
of the vehicle, base this showing on
your sales information.
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(ii) In all other cases, you must get the
original manufacturer of the vehicle to
confirm this based on their sales
information.
(4) The highway motorcycle must
have the vehicle emission control
information we require under 40 CFR
part 1051.
(5) You must add a permanent
supplemental label to the highway
motorcycle in a position where it will
remain clearly visible. In the
supplemental label, do the following:
(i) Include the heading: ‘‘HIGHWAY
MOTORCYCLE ENGINE EMISSION
CONTROL INFORMATION’’.
(ii) Include your full corporate name
and trademark. You may instead
include the full corporate name and
trademark of another company you
choose to designate.
(iii) State: ‘‘THIS VEHICLE WAS
ADAPTED FOR HIGHWAY USE
WITHOUT AFFECTING ITS EMISSION
CONTROLS.’’.
(iv) State the date you finished
modifying the vehicle (month and year),
if applicable.
(6) Send the Designated Compliance
Officer a signed letter by the end of each
calendar year (or less often if we tell
you) with all the following information:
(i) Identify your full corporate name,
address, and telephone number.
(ii) List the highway motorcycle
models you expect to produce under
this exemption in the coming year.
(iii) State: ‘‘We produced each listed
highway motorcycle without making
any changes that could increase its
certified emission levels, as described in
40 CFR 86.448–2006.’’.
(e) Failure to comply. If your highway
motorcycles do not meet the criteria
listed in paragraph (d) of this section,
they will be subject to the standards,
requirements, and prohibitions of this
part 86 and 40 CFR part 85, and the
certificate issued under 40 CFR part
1051 will not be deemed to also be a
certificate issued under this part 86.
Introducing these motorcycles into
commerce without a valid exemption or
certificate of conformity under this part
violates the prohibitions in 40 CFR part
85.
(f) Data submission. We may require
you to send us emission test data on the
duty cycle for Class I motorcycles.
(g) Participation in averaging, banking
and trading. Recreational vehicles
adapted for use as highway motorcycles
under this section may not generate or
use emission credits under this part 86.
These engines may generate credits
under the ABT provisions in 40 CFR
part 1051. These engines must use
emission credits under 40 CFR part
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
1051 if they are certified to an FEL that
exceeds an applicable standard.
I 30. In § 86.513–2004, Table 1 in
paragraph (a)(1) is revised to read as
follows:
40437
§ 86.513–2004 Fuel and engine lubricant
specifications.
*
*
*
(a) * * *
(1) * * *
*
*
TABLE 1 OF § 86.513–2004—GASOLINE TEST FUEL SPECIFICATIONS
Item
Procedure
Value
Distillation Range:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Initial boiling point, °C ............................................................................
10% point, °C ........................................................................................
50% point, °C ........................................................................................
90% point, °C ........................................................................................
End point, °C .........................................................................................
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
D
D
D
D
D
86–97
86–97
86–97
86–97
86–97
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
23.9—35.0 1
48.9—57.2
93.3—110.0
148.9—162.8
212.8
Hydrocarbon composition:
1. Olefins, volume % .................................................................................
2. Aromatics, volume % .............................................................................
3. Saturates ...............................................................................................
Lead (organic), g/liter .................................................................................
Phosphorous, g/liter ...................................................................................
Sulfur, weight % .........................................................................................
Volatility (Reid Vapor Pressure), kPa ........................................................
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
1319–98 ......................
1319–98 ......................
1319–98 ......................
3237 ............................
3231 ............................
1266 ............................
323 ..............................
10 maximum
35 maximum
Remainder
0.013 maximum
0.0013 maximum
0.008 maximum
55.2 to 63.4 1
1 For testing at altitudes above 1,219 m, the specified volatility range is 52 to 55 kPa and the specified initial boiling point range is (23.9 to
40.6) °C.
*
*
*
*
*
31. Section 86.884–8 is amended by
revising paragraph (c) introductory text
to read as follows:
I
§ 86.884–8 Dynamometer and engine
equipment.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) An exhaust system with an
appropriate type of smokemeter placed
no more than 32 feet from the exhaust
manifold(s), turbocharger outlet(s),
exhaust aftertreatment device(s), or
crossover junction (on Vee engines),
whichever is farthest downstream. The
smoke exhaust system shall present an
exhaust backpressure within ±0.2 inch
Hg of the upper limit at maximum rated
horsepower, as established by the
engine manufacturer in his sales and
service literature for vehicle application.
The following options may also be used:
*
*
*
*
*
I 32. Section 86.884–10 is amended by
revising paragraph (a) introductory text
to read as follows:
§ 86.884–10
Information.
*
*
*
*
*
(a) Engine description and
specifications. A copy of the
information specified in this paragraph
must accompany each engine sent to the
Administrator for compliance testing. If
the engine is submitted to the
Administrator for testing under subpart
N of this part or 40 CFR part 1065, only
the specified information need
accompany the engine. The
manufacturer need not record the
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
information specified in this paragraph
for each test if the information, with the
exception of paragraphs (a)(3), (a)(12),
and (a)(13) of this section, is included
in the manufacturer’s part I.
*
*
*
*
*
I 33. Section 86.884–12 is amended by
revising paragraph (c)(2) to read as
follows:
(A) If testing gasoline-fueled or
methanol-fueled Otto-cycle heavy-duty
engines, the record requirements
specified in 40 CFR 1065.695;
(B) If testing petroleum-fueled or
methanol-fueled diesel heavy-duty
engines, the record requirements
specified in 40 CFR 1065.695;
*
*
*
*
*
§ 86.884–12
I
Test run.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(2) Warm up the engine by the
procedure described in 40 CFR
1065.530.
*
*
*
*
*
I 34. Section 86.1005–90 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a)(1)(i), (a)(1)(ii),
(a)(2)(vi)(A), and (a)(2)(vi)(B) to read as
follows:
§ 86.1005–90 Maintenance of records;
submittal of information.
(a) * * *
(1) * * *
(i) If testing heavy-duty gasolinefueled or methanol-fueled Otto-cycle
engines, the equipment requirements
specified in 40 CFR part 1065, subparts
B and C;
(ii) If testing heavy-duty petroleumfueled or methanol-fueled diesel
engines, the equipment requirements
specified in 40 CFR part 1065, subparts
B and C;
*
*
*
*
*
(2) * * *
(vi) * * *
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
35. Section 86.1108–87 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a)(1)(i), (a)(1)(ii),
(a)(2)(vi)(A), and (a)(2)(vi)(B) to read as
follows:
§ 86.1108–87
Maintenance of records.
(a) * * *
(1) * * *
(i) If testing heavy-duty gasoline
engines, the equipment requirements
specified in 40 CFR part 1065, subparts
B and C;
(ii) If testing heavy-duty diesel
engines, the equipment requirements
specified in 40 CFR part 1065, subparts
B and C;
*
*
*
*
*
(2) * * *
(vi) * * *
(A) If testing heavy-duty gasoline
engines, the record requirements
specified in 40 CFR 1065.695;
(B) If testing heavy-duty diesel
engines, the record requirements
specified in 40 CFR 1065.695;
*
*
*
*
*
I 36. A new § 86.1213–08 is added to
read as follows:
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40438
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
§ 86.1213–08
Fuel specifications.
Scope; applicability.
This subpart specifies gaseous
emission test procedures for Otto-cycle
and diesel heavy-duty engines, and
particulate emission test procedures for
diesel heavy-duty engines, as follows:
(a) For model years 1990 through
2003, manufacturers must use the test
procedures specified in § 86.1305–90.
(b) For model years 2004 through
2009, manufacturers may use the test
procedures specified in § 86.1305–2004
or § 86.1305–2010. For any EPA testing
before the 2010 model year, EPA will
use the manufacturer’s selected
procedures for mapping engines,
generating duty cycles, and applying
cycle-validation criteria. For any other
parameters,EPA may conduct testing
using either of the specified procedures.
(c) For model years 2010 and later,
manufacturers must use the test
procedures specified in § 86.1305–2010.
(d) As allowed under subpart A of this
part, manufacturers may use carryover
data from previous model years to
demonstrate compliance with emission
standards, without regard to the
provisions of this section.
I 38. Section 86.1304–90 is redesignated
as § 86.1304 and amended by revising
paragraph (a) to read as follows:
§ 86.1304 Section numbering;
construction.
(a) Section numbering. The model
year of initial applicability is indicated
by the section number. The digits
following the hyphen designate the first
model year for which a section is
applicable. The section continues to
apply to subsequent model years unless
a later model year section is adopted.
Actualrpm =
Where:
Introduction; structure of
(a) This subpart specifies the
equipment and procedures for
performing exhaust-emission tests on
Otto-cycle and diesel-cycle heavy-duty
engines. Subpart A of this part sets forth
the emission standards and general
testing requirements to comply with
EPA certification procedures.
(b) Use the applicable equipment and
procedures for spark-ignition or
compression-ignition engines in 40 CFR
part 1065 to determine whether engines
meet the duty-cycle emission standards
in subpart A of this part. Measure the
emissions of all regulated pollutants as
specified in 40 CFR part 1065. Use the
duty cycles and procedures specified in
§ 86.1333–2007, § 86.1360–2007, and
§ 86.1362–2007. Adjust emission results
from engines using aftertreatment
technology with infrequent regeneration
events as described in § 86.004–28.
(c) The provisions in § 86.1370–2007
and § 86.1372–2007 apply for
determining whether an engine meets
the applicable not-to-exceed emission
standards.
(d) Measure smoke using the
procedures in subpart I of this part for
evaluating whether engines meet the
smoke standards in subpart A of this
part.
(e) Use the fuels specified in 40 CFR
part 1065 to perform valid tests, as
follows:
(1) For service accumulation, use the
test fuel or any commercially available
fuel that is representative of the fuel that
in-use engines will use.
Where:
MaxTestSpeed = the maximum test
speed as calculated in 40 CFR part 1065.
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
§ 86.1321–90
calibration.
Hydrocarbon analyzer
*
*
*
*
*
(a) * * *
(3) * * *
(ii) The HFID optimization procedures
outlined in § 86.331–79(c).
*
*
*
*
*
I 41. Section 86.1321–94 is amended by
revising paragraph (a)(3)(ii) to read as
follows:
§ 86.1321–94
calibration.
Hydrocarbon analyzer
*
*
*
*
*
(a) * * *
(3) * * *
(ii) The procedure listed in § 86.331–
79(c).
*
*
*
*
*
I 42. A new § 86.1333–2010 is added to
read as follows:
§ 86.1333–2010
generation.
Transient test cycle
(a) Generating transient test cycles.
The heavy-duty transient engine cycles
for Otto-cycle and diesel engines are
listed in Appendix I((f) (1), (2) and (3))
to this part. These second-by-second
listings represent torque and rpm
maneuvers characteristic of heavy-duty
engines. Both rpm and torque are
normalized (expressed as a percentage
of maximum) in these listings.
(1) To unnormalize rpm, use the
following equations:
(i) For diesel engines:
%rpm ⋅ (MaxTestSpeed − CurbIdleSpeed )
+ CurbIdleSpeed
112
MaxTestSpeed = the maximum test
speed as calculated in 40 CFR part 1065.
Actualrpm =
VerDate jul<14>2003
§ 86.1305–2010
subpart.
(2) For diesel-fueled engines, use the
ultra low-sulfur diesel fuel specified in
40 CFR part 1065 for emission testing.
(f) You may use special or alternate
procedures to the extent we allow them
under 40 CFR 1065.10.
(g) This subpart applies to you as a
manufacturer, and to anyone who does
testing for you.
I 40. Section 86.1321–90 is amended by
revising paragraph (a)(3)(ii) to read as
follows:
(ii) For Otto-cycle engines:
%rpm ⋅ (MaxTestSpeed − CurbIdleSpeed )
+ CurbIdleSpeed
112
(2) Torque is normalized to the
maximum torque at the rpm listed with
it. Therefore, to unnormalize the torque
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
values in the cycle, the maximum
torque curve for the engine in question
must be used. The generation of the
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
ER13JY05.002
§ 86.1301
(Example: § 86.13xx–2004 applies to the
2004 and subsequent model years. If a
§ 86.13xx–2007 is promulgated it would
apply beginning with the 2007 model
year; § 86.13xx–2004 would apply to
model years 2004 through 2006.)
*
*
*
*
*
I 39. A new § 86.1305–2010 is added to
read as follows:
ER13JY05.001
The test fuels listed in 40 CFR part
1065, subpart H, shall be used for
evaporative emission testing.
I 37. Section 86.1301–90 is redesignated
as § 86.1301 and revised to read as
follows:
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
test point, given Maximum Test speed =
3800 rpm and Curb Idle Speed = 600
rpm.
(2) Determine actual torque:
Determine the maximum observed
torque at 1829 rpm from the maximum
torque curve. Then multiply this value
(e.g., 358 ft-lbs) by 0.82. This results in
an actual torque of 294 ft-lbs.
(c) Clutch operation. Manual
transmission engines may be tested with
a clutch. If used, the clutch shall be
disengaged at all zero percent speeds,
zero percent torque points, but may be
engaged up to two points preceding a
non-zero point, and may be engaged for
time segments with zero percent speed
and torque points of durations less than
four seconds. (See 40 CFR 1065.514 for
allowances in the cycle validation
criteria.)
I 43. Section 86.1360–2007 is amended
by revising paragraph (b), removing and
reserving paragraphs (c) and (e), and
removing paragraphs (h) and (i) to read
as follows:
43 ⋅ (3800 − 600)
+ 600 = 1,829 rpm
112
§ 86.1360–2007 Supplemental emission
test; test cycle and procedures.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) Test cycle. (1) Perform testing as
described in § 86.1362–2007 for
determining whether an engine meets
the applicable standards when
measured over the supplemental
emission test.
(2) For engines not certified to a NOX
standard or FEL less than 1.5 g/bhp-hr,
EPA may select, and require the
manufacturer to conduct the test using,
up to three discrete test points within
the control area defined in paragraph (d)
of this section. EPA will notify the
manufacturer of these supplemental test
points in writing in a timely manner
before the test. Emission sampling for
these discrete test modes must include
all regulated pollutants except
particulate matter.
*
*
*
*
*
Time in mode
(seconds)
RMC mode
1a Steady-state .........................................
1b Transition .............................................
2a Steady-state .........................................
2b Transition .............................................
3a Steady-state .........................................
3b Transition .............................................
4a Steady-state .........................................
4b Transition .............................................
5a Steady-state .........................................
5b Transition .............................................
6a Steady-state .........................................
6b Transition .............................................
7a Steady-state .........................................
7b Transition .............................................
8a Steady-state .........................................
8b Transition .............................................
9a Steady-state .........................................
9b Transition .............................................
10a Steady-state .......................................
10b Transition ...........................................
11a Steady-state .......................................
11b Transition ...........................................
12a Steady-state .......................................
12b Transition ...........................................
13a Steady-state .......................................
13b Transition ...........................................
14 Steady-state .........................................
170
20
170
20
102
20
100
20
103
20
194
20
219
20
220
20
219
20
171
20
102
20
100
20
102
20
168
(1) Calculate actual rpm:
I 44. A new § 86.1362–2007 is added to
read as follows:
§ 86.1362–2007 Steady-state testing with a
ramped-modal cycle.
This section describes how to test
engines under steady-state conditions.
Manufacturers may alternatively use the
procedures specified in § 86.1363–2007
through the 2009 model year.
(a) Start sampling at the beginning of
the first mode and continue sampling
until the end of the last mode. Calculate
emissions as described in 40 CFR
1065.650 and cycle statistics as
described in 40 CFR 1065.514.
(b) Measure emissions by testing the
engine on a dynamometer with the
following ramped-modal duty cycle to
determine whether it meets the
applicable steady-state emission
standards:
Engine
speed1,2
Warm Idle ...............................................
Linear Transition .....................................
A ..............................................................
A ..............................................................
A ..............................................................
A ..............................................................
A ..............................................................
A ..............................................................
A ..............................................................
Linear Transition .....................................
B ..............................................................
B ..............................................................
B ..............................................................
B ..............................................................
B ..............................................................
B ..............................................................
B ..............................................................
Linear Transition .....................................
C .............................................................
C .............................................................
C .............................................................
C .............................................................
C .............................................................
C .............................................................
C .............................................................
Linear Transition .....................................
Warm Idle ...............................................
Torque
(percent)2,3
0
Linear
100
Linear
25
Linear
75
Linear
50
Linear
100
Linear
25
Linear
75
Linear
50
Linear
100
Linear
25
Linear
75
Linear
50
Linear
0
1 Speed
Transition
Transition
Transition
Transition
Transition
Transition
Transition
Transition
Transition
Transition
Transition
Transition
Transition
terms are defined in 40 CFR part 1065.
from one mode to the next within a 20-second transition phase. During the transition phase, command a linear progression from the
speed or torque setting of the current mode to the speed or torque setting of the next mode.
3 The percent torque is relative to maximum torque at the commanded engine speed.
2 Advance
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
ER13JY05.004
Actualrpm =
PercentRPM PercentTorque
43
82
ER13JY05.003
maximum torque curve is described in
40 CFR part 1065.
(b) Example of the unnormalization
procedure. Unnormalize the following
40439
40440
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
(c) During idle mode, operate the
engine with the following parameters:
(1) Hold the speed within your
specifications.
(2) Set the engine to operate at its
minimum fueling rate.
(3) Keep engine torque under 5
percent of maximum test torque.
(d) For full-load operating modes,
operate the engine at its maximum
fueling rate.
(e) See 40 CFR part 1065 for detailed
specifications of tolerances and
calculations.
(f) Perform the ramped-modal test
with a warmed-up engine. If the
ramped-modal test follows directly after
testing over the Federal Test Procedure,
consider the engine warm. Otherwise,
operate the engine to warm it up as
described in 40 CFR part 1065, subpart
F.
Mode
number
Engine
speed 1
Percent
load 2
1 ........................................
2 ........................................
3 ........................................
4 ........................................
5 ........................................
6 ........................................
7 ........................................
8 ........................................
9 ........................................
10 ......................................
11 ......................................
12 ......................................
13 ......................................
Idle ..............................................
A .................................................
B .................................................
B .................................................
A .................................................
A .................................................
A .................................................
B .................................................
B .................................................
C .................................................
C .................................................
C .................................................
C .................................................
................
100
50
75
50
75
25
100
25
100
25
75
50
I 45. A new § 86.1363–2007 is added to
read as follows:
§ 86.1363–2007 Steady-state testing with a
discrete-mode cycle.
This section describes an alternate
procedure for steady-state testing that
manufacturers may use through the
2009 model year.
(a) Use the following 13-mode cycle
in dynamometer operation on the test
engine:
Weighting
factors
0.15
0.08
0.10
0.10
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.09
0.10
0.08
0.05
0.05
0.05
Mode length
(minutes) 3
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1 Speed
3 The
terms are defined in 40 CFR part 1065.
percent torque is relative to the maximum torque at the commanded test speed.
percent torque is relative to maximum torque at the commanded engine speed.
(b) Prior to beginning the test
sequence, the engine must be warmedup according to the procedures in
§ 86.1332–90(d)(3)(i) through (iv).
(c) The test must be performed in the
order of the mode numbers in paragraph
(a) of this section. Where applicable, the
EPA-selected test points identified
under § 86.1360–2007(b)(2) must be
performed immediately upon
completion of mode 13. The engine
must be operated for the prescribed time
in each mode, completing engine speed
and load changes in the first 20 seconds
of each mode. The specified speed must
be held to within±50 rpm and the
specified torque must be held to within
plus or minus two percent of the
maximum torque at the test speed.
(d) One filter shall be used for
sampling PM over the 13-mode test
procedure. The modal weighting factors
specified in paragraph (a) of this section
shall be taken into account by taking a
sample proportional to the exhaust mass
flow during each individual mode of the
cycle. This can be achieved by adjusting
sample flow rate, sampling time, and/or
dilution ratio, accordingly, so that the
criterion for the effective weighting
factors is met. The sampling time per
mode must be at least 4 seconds per
0.01 weighting factor. Sampling must be
conducted as late as possible within
each mode. Particulate sampling shall
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
be completed no earlier than 5 seconds
before the end of each mode.
(e) The test must be conducted with
all emission-related engine control
variables in the highest brake-specific
NOX emissions state which could be
encountered for a 30 second or longer
averaging period at the given test point
and for the conditions under which the
engine is being tested.
(f) Manufacturers must follow the
exhaust emissions sample analysis
procedures under § 86.1340, and the
calculation formulas and procedures
under § 86.1342, for the 13-mode cycle
and the 3 EPA-selected test points as
applicable for steady-state testing,
including the NOX correction factor for
humidity.
(g) Calculate the weighted average
emissions as follows:
(1) For each regulated gaseous
pollutant, calculate the weighted
average emissions using the following
equation:
N
A WA = 1 −
∑ [A Mi ⋅ WFi ]
i =1
N
∑ [A Pi − WFi ]
i =2
Where:
AWA = Weighted average emissions for
each regulated gaseous pollutant, in
grams per brake horse-power hour.
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
AM = Modal average mass emissions
level, in grams per hour. Mass
emissions must be calculated as
described in § 86.1342.
AP = Modal average power, in brake
horse-power. Any power measured
during the idle mode (mode 1) is
not included in this calculation.
WF = Weighting factor corresponding to
each mode of the steady-state test
cycle, as defined in paragraph (a) of
this section.
i = The modes of the steady-state test
cycle defined in paragraph (a) of
this section.
n = 13, corresponding to the 13 modes
of the steady-state test cycle defined
in paragraph (a) of this section.
(2) For PM measurements, a single
filter must be used to measure PM over
the 13 modes. The brake-specific PM
emission level for the test must be
calculated as described for a transient
hot start test in § 86.1343. Only the
power measured during the sampling
period shall be used in the calculation.
(h) The test fuel used for
supplemental steady-state testing under
this section must meet the requirements
of § 86.1313.
(i) Ambient conditions, charge cooling
specifications, and intake and exhaust
restrictions for supplemental steadystate testing and maximum allowable
emission limit testing under this section
must meet the requirements of
§ 86.1330.
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
ER13JY05.005
2 The
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
46. Section 86.1370–2007 is amended
by revising paragraph (a) to read as
follows:
I
§ 86.1370–2007
procedures.
Not-To-Exceed test
§ 86.1513–94
(a) General. The purpose of this test
procedure is to measure in-use
emissions of heavy-duty diesel engines
while operating within a broad range of
speed and load points (the Not-ToExceed Control Area) and under
conditions which can reasonably be
expected to be encountered in normal
vehicle operation and use. Emission
results from this test procedure are to be
compared to the Not-To-Exceed Limits
specified in § 86.007–11(a)(4), or to later
Not-To-Exceed Limits. The Not-ToExceed Limits do not apply for enginestarting conditions. Tests conducted
using the procedures specified in
§ 86.1301 are considered valid Not-ToExceed tests (Note: duty cycles and
limits on ambient conditions do not
apply for Not-To-Exceed tests).
I 47. Section 86.1509–84 is amended by
revising paragraphs (c) and (d) to read as
follows:
§ 86.1509–84
system.
Exhaust gas sampling
*
*
*
*
*
(c) A CVS sampling system with bag
or continuous analysis as specified in 40
CFR part 1065 is permitted as
applicable. The inclusion of an
additional raw carbon dioxide (CO2)
analyzer as specified in 40 CFR part
1065 is required if the CVS system is
used, in order to accurately determine
the CVS dilution factor. The heated
sample line specified in 40CFR part
1065 for raw emission requirements is
not required for the raw (CO2)
measurement.
(d) A raw exhaust sampling system as
specified in 40 CFR part 1065 is
permitted.
I 48. Section 86.1511–84 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a)(1) and (b) to read
as follows:
§ 86.1511–84
system.
Exhaust gas analysis
(a) * * *
(1) The analyzer used shall conform to
the accuracy provisions of 40 CFR part
1065, subparts C, D, and F.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) The inclusion of a raw CO2
analyzer as specified in 40 CFR part
1065 is required in order to accurately
determine the CVS dilution factor.
I 49. Section 86.1513–90 is revised to
read as follows:
§ 86.1513–90
Fuel specifications.
The requirements of this section are
set forth in § 86.1313–94 for heavy-duty
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
engines, and in § 86.113–90(a) for lightduty trucks.
I 50. Section 86.1513–94 is revised to
read as follows:
Jkt 205001
Fuel specifications.
The requirements of this section are
set forth in 40 CFR part 1065, subpart
H, for heavy-duty engines and in
§ 86.113–94 for light-duty trucks.
I 51. Section 86.1514–84 is amended by
revising paragraphs (b) and (c) to read as
follows:
§ 86.1514–84
Analytical gases.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) If the raw CO sampling system
specified in 40 CFR part 1065 is used,
the analytical gases specified in 40 CFR
part 1065, subpart H, shall be used.
(c) If a CVS sampling system is used,
the analytical gases specified in 40 CFR
part 1065, subpart H, shall be used.
I 52. Section 86.1519–84 is revised to
read as follows:
§ 86.1519–84
CVS calibration.
If the CVS system is used for sampling
during the idle emission test, the
calibration instructions are specified in
40 CFR part 1065, subpart D, for heavyduty engines, and § 86.119–78 for lightduty trucks.
I 53. Section 86.1524–84 is revised to
read as follows:
§ 86.1524–84
calibration.
Carbon dioxide analyzer
(a) The calibration requirements for
the dilute-sample CO2 analyzer are
specified in 40 CFR part 1065, subpart
D, for heavy-duty engines and § 86.124–
78 for light-duty trucks.
(b) The calibration requirements for
the raw CO2 analyzer are specified in 40
CFR part 1065, subpart D.
I 54. Section 86.1530–84 is amended by
revising paragraph (b) to read as follows:
40441
warmed up according to 40 CFR part
1065, subpart F. A light-duty truck may
be warmed up by operation through one
Urban Dynamometer Driving Schedule
test procedure (see § 86.115–78 and
appendix I to this part).
*
*
*
*
*
(e) * * *
(6) For bag sampling, sample idle
emissions long enough to obtain a
sufficient bag sample, but in no case
shorter than 60 seconds nor longer than
6 minutes. Follow the sampling and
exhaust measurements requirements of
40 CFR part 1065, subpart F, for
conducting the raw CO2 measurement.
*
*
*
*
*
(f) If the raw exhaust sampling and
analysis technique specified in 40 CFR
part 1065 is used, the following
procedures apply:
(1) Warm up the engine or vehicle per
paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section.
Operate the engine or vehicle at the
conditions specified in paragraph (e)(4)
of this section.
(2) Follow the sampling and exhaust
measurement requirements of 40 CFR
part 1065, subpart F. The idle sample
shall be taken for 60 seconds minimum,
and no more than 64 seconds. The chart
reading procedures of 40 CFR part 1065,
subpart F, shall be used to determine
the analyzer response.
*
*
*
*
*
I 56. Section 86.1540–84 is amended by
revising paragraphs (b) and (c) to read as
follows:
§ 86.1540–84
Idle exhaust sample analysis.
*
*
*
*
(b) Ambient test cell conditions
during the test shall be those specified
in § 86.130–78 or 40 CFR part 1065,
subpart F.
I 55. Section 86.1537–84 is amended by
revising paragraphs (c), (e)(6), and (f) to
read as follows:
*
*
*
*
(b) If the CVS sampling system is
used, the analysis procedures for dilute
CO and CO2 specified in 40 CFR part
1065 apply. Follow the raw CO2
analysis procedure specified in 40 CFR
part 1065, subpart F, for the raw CO2
analyzer.
(c) If the continuous raw exhaust
sampling technique specified in 40 CFR
part 1065 is used, the analysis
procedures for CO specified in 40 CFR
part 1065, subpart F, apply.
I 57. Section 86.1542–84 is amended by
revising paragraph (a) introductory text
to read as follows:
§ 86.1537–84
§ 86.1542–84
§ 86.1530–84 Test sequence; general
requirements.
*
Idle test run.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Achieve normal engine operating
condition. The transient engine or
chassis dynamometer test is an
acceptable technique for warm-up to
normal operating condition for the idle
test. If the emission test is not
performed prior to the idle emission
test, a heavy-duty engine may be
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
*
Information required.
(a) General data—heavy-duty engines.
Information shall be recorded for each
idle emission test as specified in 40 CFR
part 1065, subpart G. The following test
data are required:
*
*
*
*
*
I 58. Section 86.1544–84 is amended by
revising paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(2), and (c)
to read as follows:
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40442
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
§ 86.1544–84
emissions.
Calculation; idle exhaust
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(1) Use the procedures, as applicable,
in 40 CFR 1065.650 to determine the
dilute wet-basis CO and CO2 in percent.
(2) Use the procedure, as applicable,
in 40 CFR 1065.650 to determine the
raw dry-basis CO2 in percent.
*
*
*
*
*
§ 86.1708–99 Exhaust emission standards
(c) If the raw exhaust sampling and
analysis system specified in 40 CFR part for 1999 and later light-duty vehicles.
1065 is used, the percent for carbon
*
*
*
*
*
monoxide on a dry basis shall be
(c) * * *
calculated using the procedure, as
(2) * * *
applicable, in 40 CFR 1065.650.
*
*
*
*
*
I 59. Section 86.1708–99 is amended by
revising Tables R99–5 and R99–6 to read
as follows:
TABLE R99–5.—INTERMEDIATE USEFUL LIFE (50,000 MILE) IN-USE STANDARDS (G/MI) FOR LIGHT-DUTY VEHICLES
Vehicle emission category
Model year
NMOG
LEV .................................................................................................................................................
ULEV ..............................................................................................................................................
1999
1999–2002
0.100
0.055
CO
NOX
3.4
2.1
0.3
0.3
HCHO
0.015
0.008
TABLE R99–6.—FULL USEFUL LIFE (100,000 MILE) IN-USE STANDARDS (G/MI) FOR LIGHT-DUTY VEHICLES
Vehicle emission category
Model year
NMOG
LEV .................................................................................................................................................
ULEV ..............................................................................................................................................
1999
1999–2002
0.125
0.075
*
*
*
*
*
60. Section 86.1709–99 is amended by
revising paragraph (c)(1) introductory
text and by revising Table R99–14.2, to
read as follows:
I
§ 86.1709–99 Exhaust emission standards
for 1999 and later light light-duty trucks.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(1) 1999 model year light light-duty
trucks certified as LEVs and 1999
through 2002 model year light lightduty trucks certified as ULEVs shall
CO
NOX
4.2
3.4
0.4
0.4
HCHO
0.018
0.011
meet the applicable intermediate and
full useful life in-use standards in
paragraph (c)(2) of this section,
according to the following provisions:
*
*
*
*
*
(e) * * *
(2) * * *
TABLE R99–14.2.—SFTP EXHAUST EMISSION STANDARDS (G/MI) FOR LEVS AND ULEVS
US06 Test
MNHC +
NOX
Loaded vehicle weight (lbs)
0–3750 .....................................................................................................................................
3751–5750 ...............................................................................................................................
*
*
*
*
*
61. Section 86.1710–99 is amended by
revising paragraph (c)(8) introductory
text to read as follows:
I
§ 86.1710–99 Fleet average non-methane
organic gas exhaust emission standards for
light-duty vehicles and light light-duty
trucks.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(8) Manufacturers may earn and bank
credits in the NTR for model years 1997
and 1998. In states without a Section
177 Program effective in model year
1997 or 1998, such credits will be
calculated as set forth in paragraphs (a)
and (b) of this section, except that the
applicable fleet average NMOG standard
shall be 0.25 g/mi NMOG for the
averaging set for light light-duty trucks
from 0–3750 lbs LVW and light-duty
vehicles or 0.32 g/mi NMOG for the
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
averaging set for light light-duty trucks
from 3751–5750 lbs LVW. In states that
opt into National LEV and have a
Section 177Program effective in model
year 1997 or 1998, such credits will
equal the unused credits earned in those
states.
*
*
*
*
*
I 62. Section 86.1711–99 is amended by
revising the section heading and
paragraph (a) to read as follows:
§ 86.1711–99 Limitations on sale of Tier 1
vehicles and TLEVs.
(a) In the 2001 and subsequent model
years, manufacturers may sell Tier 1
vehicles and TLEVs in the NTR only if
vehicles with the same engine families
are certified and offered for sale in
California in the same model year,
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
A/C Test
CO
0.14
0.25
8.0
10.5
NMHC +
NOX
0.20
0.27
CO
2.7
3.5
except as provided under
§ 86.1707(d)(4).
*
*
*
*
*
I 63. Section 86.1807–07 is amended by
revising paragraph (h) to read as follows:
§ 86.1807–07
*
Vehicle labeling.
*
*
*
*
(h) Vehicles powered by model year
2007 and later diesel-fueled engines and
other diesel vehicles certified using a
test fuel with 15 ppm sulfur or less,
must include permanent readily visible
labels on the dashboard (or instrument
panel) and near all fuel inlets that state
‘‘Use Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel
Only’’ or ‘‘Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel
Only’’.
I 64. Section 86.1808–01 is amended by
revising paragraph (f)(19)(iii) to read as
follows:
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
§ 86.1808–01
Maintenance instructions.
*
*
*
*
*
(f) * * *
(19) * * *
(iii) Any person who violates a
provision of this paragraph (f) shall be
subject to a civil penalty of not more
than $32,500 per day for each violation.
This maximum penalty is shown for
calendar year 2004. Maximum penalty
limits for later years may be set higher
based on the Consumer Price Index, as
specified in 40 CFR part 19. In addition,
such person shall be liable for all other
remedies set forth in Title II of the Clean
Air Act, remedies pertaining to
provisions of Title II of the Clean Air
Act, or other applicable provisions of
law.
I 65. Section 86.1808–07 is amended by
revising paragraph (g) to read as follows:
§ 86.1808–07
Maintenance instructions.
*
*
*
*
*
(g) For each new diesel-fueled Tier 2
vehicle (certified using a test fuel with
15 ppm sulfur or less), the manufacturer
shall furnish or cause to be furnished to
the purchaser a statement that ‘‘This
40443
vehicle must be operated only with ultra
low sulfur diesel fuel (that is, diesel fuel
meeting EPA specifications for highway
diesel fuel, including a 15 ppm sulfur
cap).’’.
I 66. Section 86.1811–04 is amended by
revising Table S04–2 in paragraph (c)(6)
to read as follows:
§ 86.1811–04 Emission standards for lightduty vehicles, light-duty trucks and
medium-duty passenger vehicles.
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(6) * * *
*
*
TABLE S04–2.—TIER 2 AND INTERIM NON-TIER 2 INTERMEDIATE USEFUL LIFE (50,000 MILE) EXHAUST MASS EMISSION
STANDARDS (GRAMS PER MILE)
Bin No.
NOX
11 ...................
10 ...................
9 .....................
8 .....................
7 .....................
6 .....................
5 .....................
NMOG
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.14
0.11
0.08
0.05
CO
0.195
0.125/0.160
0.075/0.140
0.100/0.125
0.075
0.075
0.075
5.0
3.4/4.4
3.4
3.4
3.4
3.4
3.4
HCHO
PM
0.022
0.015/0.018
0.015
0.015
0.015
0.015
0.015
Notes
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
acfh
abdfgh
abefgh
bfhi
fh
fh
fh
Notes:
a This bin deleted at end of 2006 model year (end of 2008 model year for HLDTs and MDPVs ).
b Higher NMOG, CO and HCHO values apply for HLDTs and MDPVs only.
c This bin is only for MDPVs.
d Optional NMOG standard of 0.195 g/mi applies for qualifying LDT4s and qualifying MDPVs only.
e Optional NMOG standard of 0.100 g/mi applies for qualifying LDT2s only.
f The full useful life PM standards from Table S04–1 also apply at intermediate useful life.
g Intermediate life standards of this bin are optional for diesels.
h Intermediate life standards are optional for vehicles certified to a useful life of 150,000 miles.
i Higher NMOG standard deleted at end of 2008 model year.
*
*
*
*
*
67. Section 86.1816–08 is amended by
revising paragraph (j)(2) to read as
follows:
I
§ 86.1816–08 Emission standards for
complete heavy-duty vehicles.
*
*
*
*
*
(j) * * *
(2) The in-use adjustments are:
(i) 0.1 g/mi for NOX.
(ii) 0.100 g/mi NMHC.
(iii) 0.01 g/mi for PM.
I 68. Section 86.1834–01 is amended by
revising paragraph (b)(4) introductory
text,(b)(6)(ii) introductory text, and
(b)(6)(ii)(D) to read as follows:
§ 86.1834–01
Allowable maintenance.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(4) For diesel-cycle light-duty vehicles
and light-duty trucks, emission-related
maintenance in addition to, or at shorter
intervals than the following will not be
accepted as technologically necessary,
except as provided in paragraph (b)(7) of
this section:
*
*
*
*
*
(6) * * *
(ii) All critical emission-related
scheduled maintenance must have a
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
reasonable likelihood of being
performed in use. The manufacturer
shall be required to show the reasonable
likelihood of such maintenance being
performed in use, and such showing
shall be made prior to the performance
of the maintenance on the durability
data vehicle. Critical emission-related
scheduled maintenance items which
satisfy one of the following conditions
will be accepted as having a reasonable
likelihood of the maintenance item
being performed in use:
*
*
*
*
*
(D) A manufacturer may desire to
demonstrate through a survey that a
critical maintenance item is likely to be
performed without a visible signal on a
maintenance item for which there is no
prior in-use experience without the
signal. To that end, the manufacturer
may in a given model year market up to
200 randomly selected vehicles per
critical emission-related maintenance
item without such visible signals, and
monitor the performance of the critical
maintenance item by the owners to
show compliance with
paragraph(b)(6)(ii)(B) of this section.
This option is restricted to two
consecutive model years and may not be
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
repeated until any previous survey has
been completed.
If the critical maintenance involves
more than one test group, the sample
will be sales weighted to ensure that it
is representative of all the groups in
question.
*
*
*
*
*
I 69. In Appendix I to Part 86, paragraph
(a) is amended by revising the table
entries for ‘‘961’’ and ‘‘1345’’, paragraph
(b) is amended by revising the table
entries for ‘‘363,’’ ‘‘405,’’ ‘‘453,’’ ‘‘491,’’
‘‘577,’’ ‘‘662,’’ ‘‘663,’’ ‘‘664,’’ and ‘‘932’’,
and paragraph (h) is amended by adding
table entries for ‘‘595,’’ ‘‘596,’’ ‘‘597,’’
‘‘598,’’ ‘‘599,’’ and ‘‘600’’ in numerical
order to read as follows:
Appendix I to Part 86—Urban Dynamometer
Schedules
(a) EPA Urban Dynamometer Driving
Schedule for Light-Duty Vehicles and LightDuty Trucks.
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40444
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
EPA URBAN DYNAMOMETER DRIVING
SCHEDULE
[Speed versus Time Sequence]
Time
(sec.)
PART 89—CONTROL OF EMISSIONS
FROM NEW AND IN-USE NONROAD
COMPRESSION-IGNITION ENGINES
70. The authority citation for part 89 is
revised to read as follows:
I
Speed
(m.p.h.)
Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401–7671q.
*
*
*
961 ........................................
*
*
71. Section 89.1 is amended by
revising paragraph (b)(4)(ii) and adding
5.3
paragraph (c) to read as follows:
I
Islands, Guam, American Samoa, and
the U.S. Virgin Islands.
*
*
*
*
*
I 73. Section 89.102 is amended by
revising paragraph (d)(1)(i) to read as
follows:
§ 89.102 Effective dates, optional
inclusion, flexibility for equipment
manufacturers.
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
(1) * * *
*
*
*
*
*
(i) Equipment rated at or above 37
(b) * * *
*
*
*
*
*
kW. For nonroad equipment and
(4) * * *
vehicles with engines rated at or above
(ii) Are exempted from the
(b) EPA Urban Dynamometer Driving
37 kW, a manufacturer may take any of
requirements of 40 CFR part 94 by
Schedule for Light-Duty Vehicles, Light-Duty
exemption provisions of 40 CFR part 94 the actions identified in § 89.1003(a)(1)
Trucks, and Motorcycles with engine
for a portion of its U.S.-directed
displacements equal to or greater than 170 cc other than those specified in 40 CFR
production volume of such equipment
(10.4 cu. in.).
94.907 or 94.912.
and vehicles during the seven years
*
*
*
*
*
immediately following the date on
SPEED VERSUS TIME SEQUENCE
(c) In certain cases, the regulations in
which Tier 2 engine standards first
this part 89 apply to engines at or above
apply to engines used in such
Speed
250 kW that would otherwise be
Time
equipment and vehicles, provided that
(kilometers per
(seconds)
covered by 40 CFR part 1048. See 40
hour)
the seven-year sum of these portions in
CFR 1048.620 for provisions related to
each year, as expressed as a percentage
this allowance.
for each year, does not exceed 80, and
I 72. Section 89.2 is amended by
*
*
*
*
*
provided that all such equipment and
363 ........................................
52.8 removing the definitions for ‘‘Marine
vehicles or equipment contain Tier 1 or
diesel engine’’ and ‘‘Vessel’’, revising the
Tier 2 engines;
*
*
*
*
*
definition of ‘‘United States’’, and adding
*
*
*
*
*
405 ........................................
14.8 definitions for ‘‘Amphibious vehicle’’,
I 74. Section 89.110 is amended by
‘‘Marine engine’’, and ‘‘Marine vessel’’ to
*
*
*
*
*
revising paragraph (b)(2) to read as
read as follows:
453 ........................................
31.9
follows:
*
*
*
1345 ......................................
*
*
18.3
*
*
*
491 ........................................
*
*
55.5
*
*
*
577 ........................................
*
*
27.4
*
*
*
662 ........................................
663 ........................................
664 ........................................
*
*
42.0
42.2
42.2
*
*
*
932 ........................................
*
*
40.2
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
(h) EPA SC03 Driving Schedule for LightDuty Vehicles and Light-Duty Trucks.
EPA SC03 DRIVING SCHEDULE
[Speed versus Time Sequence]
Time
(sec)
*
*
*
595 ........................................
596 ........................................
597 ........................................
598 ........................................
599 ........................................
600 ........................................
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Speed
(mph)
*
*
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Jkt 205001
Definitions.
*
Applicability.
§ 89.2
*
§ 89.1
*
*
*
*
*
Amphibious vehicle means a vehicle
with wheels or tracks that is designed
primarily for operation on land and
secondarily for operation in water.
*
*
*
*
*
Marine engine means a nonroad
engine that is installed or intended to be
installed on a marine vessel. This
includes a portable auxiliary marine
engine only if its fueling, cooling, or
exhaust system is an integral part of the
vessel. There are two kinds of marine
engines:
(1) Propulsion marine engine means a
marine engine that moves a vessel
through the water or directs the vessel’s
movement.
(2) Auxiliary marine engine means a
marine engine not used for propulsion.
Marine vessel has the meaning given
in 1 U.S.C. 3, except that it does not
include amphibious vehicles. The
definition in 1 U.S.C. 3 very broadly
includes every craft capable of being
used as a means of transportation on
water.
*
*
*
*
*
United States means the States, the
District of Columbia, the
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the
Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
§ 89.110
label.
Emission control information
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(2) The full corporate name and
trademark of the manufacturer; though
the label may identify another company
and use its trademark instead of the
manufacturer’s if the provisions of
§ 89.1009 are met.
*
*
*
*
*
I 75. Section 89.112 is amended by
revising paragraph (f)(3) to read as
follows:
§ 89.112 Oxides of nitrogen, carbon
monoxide, hydrocarbon, and particulate
matter exhaust emission standards.
*
*
*
*
*
(f) * * *
(3) Test procedures. NOX, NMHC, and
PM emissions are measured using the
procedures set forth in 40 CFR part
1065, in lieu of the procedures set forth
in subpartE of this part. CO emissions
may be measured using the procedures
set forth either in 40 CFR part 1065 or
in subpart E of this part. Manufacturers
may use an alternate procedure to
demonstrate the desired level of
emission control if approved in advance
by the Administrator. Engines meeting
the requirements to qualify as Blue Sky
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
Series engines must be capable of
maintaining a comparable level of
emission control when tested using the
procedures set forth in paragraph (c) of
this section and subpart E of this part.
The numerical emission levels
measured using the procedures from
subpartE of this part may be up to 20
percent higher than those measured
using the procedures from 40 CFR part
1065 and still be considered
comparable.
*
*
*
*
*
I 76. Section 89.114 is amended by
revising paragraph (b)(3) and adding
paragraph (b)(4) to read as follows:
§ 89.319
Hydrocarbon analyzer calibration.
(b) * * *
(2) * * *
(ii) The HFID optimization procedures
outlined in 40 CFR part 1065, subpart D.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Initial and periodic calibration.
Prior to introduction into service, after
any maintenance which could alter
calibration, and monthly thereafter, the
FID or HFID hydrocarbon analyzer shall
be calibrated on all normally used
instrument ranges using the steps in this
paragraph (c). Use the same flow rate
and pressures as when analyzing
samples. Calibration gases shall be
introduced directly at the analyzer,
unless the ‘‘overflow’’ calibration option
of 40 CFR part 1065, subpart F, for the
HFID is taken. New calibration curves
need not be generated each month if the
existing curve can be verified as
continuing to meet the requirements of
paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
*
*
*
*
*
I 80. Section 89.320 is amended by
revising paragraph (d) to read as follows:
40445
84. Section 89.419 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a) introductory text,
(a)(3)(i),(b)(1) introductory text, (b)(2)(i),
(b)(2)(v)(B), (b)(4)(ii), and (b)(4)(iii) to
read as follows:
I
§ 89.419 Dilute gaseous exhaust sampling
and analytical system description.
(a) General. The exhaust gas sampling
system described in this section is
designed to measure the true mass of
gaseous emissions in the exhaust of
petroleum-fueled nonroad compressionignition engines. This system utilizes
the CVS concept (described in 40CFR
part 1065, subparts A and B) of
measuring mass emissions of HC, CO,
and CO2. A continuously integrated
§ 89.114 Special and alternate test
procedures.
system is required for HC and NOX
measurement and is allowed for all CO
*
*
*
*
*
and CO2 measurements. The mass of
(b) * * *
gaseous emissions is determined from
(3) A manufacturer may elect to use
the sample concentration and total flow
the test procedures in 40 CFR part 1065
over the test period. As an option, the
as an alternate test procedure without
measurement of total fuel mass
advance approval by the Administrator.
consumed over a cycle may be
The manufacturer must identify in its
substituted for the exhaust measurement
application for certification that the
of CO2. General requirements are as
engines were tested using the
follows:
procedures in 40 CFR part 1065. For any § 89.320 Carbon monoxide analyzer
calibration.
EPA testing with Tier 2 orTier 3
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
engines, EPA will use the
(3) * * *
(d) The initial and periodic
manufacturer’s selected procedures for
(i) Bag sampling (see 40 CFR part
interference, system check, and
mapping engines, generating duty
1065) and analytical capabilities (see 40
calibration test procedures specified in
cycles, and applying cycle-validation
CFR part 1065), as shown in Figure 2
40 CFR part 1065 may be used in lieu
criteria. For any other parameters, EPA
and Figure 3 in appendix A to this
of the procedures specified in this
may conduct testing using either of the
subpart; or
section.
specified procedures.
*
*
*
*
*
I 81. Section 89.321 is amended by
(4) Where we specify mandatory
(b) * * *
revising paragraph (d) to read as follows:
compliance with the procedures of 40
(1) Exhaust dilution system. The PDP–
CFR part 1065, such as in § 89.419,
CVS shall conform to all of the
§ 89.321 Oxides of nitrogen analyzer
manufacturers may elect to use the
requirements listed for the exhaust gas
calibration.
procedures specified in 40 CFR part 86,
PDP–CVS in 40 CFR part 1065. The
*
*
*
*
*
subpart N, as an alternate test procedure
CFV–CVS shall conform to all the
(d) The initial and periodic
without advance approval by the
requirements listed for the exhaust gas
interference, system check, and
Administrator.
CFV–CVS in 40 CFR part 1065. In
calibration test procedures specified in
I 77. Section 89.130 is revised to read as
addition, the CVS must conform to the
40 CFR part 1065 may be used in lieu
follows:
following requirements:
of the procedures specified in this
section.
*
*
*
*
*
§ 89.130 Rebuild practices.
I 82. Section 89.322 is amended by
(2) * * *
The provisions of 40 CFR 1068.120
revising paragraph (b) to read as follows:
(i) The continuous HC sample system
apply to rebuilding of engines subject to
(as shown in Figure 2 or 3 in appendix
the requirements of this part 89, except
§ 89.322 Carbon dioxide analyzer
A to this subpart) uses an ‘‘overflow’’
Tier 1 engines rated at or above 37 kW.
calibration.
zero and span system. In this type of
I 78. Section 89.301 is amended by
*
*
*
*
*
system, excess zero or span gas spills
revising paragraph (d) to read as follows:
(b) The initial and periodic
out of the probe when zero and span
interference, system check, and
checks of the analyzer are made. The
§ 89.301 Scope; applicability.
calibration test procedures specified in
‘‘overflow’’ system may also be used to
*
*
*
*
*
40 CFR part 1065 may be used in lieu
calibrate the HC analyzer according to
(d) Additional information about
of the procedures in this section.
40 CFR part 1065, subpart F, although
system design, calibration
I 83. Section 89.410 is amended by
this is not required.
methodologies, and so forth, for raw gas adding paragraph (e) to read as follows:
sampling can be found in 40 CFR part
*
*
*
*
*
§ 89.410 Engine test cycle.
(v) * * *
1065. Examples for system design,
(B) Have a wall temperature of 191 °C
calibration methodologies, and so forth, *
*
*
*
*
±11 °C over its entire length. The
(e) Manufacturers may optionally use
for dilute exhaust gas sampling can be
temperature of the system shall be
the ramped-modal duty cycles
found in 40 CFR part 1065.
corresponding to the discrete-mode duty demonstrated by profiling the thermal
I 79. Section 89.319 is amended by
characteristics of the system where
cycles specified in this section, as
revising paragraphs (b)(2)(ii) and (c)
possible at initial installation and after
described in 40 CFR 1039.505.
introductory text to read as follows:
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40446
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
any major maintenance performed on
the system. The profiling shall be
accomplished using the insertion
thermocouple probing technique. The
system temperature will be monitored
continuously during testing at the
locations and temperature described in
40 CFR 1065.145.
*
*
*
*
*
(4) * * *
(ii) The continuous NOX, CO, or CO2
sampling and analysis system shall
conform to the specifications of 40 CFR
1065.145 with the following exceptions
and revisions:
(A) The system components required
to be heated by 40 CFR 1065.145 need
only be heated to prevent water
condensation, the minimum component
temperature shall be 55 °C.
(B) The system response shall meet
the specifications in 40 CFR part 1065,
subpart C.
(C) Alternative NOX measurement
techniques outlined in 40 CFR part
1065, subpart D, are not permitted for
NOX measurement in this subpart.
(D) All analytical gases must conform
to the specifications of § 89.312.
(E) Any range on a linear analyzer
below 155 ppm must have and use a
calibration curve conforming to
§ 89.310.
(iii) The chart deflections or voltage
output of analyzers with non-linear
calibration curves shall be converted to
concentration values by the calibration
curve(s) specified in § 89.313 before
flow correction (if used) and subsequent
integration takes place.
I 85. Section 89.421 is amended by
revising paragraphs (b) and (c) to read as
follows:
§ 89.421 Exhaust gas analytical system;
CVS bag sample.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) Major component description. The
analytical system, Figure 4 in appendix
A to this subpart, consists of a flame
ionization detector (FID) (heated for
petroleum-fueled compression-ignition
engines to 191 °C ±6 °C) for the
measurement of hydrocarbons,
nondispersive infrared analyzers (NDIR)
for the measurement of carbon
monoxide and carbon dioxide, and a
chemiluminescence detector (CLD) (or
HCLD) for the measurement of oxides of
nitrogen. The exhaust gas analytical
system shall conform to the following
requirements:
(1) The CLD (or HCLD) requires that
the nitrogen dioxide present in the
sample be converted to nitric oxide
before analysis. Other types of analyzers
may be used if shown to yield
equivalent results and if approved in
advance by the Administrator.
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
(2) If CO instruments are used which
are essentially free of CO2 and water
vapor interference, the use of the
conditioning column may be deleted.
(See 40 CFR part 1065, subpart D.)
(3) A CO instrument will be
considered to be essentially free of CO2
and water vapor interference if its
response to a mixture of 3 percent CO2
in N2, which has been bubbled through
water at room temperature, produces an
equivalent CO response, as measured on
the most sensitive CO range, which is
less than 1 percent of full scaleCO
concentration on ranges above 300 ppm
full scale or less than 3 ppm on ranges
below 300 ppm full scale. (See 40 CFR
part 1065, subpart D.)
(c) Alternate analytical systems.
Alternate analysis systems meeting the
specifications of 40 CFR part 1065,
subpart A, may be used for the testing
required under this subpart. Heated
analyzers may be used in their heated
configuration.
*
*
*
*
*
I 86. Section 89.424 is amended by
revising the note at the end of paragraph
(d)(3) to read as follows:
§ 89.424 Dilute emission sampling
calculations.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
(3) * * *
(Note: If a CO instrument that meets
the criteria specified in 40 CFR part
1065, subpart C, is used without a
sample dryer according to 40 CFR
1065.145, COem must be substituted
directly for COe and COdm must be
substituted directly for COd.)
*
*
*
*
*
I 87. Appendix A to Subpart F is
amended by revising Table 1 to read as
follows:
Appendix A to Subpart F of Part 89—
Sampling Plans for Selective Enforcement
Auditing of Nonroad Engines
88. Section 89.603 is amended by
adding paragraph (e) to read as follows:
I
§ 89.603 General requirements for
importation of nonconforming nonroad
engines.
*
*
*
*
*
(e)(1) The applicable emission
standards for engines imported by an ICI
under this subpart are the emission
standards applicable to the Original
Production (OP) year of the engine.
(2) Where engine manufacturers have
choices in emission standards for one or
more pollutants in a given model year,
the standard that applies to the ICI is the
least stringent standard for that
pollutant applicable to the OP year for
the appropriate power category.
(3) ICIs may not generate, use or trade
emission credits or otherwise
participate in any way in the averaging,
banking and trading program.
(4) An ICI may import no more than
a total of five engines under this part for
any given model year, except as allowed
by paragraph (e)(5) of this section. For
ICIs owned by a parent company, the
importation limit includes importation
by the parent company and all its
subsidiaries.
(5) An ICI may exceed the limit
outlined in paragraph (e)(4) of this
section, provided that any engines in
excess of the limit meet the emission
standards and other requirements
outlined in the applicable provisions of
Part 89 or 1039 of this chapter for the
model year in which the engine is
modified (instead of the emission
standards and other requirements
applicable for the OP year of the
vehicle/engine).
I 89. Section 89.611 is amended by
revising paragraph (b)(1) to read as
follows:
§ 89.611
Exemptions and exclusions.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(1) Exemption for repairs or
alterations. A person may conditionally
TABLE 1.—SAMPLING PLAN CODE
import under bond a nonconforming
LETTER
engine solely for purpose of repairs or
alterations. The engine may not be
Code
Annual engine family sales
letter
operated in the United States other than
for the sole purpose of repair or
1
20–50 ................................................
AA
alteration or shipment to the point of
20–99 ................................................
A
repair or alteration and to the port of
100–299 ............................................
B
300–499 ............................................
C export. It may not be sold or leased in
500 or greater ...................................
D the United States and is to be exported
upon completion of the repairs or
1 A manufacturer may optionally use either
alterations.
the sampling plan for code letter ‘‘AA’’ or sam*
*
*
*
pling plan for code letter ‘‘A’’ for Selective En- *
forcement Audits of engine families with an- I 90. Section 89.612 is amended by
nual sales between 20 and 50 engines. Addi- revising paragraph (d) to read as follows:
tionally, the manufacturer may switch between
these plans during the audit.
§ 89.612
*
*
PO 00000
*
Frm 00028
*
*
Fmt 4701
*
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
Prohibited acts; penalties.
*
13JYR2
*
*
*
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
(d) An importer who violates section
213(d) and section 203 of the Act is
subject to the provisions of section 209
of the Act and is also subject to a civil
penalty under section 205 of the Act of
not more than $32,500 for each nonroad
engine subject to the violation.
In addition to the penalty provided in
the Act, where applicable, a person or
entity who imports an engine under the
exemption provisions of § 89.611(b)
and, who fails to deliver the nonroad
engine to the U.S. Customs Service is
liable for liquidated damages in the
amount of the bond required by
applicable Customs laws and
regulations. The maximum penalty
value listed in this paragraph (d) is
shown for calendar year 2004.
Maximum penalty limits for later years
may be adjusted based on the Consumer
Price Index. The specific regulatory
provisions for changing the maximum
penalties, published in 40 CFR part 19,
reference the applicable U.S. Code
citation on which the prohibited action
is based.
*
*
*
*
*
I 91. A new § 89.614 is added to subpart
G to read as follows:
§ 89.614 Importation of partially complete
engines.
The provisions of 40 CFR 1068.330
apply for importation of partially
complete engines, or engines that will
be modified for applications other than
those covered by this part 89.
I 92. A new § 89.913 is added to subpart
J to read as follows:
§ 89.913 What provisions apply to engines
certified under the motor-vehicle program?
You may use the provisions of 40 CFR
1039.605 to introduce new nonroad
engines into commerce if they are
already certified to the requirements
that apply to compression-ignition
engines under 40 CFR parts 85 and 86.
However, when using the provisions of
40 CFR 1039.605, references to this part
89 or sections in this part shall be used
instead of references to 40 CFR part
1039 or sections in that part.
I 93. A new § 89.914 is added to subpart
J to read as follows:
§ 89.914 What provisions apply to vehicles
certified under the motor-vehicle program?
You may use the provisions of 40 CFR
1039.610 to introduce new nonroad
engines or equipment into commerce if
the vehicle is already certified to the
requirements that apply under 40 CFR
parts 85 and 86. However, when using
the provisions of 40 CFR 1039.610,
references to this part 89 or sections in
this part shall be used instead of
references to 40 CFR part 1039 or
sections in that part.
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
40447
ENGINE COMPLIES WITH U.S. EPA
NONROAD EMISSIONREQUIREMENTS
FOR [Insert appropriate year reflecting
§ 89.915 Staged-assembly exemption.
when the Tier 1 or Tier 2 standards for
You may ask us to provide a
the replaced engine began to apply]
temporary exemption to allow you to
ENGINES UNDER 40 CFR 89.1003(b)(7).
complete production of your engines at
SELLING OR INSTALLING THIS
different facilities, as long as you
ENGINE FOR ANY PURPOSE OTHER
maintain control of the engines until
THAN TO REPLACE A NONROAD
they are in their certified configuration.
ENGINE BUILT BEFORE JANUARY 1,
We may require you to take specific
[Insert appropriate year reflecting when
steps to ensure that such engines are in
the next tier of emission standards
their certified configuration before
began to apply] MAY BE A VIOLATION
reaching the ultimate purchaser. You
OF FEDERAL LAW SUBJECT TO CIVIL
may request an exemption under this
PENALTY.
section in your application for
*
*
*
*
*
certification, or in a separate
(viii) The provisions of this section
submission.
may not be used to circumvent emission
I 95. Section 89.1003 is amended by
standards that apply to new engines
removing and reserving paragraphs (b)(5)
under this part.
and (b)(6), redesignating (b)(7)(iv) as
I 96. Section 89.1006 is amended by
(b)(7)(vii), revising paragraphs (a)(3)(iii),
revising paragraphs (a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(5),
(b)(7)(ii), and(b)(7)(iii), and adding
and (c)(1) and adding paragraph (a)(6) to
paragraphs (b)(7)(iv) and (b)(7)(viii) to
read as follows:
read as follows:
94. A new § 89.915 is added to subpart
J to read as follows:
I
§ 89.1003
§ 89.1006
Prohibited acts.
(a) * * *
(3) * * *
(iii) For a person to deviate from the
provisions of § 89.130 when rebuilding
an engine (or rebuilding a portion of an
engine or engine system). Such a
deviation violates paragraph (a)(3)(i) of
this section.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(7) * * *
(ii) The engine manufacturer or its
agent takes ownership and possession of
the engine being replaced or confirms
that the engine has been destroyed; and
(iii) If the engine being replaced was
not certified to any emission standards
under this part, the replacement engine
must have a permanent label with your
corporate name and trademark and the
following language, or similar alternate
language approved by the
Administrator: THIS ENGINE DOES
NOT COMPLY WITH FEDERAL
NONROAD OR ON-HIGHWAY
EMISSION REQUIREMENTS. SALE OR
INSTALLATION OF THIS ENGINE FOR
ANY PURPOSE OTHER THAN AS A
REPLACEMENT ENGINE FOR AN
ENGINE MANUFACTURED PRIOR TO
JANUARY 1 [INSERT APPROPRIATE
YEAR] IS A VIOLATION OF FEDERAL
LAW SUBJECT TO CIVIL PENALTY.
(iv) If the engine being replaced was
certified to emission standards less
stringent than those in effect when you
produce the replacement engine, the
replacement engine must have a
permanent label with your corporate
name and trademark and the following
language, or similar alternate language
approved by the Administrator: THIS
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Penalties.
(a) * * *
(1) A person who violates
§ 89.1003(a)(1), (a)(4), or (a)(6), or a
manufacturer or dealer who violates
§ 89.1003(a)(3)(i), is subject to a civil
penalty of not more than $32,500 for
each violation.
(2) A person other than a
manufacturer or dealer who violates
§ 89.1003(a)(3)(i) or any person who
violates § 89.1003(a)(3)(ii) is subject to a
civil penalty of not more than $2,750 for
each violation.
*
*
*
*
*
(5) A person who violates
§ 89.1003(a)(2) or (a)(5) is subject to a
civil penalty of not more than $32,500
per day of violation.
(6) The maximum penalty values
listed in this section are shown for
calendar year 2004. Maximum penalty
limits for later years may be adjusted
based on the Consumer Price Index. The
specific regulatory provisions for
changing the maximum penalties,
published in 40 CFR part 19, reference
the applicable U.S. Code citation on
which the prohibited action is based.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(1) Administrative penalty authority.
In lieu of commencing a civil action
under paragraph (b) of this section, the
Administrator may assess any civil
penalty prescribed in paragraph (a) of
this section, except that the maximum
amount of penalty sought against each
violator in a penalty assessment
proceeding shall not exceed $270,000,
unless the Administrator and the
Attorney General jointly determine that
a matter involving a larger penalty
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40448
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
amount is appropriate for administrative
penalty assessment. Any such
determination by the Administrator and
the Attorney General is not subject to
judicial review. Assessment of a civil
penalty shall be by an order made on
the record after opportunity for a
hearing held in accordance with the
procedures found at part 22 of this
chapter. The Administrator may
compromise, or remit, with or without
conditions, any administrative penalty
which may be imposed under this
section.
*
*
*
*
*
I 97. A new § 89.1009 is added to
subpart K to read as follows:
§ 89.1009 What special provisions apply to
branded engines?
A manufacturer identifying the name
and trademark of another company on
the emission control information label,
as provided by § 89.110(b)(2), must
comply with the provisions of 40 CFR
1039.640.
PART 90—CONTROL OF EMISSIONS
FROM NONROAD SPARK-IGNITION
ENGINES AT OR BELOW 19
KILOWATTS
98. The authority citation for part 90 is
revised to read as follows:
I
Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401—7671q.
99. Section 90.1 is amended by
revising paragraphs (b) and (d)(5) and
adding text to paragraph (c) to read as
follows:
I
§ 90.1
Applicability.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) In certain cases, the regulations in
this part 90 also apply to new engines
with a gross power output above 19 kW
that would otherwise be covered by 40
CFR part 1048 or 1051. See 40 CFR
1048.615 or 1051.145(a)(3) for
provisions related to this allowance.
(c) In certain cases, the regulations in
this part 90 apply to new engines below
50 cc used in motorcycles that are motor
vehicles. See 40 CFR 86.447–2006 for
provisions related to this allowance.
(d) * * *
(5) Engines certified to meet the
requirements of 40 CFR part 1048,
subject to the provisions of § 90.913.
*
*
*
*
*
I 100. Section 90.3 is amended by
revising the definitions for Marine
engine, Marine vessel, and United States
and adding definitions for Amphibious
vehicle, Good engineering judgment, and
Maximum engine power in alphabetical
order to read as follows:
§ 90.3
*
Definitions.
*
VerDate jul<14>2003
*
*
*
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
Amphibious vehicle means a vehicle
with wheels or tracks that is designed
primarily for operation on land and
secondarily for operation in water.
*
*
*
*
*
Good engineering judgment has the
meaning given in 40 CFR 1068.30. See
40 CFR 1068.5 for the administrative
process we use to evaluate good
engineering judgment.
*
*
*
*
*
Marine engine means a nonroad
engine that is installed or intended to be
installed on a marine vessel. This
includes a portable auxiliary marine
engine only if its fueling, cooling, or
exhaust system is an integral part of the
vessel. There are two kinds of marine
engines:
(1) Propulsion marine engine means a
marine engine that moves a vessel
through the water or directs the vessel’s
movement.
(2) Auxiliary marine engine means a
marine engine not used for propulsion.
Marine vessel has the meaning given
in 1 U.S.C. 3, except that it does not
include amphibious vehicles. The
definition in 1 U.S.C. 3 very broadly
includes every craft capable of being
used as a means of transportation on
water.
Maximum engine power means the
maximum value of gross power at rated
speed.
*
*
*
*
*
United States means the States, the
District of Columbia, the
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the
Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana
Islands, Guam, American Samoa, and
the U.S. Virgin Islands.
*
*
*
*
*
I 101. Section 90.119 is amended by
revising paragraph (a)(1)(i) to read as
follows:
based on the engine’s installed
governor.
*
*
*
*
*
I 102. Section 90.120 is amended by
adding and reserving paragraph (b)(3)
and adding paragraph (b)(4) to read as
follows:
§ 90.119
*
Certification procedure—testing.
(a) * * *
(1) * * *
(i) Class I and II engines must use the
test cycle that is appropriate for their
application. Engines that operate only at
intermediate speed must use Test Cycle
A, which is described in Table 2 of
Appendix A to subpart E of this part.
Engines that operate only at rated speed
must use Test Cycle B, which is
described in Table 2 of Appendix A to
subpart E of this part. If an engine
family includes engines used in both
rated-speed and intermediate-speed
applications, the manufacturer must
select the duty cycle that will result in
worst-case emission results for
certification. For any testing after
certification, the engine must be tested
using the most appropriate test cycle
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
§ 90.120 Certification procedure—use of
special test procedures.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(3) [Reserved]
(4) Where we specify mandatory
compliance with the procedures of 40
CFR part 1065, manufacturers may elect
to use the procedures specified in 40
CFR part 86, subpart N, as an alternate
test procedure without advance
approval by the Administrator.
*
*
*
*
*
I 103. Section 90.301 is amended by
revising paragraphs (c) and (d) to read as
follows:
§ 90.301
Applicability.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Additional information about
system design, calibration
methodologies, and so forth, for raw gas
sampling can be found in 40 CFR part
1065. Examples for system design,
calibration methodologies, and so forth,
for dilute exhaust gas sampling can be
found in 40 CFR part 1065.
(d) For Phase 2 Class I, Phase 2 Class
I–B, and Phase 2 Class II natural gas
fueled engines, use the procedures of 40
CFR part 1065 to measure nonmethane
hydrocarbon (NMHC) exhaust emissions
from Phase 2 Class I, Phase 2 Class I–
B, and Phase 2 Class II natural gas
fueled engines.
I 104. Section 90.308 is amended by
revising paragraph (b)(1) to read as
follows:
§ 90.308
Lubricating oil and test fuels.
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(1) The manufacturer must use
gasoline having the specifications, or
substantially equivalent specifications
approved by the Administrator, as
specified in Table 3 in Appendix A of
this subpart for exhaust emission testing
of gasoline fueled engines. As an option,
manufacturers may use the fuel
specified in 40 CFR part 1065, subpart
H, for gasoline-fueled engines.
*
*
*
*
*
I 105. Section 90.316 is amended by
revising paragraphs (b)(2)(ii) and (c)
introductory text to read as follows:
§ 90.316
*
Hydrocarbon analyzer calibration.
*
*
(b) * * *
(2) * * *
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
*
*
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
(ii) The HFID optimization procedures
outlined in 40 CFR part 1065, subpart D.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Initial and periodic calibration.
Prior to initial use and monthly
thereafter, or within one month prior to
the certification test, the FID or HFID
hydrocarbon analyzer must be
calibrated on all normally used
instrument ranges using the steps in this
paragraph. Use the same flow rate and
pressures as when analyzing samples.
Introduce calibration gases directly at
the analyzer. An optional method for
dilute sampling described in 40 CFR
part 1065, subpart F, may be used.
*
*
*
*
*
I 106. Section 90.318 is amended by
revising paragraph (d) to read as follows:
*
*
*
*
(d) The initial and periodic
interference, system check, and
calibration test procedures specified in
40 CFR part 1065, subpart D, may be
used in lieu of the procedures specified
in this section.
I 107. Section 90.320 is amended by
revising paragraph (b) to read as follows:
§ 90.320 Carbon dioxide analyzer
calibration.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) The initial and periodic
interference, system check, and
calibration test procedures specified in
40 CFR part 1065, subparts C and D,
may be used in lieu of the procedures
in this section.
I 108. Section 90.324 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a)(3) and (b) to read
as follows:
Analyzer leakage check.
(a) * * *
(3) The sample probe and the
connection between the sample probe
and valve V2, see Figure 1 in Appendix
B of subpart E of this part, may be
excluded from the leak check.
(b) Pressure-side leak check.
Substantial leaks of the sample on the
pressure side of the system may impact
sample integrity if the leaks are of
sufficient magnitude. As a safety
precaution, good engineering practice
would require that manufacturers
perform periodic pressure-side leak
checks of the sampling system. The
recommended maximum leakage rate on
the pressure side is five percent of the
in-use flow rate.
I 109. Section 90.326 is amended by
revising the introductory text, and
paragraphs (a) and (e)(4) to read as
follows:
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
Applicability.
*
*
VerDate jul<14>2003
Calibrate only the range of each
analyzer used during the engine exhaust
emission test prior to and after each test
in accordance with the following:
(a) Make the calibration by using a
zero gas and a span gas. The span gas
value must be between 75 and 100
percent of the highest range used.
*
*
*
*
*
(e) * * *
(4) If the response of the zero gas or
span gas differs more than one percent
of full scale at the highest range used,
then repeat paragraphs (e)(1) through (3)
of this section.
I 110. Section 90.401 is amended by
revising paragraph (d) to read as follows:
§ 90.401
§ 90.318 Oxides of nitrogen analyzer
calibration.
§ 90.324
§ 90.326 Pre- and post-test analyzer
calibration.
*
*
*
*
(d) For Phase 2 Class I, Phase 2 Class
I–B, and Phase 2 Class II natural gas
fueled engines, use the equipment
specified in 40 CFR part 1065, subparts
D and E, to measure nonmethane
hydrocarbon (NMHC) exhaust emissions
from Phase 2 Class I, Phase 2 Class I–
B, and Phase 2 Class II natural gas
fueled engines.
I 111. Section 90.405 is amended by
removing paragraph (d)(10).
I 112. Section 90.408 is amended by
revising paragraph (b)(2) to read as
follows:
§ 90.408
Pre-test procedures.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(2) An evaluation of the effects of test
measurement systems on engine
emissions shall be conducted using
good engineering judgment to ensure
that such test systems do not
significantly impact exhaust emissions
from the engine. For example, this
would require evaluation of all types of
emission sampling systems, and of fueland air-flow measurement systems for
raw sampling. This can be
accomplished by operating the engine at
the highest engine torque value that will
be encountered on the test cycle before
and after such test systems are installed
to ensure that the impact on measured
torque is less than 5 percent. This may
also be accomplished by measuring airto-fuel ratio using a zirconia universal
exhaust gas oxygen (UEGO) sensor to
ensure that the impact on measured airto-fuel ratio is less than 5 percent at the
highest engine torque value that will be
encountered on the test cycle before and
after such test systems are installed. The
impact of air- and fuel-flow
measurement systems may be evaluated
based on an engineering analysis of the
impact of the change in pressure
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40449
induced on air-intake pressure and fuel
supply pressure by these measurement
systems. While this would typically be
done before testing, it may also be done
as a post-test verification.
*
*
*
*
*
I 113. Section 90.409 is amended by
revising paragraph (c)(6) to read as
follows:
§ 90.409
Engine dynamometer test run.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(6) If, during the emission
measurement portion of a mode, the
value of the gauges downstream of the
NDIR analyzer(s) G3 or G4 (see Figure
1 in Appendix B of this subpart), differs
by more than ±0.5kPa from the pretest
value, the test mode is void.
I 114. Section 90.417 is revised to read
as follows:
§ 90.417 Fuel flow measurement
specifications.
(a) Fuel flow measurement is required
only for raw testing. Fuel flow is
allowed for dilute testing.
(b) The fuel flow measurement
instrument must have a minimum
accuracy of one percent of full-scale
flow rate for each measurement range
used. An exception is allowed for the
idle mode. For this mode, the minimum
accuracy is ± five percent of full-scale
flow rate for the measurement range
used. The controlling parameters are the
elapsed time measurement of the event
and the weight or volume measurement.
You may apply the accuracy
specifications of 40 CFR part 1065,
subpart C, instead of those in this
paragraph(b).
I 115. Section 90.418 is revised to read
as follows:
§ 90.418 Data evaluation for gaseous
emissions.
For the evaluation of the gaseous
emissions recording, record the last two
minutes of each mode and determine
the average values for HC, CO, CO2 and
NOX during each mode from the average
concentration readings determined from
the corresponding calibration data.
Longer averaging times are acceptable,
but the reported sampling period must
be a continuous set of data.
I 116. Section 90.419 is amended by
removing paragraph (e) and revising the
equations for KH and H in paragraphs (b)
and (c) to read as follows:
§ 90.419 Raw emission sampling
calculations—gasoline fueled engines.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
KH = Factor for correcting the effects of
humidity on NO2 formation for 4-
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
stroke gasoline small engines, as
follows:
KH = (9.953 × H + 0.832)
Where:
H = the amount of water in an ideal gas;
40 CFR 1065.645 describes how to
determine this value (referred to as
xH2O).
KH = 1 for two-stroke gasoline engines.
(c) * * *
KH = Factor for correcting the effects
of humidity on NO2 formation for 4stroke gasoline small engines, as
follows:
KH = (9.953 × H + 0.832)
Where:
H = the amount of water in an ideal gas;
40 CFR 1065.645 describes how to
determine this value (referred to as
xH2O).
KH = 1 for two-stroke gasoline engines.
*
*
*
*
*
I 117. Section 90.421 is amended by
revising paragraph (b) introductory text
and (b)(4)(ii) introductory text to read as
follows:
§ 90.612
Exemptions and exclusions.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(1) Exemption for repairs or
alterations. A person may conditionally
import under bond a nonconforming
engine solely for purpose of repairs or
alterations. The engine may not be
operated in the United States other than
for the sole purpose of repair or
alteration or shipment to the point of
repair or alteration and to the port of
export. It may not be sold or leased in
the United States and is to be exported
upon completion of the repairs or
alterations.
*
*
*
*
*
I 120. Section 90.613 is amended by
revising paragraph (d) to read as follows:
§ 90.613
Prohibited acts; penalties.
*
*
*
*
(d) An importer who violates section
§ 90.421 Dilute gaseous exhaust sampling
213(d) and section 203 of the Act is
and analytical system description.
subject to a civil penalty under section
*
*
*
*
*
205 of the Act of not more than $32,500
(b) Component description. The
for each engine subject to the violation.
components necessary for exhaust
In addition to the penalty provided in
sampling must meet the following
the Act, where applicable, under the
requirements:
exemption provisions of § 90.612(b), a
person or entity who fails to deliver the
*
*
*
*
*
(4) * * *
engine to the U.S. Customs Service is
(ii) Conform to the continuous NOX,
liable for liquidated damages in the
CO, or CO2 sampling and analysis
amount of the bond required by
system to the specifications of 40 CFR
applicable Customs laws and
1065.145, with the following exceptions regulations. The maximum penalty
and revisions:
value listed in this paragraph (d) is
shown for calendar year 2004.
*
*
*
*
*
I 118. Section 90.426 is amended by
Maximum penalty limits for later years
removing and reserving paragraphs (f)
may be adjusted based on the Consumer
and (g) and revising paragraph (e) to read Price Index. The specific regulatory
as follows:
provisions for changing the maximum
penalties, published in 40 CFR part 19,
§ 90.426 Dilute emission sampling
reference the applicable U.S. Code
calculations—gasoline fueled engines.
citation on which the prohibited action
*
*
*
*
*
is based.
(e) The humidity correction factor KH
is an adjustment made to measured NOX I 121. A new § 90.615 is added to
subpart G to read as follows:
values. This corrects for the sensitivity
that a spark-ignition engine has to the
§ 90.615 Importation of partially complete
humidity of its combustion air. The
engines.
following formula is used to determine
The provisions of 40 CFR 1068.330
KH for NOX calculations:
apply for importation of partially
KH = (9.953 H + 0.832)
complete engines, or engines that will
Where:
be modified for applications other than
H = the amount of water in an ideal gas; those covered by this part 90.
40 CFR 1065.645 describes how to
I 122. Section 90.706 is amended by
determine this value (referred to as
revising the equation for N in paragraph
xH2O).
(b)(1) to read as follows:
KH = 1 for two-stroke gasoline engines.
§ 90.706 Engine sample selection.
(f) [Reserved]
*
*
*
*
*
(g) [Reserved]
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
(t × σ)
N = 95
+1
(x − FEL )
119. Section 90.612 is amended by
revising paragraph (b)(1) to read as
follows:
I
*
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2
*
*
*
*
*
123. A new § 90.913 is added to
subpart J to read as follows:
I
§ 90.913 Exemption for engines certified to
standards for large SI engines.
(a) An engine is exempt from the
requirements of this part if it is in an
engine family that has a valid certificate
of conformity showing that it meets
emission standards and other
requirements under 40 CFR part 1048
for the appropriate model year.
(b) The only requirements or
prohibitions from this part that apply to
an engine that is exempt under this
section are in this section.
(c) If your engines do not have the
certificate required in paragraph (a) of
this section, they will be subject to the
provisions of this part. Introducing
these engines into commerce without a
valid exemption or certificate of
conformity violates the prohibitions in
§ 90.1003.
(d) Engines exempted under this
section are subject to all the
requirements affecting engines under 40
CFR part 1048. The requirements and
restrictions of 40 CFR part 1048 apply
to anyone manufacturing these engines,
anyone manufacturing equipment that
uses these engines, and all other persons
in the same manner as if these were
nonroad spark-ignition engines above 19
kW.
(e) Engines exempted under this
section may not generate or use
emission credits under this part 90.
I 124. Section 90.1006 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(5),
and (c)(1) and adding paragraph (a)(6) to
read as follows:
§ 90.1006
Penalties.
(a) * * *
(1) A person who violates
§ 90.1003(a)(1), (a)(4), or (a)(5), or a
manufacturer or dealer who violates
§ 90.1003(a)(3)(i), is subject to a civil
penalty of not more than $32,500 for
each violation.
(2) A person other than a
manufacturer or dealer who violates
§ 90.1003(a)(3)(i) or any person who
violates § 90.1003(a)(3)(ii) is subject to a
civil penalty of not more than $2,750 for
each violation.
*
*
*
*
*
(5) A person who violates
§ 90.1003(a)(2) or (a)(6) is subject to a
civil penalty of not more than $32,500
per day of violation.
(6) The maximum penalty values
listed in this section are shown for
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
ER13JY05.006
40450
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
calendar year 2004. Maximum penalty
limits for later years may be adjusted
based on the Consumer Price Index. The
specific regulatory provisions for
changing the maximum penalties,
published in 40 CFR part 19, reference
the applicable U.S. Code citation on
which the prohibited action is based.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(1) Administrative penalty authority.
In lieu of commencing a civil action
under paragraph (b) of this section, the
Administrator shall assess any civil
penalty prescribed in paragraph (a) of
this section, except that the maximum
amount of penalty sought against each
violator in a penalty assessment
proceeding can not exceed $270,000,
unless the Administrator and the
Attorney General jointly determine that
a matter involving a larger penalty
amount is appropriate for administrative
penalty assessment. Any such
determination by the Administrator and
the Attorney General is not subject to
judicial review. Assessment of a civil
penalty is made by an order made on
the record after opportunity for a
hearing held in accordance with the
procedures found at part 22 of this
chapter. The Administrator may
compromise, or remit, with or without
conditions, any administrative penalty
which may be imposed under this
section.
*
*
*
*
*
PART 91—CONTROL OF EMISSIONS
FROM MARINE SPARK-IGNITION
ENGINES
125. The authority citation for part 91
is revised to read as follows:
I
Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401—7671q.
126. Section 91.3 is amended by
revising the definitions for ‘‘Marine
spark-ignition engine’’, ‘‘Marine vessel’’,
and ‘‘United States’’, adding definitions
for ‘‘Amphibious vehicle’’, ‘‘Marine
engine’’, and ‘‘Spark-ignition’’ in
alphabetical order to read as follows:
I
§ 91.3
Definitions.
*
*
*
*
*
Amphibious vehicle means a vehicle
with wheels or tracks that is designed
primarily for operation on land and
secondarily for operation in water.
*
*
*
*
*
Marine engine means a nonroad
engine that is installed or intended to be
installed on a marine vessel. This
includes a portable auxiliary marine
engine only if its fueling, cooling, or
exhaust system is an integral part of the
vessel. There are two kinds of marine
engines:
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
(1) Propulsion marine engine means a
marine engine that moves a vessel
through the water or directs the vessel’s
movement.
(2) Auxiliary marine engine means a
marine engine not used for propulsion.
*
*
*
*
*
Marine spark-ignition engine means a
spark-ignition marine engine that
propels a marine vessel.
Marine vessel has the meaning given
in 1 U.S.C. 3, except that it does not
include amphibious vehicles. The
definition in 1 U.S.C. 3 very broadly
includes every craft capable of being
used as a means of transportation on
water.
*
*
*
*
*
Spark-ignition means relating to a
gasoline-fueled engine or any other type
of engine with a spark plug (or other
sparking device) and with operating
characteristics significantly similar to
the theoretical Otto combustion cycle.
Spark-ignition engines usually use a
throttle to regulate intake air flow to
control power during normal operation.
*
*
*
*
*
United States means the States, the
District of Columbia, the
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the
Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana
Islands, Guam, American Samoa, and
the U.S. Virgin Islands.
*
*
*
*
*
I 127. Section 91.119 is amended by
adding and reserving paragraph (b)(3)
and adding paragraph (b)(4) to read as
follows:
§ 91.119 Certification procedure—use of
special test procedures.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(3) [Reserved]
(4) Where we specify mandatory
compliance with the procedures of 40
CFR part 1065, manufacturers may elect
to use the procedures specified in 40
CFR part 86, subpart N, as an alternate
test procedure without advance
approval by the Administrator.
I 128. Section 91.207 is amended by
revising the second equation for S(t) in
paragraph (a) to read as follows:
§ 91.207 Credit calculation and
manufacturer compliance with emission
standards.
(a) * * *
S(t) = exp ¥(0.906 × t/µlife)4
*
*
*
*
*
I 129. Section 91.301 is amended by
revising paragraph (c) to read as follows:
§ 91.301
Scope; applicability.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Additional information about
system design, calibration
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40451
methodologies, and so forth, for raw gas
sampling can be found in 40 CFR part
1065. Examples for system design,
calibration methodologies, and so forth,
for dilute sampling can be found in 40
CFR part 1065.
I 130. Section 91.316 is amended by
revising paragraphs (b)(2)(ii) and (c)
introductory text, and the first equation
in paragraph (d)(6) to read as follows:
§ 91.316
Hydrocarbon analyzer calibration.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(2) * * *
(ii) The HFID optimization procedures
outlined in 40 CFR part 1065, subpart D.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Initial and periodic calibration.
Prior to introduction into service and
monthly thereafter, or within one month
prior to the certification test, calibrate
the FID or HFID hydrocarbon analyzer
on all normally used instrument ranges,
using the steps in this paragraph. Use
the same flow rate and pressures as
when analyzing samples. Introduce
calibration gases directly at the
analyzer. An optional method for dilute
sampling described in 40 CFR part 1065,
subpart F, may be used.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
(6) * * *
percent O2 I = (B ¥ Analyzer response
(ppm C))/B × 100
*
*
*
*
*
I 131. Section 91.318 is amended by
revising paragraph (d) and the equation
in paragraph (b)(11) to read as follows:
§ 91.318 Oxides of nitrogen analyzer
calibration.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(11) * * *
percent efficiency = (1 + (a ¥ b)/(c ¥
d)) × 100
*
*
*
*
*
(d) The initial and periodic
interference, system check, and
calibration test procedures specified in
40 CFR part 1065, subparts C and D,
may be used in lieu of the procedures
specified in this section.
I 132. Section 91.320 is amended by
revising paragraph (b) to read as follows:
§ 91.320 Carbon dioxide analyzer
calibration.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) The initial and periodic
interference, system check, and
calibration test procedures specified in
40 CFR part 1065, subparts C and D,
may be used in lieu of the procedures
in this section.
I 133. Section 91.325 is amended by
revising the equations in paragraphs
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40452
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
(c)(1)(iv) and (c)(2)(iii) and adding
paragraph (c)(2)(iv) to read as follows:
§ 91.325
Analyzer interference checks.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(1) * * *
(iv) * * *
percent CO2 quench =100 ¥ 100 × [c ×
a/(d × a ¥ d × b)] × a/b
*
*
*
*
*
(2) * * *
(iii) * * *
D1 = D × (1 ¥ Z1/100)
(iv)(A) The maximum raw or dilute
exhaust water vapor concentration
expected during testing (designated as
Wm) can be estimated from the CO2
span gas (or as defined in the equation
in this paragraph and designated as A)
criteria in paragraph (c)(1) of this
section and the assumption of a fuel
atom H/C ratio of 1.8:1 as:
Wm(%) = 0.9 × A(%)
Where:
A = maximum CO2 concentration
expected in the sample system
during testing.
(B) Percent water quench shall not
exceed 3 percent and shall be calculated
by:
% Water Quench = 100 × (D1 ¥ AR)/
D1 × Wm/Z1
I 134. Section 91.419 is amended by
revising the entry defining ‘‘MHCexh’’ in
paragraph (b) to read as follows:
§ 91.419 Raw emission sampling
calculations.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
MHCexh = Molecular weight of
hydrocarbons in the exhaust; see
the following equation:
MHCexh = 12.01 + 1.008 × a
*
*
*
*
*
I 135. Section 91.421 is amended by
revising paragraph (b)(4)(ii) and
(b)(4)(iii) to read as follows:
§ 91.421 Dilute gaseous exhaust sampling
and analytical system description.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(4) * * *
(ii) Conform to the continuous NOX,
CO, or CO2 sampling and analysis
system to the specifications of 40 CFR
1065.145, with the following exceptions
and revisions:
(A) Heat the system components
requiring heating only to prevent water
condensation, the minimum component
temperature is 55 °C.
(B) Coordinate analysis system
response time with CVS flow
fluctuations and sampling time/test
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
cycle offsets to meet the time-alignment
and dispersion specifications in 40 CFR
pat 1065, subpart C.
(C) Use only analytical gases
conforming to the specifications of 40
CFR 1065.750 for calibration, zero, and
span checks.
(D) Use a calibration curve
conforming to 40 CFR part 1065,
subparts C and D, for CO, CO2, and NOX
for any range on a linear analyzer below
155 ppm.
(iii) Convert the chart deflections or
voltage output of analyzers with nonlinear calibration curves to
concentration values by the calibration
curve(s) specified in 40 CFR part 1065,
subpart D, before flow correction (if
used) and subsequent integration takes
place.
I 136. Section 91.705 is amended by
revising paragraph (d) to read as follows:
§ 91.705
Prohibited acts; penalties.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) An importer who violates
§ 91.1103(a)(1), section 213(d) and
section 203 of the Act is subject to a
civil penalty under § 91.1106 and
section 205 of the Act of not more
than$32,500 for each marine engine
subject to the violation. In addition to
the penalty provided in the Act, where
applicable, a person or entity who
imports an engine under the exemption
provisions of § 91.704(b) and, who fails
to deliver the marine engine to the U.S.
Customs Service by the end of the
period of conditional admission is liable
for liquidated damages in the amount of
the bond required by applicable
Customs laws and regulations. The
maximum penalty value listed in this
paragraph (d) is shown for calendar year
2004. Maximum penalty limits for later
years may be adjusted based on the
Consumer Price Index. The specific
regulatory provisions for changing the
maximum penalties, published in 40
CFR part 19, reference the applicable
U.S. Code citation on which the
prohibited action is based.
I 137. A new § 91.707 is added to read
as follows:
§ 91.707 Importation of partially complete
engines.
The provisions of 40 CFR 1068.330
apply for importation of partially
complete engines.
I 138. Section 91.1106 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(5),
and (c)(1) and adding paragraph (a)(6) to
read as follows:
§ 91.1106
Penalties.
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
PART 92—CONTROL OF AIR
POLLUTION FROM LOCOMOTIVES
AND LOCOMOTIVE ENGINES
139. The authority citation for part 92
is revised to read as follows:
I
Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401–7671q.
140. Section 92.1 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a) introductory text,
(b)(3), and (b)(4) and adding paragraph
(d) to read as follows:
I
(a) * * *
(1) A person who violates § 91.1103
(a)(1), (a)(4), or (a)(5), or a manufacturer
PO 00000
or dealer who violates § 91.1103(a)(3)(i),
is subject to a civil penalty of not more
than $32,500 for each violation.
(2) A person other than a
manufacturer or dealer who violates
§ 91.1103(a)(3)(i) or any person who
violates § 91.1103(a)(3)(ii) is subject to a
civil penalty of not more than $2,750 for
each violation.
*
*
*
*
*
(5) A person who violates § 91.1103
(a)(2) or (a)(6) is subject to a civil
penalty of not more than $32,500 per
day of violation.
(6) The maximum penalty values
listed in this section are shown for
calendar year 2004. Maximum penalty
limits for later years may be adjusted
based on the Consumer Price Index. The
specific regulatory provisions for
changing the maximum penalties,
published in 40 CFR part 19, reference
the applicable U.S. Code citation on
which the prohibited action is based.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(1) Administrative penalty authority.
In lieu of commencing a civil action
under paragraph (b) of this section, the
Administrator shall assess any civil
penalty prescribed in paragraph (a) of
this section, except that the maximum
amount of penalty sought against each
violator in a penalty assessment
proceeding can not exceed $270,000,
unless the Administrator and the
Attorney General jointly determine that
a matter involving a larger penalty
amount is appropriate for administrative
penalty assessment. Any such
determination by the Administrator and
the Attorney General is not subject to
judicial review. Assessment of a civil
penalty is made by an order made on
the record after opportunity for a
hearing held in accordance with the
procedures found at part 22 of this
chapter. The Administrator may
compromise, or remit, with or without
conditions, any administrative penalty
which may be imposed under this
section.
*
*
*
*
*
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
§ 92.1
Applicability.
(a) Except as noted in paragraphs (b)
and (d) of this section, the provisions of
this part apply to manufacturers,
remanufacturers, owners and operators
of:
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(3) Locomotive engines which provide
only hotel power (see 40 CFR parts 89
and 1039 to determine if such engines
are subject to EPA emission
requirements); or
(4) Nonroad vehicles excluded from
the definition of locomotive in § 92.2,
and the engines used in such nonroad
vehicles (see 40 CFR parts 86, 89, and
1039 to determine if such vehicles or
engines are subject to EPA emission
requirements).
*
*
*
*
*
(d) The provisions of subpart L of this
part apply to all persons.
I 141. Section 92.2 is amended in
paragraph (b) by revising the definitions
for ‘‘Calibration’’, ‘‘Locomotive’’,
paragraph (5) of the definition for ‘‘New
locomotive or new locomotive engine’’,
‘‘Repower’’, and ‘‘United States’’ to read
as follows:
§ 92.2
Definitions.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
Calibration means the set of
specifications, including tolerances,
specific to a particular design, version,
or application of a component, or
components, or assembly capable of
functionally describing its operation
over its working range. This definition
does apply to Subpart B of this part.
*
*
*
*
*
Locomotive means a self-propelled
piece of on-track equipment designed
for moving or propelling cars that are
designed to carry freight, passengers or
other equipment, but which itself is not
designed or intended to carry freight,
passengers (other than those operating
the locomotive) or other equipment. The
following other equipment are not
locomotives (see 40 CFR parts 86 and 89
for this equipment):
(1) Equipment which is designed for
operation both on highways and rails
are not locomotives.
(2) Specialized railroad equipment for
maintenance, construction, post
accident recovery of equipment, and
repairs; and other similar equipment,
are not locomotives.
(3) Vehicles propelled by engines
with total rated horsepower of less than
750 kW (1006 hp) are not locomotives
(see 40 CFR parts 86 and 89 for this
equipment), unless the owner
(including manufacturers) chooses to
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
have the equipment certified under the
requirements of this part. Where
equipment is certified as a locomotive
pursuant to this paragraph (3), it shall
be subject to the requirements of this
part for the remainder of its service life.
For locomotives propelled by two or
more engines, the total rated
horsepower is the sum of the rated
horsepowers of each engine.
*
*
*
*
*
New locomotive or new locomotive
engine means: * * *
(5) Notwithstanding paragraphs (1)
through (3) of this definition,
locomotives and locomotive engines
which are owned by a small railroad
and which have never been
manufactured or remanufactured into a
certified configuration are not new.
*
*
*
*
*
Repower means replacement of the
engine in a previously used locomotive
with a freshly manufactured locomotive
engine. Replacing a locomotive engine
with a freshly manufactured locomotive
engine in a locomotive that has a
refurbished or reconditioned chassis
such that less than 25 percent of the
parts of the locomotive were previously
used(as weighted by dollar value) is not
repowering.
*
*
*
*
*
United States means the States, the
District of Columbia, the
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the
Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana
Islands, Guam, American Samoa, and
the U.S. Virgin Islands.
*
*
*
*
*
I 142. Section 92.8 is amended by
revising paragraph (b) to read as follows:
§ 92.8
Emission standards.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) No crankcase emissions shall be
discharged directly into the ambient
atmosphere from any new locomotive or
new locomotive engine, except as
allowed by paragraph (1) of this
paragraph (b).
(1) Discharge of crankcase emissions
into the engine exhaust complies with
this prohibition, provided crankcase
emissions are measured and included
with exhaust emissions. Other discharge
of crankcase emissions complies with
this prohibition, provided crankcase
emissions are measured in all
certification, production-line, and inuse tests and the masses are added
mathematically to the exhaust
emissions.
(2) Compliance with this standard is
required throughout the entire service
life of the locomotive or locomotive
engine.
*
*
*
*
*
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40453
143. Section 92.12 is amended by
adding paragraphs (g) and (h) to read as
follows:
I
§ 92.12
Interim provisions.
*
*
*
*
*
(g) Tier 0 locomotive labels.
Remanufacturers may use identical
labels for locomotives and engines for
Tier 0 locomotives, provided the
remanufacturer demonstrates to EPA
that they will supply two labels (one for
the locomotive and one for the engine)
only with those remanufacturing
systems being applied to locomotives
that have not been previously labeled
(i.e., locomotives that have not been
previously certified). For other
locomotives, the remanufacturer may
only supply one label.
(h) Labels for calendar year 2005.
During calendar year 2005,
manufacturers and remanufacturers may
comply with the labeling requirements
that were applicable during calendar
year 2004, instead of the labeling
requirements specified in
§ 92.212(c)(2)(v).
I 144. Section 92.104 is amended by
revising paragraph (b)(1)(i) to read as
follows:
§ 92.104 Locomotive and engine testing;
overview.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(1) * * *
(i) Engine speed setpoints for each
mode shall be within 2 percent of the
speed of the engine when it is operated
in the locomotive. Engine load setpoints
for each mode shall be within 2 percent
(or 3.0 horsepower, whichever is
greater) of the load of the engine when
it is operated in the locomotive.
*
*
*
*
*
I 145. Section 92.105 is amended by
revising paragraph (d) to read as follows:
§ 92.105 General equipment
specifications.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) Electrical measurements.
Instruments used to measure engine
power output shall comply with the
requirements of § 92.106.
*
*
*
*
*
I 146. Section 92.106 is amended by
revising paragraph (b)(1)(ii) to read as
follows:
§ 92.106
Equipment for loading the engine.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(1) * * *
(ii) Engine flywheel torque readout
shall be accurate to within ±2 percent of
the NIST ‘‘true’’ value torque at all
power settings above 10 percent of full-
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40454
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
scale, and accurate to within ±5 percent
of the NIST ‘‘true’’ value torque at
power settings at or below 10 percent of
full-scale.
I 147. Section 92.109 is amended by
revising paragraph (c)(3) to read as
follows:
§ 92.109
Analyzer specifications.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(3) Alcohols and Aldehydes. The
sampling and analysis procedures for
alcohols and aldehydes, where
applicable, shall be approved by the
Administrator prior to the start of
testing. Procedures are allowed if they
are consistent with the general
requirements of 40 CFR part 1065,
subpart I, for sampling and analysis of
alcohols and aldehydes, and with good
engineering practice.
*
*
*
*
*
I 148. Section 92.114 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a)(2)(ii), (d)(2)
introductory text and (e)(1) to read as
follows:
§ 92.114 Exhaust gas and particulate
sampling and analytical system.
*
*
*
*
*
(a) * * *
(2) * * *
(ii) For locomotive testing where the
locomotive has multiple exhaust stacks,
proportional samples may be collected
from each exhaust outlet instead of
ducting the exhaust stacks together,
provided that the CO2 concentrations in
each exhaust stream are shown (either
prior to testing or during testing) to be
within 5 percent of each other at notch
8.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
(2) For engine testing, either a
locomotive-type or a facility-type
exhaust system (or a combination
system) may be used. The exhaust
backpressure for engine testing shall be
set between 90 and 100 percent of the
maximum backpressure that will result
with the exhaust systems of the
locomotives in which the engine will be
used. Backpressure less than 90 percent
of the maximum value is also allowed,
provided the backpressure is within
0.07 psi of the maximum value. The
facility-type exhaust system shall meet
the following requirements:
*
*
*
*
*
(e) * * *
(1) Dilution of the exhaust prior to
sampling is allowed for gaseous
emissions. The equipment and methods
used for dilution, sampling and analysis
shall comply with the requirements of
40 CFR part 1065, with the following
exceptions and additional requirements:
(i) Proportional sampling and heat
exchangers are not required;
(ii) Larger minimum dimensions for
the dilution tunnel(s) shall be specified
by the Administrator;
(iii) Other modifications may be made
with written approval from the
Administrator.
*
*
*
*
*
I 149. Section 92.123 is amended by
revising paragraph (a)(2) to read as
follows:
§ 92.123 Test procedure; general
requirements.
(a) * * *
(2) For locomotives with multiple
exhaust stacks, smoke testing is required
for only one of the exhaust stacks
provided the following conditions are
met:
(i) The stack that is not tested is not
visibly smokier than the stack that is
tested, and
(ii) None of the measured opacity
values for the stack tested are greater
than three-quarters of the level allowed
by any of the applicable smoke
standards.
*
*
*
*
*
I 150. Section 92.124 is amended by
revising paragraph (f) to read as follows:
§ 92.124 Test sequence; general
requirements.
*
*
*
*
*
(f) The required test sequence is
described in Table B124–1 of this
section, as follows:
TABLE B124–1
Test sequence for locomotives and locomotive engines
Power,
and fuel
consumption
measured
Mode No.
Notch setting
Time in notch
Emissions
measured 2
Warmup ............................
Warmup ............................
Notch 8 ............................
Lowest Idle ......................
None ...............
None ...............
None
None
1a .....................................
1 .......................................
2 .......................................
3 .......................................
4 .......................................
5 .......................................
6 .......................................
7 .......................................
8 .......................................
9 .......................................
10 .....................................
Low Idle1 .........................
Normal Idle ......................
Dynamic Brake1 ..............
Notch 1 ............................
Notch 2 ............................
Notch 3 ............................
Notch 4 ............................
Notch 5 ............................
Notch 6 ............................
Notch 7 ............................
Notch 8 ............................
5 ± 1 min ...................................................................
15 min maximum (after engine speed reaches lowest idle speed).
6 min minimum .........................................................
6 min minimum .........................................................
6 min minimum .........................................................
6 min minimum .........................................................
6 min minimum .........................................................
6 min minimum .........................................................
6 min minimum .........................................................
6 min minimum .........................................................
6 min minimum .........................................................
6 min minimum .........................................................
15 min minimum .......................................................
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
Both
Both
Both
Both
Both
Both
Both
Both
Both
Both
Both
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
1 Omit
if not so equipped.
EPA test sequence for locomotives and locomotive engines may be performed once, with gaseous, particulate and smoke measurements performed simultaneously, or it may be performed twice with gaseous, and particulate measurements performed during one test sequence
and smoke measurements performed during the other test sequence. The minimum time in notch is three minutes for test sequences in which
only smoke is measured.
2 The
151. Section 92.126 is amended by
revising paragraph (b)(3) to read as
follows:
I
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
§ 92.126
*
PO 00000
Test run.
*
*
(b) * * *
Frm 00036
*
Fmt 4701
*
Sfmt 4700
(3) Fuel flow rate shall be measured
continuously. The value reported for the
fuel flow rate shall be a one-minute
average of the instantaneous fuel flow
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
measurements taken during the last
minute of the minimum sampling
period listed in Table B124–1 in
§ 92.124; except for testing during idle
modes, where it shall be a three-minute
average of the instantaneous fuel flow
measurements taken during the last
three minutes of the minimum sampling
period listed in Table B124–1 in
§ 92.124. Sampling periods greater than
one minute are allowed, consistent with
good engineering practice. Fuel flow
averaging periods should generally
match the emission sampling periods as
closely as is practicable.
*
*
*
*
*
I 152. Section 92.131 is amended by
revising paragraph (b)(3) to read as
follows:
§ 92.131
Smoke, data analysis.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(3) The ‘‘steady-state’’ value is either:
(i) The highest reading occurring more
than two minutes after the notch change
(excluding peaks lasting less than 5
seconds, caused by such random events
as the cycling of an air compressor) if
opacity measurements are recorded
graphically; or
(ii) The average of the second by
second values between 120 and 180
seconds after the notch change if
opacity measurements are recorded
digitally.
*
*
*
*
*
I 153. Section 92.132 is amended by
revising paragraphs (b)(3)(iii)(D)(2) and
(d) to read as follows:
§ 92.132
Calculations.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(3) * * *
(iii) * * *
(D) * * *
(2) If a CO instrument that meets the
criteria specified in 40 CFR part 1065,
subpart C, is used without a sample
dryer according to 40 CFR 1065.145,
COem must be substituted directly for
COe and COdm must be substituted
directly for COd.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) NOX correction factor. (1) NOX
emission rates (MNOx mode) shall be
adjusted to account for the effects of
humidity and temperature by
multiplying each emission rate by KNOx,
which is calculated from the following
equations:
KNOX = (K)(1 + (0.25(logK) 2)1⁄2)
K = (KH)(KT)
KH = [C1+C2exp((¥0.0143)(10.714))]/
[C1+C2exp((¥0.0143)(1000H))]
C1 = ¥8.7 +164.5exp(¥0.0218(A/F)wet)
C2 = 130.7 + 3941exp(¥ 0.0248(A/F)wet)
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
Where:
(A/F)wet = Mass of moist air intake
divided by mass of fuel intake.
KT = 1/[1 – 0.0107(T30 ¥ TA)] for tests
conducted at ambient temperatures
below 30 °C.
KT = 1.00 for tests conducted at ambient
temperatures at or above 30 °C.
T30 = The measured intake manifold air
temperature in the locomotive
when operated at 30 °C (or 100 °C,
where intake manifold air
temperature is not available).
TA = The measured intake manifold air
temperature in the locomotive as
tested (or the ambient temperature
(°C), where intake manifold air
temperature is not available).
*
*
*
*
*
I 154. Section 92.203 is amended by
revising paragraph (d)(1)(i) to read as
follows:
§ 92.203
Application for certification.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) Required content. Each
application must include the following
information:(1)(i) A description of the
basic engine design including, but not
limited to, the engine family
specifications, the provisions of which
are contained in § 92.204;
*
*
*
*
*
I 155. Section 92.204 is amended by
revising paragraph (a) to read as follows:
§ 92.204
Designation of engine families.
*
*
*
*
*
(a) Manufacturers and
remanufacturers shall divide their
locomotives and locomotive engines
into groupings of locomotives and
locomotive engines which are expected
to have similar emission characteristics
throughout their useful life. Each group
shall be defined as a separate engine
family. Freshly manufactured
locomotives may not be included in the
same engine family as remanufactured
locomotives. Freshly manufactured
engines may be included in the same
engine family as remanufactured
locomotives, provided such engines are
used as replacement engines for
locomotive models included in the
engine family.
*
*
*
*
*
I 156. Section 92.205 is amended by
revising paragraph (a) introductory text
to read as follows:
§ 92.205 Prohibited controls, adjustable
parameters.
(a) Any system installed on, or
incorporated in, a new locomotive or
new locomotive engine to enable such
locomotive or locomotive engine to
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40455
conform to standards contained in this
part:
*
*
*
*
*
I 157. Section 92.208 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a) and (b) to read as
follows:
§ 92.208
Certification.
(a) Paragraph (a) of this section
applies to manufacturers of new
locomotives and new locomotive
engines. If, after a review of the
application for certification, test reports
and data acquired from a freshly
manufactured locomotive or locomotive
engine or from a development data
engine, and any other information
required or obtained by EPA, the
Administrator determines that the
application is complete and that the
engine family meets the requirements of
the Act and this part, he/she will issue
a certificate of conformity with respect
to such engine family except as
provided by paragraph (c)(3) of this
section. The certificate of conformity is
valid for each engine family from the
date of issuance by EPA until 31
December of the model year or calendar
year for which it is issued and upon
such terms and conditions as the
Administrator deems necessary or
appropriate to assure that the
production locomotives or engines
covered by the certificate will meet the
requirements of the Act and of this part.
(b) This paragraph (b) applies to
remanufacturers of locomotives and
locomotive engines. If, after a review of
the application for certification, test
reports and data acquired from a
remanufactured locomotive or
locomotive engine or from a
development data engine, and any other
information required or obtained by
EPA, the Administrator determines that
the engine family meets the
requirements of the Act and of this
subpart, he/she will issue a certificate of
conformity with respect to such engine
family except as provided by paragraph
(c)(3) of this section. The certificate of
conformity is valid for each engine
family from the date of issuance by EPA
until 31 December of the model year or
calendar year for which it is issued and
upon such terms and conditions as the
Administrator deems necessary or
appropriate to assure that the
production locomotives or engines
covered by the certificate will meet the
requirements of the Act and of this part.
*
*
*
*
*
I 158. Section 92.210 is amended by
revising paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(2), (d)(2),
and (d)(3) to read as follows:
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40456
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
§ 92.210 Amending the application and
certificate of conformity.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(1) A full description of the change to
be made in production, or of the
locomotives or engines to be added;
(2) Engineering evaluations or data
showing that the locomotives or engines
as modified or added will comply with
all applicable emission standards; and
*
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
(2) If the Administrator determines
that the change or new locomotive(s) or
engine(s) meets the requirements of this
part and the Act, the appropriate
certificate of conformity shall be
amended.
(3) If the Administrator determines
that the changed or new locomotive(s)
or engine(s) does not meet the
requirements of this part and the Act,
the certificate of conformity will not be
amended. The Administrator shall
provide a written explanation to the
manufacturer or remanufacturer of the
decision not to amend the certificate.
The manufacturer or remanufacturer
may request a hearing on a denial.
*
*
*
*
*
I 159. Section 92.212 is amended by
revising paragraphs (b)(2)(ii),
(b)(2)(v)(A), (b)(2)(v)(G), (c)(2)(v)(A),
and(c)(2)(v)(D)(2) to read as follows:
§ 92.212
Labeling.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(2) * * *
(ii) The label shall be attached to a
locomotive chassis part necessary for
normal operation and not normally
requiring replacement during the
service life of the locomotive. This label
may not be attached to the engine.
*
*
*
*
*
(v) * * *
(A) The label heading: Original
Locomotive Emission Control
Information. Manufacturers and
remanufacturers may add a subheading
to distinguish this label from the engine
label described in paragraph (c) of this
section.
*
*
*
*
*
(G) The standards and/or FELs to
which the locomotive was certified.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(2) * * *
(v) * * *
(A) The label heading: Engine
Emission Control Information.
Manufacturers and remanufacturers may
add a subheading to distinguish this
label from the locomotive label
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
described in paragraph (b) of this
section.
*
*
*
*
*
(D) * * *
(2) This locomotive and locomotive
engine conform to U.S. EPA regulations
applicable to locomotives and
locomotive engines originally
manufactured on or after January 1,
2002 and before January 1, 2005; or
*
*
*
*
*
I 160. Section 92.215 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a)(2)(i)(A) and (b) to
read as follows:
§ 92.215 Maintenance of records;
submittal of information; right of entry.
(a) * * *
(2) * * *
(i) * * *
(A) In the case where a current
production engine is modified for use as
a certification engine or in a
certification locomotive, a description of
the process by which the engine was
selected and of the modifications made.
In the case where the certification
locomotive or the engine for a
certification locomotive is not derived
from a current production engine, a
general description of the buildup of the
engine (e.g., whether experimental
heads were cast and machined
according to supplied drawings). In the
cases in the previous two sentences, a
description of the origin and selection
process for fuel system components,
ignition system components, intake-air
pressurization and cooling-system
components, cylinders, pistons and
piston rings, exhaust smoke control
system components, and exhaust
aftertreatment devices as applicable,
shall be included. The required
descriptions shall specify the steps
taken to assure that the certification
locomotive or certification locomotive
engine, with respect to its engine,
drivetrain, fuel system, emission-control
system components, exhaust
aftertreatment devices, exhaust smoke
control system components or any other
devices or components as applicable,
that can reasonably be expected to
influence exhaust emissions will be
representative of production
locomotives or locomotive engines and
that either: All components and/or
locomotive or engine, construction
processes, component inspection and
selection techniques, and assembly
techniques employed in constructing
such locomotives or engines are
reasonably likely to be implemented for
production locomotives or engines; or
that they are as close as practicable to
planned construction and assembly
process.
*
*
*
*
*
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(b) The manufacturer or
remanufacturer of any locomotive or
locomotive engine subject to any of the
standards prescribed in this part shall
submit to the Administrator, at the time
of issuance by the manufacturer or
remanufacturer, copies of all
instructions orexplanations regarding
the use, repair, adjustment,
maintenance, or testing of such
locomotive or engine, relevant to the
control of crankcase, or exhaust
emissions issued by the manufacturer or
remanufacturer, for use by other
manufacturers or remanufacturers,
assembly plants, distributors, dealers,
owners and operators. Any material not
translated into the English language
need not be submitted unless
specifically requested by the
Administrator.
*
*
*
*
*
I 161. Section 92.216 is amended by
removed by removing and reserving
paragraph (a)(2).
§ 92.216
[Amended]
162. Section 92.403 is amended by
revising paragraph (b) to read as follows:
I
§ 92.403
report.
Emission defect information
*
*
*
*
*
(b) Defect information reports
required under paragraph (a) of this
section must be submitted not more
than 15 working days after the same
emission-related defect is found to affect
10 or more locomotives or locomotive
engines. Information required by
paragraph (c) of this section that is
either not available within 15 working
days or is significantly revised must be
submitted as it becomes available.
*
*
*
*
*
I 163. Section 92.508 is amended by
revising paragraph (e) introductory text
to read as follows:
§ 92.508
results.
Calculation and reporting of test
*
*
*
*
*
(e) Within 45 calendar days of the end
of each quarter, each manufacturer or
remanufacturer must submit to the
Administrator a report which includes
the following information:
*
*
*
*
*
I 164. Section 92.511 is amended by
revising paragraph (g) introductory text
to read as follows:
§ 92.511 Remanufactured locomotives:
installation audit requirements.
*
*
*
*
*
(g) Within 45 calendar days of the end
of each quarter, each remanufacturer
must submit to the Administrator a
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
report which includes the following
information:
*
*
*
*
*
I 165. Section 92.512 is amended by
revising paragraph (e) to read as follows:
§ 92.512 Suspension and revocation of
certificates of conformity.
*
*
*
*
*
(e) The Administrator shall notify the
manufacturer or remanufacturer in
writing of any suspension or revocation
of a certificate of conformity in whole or
in part; a suspension or revocation is
effective upon receipt of such
notification or thirty days from the time
an engine family is deemed to be in
noncompliance under §§ 92.508(d),
92.510(a), 92.510(b) or 92.511(f),
whichever is earlier, except that the
certificate is immediately suspended
with respect to any failed locomotives
or locomotive engines as provided for in
paragraph (a) of this section.
*
*
*
*
*
I 166. A new § 92.806 is added to read
as follows:
§ 92.806 Importation of partially complete
engines.
The provisions of 40 CFR 1068.330
apply for importation of partially
complete engines, or engines that will
be modified for applications other than
those covered by this part 92.
I 167. Section 92.906 is amended by
revising paragraph (a) introductory text
to read as follows:
§ 92.906 Manufacturer-owned,
remanufacturer-owned exemption and
display exemption.
(a) Any manufacturer-owned or
remanufacturer-owned locomotive or
locomotive engine is exempt from
§ 92.1103, without application, if the
manufacturer complies with the
following terms and conditions:
*
*
*
*
*
I 168. Section 92.907 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a)(3) and (b)(3) to
read as follows:
§ 92.907 Non-locomotive-specific engine
exemption.
(a) * * *
(3) The number of such engines
exempted under this paragraph (a) does
not exceed:
(i) 50 per manufacturer in any
calendar year, where EPA determines
that the use of the non-locomotivespecific engines will result in a
significantly greater degree of emission
control over the lifetime of the
locomotive than using remanufactured
engines certified under this part 92; or
(ii) 25 per manufacturer in any
calendar year, where EPA has not
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
determined that the use of the nonlocomotive-specific engines will result
in a significantly greater degree of
emission control over the lifetime of the
locomotive than using remanufactured
engines certified under this part 92;
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(3) The number of such locomotives
sold or leased by the locomotive
manufacturer within any three-year
period, and exempted under this
paragraph (b) does not exceed 30; and
*
*
*
*
*
I 169. A new § 92.912 is added to
subpart J to read as follows:
§ 92.912
Staged-assembly exemption.
You may ask us to provide a
temporary exemption to allow you to
complete production of your engines at
different facilities, as long as you
maintain control of the engines until
they are in their certified configuration.
We may require you to take specific
steps to ensure that such engines are in
their certified configuration before
reaching the ultimate purchaser. You
may request an exemption under this
section in your application for
certification, or in a separate
submission.
I 170. Section 92.1106 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(5),
and (c)(1) and adding paragraph (a)(6) to
read as follows:
§ 92.1106
Penalties.
(a) * * *
(1) A person who violates § 92.1103
(a)(1), (a)(4), or (a)(5), or a manufacturer,
remanufacturer, dealer or railroad who
violates § 92.1103(a)(3)(i) or (iii) is
subject to a civil penalty of not more
than $32,500 for each violation.
(2) A person other than a
manufacturer, remanufacturer, dealer, or
railroad who violates § 92.1103(a)(3)(i)
or any person who violates
§ 92.1103(a)(3)(ii) is subject to a civil
penalty of not more than $2,750 for each
violation.
*
*
*
*
*
(5) A person who violates
§ 92.1103(a)(2) is subject to a civil
penalty of not more than$32,500 per day
of violation.
(6) The maximum penalty values
listed in this section are shown for
calendar year 2004. Maximum penalty
limits for later years may be adjusted
based on the Consumer Price Index. The
specific regulatory provisions for
changing the maximum penalties,
published in 40 CFR part 19, reference
the applicable U.S. Code citation on
which the prohibited action is based.
*
*
*
*
*
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40457
(c) * * *
(1) Administrative penalty authority.
In lieu of commencing a civil action
under paragraph (b) of this section, the
Administrator may assess any civil
penalty prescribed in paragraph (a) of
this section, except that the maximum
amount of penalty sought against each
violator in a penalty assessment
proceeding shall not exceed $270,000,
unless the Administrator and the
Attorney General jointly determine that
a matter involving a larger penalty
amount is appropriate for administrative
penalty assessment. Any such
determination by the Administrator and
the Attorney General is not subject to
judicial review. Assessment of a civil
penalty shall be by an order made on
the record after opportunity for a
hearing held in accordance with the
procedures found at part 22 of this
chapter. The Administrator may
compromise, or remit, with or without
conditions, any administrative penalty
which may be imposed under this
section.
*
*
*
*
*
I 171. Appendix IV to part 92 is
amended by revising paragraph (d)(1) to
read as follows:
Appendix IV to Part 92—Guidelines for
Determining Equivalency Between
Emission Measurement Systems
*
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
(1) Four locomotive or locomotive
engine tests, conducted in accordance
with the provisions of subpart B of this
part; or
*
*
*
*
*
PART 94—CONTROL OF AIR
POLLUTION FROM MARINE
COMPRESSION-IGNITION ENGINES
172. The authority citation for part 94
is revised to read as follows:
I
Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401–7671q.
173. Section 94.2 is amended in
paragraph (b) by removing the
definitions of Auxiliary engine and
Propulsion engine, revising the
definitions of Marine engine, Marine
vessel, and United States, and adding a
definition of Amphibious vehicle in
alphabetical order to read as follows:
I
§ 94.2
Definitions.
*
*
*
*
*
Amphibious vehicle means a vehicle
with wheels or tracks that is designed
primarily for operation on land and
secondarily for operation in water.
*
*
*
*
*
Marine engine means a nonroad
engine that is installed or intended to be
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40458
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
installed on a marine vessel. This
includes a portable auxiliary marine
engine only if its fueling, cooling, or
exhaust system is an integral part of the
vessel. There are two kinds of
marineengines:
(1) Propulsion marine engine means a
marine engine that moves a vessel
through the water or directs the vessel’s
movement.
(2) Auxiliary marine engine means a
marine engine not used for propulsion.
Marine vessel has the meaning given
in 1 U.S.C. 3, except that it does not
include amphibious vehicles. The
definition in 1 U.S.C. 3 very broadly
includes every craft capable of being
used as a means of transportation on
water.
*
*
*
*
*
United States means the States, the
District of Columbia, the
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the
Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana
Islands, Guam, American Samoa, and
the U.S. Virgin Islands.
*
*
*
*
*
I 174. Section 94.9 is amended by
revising paragraph (a)(3) to read as
follows:
§ 94.9 Compliance with emission
standards.
(a) * * *
(3) Manufacturers may request in the
application for certification that we
approve a shorter useful life for an
engine family. We may approve a
shorter useful life, in hours of engine
operation but not in years, if we
determine that these engines will rarely
operate longer than the shorter useful
life. If engines identical to those in the
engine family have already been
produced and are in use, the
demonstration must include
documentation from such in-use
engines. In other cases, the
demonstration must include an
engineering analysis of information
equivalent to such in-use data, such as
data from research engines or similar
engine models that are already in
production. The demonstration must
also include recommended overhaul
intervals, any mechanical warranty
offered for the engine or its components,
and any relevant customer design
specifications. The demonstration may
include any other relevant information.
The useful life value may not be shorter
than any of the following:
(i) 1,000 hours of operation.
(ii) The recommended overhaul
interval.
(iii) The mechanical warranty for the
engine.
*
*
*
*
*
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
used with) fixed-pitch propellers,
175. Section 94.12 is amended by
revising paragraph (h) to read as follows: propeller-law auxiliary engines, and any
other engines for which the other duty
§ 94.12 Interim provisions.
cycles of this section do not apply, shall
*
*
*
*
*
be tested using the duty cycle described
(h) Flexibility for small-volume boat
in the following Table B–1:
builders. Notwithstanding the other
*
*
*
*
*
provisions of this part, manufacturers
I 177. Section 94.106 is amended by
may sell uncertified recreational engines
revising paragraph (b)(3)(i) to read as
to small-volume boat builders during
follows:
the first five years for which the
emission standards in § 94.8 apply,
§ 94.106 Supplemental test procedures for
subject to the following provisions:
Category 1 and Category 2 marine engines.
(1) The U.S.-directed production
*
*
*
*
*
volume of boats from any small-volume
(b) * * *
boat builder using uncertified engines
(3) * * *
during the total five-year period may not
(i) The Not to Exceed zone is the
exceed 80 percent of the manufacturer’s region above the curve power =
average annual production for the three
0.85SPD 4, excluding all operation
years prior to the general applicability
below 25% of maximum power at rated
of the recreational engine standards in
speed and excluding all operation below
§ 94.8, except as allowed in paragraph
63% of maximum test.
(h)(2) of this section.
*
*
*
*
*
(2) Small-volume boat builders may
I 178. Section 94.107 is amended by
exceed the production limits in
revising paragraph (b) to read as follows:
paragraph (h)(1) of this section,
I
provided they do not exceed 20 boats
during the five-year period or 10 boats
in any single calendar year. This does
not apply to boats powered by engines
with displacement greater than 2.5 liters
per cylinder.
(3) Small-volume boat builders must
keep records of all the boats and engines
produced under this paragraph (h),
including boat and engine model
numbers, serial numbers, and dates of
manufacture. Records must also include
information verifying compliance with
the limits in paragraph (h)(1) or (2) of
this section. Keep these records until at
least two full years after you no longer
use the provisions in this paragraph (h).
(4) Manufacturers must add a
permanent, legible label, written in
block letters in English, to a readily
visible part of each engine exempted
under this paragraph (h).
This label must include at least the
following items:
(i) The label heading ‘‘EMISSION
CONTROL INFORMATION’’.
(ii) Your corporate name and
trademark.
(iii) Engine displacement (in liters),
rated power, and model year of the
engine or whom to contact for further
information.
(iv) The statement ‘‘THIS ENGINE IS
EXEMPT UNDER 40 CFR 94.12(h)
FROM EMISSION STANDARDS AND
RELATED REQUIREMENTS.’’.
I 176. Section 94.105 is amended by
revising paragraph (b) before the table to
read as follows:
§ 94.105
Duty cycles.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) General cycle. Propulsion engines
that are used with (or intended to be
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
§ 94.107
speed.
Determination of maximum test
*
*
*
*
*
(b) Generation of lug curve. Prior to
beginning emission testing, generate
maximum measured brakepower versus
engine speed data points using the
applicable method specified in 40 CFR
1065.510. These data points form the
lug curve. It is not necessary to generate
the entire lug curve. For the portion of
the curve where power increases with
increasing speed, it is not necessary to
generate points with power less than 90
percent of the maximum power value.
For the portion of the curve where
power decreases with increasing speed,
it is not necessary to generate points
with power less than 75 percent of the
maximum power value.
*
*
*
*
*
I 179. Section 94.109 is amended by
revising paragraph (b) to read as follows:
§ 94.109 Test procedures for Category 3
marine engines.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) Analyzers meeting the
specifications of either 40 CFR part
1065, subpart C, or ISO 8178–1
(incorporated by reference in § 94.5)
shall be used to measure THC and CO.
*
*
*
*
*
I 180. Section 94.211 is amended by
revising paragraph (k) to read as follows:
§ 94.211 Emission-related maintenance
instructions for purchasers.
*
*
*
*
*
(k) For Category 3 engines, the
manufacturer must provide the ultimate
purchaser with a Technical File meeting
the specifications of section 2.4 of the
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
Annex VI Technical Code(incorporated
by reference in § 94.5). The maintenance
instructions required by this part to be
provided by manufacturer may be
included in this Technical File. The
manufacturer must provide a copy of
this Technical File to EPA upon request.
*
*
*
*
*
I 181. Section 94.212 is amended by
revising paragraph (b)(6) and (b)(7) to
read as follows:
§ 94.212
Labeling.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(6) A prominent unconditional
statement of compliance with U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency
regulations that apply to marine
compression-ignition engines.
(7) The useful life of the engine,
unless the applicable useful life is based
on the provisions of § 94.9(a)(1).
*
*
*
*
*
I 182. A new § 94.806 is added to read
as follows:
§ 94.806 Importation of partially complete
engines.
The provisions of 40 CFR 1068.330
apply for importation of partially
complete engines, or engines that will
be modified for applications other than
those covered by this part 94.
I 183. Section 94.904 is amended by
revising paragraph (a) and adding a new
paragraph (c) to read as follows:
§ 94.904
Exemptions.
(a) Except as specified otherwise in
this subpart, the provisions of §§ 94.904
through 94.913 exempt certain new
engines from the standards, other
requirements, and prohibitions of this
part, except for the requirements of this
subpart and the requirements of
§ 94.1104. Additional requirements may
apply for imported engines; these are
described in subpart I of this part.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) If you want to take an action with
respect to an exempted or excluded
engine that is prohibited by the
exemption or exclusion, such as selling
it, you need to certify the engine. We
will issue a certificate of conformity if
you send us an application for
certification showing that you meet all
the applicable requirements from this
part 94 and pay the appropriate fee.
Also, in some cases, we may allow
manufacturers to modify the engine as
needed to make it identical to engines
already covered by a certificate. We
would base such an approval on our
review of any appropriate
documentation. Theseengines must
have emission control information
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
labels that accurately describe their
status.
I 184. Section 94.907 is revised to read
as follows:
§ 94.907
Engine dressing exemption.
(a) General provisions. If you are an
engine manufacturer, this section allows
you to introduce new marine engines
into commerce if they are already
certified to the requirements that apply
to compression-ignition engines under
40 CFR parts 85 and 86 or 40 CFR part
89, 92 or 1039 for the appropriate model
year. If you comply with all the
provisions of this section, we consider
the certificate issued under 40 CFR part
86, 89, 92, or 1039 for each engine to
also be a valid certificate of conformity
under this part 94 for its model year,
without a separate application for
certification under the requirements of
this part 94.
(b) Boat-builder provisions. If you are
not an engine manufacturer, you may
install an engine certified for the
appropriate model year under 40 CFR
part 86, 89, 92, or 1039 in a marine
vessel as long as you do not make any
of the changes described in
paragraph(d)(3) of this section and you
meet the requirements of paragraph (e)
of this section. If you modify the nonmarine engine in any of the ways
described in paragraph (d)(3) of this
section, we will consider you a
manufacturer of a new marine engine.
Such engine modifications prevent you
from using the provisions of this
section.
(c) Liability. Engines for which you
meet the requirements of this section are
exempt from all the requirements and
prohibitions of this part, except for
those specified in this section. Engines
exempted under this section must meet
all the applicable requirements from 40
CFR parts 85 and 86 or 40 CFR part 89,
92, or 1039. This paragraph (c) applies
to engine manufacturers, boat builders
who use such an engine, and all other
persons as if the engine were used in its
originally intended application. The
prohibited acts of § 94.1103(a)(1) apply
to these new engines and vessels;
however, we consider the certificate
issued under 40 CFR part 86, 89, 92, or
1039 for each engine to also be a valid
certificate of conformity under this part
94 for its model year. If we make a
determination that these engines do not
conform to the regulations during their
useful life, we may require you to recall
them under this part 94 or under 40 CFR
part 85, 89, 92, or 1039.
(d) Specific requirements. If you are
an engine manufacturer and meet all the
following criteria and requirements
regarding your new marine engine, the
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40459
engine is eligible for an exemption
under this section:
(1) You must produce it by marinizing
an engine covered by a valid certificate
of conformity from one of the following
programs:
(i) Heavy-duty highway engines (40
CFR part 86).
(ii) Land-based nonroad diesel
engines (40 CFR part 89 or 1039).
(iii) Locomotive engines (40 CFR part
92).
(2) The engine must have the label
required under 40 CFR part 86, 89, 92,
or 1039.
(3) You must not make any changes to
the certified engine that could
reasonably be expected to increase its
emissions. For example, if you make
any of the following changes to one of
these engines, you do not qualify for the
engine dressing exemption:
(i) Change any fuel system parameters
from the certified configuration, or
change, remove, or fail to properly
install any other component, element of
design, or calibration specified in the
engine manufacturer’s application for
certification. This includes
aftertreatment devices and all related
components.
(ii) Replacing an original
turbocharger, except that small-volume
manufacturers of recreational engines
may replace an original turbocharger
with one that matches the performance
of the original turbocharger.
(iii) Modify or design the marine
engine cooling or aftercooling system so
that temperatures or heat rejection rates
are outside the original engine
manufacturer’s specified ranges.
(4) You must show that fewer than 50
percent of the engine family’s total sales
in the United States are used in marine
applications. This includes engines
used in any application, without regard
to which company manufactures the
vessel orequipment. Show this as
follows:
(i) If you are the original manufacturer
of the engine, base this showing on your
sales information.
(ii) In all other cases, you must get the
original manufacturer of the engine to
confirm this based on its sales
information.
(e) If you are an engine manufacturer
or boat builder using this exemption,
you must do all of the following:
(1) Make sure the original engine label
will remain clearly visible after
installation in the vessel.
(2) Add a permanent supplemental
label to the engine in a position where
it will remain clearly visible after
installation in the vessel. In your engine
label, do the following:
(i) Include the heading: ‘‘Marine
Engine Emission Control Information’’.
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40460
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
(ii) Include your full corporate name
and trademark.
(iii) State: ‘‘This engine was
marinized without affecting its emission
controls.’’
(iv) State the date you finished
marinizing the engine (month and year).
(3) Send a signed letter to the
Designated Officer by the end of each
calendar year (or less often if we tell
you) with all the following information:
(i) Identify your full corporate name,
address, and telephone number.
(ii) List the engine models for which
you expect to use this exemption in the
coming year and describe your basis for
meeting the sales restrictions of
paragraph (d)(4) of this section.
(iii) State: ‘‘We prepare each listed
engine model for marine application
without making any changes that could
increase its certified emission levels, as
described in 40 CFR 94.907.’’
(f) Engine inventories. In general you
may use up your inventory of engines
that are not certified to new marine
emission standards if they were
originally manufactured before the date
of the new standards. However,
stockpiling these engines is a violation
of § 94.1103(a)(1)(i)(A).
(g) Failure to comply. If your engines
do not meet the criteria listed in
paragraph (d) of this section, they will
be subject to the standards,
requirements, and prohibitions of this
part 94 and the certificate issued under
40 CFR part 86, 89, 92, or 1039 will not
be deemed to also be a certificate issued
under this part 94. Introducing these
engines into commerce without a valid
exemption or certificate of conformity
under this part violates the prohibitions
in 40 CFR 94.1103(a)(1).
(h) Data submission. (1) If you are the
original manufacturer and marinizer of
an exempted engine, you must send us
emission test data on the appropriate
marine duty cycles. You can include the
data in your application for certification
or in the letter described in paragraph
(e)(3) of this section.
(2) If you are the original
manufacturer of an exempted engine
that is marinized by a post-manufacture
marinizer, you may be required to send
us emission test data on the appropriate
marine duty cycles. If such data are
requested you will be allowed a
reasonable amount of time to collect the
data.
(i) Participation in averaging, banking
and trading. Engines adapted for marine
use under this section may not generate
or use emission credits under this part
94. These engines may generate credits
under the ABT provisions in 40 CFR
part 86, 89, 92, or 1039, as applicable.
These engines must use emission credits
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
under 40 CFR part 86, 89, 92, or 1039
as applicable if they are certified to an
FEL that exceeds an applicable
standard.
(j) Operator requirements. The
requirements for vessel manufacturers,
owners, and operators in subpart K of
this part apply to these engines whether
they are certified under this part 94 or
another part as allowed by this section.
I 185. A new § 94.912 is added to
subpart J to read as follows:
§ 94.912 Optional certification to landbased standards for auxiliary marine
engines.
This section applies to auxiliary
marine engines that are identical to
certified land-based engines. See
§ 94.907 for provisions that apply to
propulsion marine engines or auxiliary
marine engines that are modified for
marine applications.
(a) General provisions. If you are an
engine manufacturer, this section allows
you to introduce new marine engines
into commerce if they are already
certified to the requirements that apply
to compression-ignition engines under
40 CFR part 89 or 1039 for the
appropriate model year. If you comply
with all the provisions of this section,
we consider the certificate issued under
40 CFR part 86 or 1039 for each engine
to also be a valid certificate of
conformity under this part 94 for its
model year, without a separate
application for certification under the
requirements of this part 94.
(b) Boat builder provisions. If you are
not an engine manufacturer, you may
install an engine certified for land-based
applications in a marine vessel as long
as you meet all the qualifying criteria
and requirements specified in
paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section. If
you modify the non-marine engine, we
will consider you a manufacturer of a
new marine engine. Such engine
modifications prevent you from using
the provisions of this section.
(c) Liability. Engines for which you
meet the requirements of this section are
exempt from all the requirements and
prohibitions of this part, except for
those specified in this section. Engines
exempted under this section must meet
all the applicable requirements from 40
CFR part 89 or 1039. This paragraph (c)
applies to engine manufacturers, boat
builders who use such an engine, and
all other persons as if the engine were
used in its originally intended
application. The prohibited acts of
§ 94.1103(a)(1) apply to these new
engines and vessels; however, we
consider the certificate issued under 40
CFR part 89 or 1039 for each engine to
also be a valid certificate of conformity
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
under this part 94 for its model year. If
we make a determination that these
engines do not conform to the
regulations during their useful life, we
may require you to recall them under
this part 94 or under 40 CFR part 89 or
1068.
(d) Qualifying criteria. If you are an
engine manufacturer and meet all the
following criteria and requirements
regarding your new marine engine, the
engine is eligible for an exemption
under this section:
(1) The marine engine must be
identical in all material respects to a
land-based engine covered by a valid
certificate of conformity for the
appropriate model year showing that it
meets emission standards for engines of
that power rating under 40 CFR part 89
or 1039.
(2) The engines may not be used as
propulsion marine engines.
(3) You must show that the number of
auxiliary marine engines from the
engine family must be smaller than the
number of land-based engines from the
engine family sold in the United States,
as follows:
(i) If you are the original manufacturer
of the engine, base this showing on your
sales information.
(ii) In all other cases, you must get the
original manufacturer of the engine to
confirm this based on its sales
information.
(e) Specific requirements. If you are
an engine manufacturer or boat builder
using this exemption, you must do all
of the following:
(1) Make sure the original engine label
will remain clearly visible after
installation in the vessel. This label or
a supplemental label must identify that
the original certification is valid for
marine auxiliary applications.
(2) Send a signed letter to the
Designated Officer by the end of each
calendar year (or less often if we tell
you) with all the following information:
(i) Identify your full corporate name,
address, and telephone number.
(ii) List the engine models you expect
to produce under this exemption in the
coming year.
(iii) State: ‘‘We produce each listed
engine model for marine application
without making any changes that could
increase its certified emission levels, as
described in 40 CFR 94.907.’’
(3) If you are the certificate holder,
you must describe in your application
for certification how you plan to
produce engines for both land-based
and auxiliary marine applications,
including projected sales of auxiliary
marine engines to the extent this can be
determined. If the projected marine
sales are substantial, we may ask for the
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
year-end report of production volumes
to include actual auxiliary marine
engine sales.
(f) Failure to comply. If your engines
do not meet the criteria listed in
paragraph (d) of this section, they will
be subject to the standards,
requirements, and prohibitions of this
part 94 and the certificate issued under
40 CFR part 89 or 1039 will not be
deemed to also be a certificate issued
under this part 94. Introducing these
engines into commerce without a valid
exemption or certificate of conformity
under this part violates the prohibitions
in 40 CFR 94.1103(a)(1).
(g) Participation in averaging, banking
and trading. Engines using this
exemption may not generate or use
emission credits under this part 94.
These engines may generate credits
under the ABT provisions in 40 CFR
part 89 or 1039, as applicable. These
engines must use emission credits under
40 CFR part 89 or 1039 as applicable if
they are certified to an FEL that exceeds
an applicable standard.
(h) Operator requirements. The
requirements for vessel manufacturers,
owners, and operators in subpart K of
this part apply to these engines whether
they are certified under this part 94 or
another part as allowed by this section.
I 186. A new § 94.913 is added to
subpart J to read as follows:
§ 94.913
Staged-assembly exemption.
You may ask us to provide a
temporary exemption to allow you to
complete production of your engines at
different facilities, as long as you
maintain control of the engines until
they are in their certified configuration.
We may require you to take specific
steps to ensure that such engines are in
their certified configuration before
reaching the ultimate purchaser. You
may request an exemption under this
section in your application for
certification, or in a separate submission
to the Designated Officer.
I 187. Section 94.1004 is amended by
revising paragraphs (b) and (c)
introductory text to read as follows:
§ 94.1004 Maintenance, repair, adjustment,
and recordkeeping.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) Unless otherwise approved by the
Administrator, all maintenance, repair,
adjustment,and alteration of Category 3
engines subject to the provisions of this
part performed by any owner, operator
or other maintenance provider that is
not covered by paragraph (a) of this
section shall be performed, using good
engineering judgment, in such a manner
that the engine continues (after the
maintenance, repair, adjustment or
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
alteration) to meet the emission
standards it was certified as meeting
prior to the need for service.
Adjustmentsare limited to the range
specified by the engine manufacturer in
the approved application for
certification.
(c) A Category 3 engine may not be
adjusted or altered contrary to the
requirements of § 94.11 or paragraph (b)
of this section, except as allowed by
§ 94.1103(b)(2). If such an adjustment or
alteration occurs, the engine must be
returned to a configuration allowed by
this part within two hours of operation.
Each two-hour period during which
there is noncompliance is a separate
violation. The following provisions
apply to adjustments oralterations made
under § 94.1103(b)(2):
*
*
*
*
*
I 188. Section 94.1103 is amended by
revising paragraph (b)(3) and adding
paragraphs (a)(8) and (b)(4) to read as
follows:
§ 94.1103
Prohibited acts.
(a) * * *
(8) For an owner or operator of a
vessel installing a replacement engine
under the provisions of paragraph (b)(4)
of this section to make modifications to
significantly increase the value of the
vessel within six months after installing
the replacement engine.
(b) * * *
(3) Where the Administrator
determines that no engine that is
certified to the requirements of this part
is produced by any manufacturer with
the appropriate physical or performance
characteristics to repower a vessel, the
Administrator may allow an engine
manufacturer to introduce into
commerce a replacement engine without
complying with all of the otherwise
applicable requirements of this part.
Such engine shall not be subject to the
prohibitions of paragraph (a)(1) of this
section, subject to all the following
provisions:
(i) The engine requiring replacement
is not certified or is certified to emission
standards that are less stringent than
those in effect when the replacement
engine is built.
(ii) The engine manufacturer or its
agent takes ownership and possession of
the engine being replaced or confirms
that the engine has been destroyed.
(iii) If the engine being replaced was
not certified to any emission standards
under this part, the replacement engine
must have a permanent label with your
corporate name and trademark and the
following language, or similar alternate
language approved by the
Administrator:
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40461
THIS ENGINE DOES NOT COMPLY
WITH U.S. EPA MARINE EMISSION
REQUIREMENTS. SELLING OR
INSTALLING THIS ENGINE FOR ANY
PURPOSE OTHER THAN TO REPLACE
A MARINE ENGINE BUILT BEFORE
JANUARY 1, [Insert appropriate year
reflecting when the earliest tier of
standards began to apply to engines of
that size and type] MAY BE A
VIOLATION OF FEDERAL LAW
SUBJECT TO CIVIL PENALTY.
(iv) If the engine being replaced was
certified to emission standards less
stringent than those in effect when you
produce the replacement engine, the
replacement engine must have a
permanent label with your corporate
name and trademark and the following
language, or similar alternate language
approved by the Administrator:
THIS ENGINE COMPLIES WITH U.S.
EPA MARINE EMISSION
REQUIREMENTS FOR [Insert
appropriate year reflecting when the
Tier 1 or Tier 2 standards for the
replaced engine began to apply]
ENGINES UNDER 40 CFR 94.1103(b)(3).
SELLING OR INSTALLING THIS
ENGINE FOR ANY PURPOSE OTHER
THAN TO REPLACE A MARINE
ENGINEBUILT BEFORE JANUARY 1,
[Insert appropriate year reflecting when
the next tier of emission standards
began to apply] MAY BE A VIOLATION
OF FEDERAL LAW SUBJECT TO CIVIL
PENALTY.
(v) Where the replacement engine is
intended to replace an engine that is
certified to emission standards that are
less stringent than those in effect when
the replacement engine is built, the
replacement engine shall be identical in
all material respects to a certified
configuration of the same or later model
year as the engine being replaced.
(vi) Engines sold pursuant to the
provisions of this paragraph will neither
generate nor use emission credits and
will not be part of any accounting under
the averaging, banking and trading
program.
(vii) In cases where an engine is to be
imported for replacement purposes
under the provisions of this paragraph
(b)(3) of this section, the term ‘‘engine
manufacturer’’ shall not apply to an
individual or other entity that does not
possess a current Certificate of
Conformity issued by EPA under this
part; and
(viii) The provisions of this section
may not be used to circumventemission
standards that apply to new engines
under this part.
(4) An engine manufacturer may make
the determination related to
replacement engines described in
paragraph (b)(3) of this section instead
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40462
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
of the Administrator, if the new engine
is needed to replace an engine that has
experienced catastrophic failure. The
engine manufacturer must consider
whether certified engines are available
from its own product lineup or that of
the manufacturer of the engine being
replaced (if different). The engine
manufacturer must keep records
explaining why a certified engine was
not available and make these records
available upon request.
I 189. Section 94.1106 is amended by
revising the introductory text and
paragraphs (a)(1), (a)(2), (c)(1), and (d) to
read as follows:
§ 94.1106
Penalties.
This section specifies actions that are
prohibited and the maximum civil
penalties that we can assess for each
violation. The maximum penalty values
listed in paragraphs (a) and (c) of this
section are shown for calendar year
2004. As described in paragraph (d) of
this section, maximum penalty limits
for later years are set forth in 40 CFR
part 19.
(a) * * *
(1) A person who violates
§ 94.1103(a)(1), (a)(4), (a)(5), (a)(6), or
(a)(7)(iv) or a manufacturer or dealer
who violates § 94.1103(a)(3)(i) or (iii) or
§ 94.1103(a)(7) is subject to a civil
penalty of not more than $32,500 for
each violation.
(2) A person other than a
manufacturer or dealer who violates
§ 94.1103(a)(3)(i) or (iii)
or§ 94.1103(a)(7)(i), (ii), or (iii) or any
person who violates § 94.1103(a)(3)(ii) is
subject to a civil penalty of not more
than $2,750 for each violation.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(1) Administrative penalty authority.
Subject to 42 U.S.C. 7524(c), in lieu of
commencing a civil action under
paragraph (b) of this section, the
Administrator may assess any civil
penalty prescribed in paragraph (a) of
this section, except that the maximum
amount of penalty sought against each
violator in a penalty assessment
proceeding shall not exceed $270,000,
unless the Administrator and the
Attorney General jointly determine that
a matter involving a larger penalty
amount is appropriate for administrative
penalty assessment. Any such
determination by the Administrator and
the Attorney General is not subject to
judicial review. Assessment of a civil
penalty shall be by an order made on
the record after opportunity for a
hearing held in accordance with the
procedures found at part 22 of this
chapter. The Administrator may
compromise, or remit, with or without
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
conditions, any administrative penalty
which may be imposed under this
section.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) The maximum penalty values
listed in paragraphs (a) and (c) of this
section are shown for calendar year
2004. Maximum penalty limits for later
years may be adjusted based on the
Consumer Price Index. The specific
regulatory provisions for changing the
maximum penalties, published in 40
CFR part 19, reference the applicable
U.S. Code citation on which the
prohibited action is based.
PART 1039—CONTROL OF EMISSIONS
FROM NEW AND IN-USE
NONROADCOMPRESSION-IGNITION
ENGINES
190. The authority citation for part
1039 is revised to read as follows:
I
Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401–7671q.
191. Section 1039.1 is amended by
revising paragraph (c) to read as follows:
I
§ 1039.1 Does this part apply for my
engines?
*
*
*
*
*
(c) The definition of nonroad engine
in 40 CFR 1068.30 excludes certain
engines used in stationary applications.
These engines are not required to
comply with this part, except for the
requirements in § 1039.20. In addition,
if these engines are uncertified, the
prohibitions in 40 CFR 1068.101 restrict
their use as nonroad engines.
*
*
*
*
*
I 192. Section 1039.5 is amended by
revising paragraphs (b)(1)(iii) and (b)(2)
to read as follows:
§ 1039.5 Which engines are excluded from
this part’s requirements?
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(1) * * *
(iii) Engines that are exempt from the
standards of 40 CFR part 94 pursuant to
the provisions of 40 CFR part 94 (except
for the provisions of 40 CFR 94.907 or
94.912). For example, an engine that is
exempt under 40 CFR 94.906 because it
is a manufacturer-owned engine is not
subject to the provisions of this part
1039.
*
*
*
*
*
(2) Marine engines are subject to the
provisions of this part 1039 if they are
exempt from 40 CFR part 94 based on
the engine-dressing provisions of 40
CFR 94.907 or the common-family
provisions of 40 CFR 94.912.
*
*
*
*
*
I 193. Section 1039.10 is amended by
revising the introductory text to read as
follows:
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
§ 1039.10
How is this part organized?
The regulations in this part 1039
contain provisions that affect both
engine manufacturers and others.
However, the requirements of this part
are generally addressed to the engine
manufacturer. The term ‘‘you’’ generally
means the engine manufacturer, as
defined in § 1039.801. This part 1039 is
divided into the following subparts:
*
*
*
*
*
I 194. Section 1039.101 is amended by
revising paragraph (g)(2) to read as
follows:
§ 1039.101 What exhaust emission
standards must my engines meet after the
2014 model year?
*
*
*
*
*
(g) * * *
(2) You may request in your
application for certification that we
approve a shorter useful life for an
engine family. We may approve a
shorter useful life, in hours of engine
operation but not in years, if we
determine that these engines will rarely
operate longer than the shorter useful
life. If engines identical to those in the
engine family have already been
produced and are in use, your
demonstration must include
documentation from such in-use
engines. In other cases, your
demonstration must include an
engineering analysis of information
equivalent to such in-use data, such as
data from research engines or similar
engine models thatare already in
production. Your demonstration must
also include any overhaul interval that
you recommend, any mechanical
warranty that you offer for the engine or
its components, and any relevant
customer design specifications. Your
demonstration may include any other
relevant information. The useful life
value may not be shorter than any of the
following:
(i) 1,000 hours of operation.
(ii) Your recommended overhaul
interval.
(iii) Your mechanical warranty for the
engine.
*
*
*
*
*
I 195. Section 1039.104 is amended by
revising paragraph (a)(4)(iii) to read as
follows:
§ 1039.104 Are there interim provisions
that apply only for a limited time?
*
*
*
*
*
(a) * * *
(4) * * *
(iii) All other offset-using engines
must meet the standards and other
provisions that apply in model year
2011 for engines in the 19–130 kW
power categories, in model year 2010 for
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
engines in the 130–560 kW power
category, or in model year 2014 for
engines above 560 kW. Show that
engines meet these emission standards
by meeting all the requirements of
§ 1068.265. You must meet the labeling
requirements in § 1039.135, but add the
following statement instead of the
compliance statement in
§ 1039.135(c)(12): ‘‘THIS ENGINE
MEETS U.S. EPA
EMISSIONSTANDARDS UNDER 40
CFR 1039.104(a).’’ For power categories
witha percentage phase-in, these
engines should be treated as phase-in
engines for purposes of determining
compliance with phase-in requirements.
*
*
*
*
*
I 196. Section 1039.120 is amended by
revising paragraph (b) before the table to
read as follows:
§ 1039.130 What installation instructions
must I give to equipment manufacturers?
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(3) Describe the instructions needed
to properly install the exhaust system
and any other components. Include
instructions consistent with the
requirements of § 1039.205(u).
*
*
*
*
*
I 199. Section 1039.225 is amended by
revising the section heading and adding
paragraphs (a)(3) and (f) to read as
follows:
§ 1039.225 How do I amend my application
for certification to include new or modified
engines or to change an FEL?
*
*
*
*
(a) * * *
(3) Modify an FEL for an engine
family, as described in paragraph (f) of
this section.
§ 1039.120 What emission-related warranty
*
*
*
*
*
requirements apply to me?
(f) You may ask to change your FEL
*
*
*
*
*
in the following cases:
(b) Warranty period. Your emission(1) You may ask to raise your FEL
related warranty must be valid for at
after the start of production. You may
least as long as the minimum warranty
not apply the higher FEL to engines you
periods listed in this paragraph (b) in
have already introduced into commerce.
hours of operation and years, whichever Use the appropriate FELs with
comes first. You may offer an emissioncorresponding sales volumes to
related warranty more generous than we calculate your averageemission level, as
require. The emission-related warranty
described in subpart H of this part. In
for the engine may not be shorter than
your request, you must demonstrate that
any published warranty you offer
you will still be able to comply with the
without charge for the engine. Similarly, applicable averageemission standards as
the emission-related warranty for any
specified in subparts B and H of this
component may not be shorter than any part.
published warranty you offer without
(2) You may ask to lower the FEL for
charge for that component. If an engine
your engine family after the start of
has no hour meter, we base the warranty production only when you have test
periods in this paragraph (b) only on the data from production engines indicating
engine’s age (in years). The warranty
that your engines comply with the lower
period begins when the engine is placed FEL. You may create a separate
into service. The minimum warranty
subfamily with the lower FEL.
periods are shown in the following
Otherwise, you must use the higher FEL
table:
for the family to calculate your average
*
*
*
*
*
emission level under subpart H of this
part.
I 197. Section 1039.125 is amended by
(3) If you change the FEL during
revising paragraph (g) introductory text
production, you must include the new
to readas follows:
FEL on the emission control information
§ 1039.125 What maintenance instructions label for all engines produced after the
must I give to buyers?
change.
*
*
*
*
*
I 200. Section 1039.240 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a) and (b) to read as
(g) Payment for scheduled
follows:
maintenance. Owners are responsible
for properly maintaining their engines.
§ 1039.240 How do I demonstrate that my
This generally includes paying for
engine family complies with exhaust
scheduled maintenance. However,
emission standards?
manufacturers must pay for scheduled
(a) For purposes of certification, your
maintenance during the useful life if it
engine family is considered in
meets all the following criteria:
compliance with the applicable
*
*
*
*
*
numerical emission standards in
§ 1039.101(a) and (b), § 1039.102(a) and
I 198. Section 1039.130 is amended by
(b), § 1039.104, and § 1039.105 if all
revising paragraph (b)(3) to read as
emission-data engines representing that
follows:
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
*
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40463
family have test results showing
deteriorated emission levels at or below
these standards. (Note: if you participate
in the ABT program in subpart H of this
part, your FELs are considered to be the
applicable emission standards with
which you must comply.)
(b) Your engine family is deemed not
to comply if any emission-data engine
representing that family has test results
showing a deteriorated emission level
above an applicable FEL or emission
standard from § 1039.101, § 1039.102,
§ 1039.104, or § 1039.105 for any
pollutant.
*
*
*
*
*
§ 1039.260
[Removed]
201. Section 1039.260 is removed.
202. Section 1039.501 is amended by
revising paragraph (a) to read as follows:
I
I
§ 1039.501
test?
How do I run a valid emission
(a) Use the equipment and procedures
for compression-ignition engines in 40
CFR part 1065 to determine whether
engines meet the duty-cycle emission
standards in § 1039.101(a) and (b).
Measure the emissions of all the
pollutants we regulate in § 1039.101 as
specified in 40 CFR part 1065. Use the
applicable duty cycles specified in
§§ 1039.505 and 1039.510.
*
*
*
*
*
§ 1039.510
[Amended]
203. Section 1039.510 is amended by
removing paragraphs (c) and (d).
I 204. Section 1039.605 is amended by
revising the section heading and adding
paragraph (g) to read as follows:
I
§ 1039.605 What provisions apply to
engines certified under the motor-vehicle
program?
*
*
*
*
*
(g) Participation in averaging, banking
and trading. Engines adapted for
nonroad use under this section may not
generate or use emission credits under
this part 1039. These engines may
generate credits under the ABT
provisions in 40 CFR part 86. These
engines must use emission credits under
40 CFR part 86 if they are certified to
an FEL that exceeds an applicable
standard under 40 CFR part 86.
I 205. Section 1039.610 is amended by
revising the section heading and adding
paragraph (g) to read as follows:
§ 1039.610 What provisions apply to
vehicles certified under the motor-vehicle
program?
*
*
*
*
*
(g) Participation in averaging, banking
and trading. Vehicles adapted for
nonroad use under this section may not
generate or use emission credits under
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40464
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
this part 1039. These vehicles may
generate credits under the ABT
provisions in 40 CFR part 86. These
vehicles must be included in the
calculation of the applicable fleet
average in 40 CFR part 86.
206. Section 1039.625 is amended by
revising the last entry in Table 1 and
paragraph (j) to read as follows:
I
§ 1039.625 What requirements apply under
the program for equipment-manufacturer
flexibility?
*
*
*
(a) * * *
(1) * * *
*
*
TABLE 1 OF § 1039.625.—GENERAL AVAILABILITY OF ALLOWANCES
Power category
Calendar
years
*
*
*
*
*
*
kW > 560 .............................................................................................................................................................................................
*
2011–2017
*
*
*
*
*
(j) Provisions for engine
manufacturers. As an engine
manufacturer, you may
produceexempted engines as needed
under this section. You do not have to
request thisexemption for your engines,
but you must have written assurance
from equipment manufacturers that they
need a certain number of exempted
engines under this section. Send us an
annual report of the engines you
produce under this section, as described
in § 1039.250(a). For engines produced
under the provisions of paragraph (a)(2)
of this section, you must certify the
engines under this part 1039. For all
other exempt engines, the engines must
meet the emission standards in
paragraph (e) of this section and you
must meet all the requirements of 40
CFR 1068.265. If you show under 40
CFR 1068.265(c) that the engines are
identical in all material respects to
engines that you have previously
certified to one or more FELs above the
standards specified in paragraph (e) of
this section, you must supply sufficient
credits for these engines. Calculate these
credits under subpart H of this part
using the previously certified FELs and
the alternate standards. You must meet
the labeling requirements in 40 CFR
89.110, but add the following statement
instead of the compliance statement in
40 CFR 89.110(b)(10):
THIS ENGINE MEETS U.S. EPA EMISSION
STANDARDS UNDER 40 CFR 1039.625.
SELLING OR INSTALLING THIS ENGINE
FOR ANY PURPOSEOTHER THAN FOR THE
EQUIPMENT FLEXIBILITY PROVISIONS OF
40CFR 1039.625 MAY BE A VIOLATION OF
FEDERAL LAW SUBJECT TOCIVIL
PENALTY.
*
*
*
*
*
I 207. Section 1039.655 is amended by
revising paragraph (a)(3) to read as
follows:
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
§ 1039.655 What special provisions apply
to engines sold in Guam, American Samoa,
or the Commonwealth of the Northern
Mariana Islands?
(a) * * *
(3) You meet all the requirements of
40 CFR 1068.265.
*
*
*
*
*
I 208. Section 1039.740 amended by
adding paragraph (b)(4) to read as
follows:
§ 1039.740 What restrictions apply for
using emission credits?
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(4) If the maximum power of an
engine generating credits under the Tier
2 standards in 40 CFR part 89 is at or
above 37 kW and below 75 kW, you may
use those credits for certifying engines
under the Option #1 standards in
§ 1039.102.
*
*
*
*
*
I 209. Section 1039.801 is amended by
revising the definitions for
Aftertreatment, Brake power, Constantspeed operation, Exempted, Good
engineering judgment, Marineengine,
Marine vessel, Maximum test speed,
Motor vehicle, Revoke, Suspend,United
States, and Void and adding a definition
for Amphibious vehicle to read as
follows:
§ 1039.801
part?
What definitions apply to this
*
*
*
*
*
Aftertreatment means relating to a
catalytic converter, particulate filter, or
any other system, component, or
technology mounted downstream of the
exhaust valve (orexhaust port) whose
design function is to decrease emissions
in the engine exhaust before it is
exhausted to the environment. Exhaustgas recirculation (EGR) and
turbochargers are not aftertreatment.
*
*
*
*
*
Amphibious vehicle means a vehicle
with wheels or tracks that is designed
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
primarily for operation on land and
secondarily for operation in water.
*
*
*
*
*
Brake power means the usable power
output of the engine, not including
power required to fuel, lubricate, or heat
the engine, circulate coolant to the
engine, or to operateaftertreatment
devices.
*
*
*
*
*
Constant-speed operation means
engine operation with a governor that
controls the operator input to maintain
an engine at a reference speed, even
under changing load. For example, an
isochronous governor changes reference
speed temporarily during a load change,
then returns the engine to its original
reference speed after the engine
stabilizes. Isochronous governors
typically allow speed changes up to
1.0%. Another example is a speeddroop governor, which has a fixed
reference speed at zero load and allows
the reference speed to decrease as load
increases. With speed-droop governors,
speed typically decreases (3 to 10)%
below the reference speed at zero load,
such that the minimum reference speed
occurs near the engine’s point of
maximum power.
*
*
*
*
*
Exempted has the meaning we give in
40 CFR 1068.30.
*
*
*
*
*
Good engineering judgment has the
meaning we give in 40 CFR 1068.30. See
40 CFR 1068.5 for the administrative
process we use to evaluate good
engineering judgment.
*
*
*
*
*
Marine engine means a nonroad
engine that is installed or intended to be
installed on a marine vessel. This
includes a portable auxiliary marine
engine only if its fueling, cooling, or
exhaust system is an integral part of the
vessel. There are two kinds of
marineengines:
(1) Propulsion marine engine means a
marine engine that moves a vessel
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40465
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
through the water or directs the vessel’s
movement.
(2) Auxiliary marine engine means a
marine engine not used for propulsion.
Marine vessel has the meaning given
in 1 U.S.C. 3, except that it does not
include amphibious vehicles. The
definition in 1 U.S.C. 3 very broadly
includes every craft capable of being
used as a means of transportation on
water.
*
*
*
*
*
Maximum test speed has the meaning
we give in 40 CFR 1065.1001.
*
*
*
*
*
Motor vehicle has the meaning we
give in 40 CFR 85.1703(a).
*
*
*
*
*
Revoke has the meaning we give in 40
CFR 1068.30.
*
*
*
*
*
Suspend has the meaning we give in
40 CFR 1068.30.
*
*
*
*
*
Time(s)
United States has the meaning we
give in 40 CFR 1068.30.
*
*
*
*
*
Void has the meaning we give in 40
CFR 1068.30.
*
*
*
*
*
I 210. Appendix VI to part 1039 is
amended in the table by adding a
footnote to read as follows:
Normalized speed
(percent)
*
1 The
*
*
Appendix VI to Part 1039—Nonroad
Compression-Ignition Composite
TransientCycle
Normalized torque
(percent)1
*
*
*
*
percent torque is relative to maximum torque at the commanded engine speed.
PART 1048—CONTROL OF EMISSIONS
FROM NEW, LARGE NONROAD
SPARK-IGNITION ENGINES
§ 1048.5 Which engines are excluded from
this part’s requirements?
213. Section 1048.1 is revised to read
as follows:
This part does not apply to the
following nonroad engines:
(a) Engines that are certified to meet
the requirements of 40 CFR part 1051,
or are otherwise subject to 40 CFR part
1051 (for example, engines used in
snowmobiles and all-terrain vehicles).
(b) Propulsion marine engines. See 40
CFR part 91. This part applies with
respect to auxiliary marine engines.
I 215. Section 1048.10 is revised to read
as follows:
§ 1048.1
§ 1048.10
211. The authority citation for part
1048 is revised to read as follows:
I
Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401—7671q.
212. The heading for subpart A is
revised to read as follows:
I
Subpart A—Overview and Applicability
I
Does this part apply to me?
(a) The regulations in this part 1048
apply for all new, spark-ignition
nonroad engines (defined in § 1048.801)
with maximum engine power above 19
kW, except as provided in § 1048.5.
(b) This part 1048 applies for engines
built on or after January 1, 2004. You
need not follow this part for engines you
produce before January 1, 2004. See
§§ 1048.101 through 1048.115,
§ 1048.145, and the definition of model
year in § 1048.801 for more information
about the timing of new requirements.
(c) The definition of nonroad engine
in 40 CFR 1068.30 excludes certain
engines used in stationary applications.
These engines are not required to
comply with this part, except for the
requirements in § 1048.20. In addition,
if these engines are uncertified, the
prohibitions in 40 CFR 1068.101 restrict
their use as nonroad engines.
(d) In certain cases, the regulations in
this part 1048 apply to engines with
maximum engine power at or below 19
kW that would otherwise be covered by
40 CFR part 90. See 40 CFR 90.913 for
provisions related to this allowance.
I 214. Section 1048.5 is revised to read
as follows:
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
How is this part organized?
The regulations in this part 1048
contain provisions that affect both
engine manufacturers and others.
However, the requirements of this part
are generally addressed to the engine
manufacturer. The term ‘‘you’’ generally
means the engine manufacturer, as
defined in § 1048.801. This part 1048 is
divided into the following subparts:
(a) Subpart A of this part defines the
applicability of part 1048 and gives an
overview of regulatory requirements.
(b) Subpart B of this part describes the
emission standards and other
requirements that must be met to certify
engines under this part. Note that
§ 1048.145 discusses certain interim
requirements and compliance
provisions that apply only for a limited
time.
(c) Subpart C of this part describes
how to apply for a certificate of
conformity.
(d) Subpart D of this part describes
general provisions for testing
production-line engines.
(e) Subpart E of this part describes
general provisions for testing in-use
engines.
(f) Subpart F of this part describes
how to test your engines (including
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
references to other parts of the Code of
Federal Regulations).
(g) Subpart G of this part and 40 CFR
part 1068 describe requirements,
prohibitions, and other provisions that
apply to engine manufacturers,
equipment manufacturers, owners,
operators, rebuilders, and all others.
(h) [Reserved]
(i) Subpart I of this part contains
definitions and other reference
information.
I 216. Section 1048.15 is revised to read
as follows:
§ 1048.15 Do any other regulation parts
affect me?
(a) Part 1065 of this chapter describes
procedures and equipment
specifications for testing engines.
Subpart F of this part 1048 describes
how to apply the provisions of part 1065
of this chapter to determine whether
engines meet the emission standards in
this part.
(b) The requirements and prohibitions
of part 1068 of this chapter apply to
everyone, including anyone who
manufactures, imports, installs, owns,
operates, or rebuilds any of the engines
subject to this part 1048, or equipment
containing these engines. Part 1068 of
this chapter describes general
provisions, including these seven areas:
(1) Prohibited acts and penalties for
engine manufacturers, equipment
manufacturers, and others.
(2) Rebuilding and other aftermarket
changes.
(3) Exclusions and exemptions for
certain engines.
(4) Importing engines.
(5) Selective enforcement audits of
your production.
(6) Defect reporting and recall.
(7) Procedures for hearings.
(c) Other parts of this chapter apply
if referenced in this part.
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40466
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
217. Section 1048.20 is revised to read
as follows:
I
§ 1048.20 What requirements from this
part apply to excluded stationary engines?
(a) You must add a permanent label
or tag to each new engine you produce
or import that is excluded under
§ 1048.1(c) as a stationary engine. To
meet labeling requirements, you must
do the following things:
(1) Attach the label or tag in one piece
so no one can remove it without
destroying or defacing it.
(2) Secure it to a part of the engine
needed for normal operation and not
normally requiring replacement.
(3) Make sure it is durable and
readable for the engine’s entire life.
(4) Write it in English.
(5) Follow the requirements in
§ 1048.135(g) regarding duplicate labels
if the engine label is obscured in the
final installation.
(b) Engine labels or tags required
under this section must have the
following information:
(1) Include the heading ‘‘EMISSION
CONTROL INFORMATION’’.
(2) Include your full corporate name
and trademark. You may instead
include the full corporate name and
trademark of another company you
choose to designate.
(3) State the engine displacement (in
liters) and maximum engine power.
(4) State: ‘‘THIS ENGINE IS
EXCLUDED FROM THE
REQUIREMENTS OF 40 CFR PART
1048 AS A ‘‘STATIONARY ENGINE.’’
INSTALLING ORUSING THIS ENGINE
IN ANY OTHER APPLICATION MAY
BE AVIOLATION OF FEDERAL LAW
SUBJECT TO CIVIL PENALTY.’’.
I 218. Section 1048.101 is amended by
revising the introductory text and
paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (e), (g), and (h) to
read as follows:
§ 1048.101 What exhaust emission
standards must my engines meet?
The exhaust emission standards of
this section apply by model year. You
may certify engines earlier than we
require. The Tier 1 standards apply only
to steady-state testing, as described in
paragraph (b) of this section. The Tier 2
standards apply to steady-state,
transient, and field testing, as described
in paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this
section.
(a) Emission standards for transient
testing. Starting in the 2007 model year,
transient exhaust emissions from your
engines may not exceed the Tier 2
emission standards, as follows:
(1) Measure emissions using the
applicable transient test procedures
described in subpart F of this part.
(2) The Tier 2 HC+NOX standard is
2.7 g/kW-hr and the Tier 2 CO standard
is 4.4 g/kW-hr. For severe-duty engines,
the Tier 2 HC+NOX standard is 2.7 g/
kW-hr and the Tier 2 CO standard is
130.0 g/kW-hr. The following engines
are not subject to the transient standards
in this paragraph (a):
(i) High-load engines.
(ii) Engines with maximum engine
power above 560 kW.
(iii) Engines with maximum test
speed above 3400 rpm.
(3) You may optionally certify your
engines according to the following
formula instead of the standards in
paragraph (a)(1) of this section:
(HC+NOX) × CO0.784 ≤ 8.57. The
HC+NOX and CO emission levels you
select to satisfy this formula, rounded to
the nearest 0.1 g/kW-hr, become the
emission standards that apply for those
engines. You may not select an HC+NOX
emission standard higher than 2.7 g/kWhr or a CO emission standard higher
than 20.6 g/kW-hr. The following table
illustrates a range of possible values
under this paragraph (a)(3):
TABLE 1 OF § 1048.101.—EXAMPLES
OF POSSIBLE TIER 2 DUTY-CYCLE
EMISSION STANDARDS
HC+NOX
(g/kW-hr)
2.7
2.2
1.7
1.3
1.0
0.8
CO
(g/kW-hr)
.............................................
.............................................
.............................................
.............................................
.............................................
.............................................
4.4
5.6
7.9
11.1
15.5
20.6
(b) Standards for steady-state testing.
Except as we allow in paragraph (d) of
this section, steady-state exhaust
emissions from your engines may not
exceed emission standards, as follows:
(1) Measure emissions using the
applicable steady-state test procedures
described in subpart F of this part:
(2) The following table shows the Tier
1 exhaust emission standards that apply
to engines from 2004 through 2006
model years:
TABLE 2 OF § 1048.101.—TIER 1 EMISSION STANDARDS (G/KW–HR)
General emission standards
Testing
HC+NOX
Certification and production-line testing ..........................................................................
In-use testing ...................................................................................................................
(3) Starting in the 2007 model year,
steady-state exhaust emissions from
your engines may not exceed the
numerical emission standards in
paragraph (a) of this section. See
paragraph (d) of this section for
alternate standards that apply for certain
engines.
(c) Standards for field testing. Starting
in 2007, exhaust emissions may not
exceed field-testing standards, as
follows:
(1) Measure emissions using the fieldtesting procedures in subpart F of this
part:
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
(2) The HC+NOX standard is 3.8 g/
kW-hr and the CO standard is 6.5 g/kWhr. For severe-duty engines, the
HC+NOX standard is 3.8 g/kW-hr and
the CO standard is 200.0 g/kW-hr. For
natural gas-fueled engines, you are not
required to measure nonmethane
hydrocarbon emissions or total
hydrocarbon emissions for testing to
show that the engine meets the emission
standards of this paragraph (c); that is,
you may assume HC emissions are equal
to zero.
(3) You may apply the following
formula to determine alternate emission
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
CO
4.0
5.4
Alternate emission standards for severe-duty engines
HC+NOX
50.0
50.0
4.0
5.4
CO
130.0
130.0
standards that apply to your engines
instead of the standards in paragraph
(c)(1) of this section: (HC+NOX) ×
CO0.791 ≤ 16.78. HC+NOX emission
levels may not exceed 3.8 g/kW-hr and
CO emission levels may not exceed 31.0
g/kW-hr. The following table illustrates
a range of possible values under this
paragraph (c)(2):
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 3 OF § 1048.101.—EXAMPLES documentation from such in-use
OF POSSIBLE TIER 2 FIELD-TESTING engines. In other cases, your
demonstration must include an
EMISSION STANDARDS
HC+NOX
(g/kW-hr)
3.8
3.1
2.4
1.8
1.4
1.1
CO
(g/kW-hr)
.............................................
.............................................
.............................................
.............................................
.............................................
.............................................
*
6.5
8.5
11.7
16.8
23.1
31.0
*
*
*
*
(e) Fuel types. The exhaust emission
standards in this section apply for
engines using each type of fuel specified
in 40 CFR part 1065, subpart H, on
which the engines in the engine family
are designed to operate, except for
engines certified under § 1048.625. For
engines certified under § 1048.625, the
standards of this section apply to
emissions measured using the specified
test fuel. You must meet the numerical
emission standards for hydrocarbons in
this section based on the following
types of hydrocarbon emissions for
engines powered by the following fuels:
(1) Gasoline- and LPG-fueled engines:
THC emissions.
(2) Natural gas-fueled engines: NMHC
emissions.
(3) Alcohol-fueled engines: THCE
emissions.
*
*
*
*
*
(g) Useful life. Your engines must
meet the exhaust emission standards in
paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section
over their full useful life. For severeduty engines, the minimum useful life
is 1,500 hours of operation or seven
years, whichever comes first. For all
other engines, the minimum useful life
is 5,000 hours of operation or seven
years, whichever comes first.
(1) Specify a longer useful life in
hours for an engine family under either
of two conditions:
(i) If you design, advertise, or market
your engine to operate longer than the
minimum useful life (your
recommended hours until rebuild may
indicate a longer design life).
(ii) If your basic mechanical warranty
is longer than the minimum useful life.
(2) You may request in your
application for certification that we
approve a shorter useful life for an
engine family. We may approve a
shorter useful life, in hours of engine
operation but not in years, if we
determine that these engines will rarely
operate longer than the shorter useful
life. If engines identical to those in the
engine family have already been
produced and are in use, your
demonstration must include
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
engineering analysis of information
equivalent to such in-use data, such as
data from research engines or similar
engine models that are already in
production. Your demonstration must
also include any overhaul interval that
you recommend, any mechanical
warranty that you offer for the engine or
its components, and any relevant
customer design specifications. Your
demonstration may include any other
relevant information. The useful life
value may not be shorter than any of the
following:
(i) 1,000 hours of operation.
(ii) Your recommended overhaul
interval.
(iii) Your mechanical warranty for the
engine.
(h) Applicability for testing. The
emission standards in this subpart apply
to all testing, including certification,
production-line, and in-use testing. For
production-line testing, you must
perform duty-cycle testing as specified
in §§ 1048.505 and 1048.510. The fieldtesting standards of this section apply
for those tests. You need not do
additional testing of production-line
engines to show that your engines meet
the field-testing standards.
I 219. Section 1048.105 is amended by
revising the section heading and adding
introductory text to read as follows:
§ 1048.105 What evaporative emission
standards and requirements apply?
The requirements of this section
apply to all engines that are subject to
this part, except auxiliary marine
engines.
*
*
*
*
*
I 220. Section 1048.115 is amended by
removing and reserving paragraph (d)
and revising the introductory text and
paragraphs (a), (b), (e), and (g) to read as
follows:
§ 1048.115 What other requirements must
my engines meet?
Engines subject to this part must meet
the following requirements:
(a) Crankcase emissions. Crankcase
emissions may not be discharged
directly into the ambient atmosphere
from any engine throughout its useful
life, except as follows:
(1) Engines may discharge crankcase
emissions to the ambient atmosphere if
the emissions are added to the exhaust
emissions (either physically or
mathematically) during all emission
testing. If you take advantage of this
exception, you must do the following
things:
(i) Manufacture the engines so that all
crankcase emissions can be routed into
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40467
the applicable sampling systems
specified in 40 CFR part 1065.
(ii) Account for deterioration in
crankcase emissions when determining
exhaust deterioration factors.
(2) For purposes of this paragraph (a),
crankcase emissions that are routed to
the exhaust upstream of exhaust
aftertreatment during all operation are
not considered to be discharged directly
into the ambient atmosphere.
(b) Torque broadcasting.
Electronically controlled engines must
broadcast their speed and output shaft
torque (in newton-meters). Engines may
alternatively broadcast a surrogate value
for determining torque. Engines must
broadcast engine parameters such that
they can be read with a remote device,
or broadcast them directly to their
controller area networks. This
information is necessary for testing
engines in the field (see § 1048.515).
This requirement applies beginning in
the 2007 model year. Small-volume
engine manufacturers may omit this
requirement.
*
*
*
*
*
(e) Adjustable parameters. Engines
that have adjustable parameters must
meet all the requirements of this part for
any adjustment in the physically
adjustable range. An operating
parameter is not considered adjustable if
you permanently seal it or if it is not
normally accessible using ordinary
tools. We may require that you set
adjustable parameters to any
specification within the adjustable range
during any testing, including
certification testing, selective
enforcement auditing, or in-use testing.
*
*
*
*
*
(g) Defeat devices. You may not equip
your engines with a defeat device. A
defeat device is an auxiliary emissioncontrol device that reduces the
effectiveness of emission controls under
conditions that the engine may
reasonably be expected to encounter
during normal operation and use. This
does not apply to auxiliary-emission
control devices you identify in your
certification application if any of the
following is true:
(1) The conditions of concern were
substantially included in the applicable
test procedures described in subpart F
of this part.
(2) You show your design is necessary
to prevent engine (or equipment)
damage or accidents.
(3) The reduced effectiveness applies
only to starting the engine.
I 221. Section 1048.120 is revised to
read as follows:
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40468
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
§ 1048.120 What emission-related warranty
requirements apply to me?
§ 1048.125 What maintenance instructions
must I give to buyers?
(a) General requirements. You must
warrant to the ultimate purchaser and
each subsequent purchaser that the new
nonroad engine, including all parts of
its emission-control system, meets two
conditions:
(1) It is designed, built, and equipped
so it conforms at the time of sale to the
ultimate purchaser with the
requirements of this part.
(2) It is free from defects in materials
and workmanship that may keep it from
meeting these requirements.
(b) Warranty period. Your emissionrelated warranty must be valid for at
least 50 percent of the engine’s useful
life in hours of operation or at least
three years, whichever comes first. In
the case of a high-cost warranted part,
the warranty must be valid for at least
70 percent of the engine’s useful life in
hours of operation or at least five years,
whichever comes first. You may offer an
emission-related warranty more
generous than we require. The emissionrelated warranty for the engine may not
be shorter than any published warranty
you offer without charge for the engine.
Similarly, the emission-related warranty
for any component may not be shorter
than any published warranty you offer
without charge for that component. If an
engine has no hour meter, we base the
warranty periods in this paragraph (b)
only on the engine’s age (in years). The
warranty period begins when the engine
is placed into service.
(c) Components covered. The
emission-related warranty covers all
components whose failure would
increase an engine’s emissions of any
pollutant. This includes components
listed in 40 CFR part 1068, Appendix I,
and components from any other system
you develop to control emissions. The
emission-related warranty covers these
components even if another company
produces the component. Your
emission-related warranty does not
cover components whose failure would
not increase an engine’s emissions of
any pollutant.
(d) Limited applicability. You may
deny warranty claims under this section
if the operator caused the problem
through improper maintenance or use,
as described in 40 CFR 1068.115.
(e) Owners manual. Describe in the
owners manual the emission-related
warranty provisions from this section
that apply to the engine.
I 222. Section 1048.125 is revised to
read as follows:
Give the ultimate purchaser of each
new nonroad engine written
instructions for properly maintaining
and using the engine, including the
emission-control system. The
maintenance instructions also apply to
service accumulation on your emissiondata engines, as described in 40 CFR
part 1065.
(a) Critical emission-related
maintenance. Critical emission-related
maintenance includes any adjustment,
cleaning, repair, or replacement of
critical emission-related components.
This may also include additional
emission-related maintenance that you
determine is critical if we approve it in
advance. You may schedule critical
emission-related maintenance on these
components if you meet the following
conditions:
(1) You demonstrate that the
maintenance is reasonably likely to be
done at the recommended intervals on
in-use engines. We will accept
scheduled maintenance as reasonably
likely to occur if you satisfy any of the
following conditions:
(i) You present data showing that, if
a lack of maintenance increases
emissions, it also unacceptably degrades
the engine’s performance.
(ii) You present survey data showing
that at least 80 percent of engines in the
field get the maintenance you specify at
the recommended intervals.
(iii) You provide the maintenance free
of charge and clearly say so in
maintenance instructions for the
customer.
(iv) You otherwise show us that the
maintenance is reasonably likely to be
done at the recommended intervals.
(2) You may not schedule critical
emission-related maintenance more
frequently than the following minimum
intervals, except as specified in
paragraphs (a)(3),
(b) and (c) of this section:
(i) For catalysts, fuel injectors,
electronic control units, superchargers,
and turbochargers: The useful life of the
engine family.
(ii) For gaseous fuel-system
components (cleaning without
disassembly only) and oxygen sensors:
2,500 hours.
(3) If your engine family has an
alternate useful life under § 1048.101(g)
that is shorter than the period specified
in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section,
you may not schedule critical emissionrelated maintenance more frequently
than the alternate useful life, except as
specified in paragraph (c) of this
section.
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(b) Recommended additional
maintenance. You may recommend any
additional amount of maintenance on
the components listed in paragraph (a)
of this section, as long as you state
clearly that these maintenance steps are
not necessary to keep the emissionrelated warranty valid. If operators do
the maintenance specified in paragraph
(a) of this section, but not the
recommended additional maintenance,
this does not allow you to disqualify
those engines from in-use testing or
deny a warranty claim. Do not take
these maintenance steps during service
accumulation on your emission-data
engines.
(c) Special maintenance. You may
specify more frequent maintenance to
address problems related to special
situations, such as substandard fuel or
atypical engine operation. For example,
you may specify more frequent cleaning
of fuel system components for engines
you have reason to believe will be using
fuel that causes substantially more
engine performance problems than
commercial fuels of the same type that
are generally available across the United
States. You must clearly state that this
additional maintenance is associated
with the special situation you are
addressing.
(d) Noncritical emission-related
maintenance. You may schedule any
amount of emission-related inspection
or maintenance that is not covered by
paragraph (a) of this section, as long as
you state in the owners manual that
these steps are not necessary to keep the
emission-related warranty valid. If
operators fail to do this maintenance,
this does not allow you to disqualify
those engines from in-use testing or
deny a warranty claim. Do not take
these inspection or maintenance steps
during service accumulation on your
emission-data engines.
(e) Maintenance that is not emissionrelated. For maintenance unrelated to
emission controls, you may schedule
any amount of inspection or
maintenance. You may also take these
inspection or maintenance steps during
service accumulation on your emissiondata engines, as long as they are
reasonable and technologically
necessary. This might include adding
engine oil, changing air, fuel, or oil
filters, servicing engine-cooling systems,
and adjusting idle speed, governor,
engine bolt torque, valve lash, or
injector lash. You may perform this
nonemission-related maintenance on
emission-data engines at the least
frequent intervals that you recommend
to the ultimate purchaser (but not the
intervals recommended for severe
service).
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
(f) Source of parts and repairs. State
clearly on the first page of your written
maintenance instructions that a repair
shop or person of the owner’s choosing
may maintain, replace, or repair
emission-control devices and systems.
Your instructions may not require
components or service identified by
brand, trade, or corporate name. Also,
do not directly or indirectly condition
your warranty on a requirement that the
engine be serviced by your franchised
dealers or any other service
establishments with which you have a
commercial relationship. You may
disregard the requirements in this
paragraph (f) if you do one of two
things:
(1) Provide a component or service
without charge under the purchase
agreement.
(2) Get us to waive this prohibition in
the public’s interest by convincing us
the engine will work properly only with
the identified component or service.
(g) Payment for scheduled
maintenance. Owners are responsible
for properly maintaining their engines.
This generally includes paying for
scheduled maintenance. However,
manufacturers must pay for scheduled
maintenance during the useful life if it
meets all the following criteria:
(1) Each affected component was not
in general use on similar engines before
January 1, 2004.
(2) The primary function of each
affected component is to reduce
emissions.
(3) The cost of the scheduled
maintenance is more than 2 percent of
the price of the engine.
(4) Failure to perform the
maintenance would not cause clear
problems that would significantly
degrade the engine’s performance.
(h) Owners manual. Explain the
owner’s responsibility for proper
maintenance in the owners manual.
I 223. Section 1048.130 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a), (b)(3), (b)(7), and
(b)(8); and adding paragraph (d) to read
as follows:
§ 1048.130 What installation instructions
must I give to equipment manufacturers?
(a) If you sell an engine for someone
else to install in a piece of nonroad
equipment, give the engine installer
instructions for installing it consistent
with the requirements of this part.
Include all information necessary to
ensure that an engine will be installed
in its certified configuration.
(b) * * *
(3) Describe the instructions needed
to properly install the exhaust system
and any other components. Include
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
instructions consistent with the
requirements of § 1048.205(v).
*
*
*
*
*
(7) Describe any other instructions to
make sure the installed engine will
operate according to design
specifications in your application for
certification. This may include, for
example, instructions for installing
aftertreatment devices when installing
the engines.
(8) State: ‘‘If you install the engine in
a way that makes the engine’s emission
control information label hard to read
during normal engine maintenance, you
must place a duplicate label on the
equipment, as described in 40 CFR
1068.105.’’.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) Provide instructions in writing or
in an equivalent format. For example,
you may post instructions on a publicly
available Web site for downloading or
printing. If you do not provide the
instructions in writing, explain in your
application for certification how you
will ensure that each installer is
informed of the installation
requirements.
I 224. Section 1048.135 is revised to
read as follows:
§ 1048.135 How must I label and identify
the engines I produce?
(a) Assign each engine a unique
identification number and permanently
affix, engrave, or stamp it on the engine
in a legible way.
(b) At the time of manufacture, affix
a permanent and legible label
identifying each engine. The label must
be—
(1) Attached in one piece so it is not
removable without being destroyed or
defaced.
(2) Secured to a part of the engine
needed for normal operation and not
normally requiring replacement.
(3) Durable and readable for the
engine’s entire life.
(4) Written in English.
(c) The label must—
(1) Include the heading ‘‘EMISSION
CONTROL INFORMATION’’.
(2) Include your full corporate name
and trademark. You may identify
another company and use its trademark
instead of yours if you comply with the
provisions of § 1048.635.
(3) Include EPA’s standardized
designation for the engine family (and
subfamily, where applicable).
(4) State the engine’s displacement (in
liters); however, you may omit this from
the label if all the engines in the engine
family have the same per-cylinder
displacement and total displacement.
(5) State the date of manufacture
[MONTH and YEAR]. You may omit
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40469
this from the label if you keep a record
of the engine-manufacture dates and
provide it to us upon request.
(6) Identify the emission-control
system. Use terms and abbreviations
consistent with SAE J1930 (incorporated
by reference in § 1048.810). You may
omit this information from the label if
there is not enough room for it and you
put it in the owners manual instead.
(7) State: ‘‘THIS ENGINE IS
CERTIFIED TO OPERATE ON [specify
operating fuel or fuels].’’.
(8) Identify any requirements for fuel
and lubricants. You may omit this
information from the label if there is not
enough room for it and you put it in the
owners manual instead.
(9) List specifications and adjustments
for engine tuneups; show the proper
position for the transmission during
tuneup and state which accessories
should be operating. You may omit this
information from the label if there is not
enough room for it and you put it in the
owners manual instead.
(10) State the useful life for your
engine family if it has a longer useful
life under § 1048.101(g)(1) or a
shortened useful life under
§ 1048.101(g)(2).
(11) Identify the emission standards to
which you have certified the engine.
(12) State: ‘‘THIS ENGINE COMPLIES
WITH U.S. EPA REGULATIONS FOR
[MODEL YEAR] LARGE NONROAD SI
ENGINES.’’.
(13) If your engines are certified only
for constant-speed operation, state:
‘‘USE IN CONSTANT–SPEED
APPLICATIONS ONLY’’.
(14) If your engines are certified only
for variable-speed operation, state: ‘‘USE
IN VARIABLE–SPEED APPLICATIONS
ONLY’’.
(15) If your engines are certified only
for high-load engines, state: ‘‘THIS
ENGINE IS NOT INTENDED FOR
OPERATION AT LESS THAN 75
PERCENT OF FULL LOAD.’’.
(16) If you certify your engines under
§ 1048.101(d) (and show in your
application for certification that in-use
engines will experience infrequent highload operation), state: ‘‘THIS ENGINE IS
NOT INTENDED FOR OPERATION AT
MORE THANlPERCENT OF FULL
LOAD.’’. Specify the appropriate
percentage of full load based on the
nature of the engine protection. You
may add other statements to discourage
operation in engine-protection modes.
(17) If your engines are certified to the
voluntary standards in § 1048.140, state:
‘‘BLUE SKY SERIES’’.
(d) You may add information to the
emission control information label to
identify other emission standards that
the engine meets or does not meet (such
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40470
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
as California standards). You may also
add other information to ensure that the
engine will be properly maintained and
used.
(e) You may ask us to approve
modified labeling requirements in this
part 1048 if you show that it is
necessary or appropriate. We will
approve your request if your alternate
label is consistent with the requirements
of this part.
(f) If you obscure the engine label
while installing the engine in the
equipment such that the label will be
hard to read during normal
maintenance, you must place a
duplicate label on the equipment. If
others install your engine in their
equipment in a way that obscures the
engine label, we require them to add a
duplicate label on the equipment (see 40
CFR 1068.105); in that case, give them
the number of duplicate labels they
request and keep the following records
for at least five years:
(1) Written documentation of the
request from the equipment
manufacturer.
(2) The number of duplicate labels
you send and the date you sent them.
225. Section 1048.140 is amended by
revising paragraph (c) to read as follows:
I
§ 1048.140 What are the provisions for
certifying Blue Sky Series engines?
*
*
*
*
*
(c) For any model year, to receive a
certificate of conformity as a ‘‘Blue Sky
Series’’ engine family must meet all the
requirements in this part while
certifying to one of the sets of exhaust
emission standards in the following
table:
TABLE 1 OF § 1048.140.—LONG-TERM STANDARDS FOR BLUE SKY SERIES ENGINES (G/KW-HR)
Standards for steady-state and transient test procedures
Standards for field-testing procedures
HC+NOX
CO
HC+NOX
CO
0.80
0.60
0.40
0.20
0.10
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
1.10
0.84
0.56
0.28
0.14
6.6
6.6
6.6
6.6
6.6
*
*
*
*
*
226. Section 1048.145 is amended by
revising the section heading and
paragraph (a) and removing and
reserving paragraph(c) to read as follows:
I
§ 1048.145 Are there interim provisions
that apply only for a limited time?
*
*
*
*
*
(a) Family banking. This paragraph (a)
allows you to reduce the number of
engines subject to the Tier 2 standards
by certifying some of your engines
earlier than otherwise required, as
follows:
(1) For early-compliant engines to
generate offsets under this paragraph (a),
you must meet the following general
provisions:
(i) You must begin actual production
of early-compliant engines by
September 1, 2006.
(ii) Engines you produce after
December 31, 2006 may not generate
offsets.
(iii) Offset-generating engines must be
certified to the Tier 2 standards and
requirements under this part 1048.
(iv) If you certify engines under the
voluntary standards of § 1048.140, you
may not use them in your calculation
under this paragraph (a).
(2) For every offset-generating engine
certified to the Tier 2 standards, you
may reduce the number of engines with
the same maximum engine power that
are required to meet the Tier 2 standards
in later model years by one engine. You
may calculate power-weighted offsets
based on actual U.S.-directed sales
volumes. For example, if you produce a
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
total of 1,000 engines in 2005 and 2006
with an average maximum power of 60
kW certified to the Tier 2 standards, you
may delay certification to that tier of
standards for up to 60,000 kW-engineyears in any of the following ways:
(i) Delay certification of up to 600
engines with an average maximum
power of 100 kW for one model year.
(ii) Delay certification of up to 200
engines with an average maximum
power of 100 kW for three consecutive
model years.
(iii) Delay certification of up to 400
engines with an average maximum
power of 100 kW for one model year
and up to 50 engines with an average
maximum power of 200 kW for two
model years.
(3) Offset-using engines (that is, those
not required to certify to the Tier 2
standards) must be certified to the Tier
1 standards and requirements of this
part 1048. You may delay compliance
for up to three model years.
(4) By January 31 of each year in
which you use the provisions of this
paragraph (a), send us a report
describing how many offset-generating
or offset-using engines you produced in
the preceding model year.
*
*
*
*
*
I 227. Section 1048.201 is revised to
read as follows:
§ 1048.201 What are the general
requirements for obtaining a certificate of
conformity?
(a) You must send us a separate
application for a certificate of
conformity for each engine family. A
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
certificate of conformity is valid from
the indicated effective date
untilDecember 31 of the model year for
which it is issued.
(b) The application must contain all
the information required by this part
and must not include false or
incomplete statements or information
(see § 1048.255).
(c) We may ask you to include less
information than we specify in this
subpart, as long as you maintain all the
information required by § 1048.250.
(d) You must use good engineering
judgment for all decisions related to
your application (see 40 CFR 1068.5).
(e) An authorized representative of
your company must approve and sign
the application.
(f) See § 1048.255 for provisions
describing how we will process your
application.
(g) We may require you to deliver
your test engines to a facility we
designate for our testing (see
§ 1048.235(c)).
I 228. Section 1048.205 is revised to
read as follows:
§ 1048.205 What must I include in my
application?
This section specifies the information
that must be in your application, unless
we ask you to include less information
under § 1048.201(c). We may require
you to provide additional information to
evaluate your application.
(a) Describe the engine family’s
specifications and other basic
parameters of the engine’s design and
emission controls. List the fuel types on
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
which your engines are designed to
operate (for example, gasoline and
natural gas). List each distinguishable
engine configuration in the engine
family.
(b) Explain how the emission-control
system operates. Describe in detail all
system components for controlling
exhaust emissions, including all
auxiliary-emission control devices
(AECDs) and all fuel-system
components you will install on any
production or test engine. Describe the
evaporative emission controls. Identify
the part number of each component you
describe. For this paragraph (b), treat as
separate AECDs any devices that
modulate or activate differently from
each other. Include all the following:
(1) Give a general overview of the
engine, the emission-control strategies,
and all AECDs.
(2) Describe each AECD’s general
purpose and function.
(3) Identify the parameters that each
AECD senses (including measuring,
estimating, calculating, or empirically
deriving the values). Include
equipment-based parameters and state
whether you simulate them during
testing with the applicable procedures.
(4) Describe the purpose for sensing
each parameter.
(5) Identify the location of each sensor
the AECD uses.
(6) Identify the threshold values for
the sensed parameters that activate the
AECD.
(7) Describe the parameters that the
AECD modulates (controls) in response
to any sensed parameters, including the
range of modulation for each parameter,
the relationship between the sensed
parameters and the controlled
parameters and how the modulation
achieves the AECD’s stated purpose.
Use graphs and tables, as necessary.
(8) Describe each AECD’s specific
calibration details. This may be in the
form of data tables, graphical
representations, or some other
description.
(9) Describe the hierarchy among the
AECDs when multiple AECDs sense or
modulate the same parameter. Describe
whether the strategies interact in a
comparative or additive manner and
identify which AECD takes precedence
in responding, if applicable.
(10) Explain the extent to which the
AECD is included in the applicable test
procedures specified in subpart F of this
part.
(11) Do the following additional
things for AECDs designed to protect
engines or equipment:
(i) Identify the engine and/or
equipment design limits that make
protection necessary and describe any
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
damage that would occur without the
AECD.
(ii) Describe how each sensed
parameter relates to the protected
components’ design limits or those
operating conditions that cause the need
for protection.
(iii) Describe the relationship between
the design limits/parameters being
protected and the parameters sensed or
calculated as surrogates for those design
limits/parameters, if applicable.
(iv) Describe how the modulation by
the AECD prevents engines and/or
equipment from exceeding design
limits.
(v) Explain why it is necessary to
estimate any parameters instead of
measuring them directly and describe
how the AECD calculates the estimated
value, if applicable.
(vi) Describe how you calibrate the
AECD modulation to activate only
during conditions related to the stated
need to protect components and only as
needed to sufficiently protect those
components in a way that minimizes the
emission impact.
(c) Explain how the engine diagnostic
system works, describing especially the
engine conditions (with the
corresponding diagnostic trouble codes)
that cause the malfunction-indicator
light to go on. Propose what you
consider to be extreme conditions under
which the diagnostic system should
disregard trouble codes, as described in
§ 1048.110.
(d) Describe the engines you selected
for testing and the reasons for selecting
them.
(e) Describe the test equipment and
procedures that you used, including any
special or alternate test procedures you
used (see § 1048.501).
(f) Describe how you operated the
emission-data engine before testing,
including the duty cycle and the
number of engine operating hours used
to stabilize emission levels. Explain
why you selected the method of service
accumulation. Describe any scheduled
maintenance you did.
(g) List the specifications of each test
fuel to show that it falls within the
required ranges we specify in 40 CFR
part 1065, subpart H.
(h) Identify the engine family’s useful
life.
(i) Include the maintenance
instructions you will give to the
ultimate purchaser of each new nonroad
engine (see § 1048.125).
(j) Include the emission-related
installation instructions you will
provide if someone else installs your
engines in a piece of nonroad
equipment (see § 1048.130).
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40471
(k) Identify each high-cost warranted
part and show us how you calculated its
replacement cost, including the
estimated retail cost of the part, labor
rates, and labor hours to diagnose and
replace defective parts.
(l) Describe your emission control
information label (see § 1048.135).
(m) Identify the emission standards to
which you are certifying engines in the
engine family.
(n) Identify the engine family’s
deterioration factors and describe how
you developed them (see § 1048.240).
Present any emission test data you used
for this.
(o) State that you operated your
emission-data engines as described in
the application(including the test
procedures, test parameters, and test
fuels) to show you meet the
requirements of this part.
(p) Present emission data to show that
you meet emission standards, as
follows:
(1) Present exhaust emission data for
HC, NOX, and CO on an emission-data
engine to show your engines meet the
applicable duty-cycle emission
standards we specify in § 1048.101.
Show emission figures before and after
applying adjustment factors for
deterioration factors for each engine.
Include test data for each type of fuel
from 40 CFR part 1065, subpart H, on
which you intend for engines in the
engine family to operate (for example,
gasoline, liquefied petroleum gas,
methanol, or natural gas). If we specify
more than one grade of any fuel type
(for example, a summer grade and
winter grade of gasoline), you only need
to submit test data for one grade, unless
the regulations of this part specify
otherwise for your engine. Note that
§ 1048.235 allows you to submit an
application in certain cases without new
emission data.
(2) If your engine family includes a
volatile liquid fuel (and you do not use
design-based certification under
§ 1048.245), present evaporative test
data to show your vehicles meet the
evaporative emission standards we
specify in subpart B of this part. Show
these figures before and after applying
deterioration factors, where applicable.
(q) State that all the engines in the
engine family comply with the fieldtesting emission standards we specify in
§ 1048.104 for all normal operation and
use when tested as specified in
§ 1048.515. Describe any relevant
testing, engineering analysis, or other
information in sufficient detail to
support your statement.
(r) For engines with maximum engine
power above 560 kW, include
information showing how your emission
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40472
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
controls will function during normal inuse transient operation. For example,
this might include the following:
(1) Emission data from transient
testing of engines using measurement
systems designed for measuring in-use
emissions.
(2) Comparison of the engine design
for controlling transient emissions with
that from engines for which you have
emission data over the transient duty
cycle for certification.
(3) Detailed descriptions of control
algorithms and other design parameters
for controlling transient emissions.
(s) Report all test results, including
those from invalid tests or from any
other tests, whether or not they were
conducted according to the test
procedures of subpart F of this part. If
you measure CO2, report those emission
levels. We may ask you to send other
information to confirm that your tests
were valid under the requirements of
this part and 40 CFR part 1065.
(t) Describe all adjustable operating
parameters (see § 1048.115(e)),
including production tolerances.
Include the following in your
description of each parameter:
(1) The nominal or recommended
setting.
(2) The intended physically adjustable
range.
(3) The limits or stops used to
establish adjustable ranges.
(4) Information showing why the
limits, stops, or other means of
inhibiting adjustment are effective in
preventing adjustment of parameters on
in-use engines to settings outside your
intended physically adjustable ranges.
(u) Provide the information to read,
record, and interpret all the information
broadcast by an engine’s onboard
computers and electronic control units.
State that, upon request, you will give
us any hardware, software, or tools we
would need to do this. If you broadcast
a surrogate parameter for torque values,
you must provide us what we need to
convert these into torque units. You
may reference any appropriate publicly
released standards that define
conventions for these messages and
parameters. Format your information
consistent with publicly released
standards.
(v) Confirm that your emission-related
installation instructions specify how to
ensure that sampling of exhaust
emissions will be possible after engines
are installed in equipment and placed in
service. If this cannot be done by simply
adding a 20-centimeter extension to the
exhaust pipe, show how to sample
exhaust emissions in a way that
prevents diluting the exhaust sample
with ambient air.
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
(w) State whether your engine will
operate in variable-speed applications,
constant-speed applications, or both. If
your certification covers only constantspeed or only variable-speed
applications, describe how you will
prevent use of these engines in
applications for which they are not
certified.
(x) Unconditionally certify that all the
engines in the engine family comply
with the requirements of this part, other
referenced parts of the CFR, and the
Clean Air Act.
(y) Include estimates of U.S.-directed
production volumes.
(z) Include other applicable
information, such as information
specified in this part or part 1068 of this
chapter related to requests for
exemptions.
(aa) Name an agent for service of
process located in the United States.
Service on this agent constitutes service
on you or any of your officers or
employees for any action by EPA or
otherwise by the United States related to
the requirements of this part.
I 229. Section 1048.210 is revised to
read as follows:
§ 1048.210 May I get preliminary approval
before I complete my application?
If you send us information before you
finish the application, we will review it
and make any appropriate
determinations, especially for questions
related to engine family definitions,
auxiliary emission-control devices,
deterioration factors, testing for service
accumulation, and maintenance.
Decisions made under this section are
considered to be preliminary approval,
subject to final review and approval. We
will generally not reverse a decision
where we have given you preliminary
approval, unless we find new
information supporting a different
decision. If you request preliminary
approval related to the upcoming model
year or the model year after that, we will
make best-efforts to make the
appropriate determinations as soon as
practicable. We will generally not
provide preliminary approval related to
a future model year more than two years
ahead of time.
§ 1048.215
[Removed]
230. Section 1048.215 is removed.
231. Section 1048.220 is revised to
read as follows:
I
I
§ 1048.220 How do I amend the
maintenance instructions in my
application?
You may amend your emissionrelated maintenance instructions after
you submit your application for
certification, as long as the amended
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
instructions remain consistent with the
provisions of § 1048.125. You must send
the Designated Compliance Officer a
request to amend your application for
certification for an engine family if you
want to change the emission-related
maintenance instructions in a way that
could affect emissions. In your request,
describe the proposed changes to the
maintenance instructions. We will
disapprove your request if we determine
that the amended instructions are
inconsistent with maintenance you
performed on emission-data engines.
(a) If you are decreasing the specified
maintenance, you may distribute the
new maintenance instructions to your
customers 30 days after we receive your
request, unless we disapprove your
request. We may approve a shorter time
or waive this requirement.
(b) If your requested change would
not decrease the specified maintenance,
you may distribute the new
maintenance instructions anytime after
you send your request. For example,
this paragraph (b) would cover adding
instructions to increase the frequency of
a maintenance step for engines in
severe-duty applications.
(c) You need not request approval if
you are making only minor corrections
(such as correcting typographical
mistakes), clarifying your maintenance
instructions, or changing instructions
for maintenance unrelated to emission
control.
I 232. Section 1048.225 is revised to
read as follows:
§ 1048.225 How do I amend my application
for certification to include new or modified
engines?
Before we issue you a certificate of
conformity, you may amend your
application to include new or modified
engine configurations, subject to the
provisions of this section. After we have
issued your certificate of conformity,
you may send us an amended
application requesting that we include
new or modified engine configurations
within the scope of the certificate,
subject to the provisions of this section.
You must amend your application if any
changes occur with respect to any
information included in your
application.
(a) You must amend your application
before you take either of the following
actions:
(1) Add an engine (that is, an
additional engine configuration) to an
engine family. In this case, the engine
added must be consistent with other
engines in the engine family with
respect to the criteria listed in
§ 1048.230.
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
(2) Change an engine already included
in an engine family in a way that may
affect emissions, or change any of the
components you described in your
application for certification. This
includes production and design changes
that may affect emissions any time
during the engine’s lifetime.
(b) To amend your application for
certification, send the Designated
Compliance Officer the following
information:
(1) Describe in detail the addition or
change in the engine model or
configuration you intend to make.
(2) Include engineering evaluations or
data showing that the amended engine
family complies with all applicable
requirements. You may do this by
showing that the original emission-data
engine is still appropriate with respect
to showing compliance of the amended
family with all applicable requirements.
(3) If the original emission-data
engine for the engine family is not
appropriate to show compliance for the
new or modified nonroad engine,
include new test data showing that the
new or modified nonroad engine meets
the requirements of this part.
(c) We may ask for more test data or
engineering evaluations. You must give
us these within 30 days after we request
them.
(d) For engine families already
covered by a certificate of conformity,
we will determine whether the existing
certificate of conformity covers your
new or modified nonroad engine. You
may ask for a hearing if we deny your
request (see § 1048.820).
(e) For engine families already
covered by a certificate of conformity,
you may start producing the new or
modified nonroad engine anytime after
you send us your amended application,
before we make a decision under
paragraph (d) of this section. However,
if we determine that the affected engines
do not meet applicable requirements,
we will notify you to cease production
of the engines and may require you to
recall the engines at no expense to the
owner. Choosing to produce engines
under this paragraph (e) is deemed to be
consent to recall all engines that we
determine do not meet applicable
emission standards or other
requirements and to remedy the
nonconformity at no expense to the
owner. If you do not provide
information required under paragraph
(c) of this section within 30 days, you
must stop producing the new or
modified nonroad engines.
I 233. Section 1048.230 is revised to
read as follows:
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
§ 1048.230
families?
How do I select engine
(a) Divide your product line into
families of engines that are expected to
have similar emission characteristics
throughout the useful life. Your engine
family is limited to a single model year.
(b) Group engines in the same engine
family if they are the same in all of the
following aspects:
(1) The combustion cycle.
(2) The cooling system (water-cooled
vs. air-cooled).
(3) Configuration of the fuel system
(for example, fuel injection vs.
carburetion).
(4) Method of air aspiration.
(5) The number, location, volume, and
composition of catalytic converters.
(6) The number, arrangement, and
approximate bore diameter of cylinders.
(7) Evaporative emission controls.
(c) You may subdivide a group of
engines that is identical under
paragraph (b) of this section into
different engine families if you show the
expected emission characteristics are
different during the useful life.
(d) You may group engines that are
not identical with respect to the things
listed in paragraph (b) of this section in
the same engine family if you show that
their emission characteristics during the
useful life will be similar.
(e) You may create separate families
for exhaust emissions and evaporative
emissions. If we do this, list both
families on the emission control
information label.
(f) Where necessary, you may divide
an engine family into sub-families to
meet different emission standards, as
specified in § 1048.101(a)(2). For issues
related to compliance and prohibited
actions, we will generally apply
decisions to the whole engine family.
For engine labels and other
administrative provisions, we may
approve your request for separate
treatment of sub-families.
I 234. Section 1048.235 is revised to
read as follows:
§ 1048.235 What emission testing must I
perform for my application for a certificate
of conformity?
This section describes the emission
testing you must perform to show
compliance with the emission standards
in §§ 1048.101(a) and (b) and 1048.105
during certification. See § 1048.205(q)
regarding emission testing related to the
field-testing standards. See § 1048.240
and 40 CFR part 1065, subpart E,
regarding service accumulation before
emission testing.
(a) Test your emission-data engines
using the procedures and equipment
specified in subpart F of this part. For
PO 00000
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40473
any testing related to evaporative
emissions, use good engineering
judgment to include a complete fuel
system with the engine.
(b) Select emission-data engines
according to the following criteria:
(1) Exhaust testing. For each fuel type
from each engine family, select an
emission-data engine with a
configuration that is most likely to
exceed the exhaust emission standards,
using good engineering judgment.
Consider the emission levels of all
exhaust constituents over the full useful
life of the engine when operated in a
piece of equipment.
(2) Evaporative testing. For each
engine family that includes a volatile
liquid fuel, select a test fuel system with
a configuration that is most likely to
exceed the evaporative emission
standards, using good engineering
judgment.
(c) We may measure emissions from
any of your test engines or other engines
from the engine family, as follows:
(1) We may decide to do the testing
at your plant or any other facility. If we
do this, you must deliver the test engine
to a test facility we designate. The test
engine you provide must include
appropriate manifolds, aftertreatment
devices, electronic control units, and
other emission-related components not
normally attached directly to the engine
block. If we do the testing at your plant,
you must schedule it as soon as possible
and make available the instruments,
personnel, and equipment we need.
(2) If we measure emissions on one of
your test engines, the results of that
testing become the official emission
results for the engine. Unless we later
invalidate these data, we may decide
not to consider your data in determining
if your engine family meets applicable
requirements.
(3) Before we test one of your engines,
we may set its adjustable parameters to
any point within the physically
adjustable ranges (see § 1048.115(e)).
(4) Before we test one of your engines,
we may calibrate it within normal
production tolerances for anything we
do not consider an adjustable parameter.
(d) You may ask to use emission data
from a previous model year instead of
doing new tests, but only if all the
following are true:
(1) The engine family from the
previous model year differs from the
current engine family only with respect
to model year.
(2) The emission-data engine from the
previous model year remains the
appropriate emission-data engine under
paragraph (b) of this section.
(3) The data show that the emissiondata engine would meet all the
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40474
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
requirements that apply to the engine
family covered by the application for
certification.
(e) We may require you to test a
second engine of the same or different
configuration in addition to the engine
tested under paragraph (b) of this
section.
(f) If you use an alternate test
procedure under 40 CFR 1065.10 and
later testing shows that such testing
does not produce results that are
equivalent to the procedures specified
in subpart F of this part, we may reject
data you generated using the alternate
procedure.
I 235. Section 1048.240 is revised to
read as follows:
§ 1048.240 How do I demonstrate that my
engine family complies with exhaust
emission standards?
(a) For purposes of certification, your
engine family is considered in
compliance with the applicable
numerical emission standards in
§ 1048.101(a) and (b) if all emission-data
engines representing that family have
test results showing deteriorated
emission levels at or below these
standards.
(b) Your engine family is deemed not
to comply if any emission-data engine
representing that family has test results
showing a deteriorated emission level
above an applicable emission standard
from § 1048.101 for any pollutant.
(c) To compare emission levels from
the emission-data engine with the
applicable emission standards, apply
deterioration factors to the measured
emission levels for each pollutant.
Specify the deterioration factors based
on emission measurements using four
significant figures, consistent with good
engineering judgment. For example,
your deterioration factors must take into
account any available data from in-use
testing with similar engines (see subpart
E of this part). Small-volume engine
manufacturers may use assigned
deterioration factors that we establish.
Apply deterioration factors as follows:
(1) Multiplicative deterioration factor.
For engines that use aftertreatment
technology, such as catalytic converters,
use a multiplicative deterioration factor
for exhaust emissions. A multiplicative
deterioration factor is the ratio of
exhaust emissions at the end of useful
life to exhaust emissions at the low-hour
test point. Adjust the official emission
results for each tested engine at the
selected test point by multiplying the
measured emissions by the deterioration
factor. If the factor is less than one, use
one.
(2) Additive deterioration factor. For
engines that do not use aftertreatment
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
technology, use an additive
deterioration factor for exhaust
emissions. An additive deterioration
factor is the difference between exhaust
emissions at the end of useful life and
exhaust emissions at the low-hour test
point. Adjust the official emission
results for each tested engine at the
selected test point by adding the factor
to the measured emissions. If the factor
is less than zero, use zero.
(d) Collect emission data using
measurements to one more decimal
place than the applicable standard.
Apply the deterioration factor to the
official emission result, as described in
paragraph (c) of this section, then round
the adjusted figure to the same number
of decimal places as the emission
standard. Compare the rounded
emission levels to the emission standard
for each emission-data engine. In the
case of HC + NOX standards, apply the
deterioration factor to each pollutant
and then add the results before
rounding.
I 236. Section 1048.245 is amended by
revising paragraph (e)(1)(i) to read as
follows:
§ 1048.245 How do I demonstrate that my
engine family complies with evaporative
emission standards?
*
*
*
*
*
(e) * * *
(1) * * *
(i) Use a tethered or self-closing gas
cap on a fuel tank that stays sealed up
to a positive pressure of 24.5 kPa (3.5
psig) or a vacuum pressure of 0.7 kPa
(0.1 psig).
*
*
*
*
*
I 237. Section 1048.250 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a) and (c) to read as
follows:
§ 1048.250 What records must I keep and
make available to EPA?
(a) Organize and maintain the
following records:
(1) A copy of all applications and any
summary information you send us.
(2) Any of the information we specify
in § 1048.205 that you were not required
to include in your application.
(3) A detailed history of each
emission-data engine. For each engine,
describe all of the following:
(i) The emission-data engine’s
construction, including its origin and
buildup, steps you took to ensure that
it represents production engines, any
components you built specially for it,
and all the components you include in
your application for certification.
(ii) How you accumulated engine
operating hours (service accumulation),
including the dates and the number of
hours accumulated.
PO 00000
Frm 00056
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(iii) All maintenance, including
modifications, parts changes, and other
service, and the dates and reasons for
the maintenance.
(iv) All your emission tests, including
documentation on routine and standard
tests, as specified in part 40 CFR part
1065, and the date and purpose of each
test.
(v) All tests to diagnose engine or
emission-control performance, giving
the date and time of each and the
reasons for the test.
(vi) Any other significant events.
(4) Production figures for each engine
family divided by assembly plant.
(5) Keep a list of engine identification
numbers for all the engines you produce
under each certificate of conformity.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Store these records in any format
and on any media, as long as you can
promptly send us organized, written
records in English if we ask for them.
You must keep these records readily
available. We may review them at any
time.
*
*
*
*
*
I 238. Section 1048.255 is revised to
read as follows:
§ 1048.255 When may EPA deny, revoke,
or void my certificate of conformity?
(a) If we determine your application is
complete and shows that the engine
family meets all the requirements of this
part and the Act, we will issue a
certificate of conformity for your engine
family for that model year. We may
make the approval subject to additional
conditions.
(b) We may deny your application for
certification if we determine that your
engine family fails to comply with
emission standards or other
requirements of this part or the Act. Our
decision may be based on a review of all
information available to us. If we deny
your application, we will explain why
in writing.
(c) In addition, we may deny your
application or suspend or revoke your
certificate if you do any of the
following:
(1) Refuse to comply with any testing
or reporting requirements.
(2) Submit false or incomplete
information (paragraph (e) of this
section applies if this is fraudulent).
(3) Render inaccurate any test data.
(4) Deny us from completing
authorized activities despite our
presenting a warrant or court order (see
40 CFR 1068.20). This includes a failure
to provide reasonable assistance.
(5) Produce engines for importation
into the United States at a location
where local law prohibits us from
carrying out authorized activities.
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
§ 1048.310 How must I select engines for
production-line testing?
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Calculate the required sample size
for each engine family. Separately
calculate this figure for HC+NOX and for
CO. The required sample size is the
greater of these two calculated values.
Use the following equation:
(t × σ)
N = 95
+1
(x − STD)
2
§ 1048.301 When must I test my
production-line engines?
(a) If you produce engines that are
subject to the requirements of this part,
you must test them as described in this
subpart.
*
*
*
*
*
(f) We may ask you to make a
reasonable number of production-line
engines available for a reasonable time
so we can test or inspect them for
compliance with the requirements of
this part. See 40 CFR 1068.27.
I 240. Section 1048.305 is amended by
revising paragraphs (d)(1), (f), and (g) to
read as follows:
§ 1048.305 How must I prepare and test my
production-line engines?
*
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
(1) We may adjust or require you to
adjust idle speed outside the physically
adjustable range as needed only until
the engine has stabilized emission levels
(see paragraph (e) of this section). We
may ask you for information needed to
establish an alternate minimum idle
speed.
*
*
*
*
*
(f) Damage during shipment. If
shipping an engine to a remote facility
for production-line testing makes
necessary an adjustment or repair, you
must wait until after the initial emission
test to do this work. We may waive this
requirement if the test would be
impossible or unsafe, or if it would
permanently damage the engine. Report
to us, in your written report under
§ 1048.345, all adjustments or repairs
you make on test engines before each
test.
(g) Retesting after invalid tests. You
may retest an engine if you determine
an emission test is invalid under
subpart F of this part. Explain in your
written report reasons for invalidating
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
Where:
N = Required sample size for the model
year.
t95 = 95% confidence coefficient, which
depends on the number of tests
completed, n, as specified in the
table in paragraph (c)(1) of this
section. It defines 95% confidence
intervals for a one-tail distribution.
x = Mean of emission test results of the
sample.
STD = Emission standard.
s = Test sample standard deviation (see
paragraph (c)(2) of this section).
n = The number of tests completed in
an engine family.
*
*
*
*
*
(2) Calculate the standard deviation,
s, for the test sample using the
following formula:
σ=
∑ (X i − x)
2
n −1
Where:
Xi = Emission test result for an
individual engine.
*
*
*
*
*
(g) Continue testing any engine family
for which the sample mean, x, is greater
than the emission standard. This applies
if the sample mean for either HC+NOX
or for CO is greater than the emission
standard. Continue testing until one of
the following things happens:
(1) The number of tests completed in
an engine family, n, is greater than the
required sample size, N, and the sample
mean, x, is less than or equal to the
emission standard. For example, if N =
3.1 after the third test, the sample-size
calculation does not allow you to stop
testing.
(2) The engine family does not
comply according to § 1048.315.
PO 00000
Frm 00057
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(3) You test 30 engines from the
engine family.
(4) You test one percent of your
projected annual U.S.-directed
production volume for the engine
family, rounded to the nearest whole
number. If your projected production is
between 150 and 750 engines, test
engines as specified in paragraph (b) of
this section until you have tested one
percent of your projected annual U.S.directed production volume. For
example, if projected volume is 475
engines, test two engines in each of the
first two quarters and one engine in the
third quarter to fulfill your testing
requirements under this section for that
engine family. If your projected
production volume is less than 150, you
must test at least two engines.
(5) You choose to declare that the
engine family does not comply with the
requirements of this subpart.
(h) If the sample-size calculation
allows you to stop testing for a
pollutant, you must continue measuring
emission levels of that pollutant for any
additional tests required under this
section. However, you need not
continue making the calculations
specified in this section for that
pollutant. This paragraph (h) does not
affect the requirements in § 1048.320.
(i) You may elect to test more
randomly chosen engines than we
require under this section. Include these
engines in the sample-size calculations.
I 242. Section 1048.315 is amended by
revising the introductory text to read as
follows:
§ 1048.315 How do I know when my engine
family fails the production-line testing
requirements?
This section describes the pass/fail
criteria for the production-line testing
requirements. We apply these criteria on
an engine-family basis. See § 1048.320
for the requirements that apply to
individual engines that fail a
production-line test.
*
*
*
*
*
I 243. Section 1048.325 is amended by
revising paragraph (d) to read as follows:
§ 1048.325 What happens if an engine
family fails the production-line
requirements?
*
*
*
*
*
(d) Section 1048.335 specifies steps
you must take to remedy the cause of
the engine family’s production-line
failure. All the engines you have
produced since the end of the last test
period are presumed noncompliant and
should be addressed in your proposed
remedy. We may require you to apply
the remedy to engines produced earlier
if we determine that the cause of the
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
ER13JY05.008
any test and the emission results from
all tests. If you retest an engine and,
within ten days after testing, ask to
substitute results of the new tests for the
original ones, we will answer within ten
days after we receive your information.
I 241. Section 1048.310 is amended by
revising paragraphs (c) introductory text,
(c)(2), (g), (h), and (i) to read as follows:
ER13JY05.007
(6) Fail to supply requested
information or amend your application
to include all engines being produced.
(7) Take any action that otherwise
circumvents the intent of the Act or this
part.
(d) We may void your certificate if
you do not keep the records we require
or do not give us information when we
ask for it.
(e) We may void your certificate if we
find that you intentionally submitted
false or incomplete information.
(f) If we deny your application or
suspend, revoke, or void your
certificate, you may ask for a hearing
(see § 1048.820).
I 239. Section 1048.301 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a) and (f) to read as
follows:
40475
40476
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
cycles specified in §§ 1048.505 and
failure is likely to have affected the
1048.510.
earlier engines.
(b) Section 1048.515 describes the
I 244. Section 1048.345 is amended by
revising paragraph (d) to read as follows: supplemental procedures for evaluating
whether engines meet the field-testing
§ 1048.345 What production-line testing
emission standards in § 1048.101(c).
records must I send to EPA?
(c) Use the fuels specified in 40 CFR
*
*
*
*
*
part 1065, subpart C, to perform valid
(d) Send electronic reports of
tests for all the testing we require in this
production-line testing to the
part, except as noted in § 1048.515. For
Designated ComplianceOfficer using an
service accumulation, use the test fuel
approved information format. If you
or any commercially available fuel that
want to use a different format, send us
is representative of the fuel that in-use
a written request with justification for a engines will use.
(d) In place of the provisions of 40
waiver.
CFR 1065.405, you may consider
*
*
*
*
*
emission levels stable without
I 245. Section 1048.350 is amended by
revising paragraph (a) to read as follows: measurement after 50 hours of engine
operation.
§ 1048.350 What records must I keep?
(e) To test engines for evaporative
emissions, use the equipment and
(a) Organize and maintain your
procedures specified for testing diurnal
records as described in this section. We
emissions in 40 CFR 86.107–96 and
may review your records at any time.
86.133–96 with fuel meeting the
*
*
*
*
*
specifications in 40 CFR part 1065,
I 246. Section 1048.420 is amended by
subpart C. Measure emissions from a
revising paragraph (b) to read as follows:
test engine with a complete fuel system.
§ 1048.420 What in-use testing information Reported emission levels must be based
must I report to EPA?
on the highest emissions from three
successive 24-hour periods of cycling
*
*
*
*
*
temperatures. Note that you may omit
(b) Send electronic reports of in-use
testing for evaporative emissions during
testing to the Designated Compliance
certification if you certify by design, as
Officer using an approved information
specified in § 1048.245.
format. If you want to use a different
(f) You may use special or alternate
format, send us a written request with
procedures to the extent we allow them
justification for a waiver.
under 40 CFR 1065.10.
*
*
*
*
*
(g) This subpart is addressed to you as
I 247. Section 1048.425 is amended by
a manufacturer, but it applies equally to
revising paragraph (a) to read as follows: anyone who does testing for you, and to
§ 1048.425
What records must I keep?
(a) Organize and maintain your
records as described in this section. We
may review your records at any time.
*
*
*
*
*
I 248. Section 1048.501 is revised to
read as follows:
§ 1048.501
test?
How do I run a valid emission
(a) Use the equipment and procedures
for spark-ignition engines in 40 CFR
part 1065 to determine whether engines
meet the duty-cycle emission standards
in § 1048.101(a) and (b). Measure the
emissions of all the pollutants we
regulate in § 1048.101 using the
sampling procedures specified in 40
CFR part 1065. Use the applicable duty
us when we perform testing to
determine if your engines meet emission
standards.
(h) Map all engines (including
constant-speed engines) using the
procedures specified in 40 CFR part
1065 for variable-speed engines. For
constant-speed engines, continue the
mapping procedure until you reach the
high-idle speed (the highest speed at
which the engine produces zero torque).
I 249. Section 1048.505 is revised to
read as follows:
§ 1048.505 How do I test engines using
steady-state duty cycles, including rampedmodal testing?
This section describes how to test
engines under steady-state conditions.
In some cases, we allow you to choose
the appropriate steady-state duty cycle
for an engine. In these cases, you must
use the duty cycle you select in your
application for certification for all
testing you perform for that engine
family. If we test your engines to
confirm that they meet emission
standards, we will use the duty cycles
you select for your own testing. We may
also perform other testing as allowed by
the Clean Air Act.
(a) You may perform steady-state
testing with either discrete-mode or
ramped-modal cycles, as follows:
(1) For discrete-mode testing, sample
emissions separately for each mode,
then calculate an average emission level
for the whole cycle using the weighting
factors specified for each mode.
Calculate cycle statistics for the
sequence of modes and compare with
the specified values in 40 CFR 1065.514
to confirm that the test is valid. Operate
the engine and sampling system as
follows:
(i) Engines with lean NOX
aftertreatment. For lean-burn engines
that depend on aftertreatment to meet
the NOX emission standard, operate the
engine for 5–6 minutes, then sample
emissions for 1–3 minutes in each
mode.
(ii) Engines without lean NOX
aftertreatment. For other engines,
operate the engine for at least 5 minutes,
then sample emissions for at least 1
minute in each mode. Calculate cycle
statistics for the sequence of modes and
compare with the specified values in 40
CFR part 1065 to confirm that the test
is valid.
(2) For ramped-modal testing, start
sampling at the beginning of the first
mode and continue sampling until the
end of the last mode. Calculate
emissions and cycle statistics the same
as for transient testing.
(b) Measure emissions by testing the
engine on a dynamometer with one or
more of the following sets of duty cycles
to determine whether it meets the
steady-state emission standards in
§ 1048.101(b):
(1) For engines from an engine family
that will be used only in variable-speed
applications, use one of the following
duty cycles:
(i) The following duty cycle applies
for discrete-mode testing:
TABLE 1 OF § 1048.505
Observed
torque 2
C2 Mode No.
Engine speed 1
1 ..........................
2 ..........................
3 ..........................
Maximum test speed ..................................................................................
Intermediate test speed .............................................................................
Intermediate test speed .............................................................................
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
PO 00000
Frm 00058
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
25
100
75
13JYR2
Minimum
time in mode
(minutes)
3.0
3.0
3.0
Weighting
factors
0.06
0.02
0.05
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
40477
TABLE 1 OF § 1048.505—Continued
4
5
6
7
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
Minimum
time in mode
(minutes)
Observed
torque 2
Engine speed 1
C2 Mode No.
Intermediate test speed .............................................................................
Intermediate test speed .............................................................................
Intermediate test speed .............................................................................
Idle ..............................................................................................................
50
25
10
0
Weighting
factors
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
0.32
0.30
0.10
0.15
1 Speed
2 The
terms are defined in 40 CFR part 1065.
percent torque is relative to the maximum torque at the given engine speed.
(ii) The following duty cycle applies
for ramped-modal testing:
TABLE 2 OF § 1048.505
Time in mode
(seconds)
RMC mode
1a Steady-state .......................................................
1b Transition ...........................................................
2a Steady-state .......................................................
2b Transition ...........................................................
3a Steady-state .......................................................
3b Transition ...........................................................
4a Steady-state .......................................................
4b Transition ...........................................................
5a Steady-state .......................................................
5b Transition ...........................................................
6a Steady-state .......................................................
5b Transition ...........................................................
6a Steady-state .......................................................
6b Transition ...........................................................
7 Steady-state .........................................................
119
20
29
20
150
20
80
20
513
20
549
20
96
20
124
Torque
(percent) 2, 3
Engine speed 1, 2
Warm Idle ...............................................................
Linear Transition ....................................................
Intermediate Speed ................................................
Intermediate Speed ................................................
Intermediate Speed ................................................
Intermediate Speed ................................................
Intermediate Speed ................................................
Intermediate Speed ................................................
Intermediate Speed ................................................
Intermediate Speed ................................................
Intermediate Speed ................................................
Linear Transition ....................................................
Maximum test speed ..............................................
Linear Transition ....................................................
Warm Idle ...............................................................
0
Linear
100
Linear
10
Linear
75
Linear
25
Linear
50
Linear
25
Linear
0
Transition.
Transition.
Transition.
Transition.
Transition.
Transition.
Transition.
1 Speed
terms are defined in 40 CFR part 1065.
from one mode to the next within a 20-second transition phase. During the transition phase, command a linear progression from the
torque setting of the current mode to the torque setting of the next mode.
3 The percent torque is relative to maximum torque at the commanded engine speed.
2 Advance
(2) For engines from an engine family
that will be used only at a single, rated
speed, use one of the following duty
cycles:
(i) The following duty cycle applies
for discrete-mode testing:
TABLE 3 OF § 1048.505
D2 mode No.
1
2
3
4
5
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
1
Torque 1
Engine speed
Maximum
Maximum
Maximum
Maximum
Maximum
test
test
test
test
test
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
Minimum time
in mode
(minutes)
100
75
50
25
10
Weighting
factors
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
0.05
0.25
0.30
0.30
0.10
The percent torque is relative to the maximum torque at maximum test speed.
(ii) The following duty cycle applies
for ramped-modal testing:
TABLE 4 OF § 1048.505
Time in mode
(seconds)
RMC mode
1a
1b
2a
2b
3a
3b
Steady-state .......................................................
Transition ...........................................................
Steady-state .......................................................
Transition ...........................................................
Steady-state .......................................................
Transition ...........................................................
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
PO 00000
53
20
101
20
277
20
Frm 00059
Fmt 4701
Torque
(percent) 1 2
Engine speed
Engine
Engine
Engine
Engine
Engine
Engine
Governed
Governed
Governed
Governed
Governed
Governed
Sfmt 4700
...................................................
...................................................
...................................................
...................................................
...................................................
...................................................
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
100
Linear transition.
10
Linear transition.
75
Linear transition.
40478
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 4 OF § 1048.505—Continued
Time in mode
(seconds)
RMC mode
4a Steady-state .......................................................
4b Transition ...........................................................
5 Steady-state .........................................................
339
20
350
Torque
(percent) 1 2
Engine speed
Engine Governed ...................................................
Engine Governed ...................................................
Engine Governed ...................................................
25
Linear transition.
50
1 The
percent torque is relative to maximum test torque.
from one mode to the next within a 20-second transition phase. During the transition phase, command a linear progression from the
torque setting of the current mode to the torque setting of the next mode.
2 Advance
(3) Use a duty cycle from both
paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this
section if you will not restrict an engine
family to constant-speed or variablespeed applications.
(4) Use a duty cycle specified in
paragraph (b)(2) of this section for all
severe-duty engines.
(5) For high-load engines, use one of
the following duty cycles:
(i) The following duty cycle applies
for discrete-mode testing:
TABLE 5 OF § 1048.505
Torque 1
D1 mode No.
Engine speed
1 ..................
2 ..................
Maximum test .....................................................................................................
Maximum test .....................................................................................................
1 The
Minimum time
in mode
(minutes)
100
75
Weighting
factors
3.0
3.0
0.50
0.50
percent torque is relative to the maximum torque at maximum test speed.
(ii) The following duty cycle applies
for discrete-mode testing:
TABLE 6 OF § 1048.505
Time in mode
(seconds)
RMC modes
1a Steady-state .......................................................
1b Transition ...........................................................
2 Steady-state .........................................................
290
20
290
Engine speed
(percent)
Torque
(percent) 1, 2
Engine Governed ...................................................
Engine Governed ...................................................
Engine Governed ...................................................
100
Linear Transition.
75
1 The
percent torque is relative to maximum test torque.
from one mode to the next within a 20-second transition phase. During the transition phase, command a linear progression from the
torque setting of the current mode to the torque setting of the next mode.
2 Advance
(c) If we test an engine to confirm that
it meets the duty-cycle emission
standards, we will use the steady-state
duty cycles that apply for that engine
family.
(d) During idle mode, operate the
engine with the following parameters:
(1) Hold the speed within your
specifications.
(2) Set the engine to operate at its
minimum fueling rate.
(3) Keep engine torque under 5
percent of maximum test torque.
(e) For full-load operating modes,
operate the engine at wide-open throttle.
(f) See 40 CFR part 1065 for detailed
specifications of tolerances and
calculations.
(g) For those cases where transient
testing is not necessary, perform the
steady-state test according to this
section after an appropriate warm-up
period, consistent with 40 CFR part
1065, subpart F.
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
250. Section 1048.510 is amended by
revising the section heading and
paragraphs (a) and (c)(1) to read as
follows:
I
§ 1048.510 Which duty cycles do I use for
transient testing?
(a) Starting with the 2007 model year,
measure emissions by testing the engine
on a dynamometer with one of the
following transient duty cycles to
determine whether it meets the transient
emission standards in § 1048.101(a):
(1) For constant-speed engines and
severe-duty engines, use the transient
duty-cycle described in Appendix I of
this part.
(2) For all other engines, use the
transient duty cycle described in
Appendix II of this part.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(1) Operate the engine for the first 180
seconds of the appropriate duty cycle
from Appendix I or Appendix II of this
PO 00000
Frm 00060
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
part, then allow it to idle without load
for 30 seconds. At the end of the 30second idling period, start measuring
emissions as the engine operates over
the prescribed duty cycle. For severeduty engines, this engine warm-up
procedure may include up to 15
minutes of operation over the
appropriate duty cycle.
*
*
*
*
*
I 251. Section 1048.515 is amended by
revising the section heading and
paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) to read as
follows:
§ 1048.515 What are the field-testing
procedures?
(a) * * *
(1) Remove the selected engines for
testing in a laboratory. You may use an
engine dynamometer to simulate normal
operation, as described in this section.
(2) Test the selected engines while
they remain installed in the equipment.
In 40 CFR part 1065, subpart J, we
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
describe the equipment and sampling
methods for testing engines in the field.
Use fuel meeting the specifications of 40
CFR part 1065, subpart H, or a fuel
typical of what you would expect the
engine to use in service.
*
*
*
*
*
I 252. Section 1048.601 is revised to
read as follows:
§ 1048.601 What compliance provisions
apply to these engines?
Engine and equipment manufacturers,
as well as owners, operators, and
rebuilders of engines subject to the
requirements of this part, and all other
persons, must observe the provisions of
this part, the requirements and
prohibitions in 40 CFR part 1068, and
the provisions of the Act.
I 253. Section 1048.605 is revised to
read as follows:
§ 1048.605 What provisions apply to
engines certified under the motor-vehicle
program?
(a) General provisions. If you are an
engine manufacturer, this section allows
you to introduce new nonroad engines
into commerce if they are already
certified to the requirements that apply
to engines under 40 CFR parts 85 and
86 for the appropriate model year. If you
comply with all the provisions of this
section, we consider the certificate
issued under 40 CFR part 86 for each
engine to also be a valid certificate of
conformity under this part 1048 for its
model year, without a separate
application for certification under the
requirements of this part 1048. See
§ 1048.610 for similar provisions that
apply to engines certified to chassisbased standards for motor vehicles.
(b) Equipment-manufacturer
provisions. If you are not an engine
manufacturer, you may produce
nonroad equipment using motor-vehicle
engines under this section as long as
you meet all the requirements and
conditions specified in paragraph (d) of
this section. If you modify the motorvehicle engine in any of the ways
described in paragraph (d)(2) of this
section, we will consider you a
manufacturer of a new nonroad engine.
Such engine modifications prevent you
from using the provisions of this
section.
(c) Liability. Engines for which you
meet the requirements of this section are
exempt from all the requirements and
prohibitions of this part, except for
those specified in this section. Engines
exempted under this section must meet
all the applicable requirements from 40
CFR parts 85 and 86. This applies to
engine manufacturers, equipment
manufacturers who use these engines,
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
and all other persons as if these engines
were used in a motor vehicle. The
prohibited acts of 40 CFR 1068.101(a)(1)
apply to these new engines and
equipment; however, we consider the
certificate issued under 40 CFR part 86
for each engine to also be a valid
certificate of conformity under this part
1048 for its model year. If we make a
determination that these engines do not
conform to the regulations during their
useful life, we may require you to recall
them under 40 CFR part 86 or 40 CFR
1068.505.
(d) Specific requirements. If you are
an engine manufacturer or equipment
manufacturer and meet all the following
criteria and requirements regarding your
new nonroad engine, the engine is
eligible for an exemption under this
section:
(1) Your engine must be covered by a
valid certificate of conformity issued
under 40 CFR part 86.
(2) You must not make any changes to
the certified engine that could
reasonably be expected to increase its
exhaust emissions for any pollutant, or
its evaporative emissions. For example,
if you make any of the following
changes to one of these engines, you do
not qualify for this exemption:
(i) Change any fuel system or
evaporative system parameters from the
certified configuration (this does not
apply to refueling controls).
(ii) Change, remove, or fail to properly
install any other component, element of
design, or calibration specified in the
engine manufacturer’s application for
certification. This includes
aftertreatment devices and all related
components.
(iii) Modify or design the engine
cooling system so that temperatures or
heat rejection rates are outside the
original engine manufacturer’s specified
ranges.
(3) You must show that fewer than 50
percent of the engine family’s total sales
in the United States are used in nonroad
applications. This includes engines
used in any application without regard
to which company manufactures the
vehicle or equipment. Show this as
follows:
(i) If you are the original manufacturer
of the engine, base this showing on your
sales information.
(ii) In all other cases, you must get the
original manufacturer of the engine to
confirm this based on its sales
information.
(4) You must ensure that the engine
has the label we require under 40 CFR
part 86.
(5) You must add a permanent
supplemental label to the engine in a
position where it will remain clearly
PO 00000
Frm 00061
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40479
visible after installation in the
equipment. In the supplemental label,
do the following:
(i) Include the heading: ‘‘NONROAD
ENGINE EMISSION CONTROL
INFORMATION’’.
(ii) Include your full corporate name
and trademark. You may instead
include the full corporate name and
trademark of another company you
choose to designate.
(iii) State: ‘‘THIS ENGINE WAS
ADAPTED FOR NONROAD USE
WITHOUT AFFECTING ITS EMISSION
CONTROLS. THE EMISSIONCONTROL SYSTEM DEPENDS ON THE
USE OF FUEL MEETING
SPECIFICATIONS THAT APPLY FOR
MOTOR-VEHICLE APPLICATIONS.
OPERATING THE ENGINE ON OTHER
FUELS MAY BE A VIOLATION OF
FEDERAL LAW.’’.
(iv) State the date you finished
modifying the engine (month and year),
if applicable.
(6) The original and supplemental
labels must be readily visible after the
engine is installed in the equipment or,
if the equipment obscures the engine’s
emission control information label, the
equipment manufacturer must attach
duplicate labels, as described in 40 CFR
1068.105.
(7) Send the Designated Compliance
Officer a signed letter by the end of each
calendar year (or less often if we tell
you) with all the following information:
(i) Identify your full corporate name,
address, and telephone number.
(ii) List the engine or equipment
models you expect to produce under
this exemption in the coming year.
(iii) State: ‘‘We produce each listed
[engine or equipment] model for
nonroad application without making
any changes that could increase its
certified emission levels, as described in
40 CFR 1048.605.’’.
(e) Failure to comply. If your engines
do not meet the criteria listed in
paragraph (d) of this section, they will
be subject to the standards,
requirements, and prohibitions of this
part 1048 and the certificate issued
under 40 CFR part 86 will not be
deemed to also be a certificate issued
under this part 1048. Introducing these
engines into commerce without a valid
exemption or certificate of conformity
under this part violates the prohibitions
in 40 CFR 1068.101(a)(1).
(f) Data submission. We may require
you to send us emission test data on any
applicable nonroad duty cycles.
(g) Participation in averaging, banking
and trading. Engines adapted for
nonroad use under this section may
generate credits under the ABT
provisions in 40 CFR part 86. These
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40480
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
engines must use emission credits under
40 CFR part 86 if they are certified to
an FEL that exceeds an applicable
standard under 40 CFR part 86.
I 254. Section 1048.610 is revised to
read as follows:
§ 1048.610 What provisions apply to
vehicles certified under the motor-vehicle
program?
(a) General provisions. If you are a
motor-vehicle manufacturer, this section
allows you to introduce new nonroad
engines or equipment into commerce if
the vehicle is already certified to the
requirements that apply under 40 CFR
parts 85 and 86 for the appropriate
model year. If you comply with all of
the provisions of this section, we
consider the certificate issued under 40
CFR part 86 for each motor vehicle to
also be a valid certificate of conformity
for the engine under this part 1048 for
its model year, without a separate
application for certification under the
requirements of this part 1048. See
§ 1048.605 or similar provisions that
apply to motor-vehicle engines
produced for nonroad equipment. The
provisions of this section do not apply
to engines certified to meet the
requirements for highway motorcycles.
(b) Equipment-manufacturer
provisions. If you are not a motorvehicle manufacturer, you may produce
nonroad equipment from motor vehicles
under this section as long as you meet
all the requirements and conditions
specified in paragraph (d) of this
section. If you modify the motor vehicle
or its engine in any of the ways
described in paragraph (d)(2) of this
section, we will consider you a
manufacturer of a new nonroad engine.
Such modifications prevent you from
using the provisions of this section.
(c) Liability. Engines, vehicles, and
equipment for which you meet the
requirements of this section are exempt
from all the requirements and
prohibitions of this part, except for
those specified in this section. Engines
exempted under this section must meet
all the applicable requirements from 40
CFR parts 85 and 86. This applies to
engine manufacturers, equipment
manufacturers, and all other persons as
if the nonroad equipment were motor
vehicles. The prohibited acts of 40 CFR
1068.101(a)(1) apply to these new pieces
of equipment; however, we consider the
certificate issued under 40 CFR part 86
for each motor vehicle to also be a valid
certificate of conformity for the engine
under this part 1048 for its model year.
If we make a determination that these
engines, vehicles, or equipment do not
conform to the regulations during their
useful life, we may require you to recall
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
them under 40 CFR part 86 or 40 CFR
1068.505.
(d) Specific requirements. If you are a
motor-vehicle manufacturer and meet
all the following criteria and
requirements regarding your new
nonroad equipment and its engine, the
engine is eligible for an exemption
under this section:
(1) Your equipment must be covered
by a valid certificate of conformity as a
motor vehicle issued under 40 CFR part
86.
(2) You must not make any changes to
the certified vehicle that we could
reasonably expect to increase its exhaust
emissions for any pollutant, or its
evaporative emissions if it is subject to
evaporative-emission standards. For
example, if you make any of the
following changes, you do not qualify
for this exemption:
(i) Change any fuel system or
evaporative system parameters from the
certified configuration, including
refueling emission controls.
(ii) Change, remove, or fail to properly
install any other component, element of
design, or calibration specified in the
vehicle manufacturer’s application for
certification. This includes
aftertreatment devices and all related
components.
(iii) Modify or design the engine
cooling system so that temperatures or
heat rejection rates are outside the
original vehicle manufacturer’s
specified ranges.
(iv) Add more than 500 pounds to the
curb weight of the originally certified
motor vehicle.
(3) You must show that fewer than 50
percent of the engine family’s total sales
in the United States are used in nonroad
applications. This includes any type of
vehicle, without regard to which
company completes the manufacturing
of the nonroad equipment. Show this as
follows:
(i) If you are the original manufacturer
of the vehicle, base this showing on
your sales information.
(ii) In all other cases, you must get the
original manufacturer of the vehicle to
confirm this based on their sales
information.
(4) The equipment must have the
vehicle emission control information
and fuel labels we require under 40 CFR
86.007–35.
(5) You must add a permanent
supplemental label to the equipment in
a position where it will remain clearly
visible. In the supplemental label, do
the following:
(i) Include the heading: ‘‘NONROAD
ENGINE EMISSION CONTROL
INFORMATION’’.
PO 00000
Frm 00062
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(ii) Include your full corporate name
and trademark. You may instead
include the full corporate name and
trademark of another company you
choose to designate.
(iii) State: ‘‘THIS VEHICLE WAS
ADAPTED FOR NONROAD
USEWITHOUT AFFECTING ITS
EMISSION CONTROLS.
THEEMISSION-CONTROL SYSTEM
DEPENDS ON THE USE OF
FUELMEETING SPECIFICATIONS
THAT APPLY FOR MOTORVEHICLEAPPLICATIONS. OPERATING
THE ENGINE ON OTHER FUELSMAY
BE A VIOLATION OF FEDERAL
LAW.’’.
(iv) State the date you finished
modifying the vehicle (month and year),
if applicable.
(6) The original and supplemental
labels must be readily visible in the
fully assembled equipment.
(7) Send the Designated Compliance
Officer a signed letter by the end of each
calendar year (or less often if we tell
you) with all the following information:
(i) Identify your full corporate name,
address, and telephone number.
(ii) List the equipment models you
expect to produce under this exemption
in the coming year.
(iii) State: ‘‘We produced each listed
engine or equipment model for nonroad
application without making any changes
that could increase its certified emission
levels, as described in 40 CFR
1048.610.’’.
(e) Failure to comply. If your engines,
vehicles, or equipment do not meet the
criteria listed in paragraph (d) of this
section, the engines will be subject to
the standards, requirements, and
prohibitions of this part 1048, and the
certificate issued under 40 CFR part 86
will not be deemed to also be a
certificate issued under this part 1048.
Introducing these engines into
commerce without a valid exemption or
certificate of conformity under this part
violates the prohibitions in 40 CFR
1068.101(a)(1).
(f) Data submission. We may require
you to send us emission test data on any
applicable nonroad duty cycles.
(g) Participation in averaging, banking
and trading. Vehicles adapted for
nonroad use under this section may
generate credits under the ABT
provisions in 40 CFR part 86. These
vehicles must use emission credits
under 40 CFR part 86 if they are
certified to an FEL that exceeds an
applicable standard under 40 CFR part
86.
I 255. Section 1048.615 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a)(2), (a)(3), (c), and
(d) to read as follows:
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
§ 1048.615 What are the provisions for
exempting engines designed for lawn and
garden applications?
*
*
*
*
*
(a) * * *
(2) The engine must have a maximum
engine power at or below 30 kW.
(3) The engine must be in an engine
family that has a valid certificate of
conformity showing that it meets
emission standards for Class II engines
under 40 CFR part 90 for the
appropriate model year.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) If your engines do not meet the
criteria listed in paragraph (a) of this
section, they will be subject to the
provisions of this part. Introducing
these engines into commerce without a
valid exemption or certificate of
conformity violates the prohibitions in
40 CFR 1068.101.
(d) Engines exempted under this
section are subject to all the
requirements affecting engines under 40
CFR part 90. The requirements and
restrictions of 40 CFR part 90 apply to
anyone manufacturing these engines,
anyone manufacturing equipment that
uses these engines, and all other persons
in the same manner as if these engines
had a total maximum engine power at
or below 19 kW.
I 256. Section 1048.620 is revised to
read as follows:
§ 1048.620 What are the provisions for
exempting large engines fueled by natural
gas?
(a) If an engine meets all the following
criteria, it is exempt from the
requirements of this part:
(1) The engine must operate solely on
natural gas or liquefied petroleum gas.
(2) The engine must have maximum
engine power at or above 250 kW.
(3) The engine must be in an engine
family that has a valid certificate of
conformity showing that it meets
emission standards for engines of that
power rating under 40 CFR part 89 or
1039.
(b) The only requirements or
prohibitions from this part that apply to
an engine that is exempt under this
section are in this section.
(c) If your engines do not meet the
criteria listed in paragraph (a) of this
section, they will be subject to the
provisions of this part. Introducing
these engines into commerce without a
valid exemption or certificate of
conformity violates the prohibitions in
40 CFR 1068.101.
(d) Engines exempted under this
section are subject to all the
requirements affecting engines under 40
CFR part 89 or 1039. The requirements
and restrictions of 40 CFR part 89 or
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
1039 apply to anyone manufacturing
these engines, anyone manufacturing
equipment that uses these engines, and
all other persons in the same manner as
if these were nonroad diesel engines.
(e) You may request an exemption
under this section by submitting an
application for certification for the
engines under 40 CFR part 89 or 1039.
I 257. Section 1048.625 is revised to
read as follows:
§ 1048.625 What special provisions apply
to engines using noncommercial fuels?
In § 1048.115(e), we generally require
that engines meet emission standards
for any adjustment within the full range
of any adjustable parameters. For
engines that use noncommercial fuels
significantly different than the specified
test fuel of the same type, you may ask
to use the parameter-adjustment
provisions of this section instead of
those in § 1048.115(e). Engines certified
under this section must be in a separate
engine family.
(a) If we approve your request, the
following provisions apply:
(1) You must certify the engine using
the test fuel specified in § 1048.501.
(2) You may produce the engine
without limits or stops that keep the
engine adjusted within the certified
range.
(3) You must specify in-use
adjustments different than the
adjustable settings appropriate for the
specified test fuel, consistent with the
provisions of paragraph(b)(1) of this
section.
(b) To produce engines under this
section, you must do the following:
(1) Specify in-use adjustments needed
so the engine’s level of emission control
for each regulated pollutant is
equivalent to that from the certified
configuration.
(2) Add the following information to
the emission control information label
specified in § 1048.135:
(i) Include instructions describing
how to adjust the engine to operate in
a way that maintains the effectiveness of
the emission-control system.
(ii) State: ‘‘THIS ENGINE IS
CERTIFIED TO OPERATE IN
APPLICATIONS USING
NONCOMMERCIAL FUEL.
MALADJUSTMENT OF THE ENGINE IS
A VIOLATION OFFEDERAL LAW
SUBJECT TO CIVIL PENALTY.’’.
(3) Keep records to document the
destinations and quantities of engines
produced under this section.
I 258. A new § 1048.630 is added to
subpart G to read as follows:
PO 00000
Frm 00063
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40481
§ 1048.630 What are the provisions for
exempting engines used solely for
competition?
The provisions of this section apply
for new engines built on or after January
1, 2006.
(a) Equipment manufacturers may use
uncertified engines if the vehicles or
equipment in which they are installed
will be used solely for competition.
(b) The definition of nonroad engine
in 40 CFR 1068.30 excludes engines
used solely for competition. These
engines are not required to comply with
this part 1048, but 40 CFR 1068.101
prohibits the use of competition engines
for noncompetition purposes.
(c) We consider a vehicle or piece of
equipment to be one that will be used
solely for competition if it has features
that are not easily removed that would
make its use other than in competition
unsafe, impractical, or highly unlikely.
(d) As an engine manufacturer, your
engine is exempt without our prior
approval if you have a written request
for an exempted engine from the
equipment manufacturer showing the
basis for believing that the equipment
will be used solely for competition. You
must permanently label engines
exempted under this section to clearly
indicate that they are to be used solely
for competition. Failure to properly
label an engine will void the exemption.
(e) We may discontinue an exemption
under this section if we find that
engines are not used solely for
competition.
I 259. A new § 1048.635 is added to
subpart G to read as follows:
§ 1048.635 What special provisions apply
to branded engines?
The following provisions apply if you
identify the name and trademark of
another company instead of your own
on your emission control information
label, as provided by § 1048.135(c)(2):
(a) You must have a contractual
agreement with the other company that
obligates that company to take the
following steps:
(1) Meet the emission warranty
requirements that apply under
§ 1048.120. This may involve a separate
agreement involving reimbursement of
warranty-related expenses.
(2) Report all warranty-related
information to the certificate holder.
(b) In your application for
certification, identify the company
whose trademark you will use and
describe the arrangements you have
made to meet your requirements under
this section.
(c) You remain responsible for
meeting all the requirements of this
chapter, including warranty and defectreporting provisions.
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40482
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
260. Section 1048.801 is revised to
read as follows:
I
§ 1048.801
part?
What definitions apply to this
The following definitions apply to
this part. The definitions apply to all
subparts unless we note otherwise. All
undefined terms have the meaning the
Act gives to them. The definitions
follow:
Act means the Clean Air Act, as
amended, 42 U.S.C. 7401–7671q.
Adjustable parameter means any
device, system, or element of design that
someone can adjust (including those
which are difficult to access) and that,
if adjusted, may affect emissions or
engine performance during emission
testing or normal in-use operation. This
includes, but is not limited to,
parameters related to injection timing
and fueling rate. You may ask us to
exclude a parameter that is difficult to
access if it cannot be adjusted to affect
emissions without significantly
degrading engine performance, or if you
otherwise show us that it will not be
adjusted in a way that affects emissions
during in-use operation.
Aftertreatment means relating to a
catalytic converter, particulate filter, or
any other system, component, or
technology mounted downstream of the
exhaust valve (or exhaust port) whose
design function is to decrease emissions
in the engine exhaust before it is
exhausted to the environment. Exhaustgas recirculation (EGR) and
turbochargers are not aftertreatment.
Aircraft means any vehicle capable of
sustained air travel above treetop
heights.
All-terrain vehicle has the meaning
given in 40 CFR 1051.801.
Amphibious vehicle means a vehicle
with wheels or tracks that is designed
primarily for operation on land and
secondarily for operation in water.
Auxiliary emission-control device
means any element of design that senses
temperature, motive speed, engine rpm,
transmission gear, or any other
parameter for the purpose of activating,
modulating, delaying, or deactivating
the operation of any part of the
emission-control system.
Blue Sky Series engine means an
engine meeting the requirements of
§ 1048.140.
Brake power means the usable power
output of the engine, not including
power required to fuel, lubricate, or heat
the engine, circulate coolant to the
engine, or to operate aftertreatment
devices.
Calibration means the set of
specifications and tolerances specific to
a particular design, version, or
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
application of a component or assembly
capable of functionally describing its
operation over its working range.
Certification means relating to the
process of obtaining a certificate of
conformity for an engine family that
complies with the emission standards
and requirements in this part.
Certified emission level means the
highest deteriorated emission level in an
engine family for a given pollutant from
either transient or steady-state testing.
Compression-ignition means relating
to a type of reciprocating, internalcombustion engine that is not a sparkignition engine.
Constant-speed engine means an
engine whose certification is limited to
constant-speed operation. Engines
whose constant-speed governor function
is removed or disabled are no longer
constant-speed engines.
Constant-speed operation means
engine operation with a governor that
controls the operator input to maintain
an engine at a reference speed, even
under changing load. For example, an
isochronous governor changes reference
speed temporarily during a load change,
then returns the engine to its original
reference speed after the engine
stabilizes. Isochronous governors
typically allow speed changes up to 1.0
%. Another example is a speed-droop
governor, which has a fixed reference
speed at zero load and allows the
reference speed to decrease as load
increases. With speed-droop governors,
speed typically decreases (3 to 10) %
below the reference speed at zero load,
such that the minimum reference speed
occurs near the engine’s point of
maximum power.
Crankcase emissions means airborne
substances emitted to the atmosphere
from any part of the engine crankcase’s
ventilation or lubrication systems. The
crankcase is the housing for the
crankshaft and other related internal
parts.
Critical emission-related component
means any of the following components:
(1) Electronic control units,
aftertreatment devices, fuel-metering
components, EGR-system components,
crankcase-ventilation valves, all
components related to charge-air
compression and cooling, and all
sensors and actuators associated with
any of these components.
(2) Any other component whose
primary purpose is to reduce emissions.
Designated Compliance Officer means
the Manager, Engine Programs Group
(6405–J), U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW.,
Washington, DC 20460.
Designated Enforcement Officer
means the Director, Air Enforcement
PO 00000
Frm 00064
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Division (2242A), U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania
Ave., NW., Washington, DC 20460.
Deteriorated emission level means the
emission level that results from
applying the appropriate deterioration
factor to the official emission result of
the emission-data engine.
Deterioration factor means the
relationship between emissions at the
end of useful life and emissions at the
low-hour test point, expressed in one of
the following ways:
(1) For multiplicative deterioration
factors, the ratio of emissions at the end
of useful life to emissions at the lowhour test point.
(2) For additive deterioration factors,
the difference between emissions at the
end of useful life and emissions at the
low-hour test point.
Discrete-mode means relating to the
discrete-mode type of steady-state test
described in § 1048.505.
Emission-control system means any
device, system, or element of design that
controls or reduces the regulated
emissions from an engine.
Emission-data engine means an
engine that is tested for certification.
This includes engines tested to establish
deterioration factors.
Emission-related maintenance means
maintenance that substantially affects
emissions or is likely to substantially
affect emission deterioration.
Engine configuration means a unique
combination of engine hardware and
calibration within an engine family.
Engines within a single engine
configuration differ only with respect to
normal production variability.
Engine family has the meaning given
in § 1048.230.
Engine manufacturer means the
manufacturer of the engine. See the
definition of ‘‘manufacturer’’ in this
section.
Equipment manufacturer means a
manufacturer of nonroad equipment. All
nonroad equipment manufacturing
entities under the control of the same
person are considered to be a single
nonroad equipment manufacturer.
Excluded means relating to an engine
that either:
(1) Has been determined not to be a
nonroad engine, as specified in 40 CFR
1068.30; or
(2) Is a nonroad engine that, according
to § 1048.5, is not subject to this part
1048.
Exempted has the meaning given in
40 CFR 1068.30.
Exhaust-gas recirculation means a
technology that reduces emissions by
routing exhaust gases that had been
exhausted from the combustion
chamber(s) back into the engine to be
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
mixed with incoming air before or
during combustion. The use of valve
timing to increase the amount of
residual exhaust gas in the combustion
chamber(s) that is mixed with incoming
air before or during combustion is not
considered exhaust-gas recirculation for
the purposes of this part.
Fuel system means all components
involved in transporting, metering, and
mixing the fuel from the fuel tank to the
combustion chamber(s), including the
fuel tank, fuel tank cap, fuel pump, fuel
filters, fuel lines, carburetor or fuelinjection components, and all fuelsystem vents.
Fuel type means a general category of
fuels such as gasoline or natural gas.
There can be multiple grades within a
single fuel type, such as winter-grade
and summer-grade gasoline.
Good engineering judgment has the
meaning given in 40 CFR 1068.30. See
40 CFR 1068.5 for the administrative
process we use to evaluate good
engineering judgment.
High-cost warranted part means a
component covered by the emissionrelated warranty with a replacement
cost (at the time of certification)
exceeding $400 (in 1998 dollars). Adjust
this value using the most recent annual
average consumer price index
information published by the U.S.
Bureau of Labor Statistics. For this
definition, replacement cost includes
the retail cost of the part plus labor and
standard diagnosis.
High-load engine means an engine for
which the engine manufacturer can
provide clear evidence that operation
below 75 percent of maximum load in
its final application will be rare.
Hydrocarbon (HC) means the
hydrocarbon group on which the
emission standards are based for each
fuel type, as described in § 1048.101(e).
Identification number means a unique
specification (for example, a model
number/serial number combination)
that allows someone to distinguish a
particular engine from other similar
engines.
Intermediate test speed has the
meaning given in 40 CFR 1065.1001.
Low-hour means relating to an engine
with stabilized emissions and represents
the undeteriorated emission level. This
would generally involve less than 300
hours of operation.
Manufacturer has the meaning given
in section 216(1) of the Act. In general,
this term includes any person who
manufactures an engine, vehicle, or
piece of equipment for sale in the
United States or otherwise introduces a
new nonroad engine into commerce in
the United States. This includes
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
importers who import engines,
equipment, or vehicles for resale.
Marine engine means a nonroad
engine that is installed or intended to be
installed on a marine vessel. This
includes a portable auxiliary engine
only if its fueling, cooling, or exhaust
system is an integral part of the vessel.
There are two kinds of marine engines:
(1) Propulsion marine engine means a
marine engine that moves a vessel
through the water or directs the vessel’s
movement.
(2) Auxiliary marine engine means a
marine engine not used for propulsion.
Marine vessel has the meaning given
in 1 U.S.C. 3, except that it does not
include amphibious vehicles. The
definition in 1 U.S.C. 3 very broadly
includes every craft capable of being
used as a means of transportation on
water.
Maximum engine power has one of
the following meanings:
(1) For engines at or below 30 kW,
maximum engine power has the
meaning given in 40CFR 90.3.
(2) For engines above 30 kW,
maximum engine power has the
meaning given in 40 CFR 1039.140
Maximum test speed has one of the
following meanings:
(1) For variable-speed engines,
maximum test speed has the meaning
given in 40 CFR 1065.1001.
(2) For transient testing of constantspeed engines, maximum test speed
means the highest speed at which the
engine produces zero torque.
(3) For steady-state testing of
constant-speed engines, maximum test
speed means the speed at which the
engine produces peak torque.
Maximum test torque has the meaning
given in 40 CFR 1065.1001.
Model year means one of the
following things:
(1) For freshly manufactured
equipment and engines (see definition
of ‘‘new nonroad engine,’’ paragraph
(1)), model year means one of the
following:
(i) Calendar year.
(ii) Your annual new model
production period if it is different than
the calendar year. This must include
January 1 of the calendar year for which
the model year is named. It may not
begin before January 2 of the previous
calendar year and it must end by
December 31 of the named calendar
year.
(2) For an engine that is converted to
a nonroad engine after being placed into
service as a motor-vehicle engine or a
stationary engine, model year means the
calendar year in which the engine was
originally produced (see definition of
‘‘new nonroad engine,’’ paragraph(2)).
PO 00000
Frm 00065
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40483
(3) For a nonroad engine excluded
under § 1048.5 that is later converted to
operate in an application that is not
excluded, model year means the
calendar year in which the engine was
originally produced (see definition of
‘‘new nonroad engine,’’ paragraph (3)).
(4) For engines that are not freshly
manufactured but are installed in new
nonroad equipment, model year means
the calendar year in which the engine is
installed in the new nonroad equipment
(see definition of ‘‘new nonroad
engine,’’ paragraph (4)).
(5) For imported engines:
(i) For imported engines described in
paragraph (5)(i) of the definition of
‘‘new nonroad engine,’’ model year has
the meaning given in paragraphs (1)
through (4) of this definition.
(ii) [Reserved]
Motor vehicle has the meaning given
in 40 CFR 85.1703(a).
New nonroad engine means any of the
following things:
(1) A freshly manufactured nonroad
engine for which the ultimate purchaser
has never received the equitable or legal
title. This kind of engine might
commonly be thought of as ‘‘brand
new.’’ In the case of this paragraph (1),
the engine becomes new when it is fully
assembled for the first time. The engine
is no longer new when the ultimate
purchaser receives the title or the
product is placed into service,
whichever comes first.
(2) An engine originally manufactured
as a motor-vehicle engine or a stationary
engine that is later intended to be used
in a piece of nonroad equipment. In this
case, the engine is no longer a motorvehicle or stationary engine and
becomes a ‘‘new nonroad engine’’. The
engine is no longer new when it is
placed into nonroad service.
(3) A nonroad engine that has been
previously placed into service in an
application we exclude under § 1048.5,
where that engine is installed in a piece
of equipment that is covered by this part
1048. The engine is no longer new when
it is placed into nonroad service covered
by this part 1048. For example, this
would apply to a marine-propulsion
engine that is no longer used in a
marine vessel.
(4) An engine not covered by
paragraphs (1) through (3) of this
definition that is intended to be
installed in new nonroad equipment.
The engine is no longer new when the
ultimate purchaser receives a title for
the equipment or the product is placed
into service, whichever comes first. This
generally includes installation of used
engines in new equipment.
(5) An imported nonroad engine,
subject to the following provisions:
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40484
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
(i) An imported nonroad engine
covered by a certificate of conformity
issued under this part that meets the
criteria of one or more of paragraphs (1)
through (4) of this definition, where the
original engine manufacturer holds the
certificate, is new as defined by those
applicable paragraphs.
(ii) An imported nonroad engine
covered by a certificate of conformity
issued under this part, where someone
other than the original engine
manufacturer holds the certificate (such
as when the engine is modified after its
initial assembly), becomes new when it
is imported. It is no longer new when
the ultimate purchaser receives a title
for the engine or it is placed into
service, whichever comes first.
(iii) An imported nonroad engine that
is not covered by a certificate of
conformity issued under this part at the
time of importation is new, but only if
it was produced on or after January 1,
2004. This addresses uncertified engines
and equipment initially placed into
service that someone seeks to import
into the United States. Importation of
this kind of new nonroad engine (or
equipment containing such an engine) is
generally prohibited by 40 CFR part
1068.
New nonroad equipment means either
of the following things:
(1) A nonroad piece of equipment for
which the ultimate purchaser has never
received the equitable or legal title. The
product is no longer new when the
ultimate purchaser receives this title or
the product is placed into service,
whichever comes first.
(2) An imported nonroad piece of
equipment with an engine not covered
by a certificate of conformity issued
under this part at the time of
importation and manufactured
afterJanuary 1, 2004.
Noncommercial fuel means a
combustible product that is not
marketed as a commercial fuel, but is
used as a fuel for nonroad engines. For
example, this includes methane that is
produced and released from landfills or
oil wells, or similar unprocessed fuels
that are not intended to meet any
otherwise applicable fuel specifications.
See§ 1048.615 for provisions related to
engines designed to burn
noncommercial fuels.
Noncompliant engine means an
engine that was originally covered by a
certificate of conformity, but is not in
the certified configuration or otherwise
does not comply with the conditions of
the certificate.
Nonconforming engine means an
engine not covered by a certificate of
conformity that would otherwise be
subject to emission standards.
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
Nonmethane hydrocarbon means the
difference between the emitted mass of
total hydrocarbons and the emitted mass
of methane.
Nonroad means relating to nonroad
engines or equipment that includes
nonroad engines.
Nonroad engine has the meaning
given in 40 CFR 1068.30. In general this
means all internal-combustion engines
except motor vehicle engines, stationary
engines, engines used solely for
competition, or engines used in aircraft.
This part does not apply to all nonroad
engines (see § 1048.5).
Nonroad equipment means a piece of
equipment that is powered by one or
more nonroad engines.
Off-highway motorcycle has the
meaning given in 40 CFR 1051.801.
(Note: highway motorcycles are
regulated under 40 CFR part 86.)
Official emission result means the
measured emission rate for an emissiondata engine on a given duty cycle before
the application of any deterioration
factor, but after the applicability of
regeneration adjustment factors.
Owners manual means a document or
collection of documents prepared by the
engine manufacturer for the owner or
operator to describe appropriate engine
maintenance, applicable warranties, and
any other information related to
operating or keeping the engine. The
owners manual is typically provided to
the ultimate purchaser at the time of
sale.
Oxides of nitrogen has the meaning
given in 40 CFR part 1065.
Piece of equipment means any
vehicle, vessel, or other type of
equipment using engines to which this
part applies.
Placed into service means put into
initial use for its intended purpose.
Point of first retail sale means the
location at which the initial retail sale
occurs. This generally means an
equipment dealership, but may also
include an engine seller or distributor in
cases where loose engines are sold to
the general public for uses such as
replacement engines.
Ramped-modal means relating to the
ramped-modal type of steady-state test
described in § 1048.505.
Rated speed means the maximum
full-load governed speed for governed
engines and the speed of maximum
power for ungoverned engines.
Revoke has the meaning given in 40
CFR 1068.30.
Round has the meaning given in 40
CFR 1065.1001, unless otherwise
specified.
Scheduled maintenance means
adjusting, repairing, removing,
disassembling, cleaning, or replacing
PO 00000
Frm 00066
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
components or systems periodically to
keep a part or system from failing,
malfunctioning, or wearing prematurely.
It also may mean actions you expect are
necessary to correct an overt indication
of failure or malfunction for which
periodic maintenance is not
appropriate.
Severe-duty application includes
concrete saws, concrete pumps, and any
other application where an engine
manufacturer can provide clear
evidence that the majority of
installations need air-cooled engines as
a result of operation in a severe-duty
environment.
Severe-duty engine means an engine
from an engine family in which the
majority of engines are installed in
severe-duty applications.
Small-volume engine manufacturer
means a company with fewer than 200
employees. This includes any
employees working for parent or
subsidiary companies.
Snowmobile has the meaning given in
40 CFR 1051.801.
Spark-ignition means relating to a
gasoline-fueled engine or any other type
of engine with a spark plug (or other
sparking device) and with operating
characteristics significantly similar to
the theoretical Otto combustion cycle.
Spark-ignition engines usually use a
throttle to regulate intake air flow to
control power during normal operation.
Steady-state means relating to
emission tests in which engine speed
and load are held at a finite set of
essentially constant values. Steady-state
tests are either discrete-mode tests or
ramped-modal tests.
Stoichiometric means relating to the
particular ratio of air and fuel such that
if the fuel were fully oxidized, there
would be no remaining fuel or oxygen.
For example, stoichiometric combustion
in a gasoline-fueled engine typically
occurs at an air-fuel mass ratio of about
14.7.
Suspend has the meaning given in 40
CFR 1068.30.
Test engine means an engine in a test
sample.
Test sample means the collection of
engines selected from the population of
an engine family for emission testing.
This may include testing for
certification, production-line testing, or
in-use testing.
Tier 1 means relating to the emission
standards and other requirements that
apply beginning with the 2004 model
year.
Tier 2 means relating to the emission
standards and other requirements that
apply beginning with the 2007 model
year.
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
Total hydrocarbon means the
combined mass of organic compounds
measured by the specified procedure for
measuring total hydrocarbon, expressed
as a hydrocarbon with a hydrogen-tocarbon mass ratio of 1.85:1.
Total hydrocarbon equivalent means
the sum of the carbon mass
contributions of non-oxygenated
hydrocarbons, alcohols and aldehydes,
or other organic compounds that are
measured separately as contained in a
gas sample, expressed as exhaust
hydrocarbon from petroleum-fueled
engines. The hydrogen-to-carbon ratio of
the equivalent hydrocarbon is 1.85:1.
Ultimate purchaser means, with
respect to any new nonroad equipment
or new nonroad engine, the first person
who in good faith purchases such new
nonroad equipment or new nonroad
engine for purposes other than resale.
United States has the meaning given
in 40 CFR 1068.30.
Upcoming model year means for an
engine family the model year after the
one currently in production.
*
*
NARA ..............................................
*
U.S.-directed production volume
means the number of engine units,
subject to the requirements of this part,
produced by a manufacturer for which
the manufacturer has a reasonable
assurance that sale was or will be made
to ultimate purchasers in the
UnitedStates.
Useful life means the period during
which the engine is designed to
properly function in terms of reliability
and fuel consumption, without being
remanufactured, specified as a number
of hours of operation or calendar years,
whichever comes first. It is the period
during which a new nonroad engine is
required to comply with all applicable
emission standards. See § 1048.101(g).
Variable-speed engine means an
engine that is not a constant-speed
engine.
Variable-speed operation means
engine operation that does not meet the
definition of constant-speed operation.
Void has the meaning given in 40 CFR
1068.30.
*
*
National Archives and Records Administration.
*
*
262. Section 1048.810 is revised to
read as follows:
I
§ 1048.810 What materials does this part
reference?
Documents listed in this section have
been incorporated by reference into this
part. The Director of the Federal
Register approved the incorporation by
reference as prescribed in 5 U.S.C.
552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Anyone may
inspect copies at the U.S. EPA, Air and
Radiation Docket and Information
40485
Volatile liquid fuel means any fuel
other than diesel or biodiesel that is a
liquid at atmospheric pressure and has
a Reid Vapor Pressure higher than 2.0
pounds per square inch.
Wide-open throttle means maximum
throttle opening. Unless this is specified
at a given speed, it refers to maximum
throttle opening at maximum speed. For
electronically controlled or other
engines with multiple possible fueling
rates, wide-open throttle also means the
maximum fueling rate at maximum
throttle opening under test conditions.
We (us, our) means the Administrator
of the Environmental Protection Agency
and any authorized representatives.
I 261. Section 1048.805 is amended by
adding ‘‘NARA’’ to the table in
alphabetical order to read as follows:
§ 1048.805 What symbols, acronyms, and
abbreviations does this part use?
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Center, 1301 Constitution Ave., NW.,
Room B102, EPA West Building,
Washington, DC 20460 or at the
National Archives and Records
Administration (NARA). For
information on the availability of this
material at NARA, call 202–741–6030,
or go to: https://www.archives.gov/
federal_register/
code_of_federal_regulations/
ibr_locations.html.
(a) [Reserved]
(b) SAE material. Table 2 of this
section lists material from the Society of
AutomotiveEngineering that we have
incorporated by reference. The first
column lists the number and name of
the material. The second column lists
the sections of this part where we
reference it. Anyone may purchase
copies of these materials from the
Society of Automotive Engineers, 400
Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA
15096 or https://www.sae.org. Table 2
follows:
TABLE 2 OF § 1048.810.—SAE MATERIALS
Part 1048 reference
Document number and name
SAE J1930, Electrical/Electronic Systems Diagnostic Terms, Definitions, Abbreviations, and Acronyms, revised May 1998 .........
SAE J2260, Nonmetallic Fuel System Tubing with One or More Layers, November 1996 ...............................................................
(c) ISO material. Table 3 of this
section lists material from the
International Organization for
Standardization that we have
incorporated by reference. The first
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
column lists the number and name of
the material. The second column lists
the section of this part where we
reference it. Anyone may purchase
copies of these materials from the
PO 00000
Frm 00067
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1048.135
1048.105
International Organization for
Standardization, Case Postale 56, CH–
1211 Geneva 20,Switzerland or https://
www.iso.org. Table 3 follows:
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40486
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 3 OF § 1048.810.—ISO MATERIALS
Part 1048 reference
Document number and name
ISO 9141–2 Road vehicles—Diagnostic systems—Part 2: CARB requirements for interchange of digital information, February
1994 .................................................................................................................................................................................................
ISO 14230–4 Road vehicles—Diagnostic systems—Keyword Protocol 2000—Part 4: Requirements for emission-related systems, June 2000 ..............................................................................................................................................................................
263. Section 1048.815 is revised to
read as follows:
Time(s)
§ 1048.815 What provisions apply to
confidential information?
*
I
(a) Clearly show what you consider
confidential by marking, circling,
bracketing, stamping, or some other
method.
(b) We will store your confidential
information as described in 40 CFR part
2. Also, we will disclose it only as
specified in 40 CFR part 2. This applies
both to any information you send us and
to any information we collect from
inspections, audits, or other site visits.
(c) If you send us a second copy
without the confidential information,
we will assume it contains nothing
confidential whenever we need to
release information from it.
(d) If you send us information without
claiming it is confidential, we may make
it available to the public without further
notice to you, as described in 40 CFR
2.204.
I 264. Section 1048.820 is revised to
read as follows:
§ 1048.820
How do I request a hearing?
(a) You may request a hearing under
certain circumstances, as described
elsewhere in this part. To do this, you
must file a written request, including a
description of your objection and any
supporting data, within 30 days after we
make a decision.
(b) For a hearing you request under
the provisions of this part, we will
approve your request if we find that
your request raises a substantial factual
issue.
(c) If we agree to hold a hearing, we
will use the procedures specified in 40
CFR part 1068, subpart G.
I 265. Appendix I to part 1048 is
amended in the table by adding a
footnote to read as follows:
Appendix I to Part 1048—Large Sparkignition (SI) Transient Cycle for
Constant-Speed Engines
*
*
Time(s)
VerDate jul<14>2003
*
*
*
Normalized
speed
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Normalized
torque1
Jkt 205001
Normalized
speed
*
*
Normalized
torque1
*
*
1 The percent torque is relative to maximum
torque at the commanded engine speed.
PART 1051—CONTROL OF EMISSIONS
FROM RECREATIONAL ENGINES AND
VEHICLES
266. The authority citation for part
1051 is revised to read as follows:
I
Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401—7671q.
267. The heading for subpart A is
revised to read as follows:
I
Subpart A—Overview and Applicability
268. Section 1051.1 is revised to read
as follows:
I
§ 1051.1 Does this part apply for my
vehicles or engines?
(a) The regulations in this part 1051
apply for all the following new
recreational vehicles or new engines
used in the following recreational
vehicles, except as provided in § 1051.5:
(1) Snowmobiles.
(2) Off-highway motorcycles.
(3) All-terrain vehicles (ATVs.)
(4) Offroad utility vehicles with
engines with displacement less than or
equal to 1000 cc, maximum engine
power less than or equal to 30 kW, and
maximum vehicle speed of 25 miles per
hour or higher. Offroad utility vehicles
that are subject to this part are subject
to the same requirements as ATVs. This
means that any requirement that applies
to ATVs also applies to these offroad
utility vehicles, without regard to
whether the regulatory language
mentions offroad utility vehicles.
(b) In certain cases, the regulations in
this part 1051 apply to new engines
under 50 cc used in motorcycles that are
motor vehicles. See 40 CFR 86.447–2006
or 86.448–2006 for provisions related to
this allowance.
(c) This part 1051 applies for new
recreational vehicles starting in the 2006
model year, except as described in
subpart B of this part. You need not
follow this part for vehicles you
produce before the 2006 model year,
unless you certify voluntarily. See
§§ 1051.103 through 1051.110,
PO 00000
Frm 00068
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1048.110
1048.110
§ 1051.145, and the definition of ‘‘model
year’’ in § 1051.801 for moreinformation
about the timing of the requirements.
(d) The requirements of this part
begin to apply when a vehicle is new.
See the definition of ‘‘new’’ in
§ 1051.801 for more information. In
some cases, vehicles or engines that
have been previously used may be
considered ‘‘new’’ for the purposes of
this part.
(e) The evaporative emission
requirements of this part apply to
highway motorcycles, as specified in 40
CFR part 86, subpart E.
I 269. Section 1051.5 is revised to read
as follows:
§ 1051.5 Which engines are excluded from
this part’s requirements?
(a) You may exclude vehicles with
compression-ignition engines. See 40
CFR part 89 or 1039 for regulations that
cover these engines.
(b) We may require you to label an
engine or vehicle (or both) if this section
excludes it and other requirements in
this chapter do not apply.
I 270. Section 1051.10 is revised to read
as follows:
§ 1051.10
How is this part organized?
The regulations in this part 1051
contain provisions that affect both
vehicle manufacturers and others.
However, the requirements of this part
are generally addressed to the vehicle
manufacturer. The term ‘‘you’’ generally
means the vehicle manufacturer, as
defined in § 1051.801. This part 1051 is
divided into the following subparts:
(a) Subpart A of this part defines the
applicability of part 1051 and gives an
overview of regulatory requirements.
(b) Subpart B of this part describes the
emission standards and other
requirements that must be met to certify
engines under this part. Note that
§ 1051.145 discusses certaininterim
requirements and compliance
provisions that apply only for a limited
time.
(c) Subpart C of this part describes
how to apply for a certificate of
conformity.
(d) Subpart D of this part describes
general provisions for testing
production-line engines.
(e) [Reserved]
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
(f) Subpart F of this part describes
how to test your engines (including
references to other parts of the Code of
Federal Regulations).
(g) Subpart G of this part and 40 CFR
part 1068 describe requirements,
prohibitions, and other provisions that
apply to engine manufacturers,
equipment manufacturers, owners,
operators, rebuilders, and all others.
(h) Subpart H of this part describes
how you may generate and use emission
credits to certify your engines.
(i) Subpart I of this part contains
definitions and other reference
information.
I 271. Section 1051.15 is revised to read
as follows:
§ 1051.15 Do any other regulation parts
apply to me?
(a) Parts 86 and 1065 of this chapter
describe procedures and equipment
specifications for testing vehicles and
engines. Subpart F of this part 1051
describes how to apply the provisions of
parts 86 and 1065 of this chapter to
determine whether vehicles meet the
emission standards in this part.
(b) The requirements and prohibitions
of part 1068 of this chapter apply to
everyone,including anyone who
manufactures, imports, installs, owns,
operates, or rebuilds any of the vehicles
subject to this part 1051, or vehicles
containing these engines. Part 1068 of
this chapter describes general
provisions, including these seven areas:
(1) Prohibited acts and penalties for
manufacturers and others.
(2) Rebuilding and other aftermarket
changes.
(3) Exclusions and exemptions for
certain vehicles and engines.
(4) Importing vehicles and engines.
(5) Selective enforcement audits of
your production.
(6) Defect reporting and recall.
(7) Procedures for hearings.
(c) Other parts of this chapter apply
if referenced in this part.
I 272. Section 1051.101 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a)(1), (a)(2), (c), and
(f) to read as follows:
§ 1051.101 What emission standards and
other requirements must my vehicles meet?
(a) * * *
(1) The applicable exhaust emission
standards in § 1051.103, § 1051.105,
§ 1051.107, or § 1051.145.
(i) For snowmobiles, see § 1051.103.
(ii) For off-highway motorcycles, see
§ 1051.105.
(iii) For all-terrain vehicles and
offroad utility vehicles subject to this
part, see § 1051.107 and § 1051.145.
(2) The evaporative emission
standards in § 1051.110.
*
*
*
*
*
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
(c) These standards and requirements
apply to all testing, including
certification, production-line, and inuse testing.
*
*
*
*
*
(f) As described in § 1051.1(a)(4),
offroad utility vehicles that are subject
to this part are subject to the same
requirements as ATVs.
I 273. Section 1051.103 is amended by
revising paragraph (a)(1) before the table
and paragraphs (b) introductory text and
(c) introductory text to read as follows:
§ 1051.103 What are the exhaust emission
standards for snowmobiles?
(a) * * *
(1) Follow Table 1 of this section for
exhaust emission standards. You may
generate or use emission credits under
the averaging, banking, and trading
(ABT) program for HC+NOX and CO
emissions, as described in subpart H of
this part. This requires that you specify
a family emission limit for each
pollutant you include in the ABT
program for each engine family. These
family emission limits serve as the
emission standards for the engine family
with respect to all required testing
instead of the standards specified in this
section. An engine family meets
emission standards evenif its family
emission limit is higher than the
standard, as long as you show that the
whole averaging set of applicable engine
families meets the applicable emission
standards using emission credits, and
the vehicles within the family meet the
family emission limit. The phase-in
values specify the percentage of your
U.S.-directed production that must
comply with the emission standards for
those model years. Calculate this
compliance percentage based on a
simple count of your U.S.-directed
production units within each certified
engine family compared with a simple
count of your total U.S.-directed
production units. Table 1 also shows the
maximum value you may specify for a
family emission limit, as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
(b) The exhaust emission standards in
this section apply for snowmobiles
using the fuel type on which they are
designed to operate. You must meet the
numerical emission standards for
hydrocarbons in this section based on
the following types of hydrocarbon
emissions for snowmobiles powered by
the following fuels:
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Your snowmobiles must meet
emission standards over their full useful
life. The minimum useful life is 8,000
kilometers, 400 hours of engine
operation, or five calendar years,
PO 00000
Frm 00069
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40487
whichever comes first. You must specify
a longer useful life in terms of
kilometers and hours for the engine
family if the average service life of your
vehicles is longer than the minimum
value, as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
I 274. Section 1051.105 is amended by
revising paragraph (a)(1) before the table
and paragraphs (a)(3), (b) introductory
text, and (c) introductory text to read as
follows:
§ 1051.105 What are the exhaust emission
standards for off-highway motorcycles?
(a) * * *
(1) Follow Table 1 of this section for
exhaust emission standards. You may
generate or use emission credits under
the averaging, banking, and trading
(ABT) program for HC+NOX and CO
emissions, as described in subpart H of
this part. This requires that you specify
a family emission limit for each
pollutant you include in the ABT
program for each engine family. These
family emission limits serve as the
emission standards for the engine family
with respect to all required testing
instead of the standards specified in this
section. An engine family meets
emission standards evenif its family
emission limit is higher than the
standard, as long as you show that the
whole averaging set of applicable engine
families meets the applicable emission
standards using emission credits, and
the vehicles within the family meet the
family emission limit. The phase-in
values specify the percentage of your
U.S.-directed production that must
comply with the emission standards for
those model years. Calculate this
compliance percentage based on a
simple count of your U.S.-directed
production units within each certified
engine family compared with a simple
count of your total U.S.-directed
production units. Table 1 follows:
*
*
*
*
*
(3) You may certify off-highway
motorcycles with engines that have total
displacement of 70 cc or less to the
exhaust emission standards in
§ 1051.615 instead of certifying them to
the exhaust emission standards of this
section. Count all such vehicles in the
phase-in (percent) requirements of this
section.
(b) The exhaust emission standards in
this section apply for off-highway
motorcycles using the fuel type on
which they are designed to operate. You
must meet the numerical emission
standards for hydrocarbons in this
section based on the following types of
hydrocarbon emissions for off-highway
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40488
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
motorcycles powered by the following
fuels:
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Your off-highway motorcycles
must meet emission standards over their
full useful life. For off-highway
motorcycles with engines that have total
displacement greater than 70 cc, the
minimum useful life is 10,000
kilometers or five years, whichever
comes first. For off-highway
motorcycles with engines that have total
displacement of 70 cc or less, the
minimum useful life is 5,000 kilometers
or five years, whichever comes first.
You must specify a longer useful life for
the engine family in terms of kilometers
if the average service life of your
vehicles is longer than the minimum
value, as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
I 275. Section 1051.107 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a), (b) introductory
text, and
(c) introductory text to read as
follows:
§ 1051.107 What are the exhaust emission
standards for all-terrain vehicles (ATVs) and
offroad utility vehicles?
*
*
*
*
*
(a) Apply the exhaust emission
standards in this section by model year.
Measure emissions with the ATV test
procedures in subpart F of this part.
(1) Follow Table 1 of this section for
exhaust emission standards. You may
generate or use emission credits under
the averaging, banking, and trading
(ABT) program for HC+NOX emissions,
as described in subpart H of this part.
This requires that you specify a family
emission limit for each pollutant you
include in the ABT program for each
engine family. These family emission
limits serve as the emission standards
for the engine family with respect to all
required testing instead of the standards
specifiedin this section. An engine
family meets emission standards even if
its family emission limit is higher than
the standard, as long as you show that
the whole averaging set of applicable
engine families meets the applicable
emission standards using emission
credits, and the vehicles within the
family meet the family emission limit.
Table 1 also shows the maximum value
you may specify for a family emission
limit. The phase-in values in the table
specify the percentage of your total U.S.directed production that must comply
with the emission standards for those
model years.
Calculate this compliance percentage
based on a simple count of your U.S.directed production units within each
certified engine family compared with a
simple count of your total U.S.-directed
production units. This applies to your
total production of ATVs and offroad
utility vehicles that are subject to the
standards of this part; including both
ATVs and offroad utility vehicles
subject to the standards of this section
and ATVs and offroad utility vehicles
certified to the standards of other
sections in this part 1051 (such as
§ 1051.615, but not including vehicles
certified under other parts in this
chapter (such as 40 CFR part 90). Table
1 follows:
TABLE 1 OF § 1051.107.—EXHAUST EMISSION STANDARDS FOR ATVS (G/KM)
Emission standards
Phase
Phase 1 ...............................
2006 ....................................
2007 and later ....................
(2) You may certify ATVs with
engines that have total displacement of
less than 100 cc to the exhaust emission
standards in § 1051.615 instead of
certifying them to the exhaust emission
standards of this section. Count all such
vehicles in the phase-in(percent)
requirements of this section.
(b) The exhaust emission standards in
this section apply for ATVs using the
fuel type on which they are designed to
operate. You must meet the numerical
emission standards for hydrocarbons in
this section based on the following
types of hydrocarbon emissions for
ATVs powered by the following fuels:
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Your ATVs must meet emission
standards over their full useful life. For
ATVs with engines that have total
displacement of 100 cc or greater, the
minimum useful life is 10,000
kilometers, 1000 hours of engine
operation, or five years, whichever
comes first. For ATVs with engines that
have total displacement of less than 100
cc, the minimum useful life is 5,000
kilometers, 500 hours of engine
operation, or five years, whichever
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Phase-in
(percent)
Model year
Jkt 205001
50
100
HC+NOX
§ 1051.110 What evaporative emission
standards must my vehicles meet?
Your new vehicles must meet the
emission standards of this section over
their full useful life. Note that
§ 1051.245 allows you to use designbased certification instead of generating
new emission data.
(a) Beginning with the 2008 model
year, permeation emissions from your
vehicle’s fuel tank(s) may not exceed 1.5
grams per square-meter per day when
measured with the test procedures for
tank permeation in subpart F of this
part. You may generate or use emission
credits under the averaging, banking,
and trading (ABT) program, as
describedin subpart H of this part.
*
*
*
*
*
PO 00000
Frm 00070
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
CO
1.5
1.5
comes first. You must specify a longer
useful life for the engine family in terms
of kilometers and hours if the average
service life of your vehicles is longer
than the minimum value, as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
I 276. Section 1051.110 is amended by
revising the introductory text and
paragraph (a) to read as follows:
Maximum allowable family
emission limits
HC+NOX
35
35
20.0
20.0
CO
........................
........................
277. Section 1051.115 is amended by
removing and reserving paragraph (b),
revising paragraphs (a), (c), (f), and (g),
and adding a new paragraph (d)(3)(vi) to
read as follows:
I
§ 1051.115 What other requirements must
my vehicles meet?
*
*
*
*
*
(a) Closed crankcase. Crankcase
emissions may not be discharged
directly into the ambient atmosphere
from any vehicle throughout its useful
life.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Adjustable parameters. Vehicles
that have adjustable parameters must
meet all the requirements of this part for
any adjustment in the physically
adjustable range. Note that parameters
that control the air-fuel ratio may be
treated separately under paragraph (d)
of this section. An operating parameter
is not considered adjustable if you
permanently sealit or if it is not
normally accessible using ordinary
tools. We may require that you set
adjustable parameters to any
specification within the adjustable range
during any testing,including
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
certification testing, production-line
testing, or in-use testing.
(d) * * *
(3) * * *
(vi) The adjustable range of carburetor
screws, such as air screw, fuel screw,
andidle-speed screw must be defined by
stops, limits, or specification on the
jetting chart consistent with the
requirements for specifying jet sizes and
needle configuration in this section.
*
*
*
*
*
(f) Defeat devices. You may not equip
your vehicles with a defeat device. A
defeat device is an auxiliary emissioncontrol device that reduces the
effectiveness of emission controls under
conditions that the vehicle may
reasonably be expected to encounter
during normal operation and use. This
does not apply to auxiliary emissioncontrol devices you identify in your
certification application if any of the
following is true:
(1) The conditions of concern were
substantially included in the applicable
test procedures described in subpart F
of this part.
(2) You show your design is necessary
to prevent vehicle damage or accidents.
(3) The reduced effectiveness applies
only to starting the engine.
(g) Noise standards. There are no
noise standards specified in this part
1051. See 40 CFR Chapter I, Subchapter
G, to determine if your vehicle must
meet noise emission standards under
another part of our regulations.
I 278. Section 1051.120 is revised to
read as follows:
for any component may not be shorter
than any published warranty you offer
without charge for that component. If a
vehicle has no odometer, base warranty
periods in this paragraph (b) only on the
vehicle’s age (in years). The warranty
period begins when the engine is placed
into service.
(c) Components covered. The
emission-related warranty covers all
components whose failure would
increase an engine’s emissions of any
pollutant. This includes components
listed in 40 CFR part 1068, Appendix I,
and components from any other system
you develop to control emissions. The
emission-related warranty covers these
components even if another company
produces the component. Your
emission-related warranty does not
cover components whose failure would
not increase an engine’s emissions of
any pollutant.
(d) Limited applicability. You may
deny warranty claims under this section
if the operator caused the problem
through improper maintenance or use,
as described in 40CFR 1068.115. You
may ask us to allow you to exclude from
your emission-related warranty certified
vehicles that have been used
significantly for competition, especially
certified motorcycles that meet at least
four of the criteria in § 1051.620(b)(1).
(e) Owners manual. Describe in the
owners manual the emission-related
warranty provisions from this section
that apply to the engine.
I 279. Section 1051.125 is revised to
read as follows:
§ 1051.120 What emission-related warranty
requirements apply to me?
§ 1051.125 What maintenance instructions
must I give to buyers?
(a) General requirements. You must
warrant to the ultimate purchaser and
each subsequent purchaser that the new
engine, including all parts of its
emission-control system, meets two
conditions:
(1) It is designed, built, and equipped
so it conforms at the time of sale to the
ultimate purchaser with the
requirements of this part.
(2) It is free from defects in materials
and workmanship that may keep it from
meeting these requirements.
(b) Warranty period. Your emissionrelated warranty must be valid for at
least 50 percent of the vehicle’s
minimum useful life in kilometers or
hours of engine operation (where
applicable), or at least 30 months,
whichever comes first. You may offer an
emission-related warranty more
generous than we require. The emissionrelated warranty for the engine may not
be shorter than any published warranty
you offer without charge for the engine.
Similarly, the emission-related warranty
Give the ultimate purchaser of each
new vehicle written instructions for
properly maintaining and using the
vehicle, including the emission-control
system. The maintenance instructions
also apply to service accumulation on
your emission-data vehicles, as
described in § 1051.240, § 1051.245, and
40 CFR part 1065.
(a) Critical emission-related
maintenance. Critical emission-related
maintenanceincludes any adjustment,
cleaning, repair, or replacement of
critical emission-related components.
This may also include additional
emission-related maintenance that you
determine is critical if we approve it in
advance. You may schedule critical
emission-related maintenance on these
components if you meet the following
conditions:
(1) You demonstrate that the
maintenance is reasonably likely to be
done at the recommended intervals on
in-use vehicles. We will accept
scheduled maintenance as reasonably
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
PO 00000
Frm 00071
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40489
likely to occur if you satisfy any of the
following conditions:
(i) You present data showing that, if
a lack of maintenance increases
emissions, it also unacceptably degrades
the vehicle’s performance.
(ii) You present survey data showing
that at least 80 percent of vehicles in the
field get the maintenance you specify at
the recommended intervals.
(iii) You provide the maintenance free
of charge and clearly say so in
maintenanceinstructions for the
customer.
(iv) You otherwise show us that the
maintenance is reasonably likely to be
done at the recommended intervals.
(2) You may not schedule critical
emission-related maintenance within
the minimum useful life period for
aftertreatment devices, pulse-air valves,
fuel injectors, oxygen sensors, electronic
control units, superchargers, or
turbochargers.
(b) Recommended additional
maintenance. You may recommend any
additional amount of maintenance on
the components listed in paragraph (a)
of this section, as long as you state
clearly that these maintenance steps are
not necessary to keep the emissionrelated warranty valid. If operators do
the maintenance specified in paragraph
(a) of this section, but not the
recommended additional maintenance,
this does not allow you to
disqualifythose vehicles from in-use
testing or deny a warranty claim. Do not
take these maintenance steps during
service accumulation on your emissiondata vehicles.
(c) Special maintenance. You may
specify more frequent maintenance to
address problems related to special
situations, such as atypical vehicle
operation. You must clearly state that
this additional maintenance is
associated with the special situation you
are addressing.
(d) Noncritical emission-related
maintenance. You may schedule any
amount of emission-related inspection
or maintenance that is not covered by
paragraph (a) of this section, as long as
you state in the owners manual that
these steps are not necessary to keep the
emission-related warranty valid. If
operators fail to do this maintenance,
this does not allow you to disqualify
those vehicles from in-use testing or
deny a warranty claim. Do not take
these inspection or maintenance steps
during service accumulation on your
emission-data vehicles.
(e) Maintenance that is not emissionrelated. For maintenance unrelated to
emission controls, you may schedule
any amount of inspection or
maintenance. You may also takethese
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40490
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
inspection or maintenance steps during
service accumulation on your emissiondata vehicles, as long as they are
reasonable and technologically
necessary. This mightinclude adding
engine oil, changing air, fuel, or oil
filters, servicing engine-cooling systems,
and adjusting idle speed, governor,
engine bolt torque, valve lash, or
injector lash, or adjusting chain tension,
clutch position, or tire pressure. You
may perform this nonemission-related
maintenance on emission-data vehicles
at the least frequent intervalsthat you
recommend to the ultimate purchaser
(but not the intervals recommended for
severe service). You may also visually
inspect test vehicles or engines,
including emission-related components,
as needed to ensure safe operation.
(f) Source of parts and repairs. State
clearly on the first page of your written
maintenanceinstructions that a repair
shop or person of the owner’s choosing
may maintain, replace, or repair
emission-control devices and systems.
Your instructions may not require
components or service identified by
brand, trade, or corporate name. Also,
do not directly or indirectly condition
your warranty on a requirement that the
vehicle be serviced by your franchised
dealers or any other service
establishments with which you have a
commercial relationship. You may
disregard the requirements in this
paragraph (f) if you do one of two
things:
(1) Provide a component or service
without charge under the purchase
agreement.
(2) Get us to waive this prohibition in
the public’s interest by convincing us
the vehicle will work properly only
with the identified component or
service.
(g) Payment for scheduled
maintenance. Owners are responsible
for properly maintainingtheir vehicles.
This generally includes paying for
scheduled maintenance. However,
manufacturers must pay for scheduled
maintenance during the useful life if it
meets allthe following criteria:
(1) Each affected component was not
in general use on similar vehicles before
the 2006 model year.
(2) The primary function of each
affected component is to reduce
emissions.
(3) The cost of the scheduled
maintenance is more than 2 percent of
the price of the vehicle.
(4) Failure to perform the
maintenance would not cause clear
problems that would significantly
degrade the vehicle’s performance.
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
(h) Owners manual. Explain the
owner’s responsibility for proper
maintenance in the owners manual.
I 280. Section 1051.130 is revised to
read as follows:
§ 1051.130 What installation instructions
must I give to vehicle manufacturers?
(a) If you sell an engine for someone
else to install in a piece of nonroad
equipment, givethe engine installer
instructions for installing it consistent
with the requirements of this part.
Include all information necessary to
ensure that an engine will be installed
in its certified configuration.
(b) Make sure these instructions have
the following information:
(1) Include the heading: ‘‘Emissionrelated installation instructions’’.
(2) State: ‘‘Failing to follow these
instructions when installing a certified
engine in a piece of nonroad equipment
violates federal law (40 CFR
1068.105(b)), subject to fines or other
penalties as described in the Clean Air
Act.’’.
(3) Describe the instructions needed
to properly install the exhaust system
and any other components. Include
instructions consistent with the
requirements of § 1051.205(r).
(4) Describe the steps needed to
comply with the evaporative emission
standards in § 1051.110.
(5) Describe any limits on the range of
applications needed to ensure that the
engine operates consistently with your
application for certification. For
example, if your engines are certified
only to the snowmobile standards, tell
vehicle manufacturers notto install the
engines in other vehicles.
(6) Describe any other instructions to
make sure the installed engine will
operate according to design
specifications in your application for
certification. This mayinclude, for
example, instructions for installing
aftertreatment devices when installing
the engines.
(7) State: ‘‘If you install the engine in
a way that makes the engine’s emission
controlinformation label hard to read
during normal engine maintenance, you
must place a duplicate label on the
vehicle, as described in 40 CFR
1068.105.’’.
(c) You do not need installation
instructions for engines you install in
your own vehicles.
(d) Provide instructions in writing or
in an equivalent format. For example,
you may post instructions on a publicly
available Web site for downloading or
printing. If you do not provide the
instructions in writing, explain in your
application for certification how you
will ensure that each installer is
PO 00000
Frm 00072
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
informed of the installation
requirements.
I 281. Section 1051.135 is revised to
read as follows:
§ 1051.135 How must I label and identify
the vehicles I produce?
Each of your vehicles must have three
labels: a vehicle identification number
as described in paragraph (a) of this
section, an emission control information
label as described in paragraphs (b)
through (e) of this section, and a
consumer information label as
describedin § 1051.137.
(a) Assign each vehicle a unique
identification number and permanently
affix, engrave, or stamp it on the vehicle
in a legible way.
(b) At the time of manufacture, affix
a permanent and legible emission
control information label identifying
each vehicle. The label must be
(1) Attached so it is not removable
without being destroyed or defaced.
(2) Secured to a part of the vehicle (or
engine) needed for normal operation
and not normally requiring replacement.
(3) Durable and readable for the
vehicle’s entire life.
(4) Written in English.
(c) The label must—
(1) Include the heading ‘‘EMISSION
CONTROL INFORMATION’’.
(2) Include your full corporate name
and trademark. You may identify
another company and use its trademark
instead of yours if you comply with the
provisions of § 1051.645.
(3) Include EPA’s standardized
designation for engine families, as
described in § 1051.230.
(4) State the engine’s displacement (in
liters). You may omit this from the
emission control information label if the
vehicle is permanently labeled with a
unique model name that corresponds to
a specific displacement. Also, you may
omit displacement from the label if all
the engines in the engine family have
the same per-cylinder displacement and
total displacement.
(5) State: ‘‘THIS VEHICLE IS
CERTIFIED TO OPERATE ON [specify
operating fuel or fuels].’’.
(6) State the date of manufacture
[MONTH and YEAR]. You may omit
this from the label if you keep a record
of the engine-manufacture dates and
provide it to us upon request, or if you
stamp the date on the engine or vehicle.
(7) State the exhaust emission
standards or FELs to which the vehicles
are certified.
(8) Identify the emission-control
system. Use terms and abbreviations
consistent withSAE J1930 (incorporated
by reference in § 1051.810). You may
omit this information from the label if
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
there is not enough room for it and you
put it in the owners manualinstead.
(9) List specifications and adjustments
for engine tuneups; show the proper
position for the transmission during
tuneup and state which accessories
should be operating.
(10) Identify the fuel type and any
requirements for fuel and lubricants.
You may omit this information from the
label if there is not enough room for it
and you put it in the owners manual
instead.
(11) State the useful life for your
engine family if it is different than the
minimum value.
(12) State: ‘‘S VEHICLE MEETS U.S.
EPA REGULATIONS FOR [MODEL
YEAR] [SNOWMOBILES or OFF-ROAD
MOTORCYCLES or ATVs or OFFROAD
UTILITY VEHICLES].’’.
(d) You may add information to the
emission control information label to
identify other emission standards that
the vehicle meets or does not meet (such
as California standards). You may also
add other information to ensure that the
engine will be properly maintained and
used.
(e) You may ask us to approve
modified labeling requirements in this
part 1051 if you show that it is
necessary or appropriate. We will
approve your request if your alternate
label is consistent with the requirements
of this part.
(f) If you obscure the engine label
while installing the engine in the
equipment such thatthe label will be
hard to read during normal
maintenance, you must place a
duplicate label on the equipment. If
others install your engine in their
equipment in a way that obscuresthe
engine label, we require them to add a
duplicate label on the equipment (see 40
CFR 1068.105); in that case, give them
the number of duplicate labels they
request and keepthe following records
for at least five years:
(1) Written documentation of the
request from the equipment
manufacturer.
(2) The number of duplicate labels
you send and the date you sent them.
(g) Label every vehicle certified under
this part with a removable hang-tag
showing its emission characteristics
relative to other models, as described in
§ 1051.137.
I 282. A new § 1051.137 is added to read
as follows:
§ 1051.137 What are the consumer labeling
requirements?
Label every vehicle certified under
this part with a removable hang-tag
showing its emission characteristics
relative to other models. The label
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
should be attached securely to the
vehicle before it is offered for sale in
such a manner that it would not be
accidentally removed prior to sale. Use
the applicable equations of this section
to determine the normalized emission
rate (NER) from the FEL for your
vehicle. If the vehicle is certified
without using the averaging provisions
of subpart H, use the final deteriorated
emission level. Round the resulting
normalized emission rate for your
vehicle to one decimal place. If the
calculated NER value is less than zero,
consider NER to be zero for that vehicle.
We may specify a standardized format
for labels. At a minimum, the tag should
include: the manufacturer’s name,
vehicle model name, engine description
(500 cc two-stroke with DFI), the NER,
and a brief explanation of the scale (for
example, note that 0 is the cleanest and
10 is the least clean).
(a) For snowmobiles, use the
following equation:
NER = 16.61 × log (2.667 × HC +
CO)¥38.22
Where:
HC and CO are the cycle-weighted FELs
(or emission rates) for hydrocarbons
and carbon monoxide in g/kW-hr.
(b) For off-highway motorcycles, use
the following equations:
(1) For off-highway motorcycles
certified to the standards in § 1051.105,
use one of the equations specified
below.
(i) If the vehicle has HC + NOX
emissions less than or equal to 2.0 g/km,
use the following equation:
NER = 2.500 × (HC+NOX)
Where:
HC+NOX is the FEL (or the sum of the
cycle-weighted emission rates) for
hydrocarbons and oxides of
nitrogen in g/km.
(ii) If the vehicle has HC + NOX
emissions greater than 2.0 g/km, use the
following equation:
NER = 5.000 × log(HC+NOX)+ 3.495
Where:
HC+NOX is the FEL (or the sum of the
cycle-weighted emission rates) for
hydrocarbons and oxides of
nitrogen in g/km.
(2) For off-highway motorcycles
certified to the standards in
§ 1051.615(b), use the following
equation:
NER = 8.782 × log(HC+NOX) ¥5.598
Where:
HC+NOX is the FEL (or the sum of the
cycle-weighted emission rates) for
hydrocarbons and oxides of
nitrogen in g/kW-hr.
PO 00000
Frm 00073
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40491
(c) For ATVs, use the following
equations:
(1) For ATVs certified to the standards
in § 1051.107, use one of the equations
specified below.
(i) If the vehicle has HC + NOX
emissions less than or equal to 1.5 g/km,
use the following equation:
NER = 3.333 × (HC+NOX)
Where:
HC+NOX is the FEL (or the sum of the
cycle-weighted emission rates) for
hydrocarbons and oxides of
nitrogen in g/km.
(ii) If the vehicle has HC + NOX
emissions greater than 1.5 g/km, use the
following equation:
NER = 4.444 × log(HC+NOX)+4.217
Where:
HC+NOX is the FEL (or the sum of the
cycle-weighted emission rates) for
hydrocarbons and oxides of
nitrogen in g/km.
(2) For ATVs certified to the standards
in § 1051.615(a), use the following
equation:
NER = 8.782 × log(HC + NOX) ¥7.277
Where:
HC+NOX is the FEL (or the sum of the
cycle-weighted emission rates) for
hydrocarbons and oxides of
nitrogen in g/kW-hr.
I 283. Section 1051.145 is amended by
removing and reserving paragraph (c),
revising paragraphs (a)(3)(iv), (a)(4),
(b)(1) before the table, (b)(3), (e), and (g),
and adding paragraphs (a)(3)(v),
(a)(3)(vi), and (h) to read as follows:
§ 1051.145 What provisions apply only for
a limited time?
*
*
*
*
*
(a) * * *
(3) * * *
(iv) Show that fewer than 50 percent
of the engine family’s total sales in the
United States are used in recreational
vehicles regulated under this part. This
includes engines used in any
application, without regard to which
company manufactures the vehicle or
equipment.
(v) If your engines do not meet the
criteria listed in paragraph (a) of this
section, they will be subject to the
provisions of this part. Introducing
these engines into commerce without a
valid exemption or certificate of
conformity violates the prohibitions in
40 CFR 1068.101.
(vi) Engines exempted under this
paragraph (a)(3) are subject to all the
requirements affecting engines under 40
CFR part 90. The requirements and
restrictions of 40 CFR part 90 apply to
anyone manufacturing these engines,
anyone manufacturing equipment that
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40492
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
uses these engines, and all other persons
in the same manner as other engines
subject to 40 CFR part 90.
(4) All vehicles produced under this
paragraph (a) must be labeled according
to our specifications. The label must
include the following:
(i) The heading ‘‘EMISSION
CONTROL INFORMATION’’.
(ii) Your full corporate name and
trademark.
(iii) A description of the provisions
under which this section applies to your
vehicle .
(iv) Other information that we specify
to you in writing.
(b) * * *
(1) Follow Table 1 of this section for
exhaust emission standards, while
meeting all the other requirements of
§ 1051.107. You may use emission
credits to show compliance with these
standards (see subpart H of this part).
You may not exchange emission credits
with engine families meeting the
standards in § 1051.107(a). You may
also not exchange credits between
engine families certified to the
standards for engines above 225 cc and
engine families certified to the
standards for engines below 225 cc. The
phase-in percentages in the table specify
the percentage of your total U.S.directed production that must comply
with the emission standards for those
model years (i.e., the percentage
requirement does not apply separately
for engine families above and below 225
cc). Table 1 follows:
*
*
*
*
*
(3) For ATVs certified to the standards
in this paragraph (b), use the following
equations to determine the normalized
emission rate required by § 1051.137:
(i) For engines at or above 225 cc, use
the following equation:
NER = 9.898 × log (HC + NOX) ¥ 4.898
Where:
HC +NOX is the sum of the cycleweighted emission rates for
hydrocarbons and oxides of
nitrogen in g/kW-hr.
(ii) For engines below 225 cc, use the
following equation:
NER = 9.898 × log [(HC+NOX) 0.83] ¥
4.898
Where:
HC +NOX is the sum of the cycleweighted emission rates for
hydrocarbons and oxides of
nitrogen in g/kW-hr.
*
*
*
*
*
(e) Raw sampling procedures. Using
good engineering judgment, you may
use the alternate raw-sampling
procedures instead of the procedures
described in 40 CFR part 1065 for
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
emission testing certain vehicles, as
follows:
(1) Snowmobile. You may use the raw
sampling procedures described in 40
CFR part 90 or 91 for snowmobiles
before the 2010 model year.
(2) ATV. You may use the raw
sampling procedures described in 40
CFR part 90 or 91 for ATVs certified to
the standards in § 1051.615 before the
2011 model year. You may use these
raw sampling procedures for ATVs
certified to the standards in § 1051.107
or § 1051.145(b) before the 2009 model
year.
*
*
*
*
*
(g) Pull-ahead option for permeation
emissions. Manufacturers choosing to
comply with an early tank permeation
standard of 3.0 g/m2/day prior to model
year 2008 may be allowed to delay
compliance with the 1.5 g/m2/day
standard by earning credits, as follows:
(1) Calculate earned credits using the
following equation:
Credit = (Baseline emissions ¥ Pullahead level) × øSi(Production)i ×
(UL)i¿
Where:
Baseline emissions = the baseline
emission rate, as determined in
paragraph (g)(2) of this section.
Pull-ahead level = the permeation level
to which you certify the tank,
which must be at or below 3.0 g/
m2/day.
(Production)i = the annual production
volume of vehicles in the engine
family for model year ‘‘i’’ times the
average internal surface area of the
vehicles’ fuel tanks.
(UL)i = The useful life of the engine
family in model year ‘‘i’’.
(2) Determine the baseline emission
level for calculating credits using any of
the following values:
(i) 7.6 g/m2/day.
(ii) The emission rate measured from
your lowest-emitting, uncontrolled fuel
tank from the current or previous model
year using the procedures in § 1051.515.
For example, this would generally
involve the fuel tank with the greatest
wall thickness for a given material.
(iii) The emission rate measured from
an uncontrolled fuel tank that is the
same as or most similar to the model
you have used during the current or
previous model year. However, you may
use this approach only if you use it to
establish a baseline emission level for
each unique tank model you produce
using the procedures in § 1051.515.
(3) Pull-ahead tanks under this option
must be certified and must meet all
applicable requirements other than
those limited to compliance with the
exhaust standards.
PO 00000
Frm 00074
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(4) You may use credits generated
under this paragraph (g) as specified in
subpart H of this part.
(h) Deficit credits for permeation
standards. For 2008 through 2010
model years, you may have a negative
balance of emission credits relative to
the permeation emission standards at
the end of each model year, subject to
the following provisions:
(1) You must eliminate any credit
deficit we allow under this paragraph
(h) by the end of the 2011 model year.
If you are unable to eliminate your
credit deficit by the end of the 2011
model year, we may void the certificates
for all families certified to FELs above
the allowable average, for all affected
model years.
(2) State in your application for
certification a statement whether you
will have a negative balance of
permeation emission credits for that
model year. If you project that you will
have a negative balance, estimate the
credit deficit for each affected model
year and present a detailed plan to show
where and when you will get credits to
offset the deficit by the end of the 2011
model year.
(3) In your end-of-year report under
§ 1051.730, state whether your credit
deficit is larger or smaller than you
projected in your application for
certification. If the deficit is larger than
projected, include in your end-of-year
report an update to your detailed plan
to show how you will eliminate the
credit deficit by the end of the 2011
model year.
I 284. Section 1051.201 is revised to
read as follows:
§ 1051.201 What are the general
requirements for obtaining a certificate of
conformity?
(a) You must send us a separate
application for a certificate of
conformity for each engine family. A
certificate of conformity is valid from
the indicated effective date until
December 31 of the model year for
which it is issued.
(b) The application must contain all
the information required by this part
and must not include false or
incomplete statements or information
(see § 1051.255).
(c) We may ask you to include less
information than we specify in this
subpart, as long as you maintain all the
information required by § 1051.250.
(d) You must use good engineering
judgment for all decisions related to
your application (see 40 CFR 1068.5).
(e) An authorized representative of
your company must approve and sign
the application.
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
(f) See § 1051.255 for provisions
describing how we will process your
application.
(g) We may require you to deliver
your test vehicles or engines to a facility
we designate for our testing (see
§ 1051.235(c)).
I 285. Section 1051.205 is revised to
read as follows:
§ 1051.205 What must I include in my
application?
This section specifies the information
that must be in your application, unless
we ask you to include less information
under § 1051.201(c). We may require
you to provide additional information to
evaluate your application.
(a) Describe the engine family’s
specifications and other basic
parameters of the vehicle’s design and
emission controls. List the fuel type on
which your engines are designed to
operate (for example, gasoline, liquefied
petroleum gas, methanol, or natural
gas). List vehicle configurations and
model names that are included in the
engine family.
(b) Explain how the emission-control
system operates. Describe the
evaporative emission controls. Also
describe in detail all system
components for controlling exhaust
emissions, including all auxiliaryemission control devices (AECDs) and
all fuel-system components you will
install on any production or test vehicle
or engine. Identify the part number of
each component you describe. For this
paragraph (b), treat as separate AECDs
any devices that modulate or activate
differently from each other. Include all
the following:
(1) Give a general overview of the
engine, the emission-control strategies,
and all AECDs.
(2) Describe each AECD’s general
purpose and function.
(3) Identify the parameters that each
AECD senses (including measuring,
estimating, calculating, or empirically
deriving the values). Include vehiclebased parameters and state whether you
simulate them during testing with the
applicable procedures.
(4) Describe the purpose for sensing
each parameter.
(5) Identify the location of each sensor
the AECD uses.
(6) Identify the threshold values for
the sensed parameters that activate the
AECD.
(7) Describe the parameters that the
AECD modulates (controls) in response
to any sensed parameters, including the
range of modulation for each parameter,
the relationship between the sensed
parameters and the controlled
parameters and how the modulation
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
achieves the AECD’s stated purpose.
Use graphs and tables, as necessary.
(8) Describe each AECD’s specific
calibration details. This may be in the
form of data tables, graphical
representations, or some other
description.
(9) Describe the hierarchy among the
AECDs when multiple AECDs sense or
modulate the same parameter. Describe
whether the strategies interact in a
comparative or additive manner and
identify which AECD takes precedence
in responding, if applicable.
(10) Explain the extent to which the
AECD is included in the applicable test
procedures specified in subpart F of this
part.
(11) Do the following additional
things for AECDs designed to protect
engines or vehicles:
(i) Identify the engine and/or vehicle
design limits that make protection
necessary and describe any damage that
would occur without the AECD.
(ii) Describe how each sensed
parameter relates to the protected
components’ design limits or those
operating conditions that cause the need
for protection.
(iii) Describe the relationship between
the design limits/parameters being
protected and the parameters sensed or
calculated as surrogates for those design
limits/parameters, if applicable.
(iv) Describe how the modulation by
the AECD prevents engines and/or
equipment from exceeding design
limits.
(v) Explain why it is necessary to
estimate any parameters instead of
measuring them directly and describe
how the AECD calculates the estimated
value, if applicable.
(vi) Describe how you calibrate the
AECD modulation to activate only
during conditions related to the stated
need to protect components and only as
needed to sufficiently protect those
components in a way that minimizes the
emissionimpact.
(c) [Reserved]
(d) Describe the vehicles or engines
you selected for testing and the reasons
for selecting them.
(e) Describe the test equipment and
procedures that you used, including any
special or alternate test procedures you
used (see § 1051.501).
(f) Describe how you operated the
emission-data vehicle before testing,
including the duty cycle and the extent
of engine operation used to stabilize
emission levels. Explain why you
selected the method of service
accumulation. Describe any scheduled
maintenance you did.
(g) List the specifications of the test
fuel to show that it falls within the
PO 00000
Frm 00075
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40493
required ranges we specify in 40 CFR
part 1065.
(h) Identify the engine family’s useful
life.
(i) Include the maintenance
instructions you will give to the
ultimate purchaser of each new vehicle
(see § 1051.125).
(j) Include the emission-related
installation instructions you will
provide if someone else installs your
engines in a vehicle (see § 1051.130).
(k) Describe the labels you create to
meet the requirements of § 1051.135.
(l) Identify the exhaust emission
standards or FELs to which you are
certifying engines in the engine family.
(m) Identify the engine family’s
deterioration factors and describe how
you developed them (see § 1051.243 and
§ 1051.245). Present any emission test
data you used for this.
(n) State that you operated your
emission-data vehicles as described in
the application (including the test
procedures, test parameters, and test
fuels) to show you meet the
requirements of this part.
(o) Present emission data to show that
you meet emission standards, as
follows:
(1) Present emission data for
hydrocarbons (such as NMHC or THCE,
as applicable), NOX, and CO on an
emission-data vehicle to show your
vehicles meet the applicable exhaust
emission standards we specify in
subpart B of this part. Show emission
figures before and after applying
deterioration factors for each pollutant
and for each vehicle or engine. If we
specify more than one grade of any fuel
type (for example, a summer grade and
winter grade of gasoline), you need to
submit test data only for one grade,
unless the regulations of this part
specify otherwise for your engine.
(2) Present evaporative test data for
hydrocarbons to show your vehicles
meet the evaporative emission standards
we specify in subpart B of this part.
Show emission figures before and after
applying deterioration factors for each
vehicle or engine, where applicable. If
you did not perform the testing, identify
the source of the test data.
(3) Note that § 1051.235 and
§ 1051.245 allow you to submit an
application in certain cases without new
emission data.
(p) Report all test results, including
those from invalid tests or from any
other tests, whether or not they were
conducted according to the test
procedures of subpart F of this part. If
you measure CO2, report those emission
levels. We may ask you to send other
information to confirm that your tests
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40494
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
were valid under the requirements of
this part and 40 CFR part 1065.
(q) Describe all adjustable operating
parameters (see § 1051.115(e)),
including production tolerances.
Include the following in your
description of each parameter:
(1) The nominal or recommended
setting.
(2) The intended physically adjustable
range.
(3) The limits or stops used to
establish adjustable ranges.
(4) Information showing why the
limits, stops, or other means of
inhibiting adjustment are effective in
preventing adjustment of parameters on
in-use engines to settings outside your
intended physically adjustable ranges.
(r) Confirm that your emission-related
installation instructions specify how to
ensure that sampling of exhaust
emissions will be possible after engines
are installed in equipment and placed in
service. If this cannot be done by simply
adding a 20-centimeter extension to the
exhaust pipe, show how to sample
exhaust emissions in a way that
prevents diluting the exhaust sample
with ambient air.
(s) Unconditionally certify that all the
vehicles and/or engines in the engine
family comply with the requirements of
this part, other referenced parts of the
CFR, and the Clean Air Act.
(t) Include estimates of U.S.-directed
production volumes.
(u) Include the information required
by other subparts of this part. For
example, include the information
required by § 1051.725 if you participate
in the ABT program.
(v) Include other applicable
information, such as information
specified in this part or 40 CFR part
1068 related to requests for exemptions.
(w) Name an agent for service of
process located in the United States.
Service on this agent constitutes service
on you or any of your officers or
employees for any action by EPA or
otherwise by the United States related to
the requirements of this part.
I 286. Section 1051.210 is revised to
read as follows:
§ 1051.210 May I get preliminary approval
before I complete my application?
If you send us information before you
finish the application, we will review it
and make any appropriate
determinations, especially for questions
related to engine family definitions,
auxiliary emission-control devices,
deterioration factors, testing for service
accumulation, and maintenance.
Decisions made under this section are
considered to be preliminary approval,
subject to final review and approval. We
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
will generally not reverse a decision
where we have given you preliminary
approval, unless we find
newinformation supporting a different
decision. If you request preliminary
approval related to the upcoming model
year or the model year after that, we will
make best-efforts to make the
appropriate determinations as soon as
practicable. We will generally not
provide preliminary approval related to
a future model year more than two years
ahead of time.
§ 1051.215
[Removed]
287. Section 1051.215 is removed.
288. Section 1051.220 is revised to
read as follows:
I
I
§ 1051.220 How do I amend the
maintenance instructions in my
application?
You may amend your emissionrelated maintenance instructions after
you submit your application for
certification, as long as the amended
instructions remain consistent with the
provisions of § 1051.125. You must send
the Designated Compliance Officer a
request to amend your application for
certification for an engine family if you
want to change the emission-related
maintenance instructions in a way that
could affect emissions. In your request,
describe the proposed changes to the
maintenance instructions. We will
disapprove your request if we determine
that the amended instructions are
inconsistent with maintenance you
performed on emission-data vehicles.
(a) If you are decreasing the specified
maintenance, you may distribute the
new maintenance instructions to your
customers 30 days after we receive your
request, unless we disapprove your
request. We may approve a shorter time
or waive this requirement.
(b) If your requested change would
not decrease the specified maintenance,
you may distribute the new
maintenance instructions anytime after
you send your request. For example,
this paragraph (b) would cover adding
instructions to increase the frequency of
a maintenance step for engines in
severe-duty applications.
(c) You need not request approval if
you are making only minor corrections
(such as correcting typographical
mistakes), clarifying your maintenance
instructions, or changing instructions
for maintenance unrelated to emission
control.
I 289. Section 1051.225 is revised to
read as follows:
PO 00000
Frm 00076
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
§ 1051.225 How do I amend my application
for certification to include new or modified
vehicles or to change an FEL?
Before we issue you a certificate of
conformity, you may amend your
application to include new or modified
vehicle configurations, subject to the
provisions of this section. After we have
issued your certificate of conformity,
you may send us an amended
application requesting that we include
new or modified vehicle configurations
within the scope of the certificate,
subject to the provisions of this section.
You must amend your application if any
changes occur with respect to any
information included in your
application.
(a) You must amend your application
before you take any of the following
actions:
(1) Add a vehicle (that is, an
additional vehicle configuration) to an
engine family. In this case, the vehicle
added must be consistent with other
vehicles in the engine family with
respect to the criteria listed in
§ 1051.230.
(2) Change a vehicle already included
in an engine family in a way that may
affect emissions, or change any of the
components you described in your
application for certification. This
includes production and design changes
that may affect emissions any time
during the engine’s lifetime.
(3) Modify an FEL for an engine
family, as described in paragraph (f) of
this section.
(b) To amend your application for
certification, send the Designated
Compliance Officer the following
information:
(1) Describe in detail the addition or
change in the vehicle model or
configuration you intend to make.
(2) Include engineering evaluations or
data showing that the amended engine
family complies with all applicable
requirements. You may do this by
showing that the original emission-data
vehicle is still appropriate with respect
to showing compliance of the amended
family with all applicable requirements.
(3) If the original emission-data
vehicle for the engine family is not
appropriate to show compliance for the
new or modified vehicle, include new
test data showing that the new or
modified vehicle meets the
requirements of this part.
(c) We may ask for more test data or
engineering evaluations. You must give
us these within 30 days after we request
them.
(d) For engine families already
covered by a certificate of conformity,
we will determine whether the existing
certificate of conformity covers your
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
new or modified vehicle. You may ask
for a hearing if we deny your request
(see § 1051.820).
(e) For engine families already
covered by a certificate of conformity,
you may start producing the new or
modified vehicle anytime after you send
us your amended application, before we
make a decision under paragraph (d) of
this section. However, if we determine
that the affected vehicles do not meet
applicable requirements, we will notify
you to cease production of the vehicles
and may require you to recall the
vehicles at no expense to the owner.
Choosing to produce vehicles under this
paragraph (e) is deemed to be consent to
recall all vehicles that we determine do
not meet applicable emission standards
or other requirements and to remedy the
nonconformity at no expense to the
owner. If you do not provide
information required under paragraph
(c) of this section within 30 days, you
must stop producing the new or
modified vehicles.
(f) You may ask to change your FEL
in the following cases:
(1) You may ask to raise your FEL for
your engine family after the start of
production. You must use the higher
FEL for the entire family to calculate
your average emission level under
subpart H of this part. In your request,
you must demonstrate that you will still
be able to comply with the applicable
average emission standards as specified
in subparts B and H of this part.
(2) You may ask to lower the FEL for
your engine family after the start of
production only when you have test
data from production vehicles
indicating that your vehicles comply
with the lower FEL. You may create a
separate subfamily with the lower FEL.
Otherwise, you must use the higher FEL
for the family to calculate your average
emission level under subpart H of this
part.
(3) If you change the FEL during
production, you must include the new
FEL on the emission control information
label for all vehicles produced after the
change.
I 290. Section 1051.230 is revised to
read as follows:
§ 1051.230
families?
How do I select engine
(a) Divide your product line into
families of vehicles that are expected to
have similar emission characteristics
throughout the useful life. Except as
specified in paragraph (f) of this section,
you must have separate engine families
for meeting exhaust and evaporative
emissions. Your engine family is limited
to a single model year.
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
(b) For exhaust emissions, group
vehicles in the same engine family if
they are the samein all the following
aspects:
(1) The combustion cycle.
(2) The cooling system (liquid-cooled
vs. air-cooled).
(3) Configuration of the fuel system
(for example, port fuel injection vs.
carburetion).
(4) Method of air aspiration.
(5) The number, location, volume, and
composition of catalytic converters.
(6) Type of fuel.
(7) The number, arrangement, and
approximate bore diameter of cylinders.
(8) Numerical level of the emission
standards that apply to the vehicle.
(c) For evaporative emissions, group
vehicles in the same engine family if
fuel tanks are similar and fuel lines are
similar considering all the following
aspects:
(1) Type of material (including
additives such as pigments, plasticizers,
and UV inhibitors).
(2) Emission-control strategy.
(3) Production methods. This does not
apply to differences in production
methods that would not affect emission
characteristics.
(d) You may subdivide a group of
vehicles that is identical under
paragraph (b) or (c) of this section into
different engine families if you show the
expected emission characteristics are
different during the useful life.
(e) You may group vehicles that are
not identical with respect to the things
listed in paragraph (b) or (c) of this
section in the same engine family, as
follows:
(1) You may group such vehicles in
the same engine family if you show that
their emission characteristics during the
useful life will be similar.
(2) If you are a small-volume
manufacturer, you may group engines
from any vehicles subject to the same
emission standards into a single engine
family. This does not change any of the
requirements of this part for showing
that an engine family meets emission
standards.
(f) You may divide your product line
into engine families based on a
combined consideration of exhaust and
evaporative emission-control systems,
consistent with the requirements of this
section. This would allow you to use a
single engine-family designation for
each engine family instead of having
separate engine-family designations for
exhaust and evaporative emissioncontrol systems for each model.
(g) Select test engines from the engine
family as described in 40 CFR 1065.401.
Select test components related to
evaporative emission-control systems
PO 00000
Frm 00077
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40495
that are most likely to exceed the
applicable emission standards. For
example, select a fuel tank with the
smallest average wall thickness (or
barrier thickness, as appropriate) of
those tanks you include in the same
family.
I 291. Section 1051.235 is revised to
read as follows:
§ 1051.235 What emission testing must I
perform for my application for a certificate
of conformity?
This section describes the emission
testing you must perform to show
compliance with the emission standards
in subpart B of this part.
(a) Test your emission-data vehicles
using the procedures and equipment
specified in subpart F of this part.
Where specifically required or allowed,
test the engine instead of the vehicle.
For evaporative emissions, test the fuel
system components separate from the
vehicle.
(b) Select from each engine family an
emission-data vehicle, and a fuel system
for each fuel type with a configuration
that is most likely to exceed the
emission standards, using good
engineering judgment. Consider the
emission levels of all exhaust
constituents over the full useful life of
the vehicle.
(c) We may measure emissions from
any of your test vehicles or engines (or
any other vehicles or engines from the
engine family), as follows:
(1) We may decide to do the testing
at your plant or any other facility. If we
do this, you must deliver the test
vehicle or engine to a test facility we
designate. The test vehicle or engine
you provide must include appropriate
manifolds, aftertreatment devices,
electronic control units, and other
emission-related components not
normally attached directly to the engine
block. If we do the testing at your plant,
you must schedule it as soon as possible
and make available the instruments,
personnel, and equipment we need.
(2) If we measure emissions on one of
your test vehicles or engines, the results
of thattesting become the official
emission results. Unless we later
invalidate these data, we may decide
not to consider your data in determining
if your engine family meets applicable
requirements.
(3) Before we test one of your vehicles
or engines, we may set its adjustable
parameters to any point within the
physically adjustable ranges (see
§ 1051.115(c)).
(4) Before we test one of your vehicles
or engines, we may calibrate it within
normal production tolerances for
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40496
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
anything we do not consider an
adjustable parameter.
(d) You may use previously generated
emission data in the following cases:
(1) You may ask to use emission data
from a previous model year instead of
doing new tests, but only if all the
following are true:
(i) The engine family from the
previous model year differs from the
current engine family only with respect
to model year.
(ii) The emission-data vehicle from
the previous model year remains the
appropriate emission-data vehicle under
paragraph (b) of this section.
(iii) The data show that the emissiondata vehicle would meet all the
requirementsthat apply to the engine
family covered by the application for
certification.
(2) You may submit emission data for
equivalent engine families performed to
show compliance with other standards
(such as California standards) instead of
doing newtests, but only if the data
show that the test vehicle or engine
would meet all of this part’s
requirements.
(3) You may submit evaporative
emission data measured by a fuel
system supplier.We may require you to
verify that the testing was conducted in
accordance with the applicable
regulations.
(e) We may require you to test a
second vehicle or engine of the same or
different configuration in addition to the
vehicle or engine tested under
paragraph (b) of this section.
(f) If you use an alternate test
procedure under 40 CFR 1065.10 and
later testing showsthat such testing does
not produce results that are equivalent
to the procedures specifiedin subpart F
of this part, we may reject data you
generated using the alternate procedure.
(g) If you are a small-volume
manufacturer, you may certify by design
on the basis of preexisting exhaust
emission data for similar technologies
and other relevant information, and in
accordance with good engineering
judgment. In those cases, you are not
requiredto test your vehicles. This is
called ‘‘design-certification’’ or
‘‘certifying by design.’’ To certify by
design, you must show that the
technology used on your engines is
sufficiently similar to the previously
tested technology that a person
reasonably familiar with emissioncontrol technology would believe that
your engines will comply with the
emission standards.
(h) For fuel tanks that are certified
based on permeability treatments for
plastic fueltanks, you do not need to test
each engine family. However, you must
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
use good engineering judgment to
determine permeation rates for the
tanks. This requires that more than one
fuel tank be tested for each set of
treatment conditions. You may not
usetest data from a given tank for any
other tanks that have thinner walls. You
may, however, use test data from a given
tank for other tanks that have thicker
walls. This applies to both low-hour
(i.e., baseline testing) and durability
testing. Note that § 1051.245 allows you
to use design-based certification instead
of generating new emission data.
I 292. Section 1051.240 is revised to
read as follows:
§ 1051.240 How do I demonstrate that my
engine family complies with exhaust
emission standards?
(a) For purposes of certification, your
engine family is considered in
compliance with the applicable
numerical exhaust emission standards
in subpart B of this part if all emissiondata vehicles representing that family
have test results showing deteriorated
emission levels at or below these
standards. (Note: if you participate in
the ABT program in subpart H of this
part, your FELs are considered to be the
applicable emission standards with
which you must comply.)
(b) Your engine family is deemed not
to comply if any emission-data vehicle
representing that family has test results
showing a deteriorated emission level
above an applicable FEL or emission
standard from subpart B of this part for
any pollutant.
(c) To compare emission levels from
the emission-data vehicle with the
applicable emission standards, apply
deterioration factors to the measured
emission levels. Section 1051.243
specifies how to test your vehicle to
develop deterioration factors that
representthe deterioration expected in
emissions over your vehicle’s full useful
life. Your deterioration factors must take
into account any available data from inuse testing with similar engines. Smallvolume manufacturers may use assigned
deterioration factors that we establish.
Apply deterioration factors as follows:
(1) For vehicles that use
aftertreatment technology, such as
catalytic converters, use a multiplicative
deterioration factor for exhaust
emissions. A multiplicative
deterioration factor for a pollutant is the
ratio of exhaust emissions at the end of
the useful life and exhaust emissions at
the low-hour test point. In these cases,
adjust the official emission results for
each tested vehicle or engine at the
selected test point by multiplying the
measured emissions by the deterioration
factor. If the factor is lessthan one, use
PO 00000
Frm 00078
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
one. Multiplicative deterioration factors
must be specified to three significant
figures.
(2) For vehicles that do not use
aftertreatment technology, use an
additive deterioration factor for exhaust
emissions. An additive deterioration
factor for a pollutant is the difference
between exhaust emissions at the end of
the useful life and exhaust emissions at
the low-hour test point. In these cases,
adjust the official emission results for
each tested vehicle or engine at the
selected test point by addingthe factor to
the measured emissions. If the factor is
less than zero, use zero.Additive
deterioration factors must be specified
to one more decimal place than the
applicable standard.
(d) Collect emission data using
measurements to one more decimal
place than the applicable standard.
Apply the deterioration factor to the
official emission result, as described in
paragraph (c) of this section, then round
the adjusted figure to the same number
of decimal places as the emission
standard. Compare the rounded
emission levels to the emission standard
for each emission-data vehicle. In the
case of HC+NOX standards, add the
emission results and apply the
deterioration factor to the sum of the
pollutants before rounding. However, if
your deterioration factors are based on
emission measurements that do not
cover the vehicle’s full useful life, apply
the deterioration factor to each pollutant
and then add the results before
rounding.
I 293. A new § 1051.243 is added to read
as follows:
§ 1051.243 How do I determine
deterioration factors from exhaust
durability testing?
Establish deterioration factors to
determine whether your engines will
meet emission standards for each
pollutant throughout the useful life, as
described in subpart B of this part and
§ 1051.240. This section describes how
to determine deterioration factors, either
with pre-existing test data or with new
emission measurements.
(a) You may ask us to approve
deterioration factors for an engine
family based on emission measurements
from similar vehicles or engines if you
have already given usthese data for
certifying other vehicles in the same or
earlier model years. Use good
engineering judgment to decide whether
the two vehicles or engines are similar.
We will approve your request if you
show us that the emission
measurements from other vehicles or
engines reasonably represent in-use
deterioration for the engine family for
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
which you have not yet determined
deterioration factors.
(b) If you are unable to determine
deterioration factors for an engine
family under paragraph (a) of this
section, select vehicles, engines,
subsystems, or components for testing.
Determine deterioration factors based on
service accumulation and related
testingto represent the deterioration
expected from in-use vehicles over the
full useful life, as follows:
(1) You must measure emissions from
the emission-data vehicle at a low-hour
test point and the end of the useful life.
You may also test at evenly spaced
intermediate points.
(2) Operate the vehicle or engine over
a representative duty cycle for a period
at least as long as the useful life (in
hours or kilometers). You may operate
the vehicle or engine continuously.
(3) You may perform maintenance on
emission-data vehicles as described in
§ 1051.125 and 40 CFR part 1065,
subpart E.
(4) If you measure emissions at only
two points to calculate your
deterioration factor, base your
calculations on a linear relationship
connecting these two data points for
each pollutant. If you measure
emissions at three or more points, use
a linear least-squares fit of your test data
for each pollutant to calculate your
deterioration factor.
(5) Use good engineering judgment for
all aspects of the effort to establish
deterioration factors under this
paragraph (b).
(6) You may to use other testing
methods to determine deterioration
factors, consistent with good
engineering judgment.
(c) Include the following information
in your application for certification:
(1) If you use test data from a different
engine family, explain why this is
appropriate and include all the emission
measurements on which you base the
deterioration factor.
(2) If you do testing to determine
deterioration factors, describe the form
and extent of service accumulation,
including a rationale for selecting the
service-accumulation period and the
method you use to accumulate hours.
I 294. Section 1051.245 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a) introductory text,
(b), (c), and (d) to read as follows:
§ 1051.245 How do I demonstrate that my
engine family complies with evaporative
emission standards?
(a) For purposes of certification, your
engine family is considered in
compliance with the evaporative
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
emission standards in subpart B of this
part if you do either of the following:
*
*
*
*
*
(b) Your engine family is deemed not
to comply if any fuel tank or fuel line
representingthat family has test results
showing a deteriorated emission level
above the standard.
(c) To compare emission levels with
the emission standards, apply
deterioration factorsto the measured
emission levels. For permeation
emissions, use the following
proceduresto establish an additive
deterioration factor, as described in
§ 1051.240(c)(2):
(1) Section 1051.515 specifies how to
test your fuel tanks to develop
deterioration factors. Small-volume
manufacturers may use assigned
deterioration factors that we establish.
Apply the deterioration factors as
follows:
(i) Calculate the deterioration factor
from emission tests performed before
and after the durability tests as
described in § 1051.515(c) and (d), using
good engineering judgment. The
durability tests described in
§ 1051.515(d) representthe minimum
requirements for determining a
deterioration factor. You may not use a
deterioration factor that is less than the
difference between evaporative
emissions before and after the durability
tests as described in § 1051.515(c)
and(d).
(ii) Do not apply the deterioration
factor to test results for tanks that have
already undergone these durability tests.
(2) Determine the deterioration factor
for fuel lines using good engineering
judgment.
(d) Collect emission data using
measurements to one more decimal
place than the applicable standard.
Apply the deterioration factor to the
official emission result, as described in
paragraph (c) of this section, then round
the adjusted figure to the same number
of decimal places as the emission
standard. Compare the rounded
emission levels to the emission standard
for each emission-data vehicle.
*
*
*
*
*
I 295. Section 1051.250 is revised to
read as follows:
§ 1051.250 What records must I keep and
make available to EPA?
(a) Organize and maintain the
following records:
(1) A copy of all applications and any
summary information you send us.
(2) Any of the information we specify
in § 1051.205 that you were not required
to include in your application.
PO 00000
Frm 00079
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40497
(3) A detailed history of each
emission-data vehicle. For each vehicle,
describe all of the following:
(i) The emission-data vehicle’s
construction, including its origin and
buildup, steps you took to ensure that
it represents production vehicles, any
components you built specially for it,
and all the components you include in
your application for certification.
(ii) How you accumulated vehicle or
engine operating hours, including the
dates and the number of hours
accumulated.
(iii) All maintenance, including
modifications, parts changes, and other
service, and the dates and reasons for
the maintenance.
(iv) All your emission tests, including
documentation on routine and
standardtests, as specified in 40 CFR
part 1065, and the date and purpose of
each test.
(v) All tests to diagnose engine or
emission-control performance, giving
the date and time of each and the
reasons for the test.
(vi) Any other significant events.
(4) Production figures for each engine
family divided by assembly plant.
(5) Keep a list of engine identification
numbers for all the engines you produce
under each certificate of conformity.
(b) Keep data from routine emission
tests (such as test cell temperatures and
relative humidity readings) for one year
after we issue the associated certificate
of conformity.Keep all other information
specified in paragraph (a) of this section
for eight years after we issue your
certificate.
(c) Store these records in any format
and on any media, as long as you can
promptly send us organized, written
records in English if we ask for them.
You must keep these records readily
available. We may review them at any
time.
(d) Send us copies of any
maintenance instructions or
explanations if we ask for them.
I 296. Section 1051.255 is revised to
read as follows:
§ 1051.255 What decisions may EPA make
regarding my certificate of conformity?
(a) If we determine your application is
complete and shows that the engine
family meets all the requirements of this
part and the Act, we will issue a
certificate of conformity for your engine
family for that model year. We may
make the approval subject to additional
conditions.
(b) We may deny your application for
certification if we determine that your
engine family fails to comply with
emission standards or other
requirements of this part or the Act. Our
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
Subpart D—Testing Production-Line
Vehicles and Engines
298. Section 1051.301 is amended by
revising paragraph (a) and adding
paragraph (h) to read as follows:
I
§ 1051.301 When must I test my
production-line vehicles or engines
(a) If you produce vehicles that are
subject to the requirements of this part,
you must test them as described in this
subpart. If your vehicle is certified to g/
kW-hr standards, then test the engine;
otherwise, test the vehicle. The
provisions of this subpart do not apply
to small-volume manufacturers.
*
*
*
*
*
(h) Vehicles certified to the following
standards are exempt from the
production-line testing requirements of
this subpart if no engine families in the
averaging set participate in the
averaging, banking, and trading program
described in subpart H of this part:
(1) Phase I or Phase 2 standards in
§ 1051.103
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
(2) Phase I standards in § 1051.105
(3) Phase I standards in § 1051.107.
(4) The standards in § 1051.615.
(5) The standards in § 1051.145.
I 299. Section 1051.305 is amended by
revising paragraphs (d)(1), (e), (f), and (g)
to read as follows:
(c) Calculate the required sample size
for each engine family. Separately
calculate this figure for HC, NOX (or
HC+NOX), and CO (and other regulated
pollutants). The required sample size is
the greater of these calculated values.
Use the following equation:
§ 1051.305 How must I prepare and test my
production-line vehicles or engines
(t × σ)
N = 95
+1
(x − STD)
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
(1) We may adjust or require you to
adjust idle speed outside the physically
adjustable range as needed only until
the vehicle or engine has stabilized
emission levels (see paragraph (e) of this
section). We may ask you for
information needed to establish an
alternate minimum idle speed.
*
*
*
*
*
(e) Stabilizing emission levels. Before
you test production-line vehicles or
engines, you may operate the vehicle or
engine to stabilize the emission levels.
Using good engineering judgment,
operate your vehicles or engines in a
way that represents the way they will be
used. You may operate each vehicle or
engine for no more than the greater of
two periods:
(1) 50 hours or 500 kilometers.
(2) The number of hours or kilometers
you operated the emission-data vehicle
used for certifying the engine family
(see 40 CFR part 1065, subpart E, or the
applicable regulations governing how
you should prepare your test vehicle or
engine).
(f) Damage during shipment. If
shipping a vehicle or engine to a remote
facility for production-line testing
makes necessary an adjustment or
repair, you must wait until after the
initial emission test to do this work. We
may waive this requirement if the test
would be impossible or unsafe, or if it
would permanently damage the vehicle
or engine. Report to us, in your written
report under § 1051.345, all adjustments
or repairs you make on test vehicles or
engines before each test.
(g) Retesting after invalid tests. You
may retest a vehicle or engine if you
determine an emission test is invalid
under subpart F of this part. Explain in
your written report reasons for
invalidating any test and the emission
results from all tests. If you retest a
vehicle or engine, you may ask us
within ten days of testing. We will
generally answer within ten days after
we receive your information.
I 300. Section 1051.310 is amended by
revising paragraphs (c) introductory test,
(c)(2), (f), (g), and (i) to read as follows:
2
*
§ 1051.310 How must I select vehicles or
engines for production-line testing
*
PO 00000
*
Frm 00080
*
*
Fmt 4701
*
Sfmt 4700
Where:
N = Required sample size for the model
year.
t95 = 95% confidence coefficient, which
depends on the number of tests
completed, n, as specified in the
table in paragraph (c)(1) of this
section. It defines 95% confidence
intervals for a one-tail distribution.
x = Mean of emission test results of the
sample.
STD = Emission standard (or family
emission limit, if applicable).
s = Test sample standard deviation (see
paragraph (c)(2) of this section).
n = The number of tests completed in
an engine family.
*
*
*
*
*
(2) Calculate the standard deviation,
%, or the test sample using the following
formula:
σ=
∑ (X i − x)
2
n −1
Where:
Xi = Emission test result for an
individual vehicle or engine.
*
*
*
*
*
(f) Distribute the remaining vehicle or
engine tests evenly throughout the rest
of the year. You may need to adjust your
schedule for selecting vehicles or
engines if the required sample size
changes. Continue to randomly select
vehicles or engines from each engine
family.
(g) Continue testing any engine family
for which the sample mean, x, is greater
than the emission standard. This applies
if the sample mean for either HC, NOX
(or HC+NOX) or CO (or other regulated
pollutants) is greater than the emission
standard. Continue testing until one of
the following things happens:
(1) The number of tests completed in
an engine family, n, is greater than the
required sample size, N, and the sample
mean, x, is less than or equal to the
emission standard. For example, If N =
3.1 after the third test, the sample-size
calculation does not allow you to stop
testing.
(2) The engine family does not
comply according to § 1051.315.
(3) You test 30 vehicles or engines
from the engine family.
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
ER13JY05.010
decision may be based on a review of all
information available to us. If we deny
your application, we will explain why
in writing.
(c) In addition, we may deny your
application or suspend or revoke your
certificate if you do any of the
following:
(1) Refuse to comply with any testing
or reporting requirements.
(2) Submit false or incomplete
information (paragraph (e) of this
section applies if this is fraudulent).
(3) Render inaccurate any test data.
(4) Deny us from completing
authorized activities despite our
presenting a warrant or court order (see
40 CFR 1068.20). This includes a failure
to provide reasonable assistance.
(5) Produce engines for importation
into the United States at a location
where local law prohibits us from
carrying out authorized activities.
(6) Fail to supply requested
information or amend your application
to include all engines being produced.
(7) Take any action that otherwise
circumvents the intent of the Act or this
part.
(d) We may void your certificate if
you do not keep the records we require
or do not give us information as
required under this part or the Act.
(e) We may void your certificate if we
find that you intentionally submitted
false orincomplete information.
(f) If we deny your application or
suspend, revoke, or void your
certificate, you may ask for a hearing
(see § 1051.820).
I 297. The heading for subpart D is
revised to read as follows:
ER13JY05.009
40498
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
(4) You test one percent of your
projected annual U.S.-directed
production volume for the engine
family, rounded to the nearest whole
number.
(5) You choose to declare that the
engine family fails the requirements of
this subpart.
*
*
*
*
*
(i) You may elect to test more
randomly chosen vehicles or engines
than we require under this section.
Include these vehicles or engines in the
sample-size calculations.
I 301. Section 1051.315 is amended by
revising the introductory text to read as
follows:
§ 1051.315 How do I know when my engine
family fails the production-line testing
requirements
This section describes the pass-fail
criteria for the production-line testing
requirements. We apply these criteria on
an engine family basis. See§ 1051.320
for the requirements that apply to
individual vehicles or engines that fail
a production-line test.
*
*
*
*
*
I 302. Section 1051.325 is amended by
revising paragraph (d) to read as follows:
(d) Send electronic reports of
production-line testing to the
Designated ComplianceOfficer using an
approved information format. If you
want to use a different format, send us
a written request with justification for a
waiver.
*
*
*
*
*
I 304. Section 1051.350 is amended by
revising paragraph (a) to read as follows:
§ 1051.350
What records must I keep?
(a) Organize and maintain your
records as described in this section. We
may review your records at any time.
*
*
*
*
*
I 305. Section 1051.501 is amended by
revising the introductory text and
paragraphs (a), (b), (c)(2), and (d) and
adding paragraph (e)(3) to read as
follows:
§ 1051.501 What procedures must I use to
test my vehicles or engines?
This section describes test procedures
that you use to determine whether
vehicles meet the emission standards of
this part. See § 1051.235 to determine
when testing is required for
certification. See subpart D of this part
for the production-line testing
requirements.
(a) Snowmobiles. For snowmobiles,
§ 1051.325 What happens if an engine
use the equipment and procedures for
family fails the production-line
spark-ignition engines in 40 CFR part
requirements?
1065 to determine whether your
*
*
*
*
*
snowmobiles meet the duty-cycle
(d) Section 1051.335 specifies steps
emission standards in § 1051.103.
you must take to remedy the cause of
Measure the emissions of all the
the engine family’s production-line
pollutants we regulate in § 1051.103.
failure. All the vehicles you have
Use the duty cycle specified in
produced since the end of the last test
period are presumed noncompliant and § 1051.505.
(b) Motorcycles and ATVs. For
should be addressed in your proposed
motorcycles and ATVs, use the
remedy. We may require you to apply
equipment, procedures, and duty cycle
the remedy to engines produced earlier
in 40 CFR part 86, subpart F, to
if we determine that the cause of the
determine whether your vehicles meet
failure is likely to have affected the
the exhaust emission standards in
earlier engines.
§ 1051.105 or § 1051.107. Measure the
*
*
*
*
*
emissions of all the pollutants we
I 303. Section 1051.345 is amended by
regulate in § 1051.105 or § 1051.107. If
revising paragraphs (a) introductory text, we allow you to certify ATVs based on
(a)(5),(a)(10), and (d) to read as follows:
engine testing, use the equipment,
procedures, and duty cycle described or
§ 1051.345 What production-line testing
referencedin the section that allows
records must I send to EPA?
engine testing. For motorcycles with
*
*
*
*
*
(a) Within 30 calendar days of the end engine displacement at or below 169 cc
and all ATVs, use the driving schedule
of each test period, send us a report
in paragraph (c) of Appendix I to 40CFR
with the following information:
part 86. For all other motorcycles, use
*
*
*
*
*
the driving schedule in paragraph (b) of
(5) Identify how you accumulated
Appendix I to part 86. With respect to
hours of operation on the vehicles or
vehicle-speed governors, test
engines and describe the procedure and motorcycles andATVs in their
schedule you used.
ungoverned configuration, unless we
*
*
*
*
*
approve in advance testing in a
(10) State the date the test period
governed configuration. We will only
ended for each engine family.
approve testing in a governed
configuration if you can show that the
*
*
*
*
*
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
PO 00000
Frm 00081
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40499
governor is permanently installed on all
production vehicles and is unlikely to
be removed in use. With respect to
engine-speed governors, test
motorcycles and ATVs in their governed
configuration. Run the test engine, with
all emission-control systems operating,
long enough to stabilize emission levels;
you may consider emission levels stable
without measurement if you accumulate
12 hours of operation.
(c) * * *
(2) Prior to permeation testing of fuel
hose, the hose must be preconditioned
by filling the hose with the fuel
specified in paragraph (d)(3) of this
section, sealing the openings, and
soaking the hose for 4 weeks at 23±5 °C.
To measure fuel-line permeation
emissions, use the equipment and
procedures specified in SAE J30
(incorporated by reference in
§ 1051.810). The measurements must be
performed at 23±2 °C using the fuel
specified in paragraph (d)(3) of this
section.
(d) Fuels. Use the fuels meeting the
following specifications:
(1) Exhaust. Use the fuels and
lubricants specified in 40 CFR part
1065, subpart H, for all the exhaust
testing we require in this part. For
service accumulation, use the test fuel
or any commercially available fuel that
is representative of the fuel that in-use
engines will use.
(2) Fuel Tank Permeation. (i) For the
preconditioning soak described in
§ 1051.515(a)(1) and fuel slosh
durability test described in
§ 1051.515(d)(3), usethe fuel specified in
Table 1 of 40 CFR 1065.710 blended
with 10 percent ethanol by volume. As
an alternative, you may use Fuel CE10,
which is Fuel C as specified in ASTM
D 471–98 (incorporated by reference in
§ 1051.810) blended with 10 percent
ethanol by volume.
(ii) For the permeation measurement
test in § 1051.515(b), use the fuel
specified in Table 1 of 40 CFR 1065.710.
As an alternative, you may use the fuel
specified in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this
section.
(3) Fuel Hose Permeation. Use the fuel
specified in Table 1 of 40 CFR 1065.710
blended with 10 percent ethanol by
volume for permeation testing of fuel
lines. As an alternative, you may use
Fuel CE10, which is Fuel C as specified
in ASTM D 471–98(incorporated by
reference in § 1051.810) blended with
10 percent ethanol by volume.
(e) * * *
(3) You may test engines using a test
speed based on the point of maximum
power if that represents in-use operation
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40500
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
better than testing based on maximum
test speed.
*
*
*
*
*
I 306. Section 1051.505 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a), (b)(3), (d), (e),
(f)introductory text, (f)(5), and (f)(6) to
read as follows:
§ 1051.505 What special provisions apply
for testing snowmobiles?
Use the following special provisions
for testing snowmobiles:
(a) You may perform steady-state
testing with either discrete-mode or
ramped-modal cycles. You must use the
type of testing you select in your
application for certification for all
testing you perform for that engine
family. If we test your engines to
confirm thatthey meet emission
standards, we will do testing the same
way. We may also perform other testing
as allowed by the Clean Air Act.
Measure steady-state emissions as
follows:
(1) For discrete-mode testing, sample
emissions separately for each mode,
then calculate an average emission level
for the whole cycle using the weighting
factors specified for each mode. In each
mode, operate the engine for at least 5
minutes, then sample emissions for at
least 1 minute. Calculate cycle statistics
for the sequence of modes and compare
with the specified values in 40 CFR
1065.514 to confirm that the test is
valid.
(2) For ramped-modal testing, start
sampling at the beginning of the first
mode and continue sampling until the
end of the last mode. Calculate
emissions and cycle statistics the same
as for transient testing.
(3) Measure emissions by testing the
engine on a dynamometer with one or
more of the following sets of duty cycles
to determine whether it meets the
steady-state emission standards in
§ 1051.103:
(i) The following duty cycle applies
for discrete-mode testing:
TABLE 1 OF § 1051.505.—5-MODE DUTY CYCLE FOR SNOWMOBILES
Speed
(percent) 1
Mode No.
1
2
3
4
5
.....................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................
1 Percent
2 Percent
Torque
(percent) 2
100
85
75
65
(3)
Minimum time
in mode
(minutes)
100
51
33
19
0
Weighting
factors
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
0.12
0.27
0.25
0.31
0.05
speed is percent of maximum test speed.
torque is percent of maximum test torque at maximum test speed.
3 Idle.
(ii) The following duty cycle applies
for ramped-modal testing:
TABLE 2 OF § 1051.505.—RAMPED-MODAL CYCLE FOR TESTING SNOWMOBILES
RMC mode
Speed
(percent) 1
Time in mode
1a Steady-state .......................................................
1b Transition ...........................................................
2a Steady-state .......................................................
2b Transition ...........................................................
3a Steady-state .......................................................
3b Transition ...........................................................
4a Steady-state .......................................................
4b Transition ...........................................................
5a Steady-state .......................................................
5b Transition ...........................................................
6 Steady-state .........................................................
27
20
121
20
347
20
305
20
272
20
28
Torque
(percent) 2,3
Warm Idle ...............................................................
Linear Transition ....................................................
100 .........................................................................
Linear Transition ....................................................
65 ...........................................................................
Linear Transition ....................................................
85 ...........................................................................
Linear Transition ....................................................
5 .............................................................................
Linear Transition ....................................................
Warm Idle ...............................................................
0
Linear
100
Linear
19
Linear
51
Linear
33
Linear
0
Transition.
Transition.
Transition.
Transition.
Transition.
1 Percent
speed is percent of maximum test speed.
from one mode to the next within a 20-second transition phase. During the transition phase, command a linear progression from the
torque setting of the current mode to the torque setting of the next mode.
3 Percent torque is percent of maximum test torque at maximum test speed.
2 Advance
(b) * * *
(3) Keep engine torque under 5
percent of maximum test torque.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) Ambient temperatures during
testing must be between 20 °C and 30
°C (68 °F and 86 °F), or other
representative test temperatures, as
specified in paragraph (f) of this section.
(e) See 40 CFR part 1065 for detailed
specifications of tolerances and
calculations.
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
(f) You may test snowmobiles at
ambient temperatures below 20 °C or
using intake air temperatures below 20
°C if you show that such testing
complies with 40 CFR 1065.10(c)(1).
You must get our approval before you
begin the emission testing. For example,
the following approach would be
appropriate to show that such testing
complies with 40 CFR 1065.10(c)(1):
*
*
*
*
*
PO 00000
Frm 00082
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(5) Calculate the nominal intake air
test temperature for each test mode as
¥10° C (14 °F) plus the temperature
difference for the corresponding mode
determined in paragraph (f)(4) of this
section.
(6) Before the emissions test, select
the appropriate carburetor jetting for
¥10° C (14 °F) conditions according to
the jet chart. For each mode, maintain
the inlet air temperature within 5° C (9°
F) of the corresponding modal
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
temperature calculated in paragraph
(f)(5) of this section.
*
*
*
*
*
I 307. Section 1051.515 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a)(5), (b), and (d)(2)
to read as follows:
§ 1051.515 How do I test my fuel tank for
permeation emissions?
*
*
*
*
*
(a) * * *
(5) Seal the fuel tank using fuel caps
and other fittings (excluding petcocks)
that can be used to seal openings in a
production fuel tank. In cases where
openings are not normally sealed on the
fuel tank (such as hose-connection
fittings and vents in fuel caps), these
openings may be sealed using
nonpermeable fittings such as metal or
fluoropolymer plugs.
(b) Permeation test run. To run the
test, take the following steps for a tank
that was preconditioned as specified in
paragraph (a) of this section:
(1) Weigh the sealed fuel tank and
record the weight to the nearest 0.1
grams. You may use less precise weights
as long as the difference in mass from
the start of the testto the end of the test
has at least three significant figures.
Take this measurement within 8 hours
of filling the tank with test fuel as
specified in paragraph (a)(3) of this
section.
(2) Carefully place the tank within a
ventilated, temperature-controlled room
or enclosure. Do not spill or add any
fuel.
(3) Close the room or enclosure and
record the time.
(4) Ensure that the measured
temperature in the room or enclosure is
28±2 °C.
(5) Leave the tank in the room or
enclosure for 14 days.
(6) Hold the temperature of the room
or enclosure to 28±2 °C; measure and
record the temperature at least daily.
(7) At the end of the soak period,
weigh the sealed fuel tank and record
the weight to the nearest 0.1 grams. You
may use less precise weights as long as
the difference in mass from the start of
the test to the end of the test has at least
three significant figures. Unless the
same fuel is used in the preconditioning
fuel soak and the permeation test run,
record weight measurements on five
separate days per week of testing. The
test is void if a linear plot of tank weight
vs. test days for the full soak period for
permeation testing specified in
paragraph (b)(5) of this section yields r2
below 0.8. See 40 CFR 1065.602 for the
equation to calculate r2.
(8) Subtract the weight of the tank at
the end of the test from the weight of the
tank at the beginning of the test; divide
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
the difference by the internal surface
area of the fuel tank. Divide this g/m2
value by the number of test days (using
at least three significant figures) to
calculate the g/m2/day emission rate.
Example: If a tank with an internal
surface area of 0.72 m2 weighed 31882.3
grams at the beginning of the test and
weighed 31813.8 grams after soaking for
14.03 days, then the g/m2/day emission
rate would be—
(31882.3 g¥31813.8 g)/0.72 m2/14.03
days = 6.78 g/m2/day.
(9) Round your result to the same
number of decimal places as the
emission standard.
(10) In cases where consideration of
permeation rates, using good
engineering judgment, leads you to
conclude that soaking for 14 days is not
long enough to measure weight change
to at least three significant figures, you
may soak for 14 days longer. In this
case, repeat the steps in paragraphs
(b)(8) and (9) of this section to
determine the weight change for the full
28 days.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
(2) UV exposure. Perform a sunlightexposure test by exposing the tank to an
ultraviolet light of at least 24 W/m2
(0.40 W-hr/m2/min) on the tank surface
for at least 450 hours. Alternatively, the
fuel tank may be exposed to direct
natural sunlight for an equivalent period
of time, as long as you ensure that the
tank is exposed to at least 450 daylight
hours.
*
*
*
*
*
I 308. Section 1051.520 is revised to
read as follows:
§ 1051.520 How do I perform exhaust
durability testing?
Sections 1051.240 and 1051.243
describe the method for testing that
must be performedto establish
deterioration factors for an engine
family.
I 309. Section 1051.605 is revised to
read as follows:
§ 1051.605 What provisions apply to
engines already certified under the motorvehicle program or the Large Spark-ignition
program?
(a) General provisions. If you are an
engine manufacturer, this section allows
you to introduce into commerce new
recreational vehicles, and engines for
recreational vehicles,if the engines are
already certified to the requirements
that apply to spark-ignition engines
under 40 CFR parts 85 and 86 or 40 CFR
part 1048 for the appropriate model
year. If you comply with all the
provisions of this section, we consider
the certificate issued under 40 CFR part
PO 00000
Frm 00083
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40501
86 or 1048 for each engine to also be a
valid certificate of conformity underthis
part 1051 for its model year, without a
separate application for certification
under the requirements of this part
1051. See § 1051.610 for similar
provisions that apply to vehicles that
are already certified to the vehicle-based
standards for motor vehicles.
(b) Vehicle-manufacturer provisions.
If you are not an engine manufacturer,
you mayinstall an engine certified for
the appropriate model year under 40
CFR part 86 or 1048 in a recreational
vehicle as long as you meet all the
requirements and conditions specified
in paragraph (d) of this section. If you
modify the non-recreational engine in
any of the ways described in paragraph
(d)(2) of this section for installation in
a recreational vehicle, we will consider
you a manufacturer of recreational
vehicles. Such engine modifications
prevent you from using the provisions
of this section.
(c) Liability. Engines for which you
meet the requirements of this section are
exempt from all the requirements and
prohibitions of this part, except for
those specified in this section. Engines
exempted under this section must meet
all the applicable requirements from 40
CFR parts 85 and 86 or 40 CFR part
1048. This paragraph (c) applies to
engine manufacturers, vehicle
manufacturers who use such an engine,
and all other persons as if the engine
were used in its originally intended
application. The prohibited acts of
40CFR 1068.101(a)(1) apply to these
new engines and vehicles; however, we
consider the certificate issued under 40
CFR part 86 or 1048 for each engine to
also be a valid certificate of conformity
under this part 1051 for its model year.
If we make a determination that these
engines do not conform to the
regulations during their useful life, we
may require you to recall them under
this part 1051 or under 40 CFR part 85
or 1068.505.
(d) Specific requirements. If you are
an engine or vehicle manufacturer and
meet all the following criteria and
requirements regarding your new engine
or vehicle, the vehicle using the engine
is eligible for an exemption under this
section:
(1) Your engine must be covered by a
valid certificate of conformity issued
under 40 CFR part 86 or 1048.
(2) You must not make any changes to
the certified engine that could
reasonably be expected to increase its
exhaust emissions for any pollutant, or
its evaporative emissions. For example,
if you make any of the following
changes to one of these engines, you do
not qualify for this exemption:
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40502
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
(i) Change any fuel system or
evaporative system parameters from the
certified configuration (this does not
apply to refueling controls).
(ii) Change, remove, or fail to properly
install any other component, element of
design, or calibration specified in the
engine manufacturer’s application for
certification. This includes
aftertreatment devices and all related
components.
(iii) Modify or design the engine
cooling system so that temperatures or
heat rejection rates are outside the
original engine manufacturer’s specified
ranges.
(3) You must show that fewer than 50
percent of the engine family’s total sales
in the United States are used in
recreational vehicles. This includes
engines used in any application,
without regard to which company
manufactures the vehicle or
equipment.Show this as follows:
(i) If you are the original manufacturer
of the engine, base this showing on your
sales information.
(ii) In all other cases, you must get the
original manufacturer of the engine to
confirm this based on its sales
information.
(4) You must ensure that the engine
has the emission control information
label we require under 40 CFR part 86
or 1048.
(5) You must add a permanent
supplemental label to the engine in a
position where it will remain clearly
visible after installation in the vehicle.
In the supplemental label, do the
following:
(i) Include the heading:
‘‘RECREATIONAL VEHICLE EMISSION
CONTROLINFORMATION’’.
(ii) Include your full corporate name
and trademark. You may instead
include the full corporate name and
trademark of another company you
choose to designate.
(iii) State: ‘‘THIS ENGINE WAS
ADAPTED FOR A RECREATIONAL
USEWITHOUT AFFECTING ITS
EMISSION CONTROLS.’’.
(iv) State the date you finished
installation (month and year), if
applicable.
(6) The original and supplemental
labels must be readily visible after the
engine isinstalled in the vehicle or, if
the vehicle obscures the engine’s
emission controlinformation label, the
make sure the vehicle manufacturer
attaches duplicate labels, as described
in 40 CFR 1068.105.
(7) Send the Designated Compliance
Officer a signed letter by the end of each
calendar year (or less often if we tell
you) with all the following information:
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
(i) Identify your full corporate name,
address, and telephone number.
(ii) List the engine or vehicle models
you expect to produce under this
exemptionin the coming year.
(iii) State: ‘‘We produce each listed
[engine or vehicle] model for
recreational application without making
any changes that could increase its
certified emission levels, as described in
40 CFR 1051.605.’’.
(e) Failure to comply. If your engines
do not meet the criteria listed in
paragraph (d) of this section, they will
be subject to the standards,
requirements, and prohibitions of this
part 1051 and the certificate issued
under 40 CFR part 86 or 1048 will not
be deemed to also be a certificate issued
under this part 1051. Introducing these
engines into commerce without a valid
exemption or certificate of conformity
under this part violates the prohibitions
in 40 CFR 1068.101(a)(1).
(f) Data submission. We may require
you to send us emission test data on any
applicable nonroad duty cycles.
(g) Participation in averaging, banking
and trading. Engines or vehicles
adapted for recreational use under this
section may not generate or use
emission credits under this part 1051.
These engines or vehicles may generate
credits under the ABT provisions in 40
CFR part 86. These engines or vehicles
must use emission credits under 40 CFR
part 86 if they are certified to an FEL
that exceeds an applicable standard.
I 310. Section 1051.610 is revised to
read as follows:
§ 1051.610 What provisions apply to
vehicles already certified under the motorvehicle program?
(a) General provisions. If you are a
motor-vehicle manufacturer, this section
allows you to introduce new
recreational vehicles into commerce if
the vehicle is already certified to the
requirements that apply under 40 CFR
parts 85 and 86. If you comply with all
of the provisions of this section, we
consider the certificate issued under 40
CFR part 86 for each motor vehicle to
also be a valid certificate of conformity
for the engine under this part 1051 for
its model year, without a separate
application for certification under the
requirements of this part 1051. This
section applies especially for highway
motorcyclesthat are modified for
recreational nonroad use. See
§ 1051.605 for similar provisions that
apply to motor-vehicle engines or Large
SI engines produced for recreational
vehicles.
(b) Nonroad vehicle-manufacturer
provisions. If you are not a motorvehicle manufacturer, you may produce
PO 00000
Frm 00084
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
recreational vehicles from motor
vehicles under this section as long as
you meet all the requirements and
conditions specified in paragraph (d) of
this section. If you modify the motor
vehicle or its engine in any of the ways
describedin paragraph (d)(2) of this
section, we will consider you a
manufacturer of a new recreational
vehicle. Such modifications prevent you
from using the provisions of this
section.
(c) Liability. Engines and vehicles for
which you meet the requirements of this
section are exempt from all the
requirements and prohibitions of this
part, except for those specifiedin this
section. Engines exempted under this
section must meet all the applicable
requirements from 40 CFR parts 85 and
86. This applies to engine
manufacturers, vehicle manufacturers,
and all other persons as if the
recreational vehicles were motor
vehicles. The prohibited acts of 40 CFR
1068.101(a)(1) apply to these new
recreational vehicles; however, we
consider the certificate issued under 40
CFR part 86 for each motor vehicle to
also be a valid certificate of conformity
for the recreational vehicle underthis
part 1051 for its model year. If we make
a determination that these engines or
vehicles do not conform to the
regulations during their useful life, we
may require you to recall them under 40
CFR part 86 or 40 CFR 1068.505.
(d) Specific requirements. If you are a
motor-vehicle manufacturer and meet
all the following criteria and
requirements regarding your new
recreational vehicle and its engine, the
vehicle is eligible for an exemption
under this section:
(1) Your vehicle must be covered by
a valid certificate of conformity as a
motor vehicle issued under 40 CFR part
86.
(2) You must not make any changes to
the certified vehicle that we could
reasonably expect to increase its exhaust
emissions for any pollutant, or its
evaporative emissionsif it is subject to
evaporative-emission standards. For
example, if you make any of the
following changes, you do not qualify
for this exemption:
(i) Change any fuel system parameters
from the certified configuration.
(ii) Change, remove, or fail to properly
install any other component, element of
design, or calibration specified in the
vehicle manufacturer’s application for
certification. This includes
aftertreatment devices and all related
components.
(iii) Modify or design the engine
cooling system so that temperatures or
heat rejection rates are outside the
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
original vehicle manufacturer’s
specified ranges.
(iv) Add more than 500 pounds to the
curb weight of the originally certified
motor vehicle.
(3) You must show that fewer than 50
percent of the engine family’s total sales
in the United States are used in
recreational vehicles. This includes any
type of vehicle, without regard to which
company completes the manufacturing
of the recreational vehicle. Show this as
follows:
(i) If you are the original manufacturer
of the vehicle, base this showing on
your sales information.
(ii) In all other cases, you must get the
original manufacturer of the vehicle to
confirm this based on their sales
information.
(4) The vehicle must have the vehicle
emission control information we require
under 40 CFR part 86.
(5) You must add a permanent
supplemental label to the vehicle in a
position where it will remain clearly
visible. In the supplemental label, do
the following:
(i) Include the heading:
‘‘RECREATIONAL VEHICLE ENGINE
EMISSIONCONTROL INFORMATION’’.
(ii) Include your full corporate name
and trademark. You may instead
include the full corporate name and
trademark of another company you
choose to designate.
(iii) State: ‘‘THIS VEHICLE WAS
ADAPTED FOR RECREATIONAL
USEWITHOUT AFFECTING ITS
EMISSION CONTROLS.’’.
(iv) State the date you finished
modifying the vehicle (month and year),
if applicable.
(6) The original and supplemental
labels must be readily visible in the
fully assembled vehicle.
(7) Send the Designated Compliance
Officer a signed letter by the end of each
calendar year (or less often if we tell
you) with all the following information:
(i) Identify your full corporate name,
address, and telephone number.
(ii) List the vehicle models you expect
to produce under this exemption in the
coming year.
(iii) State: ‘‘We produced each listed
engine or vehicle model for recreational
application without making any changes
that could increase its certified emission
levels, as described in 40 CFR
1051.610.’’.
(e) Failure to comply. If your engines
or vehicles do not meet the criteria
listed in paragraph (d) of this section,
the engines will be subject to the
standards, requirements, and
prohibitions of this part 1051, and the
certificate issued under 40 CFR part 86
will not be deemed to also be a
certificate issued under this part 1051.
Introducing these engines into
commerce without a valid exemption or
certificate of conformity under this part
violates the prohibitions in 40 CFR
1068.101(a)(1).
(f) Data submission. We may require
you to send us emission test data on any
applicable nonroad duty cycles.
(g) Participation in averaging, banking
and trading. Vehicles adapted for
recreational use under this section may
not generate or use emission credits
under this part 1051. These engines may
generate credits under the ABT
provisions in 40 CFR part 86. These
engines must use emission credits under
40 CFR part 86 if they are certified to
an FEL that exceeds an applicable
standard.
I 311. Section 1051.615 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a) introductory text,
(b)introductory text, and (d) to read as
follows:
§ 1051.615 What are the special provisions
for certifying small recreational engines?
(a) You may certify ATVs with
engines that have total displacement of
less than 100 ccto the following exhaust
emission standards instead of certifying
them to the exhaust emission standards
of subpart B of this part:
*
*
*
*
*
40503
(b) You may certify off-highway
motorcycles with engines that have total
displacement of 70 cc or less to the
following exhaust emission standards
instead of certifying them to the exhaust
emission standards of subpart B of this
part:
*
*
*
*
*
(d) Measure steady-state emissions by
testing the engine on an engine
dynamometer using the equipment and
procedures of 40 CFR part 1065 with
either discrete-mode or ramped-modal
cycles. You must use the type of testing
you select in your application for
certification for all testing you perform
for that engine family. If we test your
engines to confirm that they meet
emission standards, we will do testing
the same way. We may also perform
other testing as allowed by the Clean Air
Act. Measure steady-state emissions as
follows:
(1) For discrete-mode testing, sample
emissions separately for each mode,
then calculate an average emission level
for the whole cycle using the weighting
factors specified for each mode. In each
mode, operate the engine for at least 5
minutes, then sample emissions for at
least 1 minute. Calculate cycle statistics
for the sequence of modes and compare
with the specified values in 40 CFR
1065.514 to confirm that the test is
valid.
(2) For ramped-modal testing, start
sampling at the beginning of the first
mode and continue sampling until the
end of the last mode. Calculate
emissions and cycle statistics the same
as for transient testing.
(3) Measure emissions by testing the
engine on a dynamometer with one or
more of the following sets of duty cycles
to determine whether it meets
applicable emission standards:
(i) The following duty cycle applies
for discrete-mode testing:
TABLE 1 OF § 1051.615.—6-MODE DUTY CYCLE FOR RECREATIONAL ENGINES
Engine speed
(percent) 1
Mode No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
.....................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................
1 Percent
2 Percent
Torque
(percent) 2
85
85
85
85
85
(3)
100
75
50
25
10
0
speed is percent of maximum test speed.
torque is percent of maximum test torque at maximum test speed.
3Idle.
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
PO 00000
Frm 00085
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Minimum time
in mode
(minutes)
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
Weighting
factors
0.09
0.20
0.29
0.30
0.07
0.05
40504
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
(ii) The following duty cycle applies
for ramped-modal testing:
TABLE 2 OF § 1051.615.—RAMPED-MODAL CYCLE FOR TESTING RECREATIONAL ENGINES
RMC mode
Speed
(percent) 1 2
Time
1a Steady-state .......................................................
1b Transition ...........................................................
2a Steady-state .......................................................
2b Transition ...........................................................
3a Steady-state .......................................................
3b Transition ...........................................................
4a Steady-state .......................................................
4b Transition ...........................................................
5a Steady-state .......................................................
5b Transition ...........................................................
6a Steady-state .......................................................
6b Transition ...........................................................
7 Steady-state .........................................................
41
20
135
20
112
20
337
20
518
20
494
20
43
Torque
(percent) 2 3
Warm Idle ...............................................................
Linear Transition ....................................................
85 ...........................................................................
85 ...........................................................................
85 ...........................................................................
85 ...........................................................................
85 ...........................................................................
85 ...........................................................................
85 ...........................................................................
85 ...........................................................................
85 ...........................................................................
Linear Transition ....................................................
Warm Idle ...............................................................
0
Linear
100
Linear
10
Linear
75
Linear
25
Linear
50
Linear
0
Transition.
Transition.
Transition.
Transition.
Transition.
Transition.
1 Percent
speed is percent of maximum test speed.
from one mode to the next within a 20-second transition phase. During the transition phase, command a linear progression from the
torque setting of the current mode to the torque setting of the next mode.
3 Percent torque is percent of maximum test torque at the commanded test speed.
2 Advance
(4) During idle mode, hold the speed
within your specifications, keep the
throttle fully closed, and keep engine
torque under 5 percent of the peak
torque value at maximum test speed.
(5) For the full-load operating mode,
operate the engine at wide-open throttle.
(6) See 40 CFR part 1065 for detailed
specifications of tolerances and
calculations.
*
*
*
*
*
I 312. Section 1051.620 is amended by
revising paragraph (b)(1)(vi) to read as
follows:
§ 1051.620 When may a manufacturer
obtain an exemption for competition
recreational vehicles?
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(1) * * *
(vi) The absence of a functional seat.
(For example, a seat with less than 30
square inches of seating surface would
generally not be considered a functional
seat).
*
*
*
*
*
I 313. A new § 1051.645 is added to
subpart G to read as follows:
§ 1051.645 What special provisions apply
to branded engines?
The following provisions apply if you
identify the name and trademark of
another company instead of your own
on your emission control information
label, as provided by § 1051.135(c)(2):
(a) You must have a contractual
agreement with the other company that
obligates that company to take the
following steps:
(1) Meet the emission warranty
requirements that apply under
§ 1051.120. This may involve a separate
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
agreement involving reimbursement of
warranty-related expenses.
(2) Report all warranty-related
information to the certificate holder.
(b) In your application for
certification, identify the company
whose trademark you will use and
describe the arrangements you have
made to meet your requirements under
this section.
(c) You remain responsible for
meeting all the requirements of this
chapter, including warranty and defectreporting provisions.
I 314. Section 1051.701 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a), (c), and (d) and
adding paragraphs (e), (f), and (g) to read
as follows:
§ 1051.701
General provisions.
(a) You may average, bank, and trade
emission credits for purposes of
certification as described in this subpart
to show compliance with the standards
of this part. To do this you must certify
your engines to Family Emission Limits
(FELs) and show that your average
emission levels are below the applicable
standards in subpart B of this part, or
that you have sufficient credits to offset
a credit deficit for the model year (as
calculated in § 1051.720).
*
*
*
*
*
(c) The definitions of Subpart I of this
part apply to this subpart. The following
definitions also apply:
(1) Actual emission credits means
emission credits you have generated
that we have verified by reviewing your
final report.
(2) Average standard means a
standard that allows you comply by
averaging all your vehicles under this
part. See subpart B of this part to
PO 00000
Frm 00086
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
determine which standards are average
standards.
(3) Averaging set means a set of
engines in which emission credits may
be exchanged only with other engines in
the same averaging set.
(4) Broker means any entity that
facilitates a trade of emission credits
between a buyer and seller.
(5) Buyer means the entity that
receives emission credits as a result of
a trade.
(6) Reserved emission credits means
emission credits you have generated
that we have not yet verified by
reviewing your final report.
(7) Seller means the entity that
provides emission credits during a
trade.
(8) Trade means to exchange emission
credits, either as a buyer or seller.
(d) In your application for
certification, base your showing of
compliance on projected production
volumes for vehicles whose point of
first retail sale is in the United States.
As described in § 1051.730, compliance
with the requirements of this subpart is
determined at the end of the model year
based on actual production volumes for
vehicles whose point of first retail sale
is in the United States. Do not include
any of the following vehicles to
calculate emission credits:
(1) Vehicles exempted under subpart
G of this part or under 40 CFR part
1068.
(2) Exported vehicles.
(3) Vehicles not subject to the
requirements of this part, such as those
excluded under § 1051.5.
(4) Vehicles for which the location of
first retail sale is in a state that has
applicable state emission regulations for
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
that model year. However, this
restriction does not apply if we
determine that the state standards and
requirements are equivalent to those of
this part and that these vehicles sold in
such a state will not generate credits
under the state program. For example,
you may not include vehicles certified
for California if it has more stringent
emission standards for these vehicles or
those vehicles generate or use emission
credits under the California program.
(5) Any other vehicles, where we
indicate elsewhere in this part 1051 that
they are not to be included in the
calculations of this subpart.
(e) You may not use emission credits
generated under this subpart to offset
any emissions that exceed an FEL or
standard, except as specified in
§ 1051.225(f)(1). This applies for all
testing, including certification testing,
in-use testing, selective enforcement
audits, and other production-line
testing.
(f) Emission credits may be used in
the model year they are generated or in
future model years. Emission credits
may not be used for past model years.
(g) You may increase or decrease an
FEL during the model year by amending
your application for certification under
§ 1051.225.
I 315. Section 1051.705 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) and
adding paragraph (e) to read as follows:
§ 1051.705
levels?
How do I average emission
(a) As specified in subpart B of this
part, certify each vehicle to an FEL,
subject to the FEL caps in subpart B of
this part.
(b) Calculate a preliminary average
emission level according to § 1051.720
for each averaging set using projected
U.S.-directed production volumes from
your application for certification,
excluding vehicles described in
§ 1051.701(d)(4).
(c) After the end of your model year,
calculate a final average emission level
according to § 1051.720 for each type of
recreational vehicle or engine you
manufacture or import. Use actual U.S.-
directed production volumes, excluding
vehicles described in § 1051.701(d)(4).
*
*
*
*
*
(e) If your average emission level is
above the allowable average standard,
you must obtain enough emission
credits to offset the deficit by the due
date for the final report required in
§ 1051.730. The emission credits used to
address the deficit may come from
emission credits you have banked or
from emission credits you obtain
through trading.
I 316. Section 1051.710 is revised to
read as follows:
§ 1051.710 How do I generate and bank
emission credits?
(a) Banking is the retention of
emission credits by the manufacturer
generating the emission credits for use
in averaging or trading in future model
years. You may use banked emission
credits only within the averaging set in
which they were generated.
(b) If your average emission level is
below the average standard, you may
calculate credits according to
§ 1051.720. Credits you generate do not
expire.
(c) You may generate credits if you are
a certifying manufacturer.
(d) In your application for
certification, designate any emission
credits you intend to bank. These
emission credits will be considered
reserved credits. During the model year
and before the due date for the final
report, you may redesignate these
emission credits for averaging or
trading.
(e) You may use banked emission
credits from the previous model year for
averaging or trading before we verify
them, but we may revoke these emission
credits if we are unable to verify them
after reviewing your reports or auditing
your records.
(f) Reserved credits become actual
emission credits only when we verify
them in reviewing your final report.
I 317. Section 1051.715 is revised to
read as follows:
§ 1051.715
credits?
40505
How do I trade emission
(a) Trading is the exchange of
emission credits between
manufacturers. You may use traded
emission credits for averaging, banking,
or further trading transactions. Traded
emission credits may be used only
within the averaging set in which they
were generated.
(b) You may trade banked credits to
any certifying manufacturer.
(c) You may trade actual emission
credits as described in this subpart. You
may also trade reserved emission
credits, but we may revoke these
emission credits based on our review of
your records or reports or those of the
company with which you traded
emission credits.
(d) If a negative emission credit
balance results from a transaction, both
the buyer and seller are liable, except in
cases we deem to involve fraud. See
§ 1051.255(e) for cases involving fraud.
We may void the certificates of all
engine families participating in a trade
that results in a manufacturer having a
negative balance of emission credits.
See § 1051.745.
I 318. Section 1051.720 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a)(2) and (a)(3) and
adding paragraph (a)(4) to read as
follows:
§ 1051.720 How do I calculate my average
emission level or emission credits?
(a) * * *
(2) For vehicles that have standards
expressed as g/kW-hr and a useful life
in kilometers, convert the useful life to
kW-hr based on the maximum power
output observed over the emission test
and an assumed vehicle speed of 30 km/
hr as follows: UL (kW-hr) = UL (km) ×
Maximum Test Power (kW) 30 ÷ km/hr.
(Note: It is not necessary to include a
load factor, since credit exchange is not
allowed between vehicles certified to g/
kW-hr standards and vehicles certified
to g/km standards.)
(3) For evaporative emission
standards expressed as g/m2/day, use
the useful life value in years multiplied
by 365.24 and calculate the average
emission level as:
Emission level = ∑ ( FEL) i × ( UL) i × ( Production ) i ∑ ( Production ) i × ( UL ) i
i
i
FEL i = The FEL to which the engine
family is certified, as described in
paragraph (a)(4) of this section.
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
Production i = The number of vehicles
in the engine family times the average
internal surface area of the vehicles’ fuel
tanks.
PO 00000
Frm 00087
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(4) Determine the FEL for calculating
credits under paragraph (a)(3) of this
section using any of the following
values:
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
ER13JY05.019
Where:
40506
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
(i) The FEL to which the tank is
certified, as long as the FEL is at or
below 3.0 g/m2/day.
(ii) 10.4 g/m2/day. However, if you
use this value to establish the FEL for
any of your tanks, you must use this
value to establish the FEL for every tank
not covered by paragraph (a)(4)(i) of this
section.
(iii) The measured permeation rate of
the tank or the measured permeation
rate of a thinner-walled tank of the same
material. However, if you use this
approach to establish the FEL for any of
your tanks, you must establish an FEL
based on emission measurements for
every tank not covered by paragraph
(a)(4)(i) of this section.
*
*
*
*
*
I 319. Section 1051.725 is revised to
read as follows:
§ 1051.725 What must I include in my
applications for certification?
(a) You must declare in your
applications for certification your intent
to use the provisions of this subpart.
You must also declare the FELs you
select for each engine family. Your FELs
must comply with the specifications of
subpart B of this part, including the FEL
caps. FELs must be expressed to the
same number of decimal places as the
applicable standards.
(b) Include the following in your
application for certification:
(1) A statement that, to the best of
your belief, you will not have a negative
balance of emission credits for any
averaging set when all emission credits
are calculated at the end of the year.
This means that if you believe that your
average emission level will be above the
standard (i.e., that you will have a
deficit for the model year), you must
have banked credits (or project to have
received traded credits) to offset the
deficit.
(2) Detailed calculations of projected
emission credits (positive or negative)
based on projected production volumes.
If you will generate positive emission
credits, state specifically where the
emission credits will be applied (for
example, whether they will be traded or
reserved for banking). If you have
projected negative emission credits,
state the source of positive emission
credits to offset the negative emission
credits. Describe whether the emission
credits are actual or reserved and
whether they will come from banking,
trading, or a combination of these. If you
intend to rely on trading, identify from
which manufacturer the emission
credits will come.
I 320. Section 1051.730 is revised to
read as follows:
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
§ 1051.730
to EPA?
What ABT reports must I send
(a) If any of your engine families are
certified using the ABT provisions of
this subpart, you must send an end-ofyear report within 90 days after the end
of the model year and a final report
within 270 days after the end of the
model year. We may waive the
requirement to send the end-of year
report, as long as you send the final
report on time.
(b) Your end-of-year and final reports
must include the following information
for each engine family:
(1) Engine-family designation.
(2) The emission standards that would
otherwise apply to the engine family.
(3) The FEL for each pollutant. If you
changed an FEL during the model year,
identify each FEL you used and
calculate the positive or negative
emission credits under each FEL. Also,
describe how the applicable FEL can be
identified for each vehicle you
produced. For example, you might keep
a list of vehicle identification numbers
that correspond with certain FEL values.
(4) The projected and actual
production volumes for the model year
with a point of retail sale in the United
States. If you changed an FEL during the
model year, identify the actual
production volume associated with each
FEL.
(5) For vehicles that have standards
expressed as g/kW-hr, maximum engine
power for each vehicle configuration,
and the sales-weighted average engine
power for the engine family.
(6) Useful life.
(7) Calculated positive or negative
emission credits. Identify any emission
credits that you traded, as described in
paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
(c) Your end-of-year and final reports
must include the following additional
information:
(1) Show that your net balance of
emission credits in each averaging set in
the applicable model year is not
negative.
(2) State whether you will reserve any
emission credits for banking.
(3) State that the report’s contents are
accurate.
(d) If you trade emission credits, you
must send us a report within 90 days
after the transaction, as follows:
(1) As the seller, you must include the
following information in your report:
(i) The corporate names of the buyer
and any brokers.
(ii) A copy of any contracts related to
the trade.
(iii) The engine families that
generated emission credits for the trade,
including the number of emission
credits from each family.
PO 00000
Frm 00088
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(2) As the buyer, you must include the
following information in your report:
(i) The corporate names of the seller
and any brokers.
(ii) A copy of any contracts related to
the trade.
(iii) How you intend to use the
emission credits, including the number
of emission credits you intend to apply
to each engine family (if known).
(e) Send your reports electronically to
the Designated Compliance Officer
using an approved information format.
If you want to use a different format,
send us a written request with
justification for a waiver.
(f) Correct errors in your end-of-year
report or final report as follows:
(1) You may correct any errors in your
end-of-year report when you prepare the
final report, as long as you send us the
final report by the time it is due.
(2) If you or we determine within 270
days after the end of the model year that
errors mistakenly decrease your balance
of emission credits, you may correct the
errors and recalculate the balance of
emission credits. You may not make
these corrections for errors that are
determined more than 270 days after the
end of the model year. If you report a
negative balance of emission credits, we
may disallow corrections under this
paragraph (f)(2).
(3) If you or we determine anytime
that errors mistakenly increase your
balance of emission credits, you must
correct the errors and recalculate the
balance of emission credits.
I 321. Section 1051.735 is revised to
read as follows:
§ 1051.735
What records must I keep?
(a) You must organize and maintain
your records as described in this
section. We may review your records at
any time.
(b) Keep the records required by this
section for eight years after the due date
for the end-of-year report. You may use
any appropriate storage formats or
media, including paper, microfilm, or
computer diskettes.
(c) Keep a copy of the reports we
require in § 1051.725 and § 1051.730.
(d) Keep the following additional
records for each engine you produce
under the ABT program:
(1) Engine family designation.
(2) Engine identification number.
(3) FEL and useful life.
(4) For vehicles that have standards
expressed as g/kW-hr, maximum engine
power.
(5) Build date and assembly plant.
(6) Purchaser and destination.
(e) We may require you to keep
additional records or to send us relevant
information not required by this section.
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
322. A new § 1051.740 is added to
subpart H to read as follows:
I
§ 1051.740 Are there special averaging
provisions for snowmobiles?
For snowmobiles, you may only use
credits for the same phase or set of
standards against which they were
generated, except as allowed by this
section.
(a) Restrictions. (1) You may not use
any Phase 1 or Phase 2 credits for Phase
3 compliance.
(2) You may not use Phase 1 HC
credits for Phase 2 HC compliance.
However, because the Phase 1 and
Phase 2 CO standards are the same, you
may use Phase 1 CO credits for
compliance with the Phase 2 CO
standards.
(b) Special credits for next phase of
standards. You may choose to generate
credits early for banking for purposes of
compliance with later phases of
standards as follows:
(1) If your corporate average emission
level at the end of the model year
exceeds the applicable (current) phase
of standards (without the use of traded
or previously banked credits), you may
choose to redesignate some of your
snowmobile production to a calculation
to generate credits for a future phase of
standards. To generate credits the
snowmobiles designated must have an
FEL below the emission level of that set
of standards. This can be done on a
pollutant specific basis.
(2) Do not include the snowmobiles
that you redesignate in the final
compliance calculation of your average
emission level for the otherwise
applicable (current) phase of standards.
Your average emission level for the
remaining (non-redesignated)
snowmobiles must comply with the
otherwise applicable (current) phase of
standards.
(3) Include the snowmobiles that you
redesignate in a separate calculation of
your average emission level for
redesignated engines. Calculate credits
using this average emission level
relative to the specific pollutant in the
future phase of standards. These credits
may be used for compliance with the
future standards.
(4) For generating early Phase 3
credits, you may generate credits for
HC+NOX or CO separately as described:
(i) To determine if you qualify to
generate credits in accordance with
paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this
section, you must meet the credit trigger
level. For HC+NOX this value is 62 g/
kW-hr (which would be the HC+NOX
standard that would result from
inputting the highest allowable CO
standard (275 g/kW-hr) into the Phase 3
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
equation). For CO the value is 200 g/
kW-hr (which would be the CO standard
that would result from inputting the
highest allowable HC+NOX standard (90
g/kW-hr) into the Phase 3 equation).
(ii) HC+NOX and CO credits for Phase
3 are calculated relative to the 62 g/kWhr and 200 g/kW-hr values, respectively.
(5) Credits can also be calculated for
Phase 3 using both sets of standards.
Without regard to the trigger level
values, if your net emission reduction
for the redesignated averaging set
exceeds the requirements of Phase 3 in
§ 1051.103 (using both HC+NOX and CO
in the Phase 3 equation in § 1051.103),
then your credits are the difference
between the Phase 3 reduction
requirement of that section and your
calculated value.
I 323. A new § 1051.745 is added to
subpart H to read as follows:
§ 1051.745 What can happen if I do not
comply with the provisions of this subpart?
(a) For each engine family
participating in the ABT program, the
certificate of conformity is conditional
upon full compliance with the
provisions of this subpart during and
after the model year. You are
responsible to establish to our
satisfaction that you fully comply with
applicable requirements. We may void
the certificate of conformity for an
engine family if you fail to comply with
any provisions of this subpart.
(b) You may certify your engine
family to an FEL above an applicable
standard based on a projection that you
will have enough emission credits to
avoid a negative credit balance for each
averaging set for the applicable model
year. However, except as allowed in
§ 1051.145(h), we may void the
certificate of conformity if you cannot
show in your final report that you have
enough actual emission credits to offset
a deficit for any pollutant in an engine
family.
(c) We may void the certificate of
conformity for an engine family if you
fail to keep records, send reports, or give
us information we request.
(d) You may ask for a hearing if we
void your certificate under this section
(see § 1051.820).
I 324. Section 1051.801 is revised to
read as follows:
§ 1051.801
part?
What definitions apply to this
The following definitions apply to
this part. The definitions apply to all
subparts unless we note otherwise. All
undefined terms have the meaning the
Act gives to them. The definitions
follow:
Act means the Clean Air Act, as
amended, 42 U.S.C. 7401–7671q.
PO 00000
Frm 00089
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40507
Adjustable parameter means any
device, system, or element of design that
someone can adjust (including those
which are difficult to access) and that,
if adjusted, may affect emissions or
engine performance during emission
testing or normal in-use operation. This
includes, but is not limited to,
parameters related to injection timing
and fueling rate. You may ask us to
exclude a parameter that is difficult to
access if it cannot be adjusted to affect
emissions without significantly
degrading engine performance, or if you
otherwise show us that it will not be
adjusted in a way that affects emissions
during in-use operation.
Aftertreatment means relating to a
catalytic converter, particulate filter, or
any other system, component, or
technology mounted downstream of the
exhaust valve (or exhaust port) whose
design function is to decrease emissions
in the engine exhaust before it is
exhausted to the environment. Exhaustgas recirculation (EGR) and
turbochargers are not aftertreatment.
All-terrain vehicle means a land-based
or amphibious nonroad vehicle that
meets the criteria listed in paragraph (1)
of this definition; or, alternatively the
criteria of paragraph (2) of this
definition but not the criteria of
paragraph (3) of this definition:
(1) Vehicles designed to travel on four
low pressure tires, having a seat
designed to be straddled by the operator
and handlebars for steering controls,
and intended for use by a single
operator and no other passengers are allterrain vehicles.
(2) Other all-terrain vehicles have
three or more wheels and one or more
seats, are designed for operation over
rough terrain, are intended primarily for
transportation, and have a maximum
vehicle speed of 25 miles per hour or
higher. Golf carts generally do not meet
these criteria since they are generally
not designed for operation over rough
terrain.
(3) Vehicles that meet the definition
of ‘‘offroad utility vehicle’’ in this
section are not all-terrain vehicles.
However, § 1051.1(a) specifies that some
offroad utility vehicles are required to
meet the same requirements as allterrain vehicles.
Amphibious vehicle means a vehicle
with wheels or tracks that is designed
primarily for operation on land and
secondarily for operation in water.
Auxiliary emission-control device
means any element of design that senses
temperature, motive speed, engine RPM,
transmission gear, or any other
parameter for the purpose of activating,
modulating, delaying, or deactivating
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40508
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
the operation of any part of the
emission-control system.
Brake power means the usable power
output of the engine, not including
power required to fuel, lubricate, or heat
the engine, circulate coolant to the
engine, or to operate aftertreatment
devices.
Calibration means the set of
specifications and tolerances specific to
a particular design, version, or
application of a component or assembly
capable of functionally describing its
operation over its working range.
Certification means relating to the
process of obtaining a certificate of
conformity for an engine family that
complies with the emission standards
and requirements in this part.
Certified emission level means the
highest deteriorated emission level in an
engine family for a given pollutant from
either transient or steady-state testing.
Compression-ignition means relating
to a type of reciprocating, internalcombustion engine that is not a sparkignition engine.
Crankcase emissions means airborne
substances emitted to the atmosphere
from any part of the engine crankcase’s
ventilation or lubrication systems. The
crankcase is the housing for the
crankshaft and other related internal
parts.
Critical emission-related component
means any of the following components:
(1) Electronic control units,
aftertreatment devices, fuel-metering
components, EGR-system components,
crankcase-ventilation valves, all
components related to charge-air
compression and cooling, and all
sensors and actuators associated with
any of these components.
(2) Any other component whose
primary purpose is to reduce emissions.
Designated Compliance Officer means
the Manager, Engine Programs Group
(6405–J), U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW.,
Washington, DC 20460.
Designated Enforcement Officer
means the Director, Air Enforcement
Division (2242A), U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania
Ave., NW.,Washington, DC 20460.
Deteriorated emission level means the
emission level that results from
applying the appropriate deterioration
factor to the official emission result of
the emission-data vehicle.
Deterioration factor means the
relationship between emissions at the
end of useful life and emissions at the
low-hour test point, expressed in one of
the following ways:
(1) For multiplicative deterioration
factors, the ratio of emissions at the end
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
of useful life to emissions at the lowhour test point.
(2) For additive deterioration factors,
the difference between emissions at the
end of useful life and emissions at the
low-hour test point.
Emission-control system means any
device, system, or element of design that
controls or reduces the regulated
emissions from an engine.
Emission-data vehicle means a
vehicle or engine that is tested for
certification. This includes vehicles or
engines tested to establish deterioration
factors.
Emission-related maintenance means
maintenance that substantially affects
emissions or is likely to substantially
affect emission deterioration.
Engine configuration means a unique
combination of engine hardware and
calibration within an engine family.
Engines within a single engine
configuration differ only with respect to
normal production variability.
Engine family has the meaning given
in § 1051.230.
Evaporative means relating to fuel
emissions that result from permeation of
fuel through the fuel system materials
and from ventilation of the fuel system.
Excluded means relating to an engine
that either:
(1) Has been determined not to be a
nonroad engine, as specified in 40 CFR
1068.30; or
(2) Is a nonroad engine that is
excluded from this part 1051 under the
provisions of § 1051.5.
Exempted has the meaning given in
40 CFR 1068.30.
Exhaust-gas recirculation means a
technology that reduces emissions by
routing exhaust gases that had been
exhausted from the combustion
chamber(s) back into the engine to be
mixed with incoming air before or
during combustion. The use of valve
timing to increase the amount of
residual exhaust gas in the combustion
chamber(s) that is mixed with incoming
air before or during combustion is not
considered exhaust-gas recirculation for
the purposes of this part.
Family emission limit (FEL) means an
emission level declared by the
manufacturer to serve in place of an
otherwise applicable emission standard
under the ABT program in subpart H of
this part. The family emission limit
must be expressed to the same number
of decimal places as the emission
standard it replaces. The family
emission limit serves as the emission
standard for the engine family with
respect to all required testing.
Fuel line means all hoses or tubing
designed to contain liquid fuel or fuel
vapor. This includes all hoses or tubing
PO 00000
Frm 00090
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
for the filler neck, for connections
between dual fuel tanks, and for
connecting a carbon canister to the fuel
tank. This does not include hoses or
tubing for routing crankcase vapors to
the engine’s intake or any other hoses or
tubing that are open to the atmosphere.
Fuel system means all components
involved in transporting, metering, and
mixing the fuel from the fuel tank to the
combustion chamber(s), including the
fuel tank, fuel tank cap, fuel pump, fuel
filters, fuel lines, carburetor or fuelinjection components, and all fuelsystem vents. In the case where the fuel
tank cap or other components
(excluding fuel lines) are directly
mounted on the fuel tank, they are
considered to be a part of the fuel tank.
Fuel type means a general category of
fuels such as gasoline or natural gas.
There can be multiple grades within a
single fuel type, such as winter-grade
and all-season gasoline.
Good engineering judgment means
judgments made consistent with
generally accepted scientific and
engineering principles and all available
relevant information. See 40 CFR 1068.5
for the administrative process we use to
evaluate good engineering judgment.
Hydrocarbon (HC) means the
hydrocarbon group on which the
emission standards are based for each
fuel type. For alcohol-fueled engines,
HC means total hydrocarbon equivalent
(THCE). For all other engines, HC means
nonmethane hydrocarbon (NMHC).
Identification number means a unique
specification (for example, a model
number/serial number combination)
that allows someone to distinguish a
particular vehicle or engine from other
similar engines.
Low-hour means relating to an engine
with stabilized emissions and represents
the undeteriorated emission level. This
would generally involve less than 24
hours or 240 kilometers of operation.
Manufacturer has the meaning given
in section 216(1) of the Act. In general,
this term includes any person who
manufactures a vehicle or engine for
sale in the United States or otherwise
introduces a new vehicle or engine into
commerce in the United States. This
includes importers that import vehicles
or engines for resale.
Maximum engine power has the
meaning given in 40 CFR 90.3.
Maximum test power means the
maximum brake power of an engine at
test conditions.
Maximum test speed has the meaning
given in 40 CFR 1065.1001.
Maximum test torque has the meaning
given in 40 CFR 1065.1001.
Model year means one of the
following things:
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
(1) For freshly manufactured vehicles
(see definition of ‘‘new,’’ paragraph (1)),
model year means one of the following:
(i) Calendar year.
(ii) Your annual new model
production period if it is different than
the calendar year. This must include
January 1 of the calendar year for which
the model year is named. It may not
begin before January 2 of the previous
calendar year and it must end by
December 31 of the named calendar
year.
(2) For an engine originally
manufactured as a motor-vehicle engine
or a stationary engine that is later
intended to be used in a vehicle subject
to the standards and requirements of
this part 1051, model year means the
calendar year in which the engine was
originally produced (see definition of
‘‘new,’’ paragraph (2)).
(3) For a nonroad engine that has been
previously placed into service in an
application covered by 40 CFR part 90,
91, or 1048, where that engine is
installed in a piece of equipment that is
covered by this part 1051, model year
means the calendar year in which the
engine was originally produced (see
definition of ‘‘new ,’’ paragraph (3)).
(4) For engines that are not freshly
manufactured but are installed in new
recreational vehicles, model year means
the calendar year in which the engine is
installed in the recreational vehicle (see
definition of ‘‘new,’’ paragraph (4)).
(5) For imported engines:
(i) For imported engines described in
paragraph (5)(i) of the definition of
‘‘new,’’ model year has the meaning
given in paragraphs (1) through (4) of
this definition.
(ii) For imported engines described in
paragraph (5)(ii) of the definition of
‘‘new,’’ model year means the calendar
year in which the vehicle is modified.
Motor vehicle has the meaning given
in 40 CFR 85.1703(a).
New means relating to any of the
following things:
(1) A freshly manufactured vehicle for
which the ultimate purchaser has never
received the equitable or legal title. This
kind of vehicle might commonly be
thought of as ‘‘brand new.’’ In the case
of this paragraph (1), the vehicle
becomes new when it is fully assembled
for the first time. The engine is no
longer new when the ultimate purchaser
receives the title or the product is
placed into service, whichever comes
first.
(2) An engine originally manufactured
as a motor-vehicle engine or a stationary
engine that is later intended to be used
in a vehicle subject to the standards and
requirements of this part 1051. In this
case, the engine is no longer a motor-
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
vehicle or stationary engine and
becomes new. The engine is no longer
new when it is placed into service as a
recreational vehicle covered by this part
1051.
(3) A nonroad engine that has been
previously placed into service in an
application covered by 40 CFR part 90,
91, or 1048, where that engine is
installed in a piece of equipment that is
covered by this part 1051. The engine is
no longer new when it is placed into
service in a recreational vehicle covered
by this part 1051. For example, this
would apply to a marine propulsion
engine that is no longer used in a
marine vessel.
(4) An engine not covered by
paragraphs (1) through (3) of this
definition that is intended to be
installed in a new vehicle covered by
this part 1051. The engine is no longer
new when the ultimate purchaser
receives a title for the vehicle or it is
placed into service, whichever comes
first. This generally includes installation
of used engines in new recreational
vehicles.
(5) An imported vehicle or engine,
subject to the following provisions:
(i) An imported recreational vehicle
or recreational-vehicle engine covered
by a certificate of conformity issued
under this part that meets the criteria of
one or more of paragraphs (1) through
(4) of this definition, where the original
manufacturer holds the certificate, is
new as defined by those applicable
paragraphs.
(ii) An imported recreational vehicle
or recreational-vehicle engine covered
by a certificate of conformity issued
under this part, where someone other
than the original manufacturer holds the
certificate (such as when the engine is
modified after its initial assembly),
becomes new when it is imported. It is
no longer new when the ultimate
purchaser receives a title for the vehicle
or engine or it is placed into service,
whichever comes first.
(iii) An imported recreational vehicle
or recreational-vehicle engine that is not
covered by a certificate of conformity
issued under this part at the time of
importation is new, but only if it was
produced on or after the 2007 model
year. This addresses uncertified engines
and equipment initially placed into
service that someone seeks to import
into the United States. Importation of
this kind of new nonroad engine (or
equipment containing such an engine) is
generally prohibited by 40 CFR part
1068.
Noncompliant means relating to a
vehicle that was originally covered by a
certificate of conformity, but is not in
the certified configuration or otherwise
PO 00000
Frm 00091
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40509
does not comply with the conditions of
the certificate.
Nonconforming means relating to
vehicle not covered by a certificate of
conformity that would otherwise be
subject to emission standards.
Nonmethane hydrocarbon means the
difference between the emitted mass of
total hydrocarbons and the emitted mass
of methane.
Nonroad means relating to nonroad
engines or equipment that includes
nonroad engines.
Nonroad engine has the meaning
given in 40 CFR 1068.30. In general this
means all internal-combustion engines
except motor-vehicle engines, stationary
engines, engines used solely for
competition, or engines used in aircraft.
Off-highway motorcycle means a twowheeled vehicle with a nonroad engine
and a seat (excluding marine vessels
and aircraft). (Note: highway
motorcycles are regulated under 40 CFR
part 86.)
Official emission result means the
measured emission rate for an emissiondata vehicle on a given duty cycle
before the application of any
deterioration factor, but after the
applicability of regeneration adjustment
factors.
Offroad utility vehicle means a
nonroad vehicle that has four or more
wheels, seating for two or more persons,
is designed for operation over rough
terrain, and has either a rear payload of
350 pounds or more or seating for six or
more passengers. Vehicles intended
primarily for recreational purposes that
are not capable of transporting six
passengers (such as dune buggies) are
not offroad utility vehicles. (Note:
§ 1051.1(a) specifies that some offroad
utility vehicles are required to meet the
requirements that apply for all-terrain
vehicles.)
Owners manual means a document or
collection of documents prepared by the
engine manufacturer for the owner or
operator to describe appropriate engine
maintenance, applicable warranties, and
any other information related to
operating or keeping the engine. The
owners manual is typically provided to
the ultimate purchaser at the time of
sale.
Oxides of nitrogen has the meaning
given in 40 CFR 1065.1001.
Phase 1 means relating to Phase 1
standards of §§ 1051.103, 1051.105, or
1051.107, or other Phase 1 standards
specified in subpart B of this part.
Phase 2 means relating to Phase 2
standards of § 1051.103, or other Phase
2 standards specified in subpart B of
this part.
Phase 3 means relating to Phase 3
standards of § 1051.103, or other Phase
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40510
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
3 standards specified in subpart B of
this part.
Placed into service means put into
initial use for its intended purpose.
Point of first retail sale means the
location at which the initial retail sale
occurs. This generally means an
equipment dealership, but may also
include an engine seller or distributor in
cases where loose engines are sold to
the general public for uses such as
replacement engines.
Recreational means, for purposes of
this part, relating to snowmobiles, allterrain vehicles, off-highway
motorcycles, and other vehicles that we
regulate under this part. Note that 40
CFR part 90 applies to engines used in
other recreational vehicles.
Revoke has the meaning given in 40
CFR 1068.30.
Round has the meaning given in 40
CFR 1065.1001, unless otherwise
specified.
Scheduled maintenance means
adjusting, repairing, removing,
disassembling, cleaning, or replacing
components or systems periodically to
keep a part or system from failing,
malfunctioning, or wearing prematurely.
It also may mean actions you expect are
necessary to correct an overt indication
of failure or malfunction for which
periodic maintenance is not
appropriate.
Small-volume manufacturer means
one of the following:
(1) For motorcycles and ATVs, a
manufacturer that sold motorcycles or
ATVs before 2003 and had annual U.S.directed production of no more than
5,000 off-road motorcycles and ATVs
(combined number) in 2002 and all
earlier calendar years. For
manufacturers owned by a parent
company, the limit applies to the
production of the parent company and
all of its subsidiaries.
(2) For snowmobiles, a manufacturer
that sold snowmobiles before 2003 and
had annual U.S.-directed production of
no more than 300 snowmobiles in 2002
and all earlier model years. For
manufacturers owned by a parent
company, the limit applies to the
production of the parent company and
all of its subsidiaries.
(3) A manufacturer that we designate
to be a small-volume manufacturer
under § 1051.635.
Snowmobile means a vehicle designed
to operate outdoors only over snowcovered ground, with a maximum width
of 1.5 meters or less.
Spark-ignition means relating to a
gasoline-fueled engine or any other type
of engine with a spark plug (or other
sparking device) and with operating
characteristics significantly similar to
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
the theoretical Otto combustion cycle.
Spark-ignition engines usually use a
throttle to regulate intake air flow to
control power during normal operation.
Suspend has the meaning given in 40
CFR 1068.30.
Test sample means the collection of
engines selected from the population of
an engine family for emission testing.
This may include testing for
certification, production-line testing, or
in-use testing.
Test vehicle or engine means an
engine in a test sample.
Total hydrocarbon means the
combined mass of organic compounds
measured by the specified procedure for
measuring total hydrocarbon, expressed
as a hydrocarbon with a hydrogen-tocarbon mass ratio of 1.85:1.
Total hydrocarbon equivalent means
the sum of the carbon mass
contributions of non-oxygenated
hydrocarbons, alcohols and aldehydes,
or other organic compounds that are
measured separately as contained in a
gas sample, expressed as exhaust
hydrocarbon from petroleum-fueled
engines. The hydrogen-to-carbon ratio of
the equivalent hydrocarbon is 1.85:1.
Ultimate purchaser means, with
respect to any new nonroad equipment
or new nonroad engine, the first person
who in good faith purchases such new
nonroad equipment or new nonroad
engine for purposes other than resale.
Ultraviolet light means
electromagnetic radiation with a
wavelength between 300 and 400
nanometers.
United States has the meaning given
in 40 CFR 1068.30.
Upcoming model year means for an
engine family the model year after the
one currently in production.
U.S.-directed production volume
means the number of vehicle units,
subject to the requirements of this part,
produced by a manufacturer for which
the manufacturer has a reasonable
assurance that sale was or will be made
to ultimate purchasers in the United
States. This includes vehicles for which
the location of first retail sale is in a
state that has applicable state emission
regulations for that model year, unless
we specify otherwise.
Useful life means the period during
which a vehicle is required to comply
with all applicable emission standards,
specified as a given number of calendar
years and kilometers (whichever comes
first). In some cases, useful life is also
limited by a given number of hours of
engine operation. If an engine has no
odometer (or hour meter), the specified
number of kilometers (or hours) does
not limit the period during which an inuse vehicle is required to comply with
PO 00000
Frm 00092
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
emission standards, unless the degree of
service accumulation can be verified
separately. The useful life for an engine
family must be at least as long as both
of the following:
(1) The expected average service life
before the vehicle is remanufactured or
retired from service.
(2) The minimum useful life value.
Void has the meaning given in 40 CFR
1068.30.
We (us, our) means the Administrator
of the Environmental Protection Agency
and any authorized representatives.
Wide-open throttle means maximum
throttle opening. Unless this is specified
at a given speed, it refers to maximum
throttle opening at maximum speed. For
electronically controlled or other
engines with multiple possible fueling
rates, wide-open throttle also means the
maximum fueling rate at maximum
throttle opening under test conditions.
I 325. Section 1051.805 is amended by
adding ‘‘CFR’’, ‘‘HC’’, and ‘‘NARA’’ to
the table in alphabetical order to read as
follows:
§ 1051.805 What symbols, acronyms, and
abbreviations does this part use?
The following symbols, acronyms,
and abbreviations apply to this part:
*
*
*
*
*
CFR—Code of Federal Regulations.
*
*
*
*
*
HC—hydrocarbon.
*
*
*
*
*
NARA—National Archives and
Records Administration.
*
*
*
*
*
I 326. Section 1051.810 is revised to
read as follows:
§ 1051.810 What materials does this part
reference?
Documents listed in this section have
been incorporated by reference into this
part. The Director of the Federal
Register approved the incorporation by
reference as prescribed in 5 U.S.C.
552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Anyone may
inspect copies at the U.S. EPA, Air and
Radiation Docket and Information
Center, 1301 Constitution Ave., NW.,
Room B102,EPA West Building,
Washington, DC 20460 or at the
National Archives and Records
Administration (NARA). For
information on the availability of this
material at NARA, call 202–741–6030,
or go to: https://www.archives.gov/
federal_register/
code_of_federal_regulations/
ibr_locations.html.
(a) ASTM material. Table 1 of this
section lists material from the American
Society for Testing and Materials that
we have incorporated by reference. The
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
first column lists the number and name
of the material. The second column lists
the sections of this part where we
reference it. Anyone may purchase
copies of these materials from the
American Society for Testing and
40511
Materials, 100 Barr Harbor Dr., P.O. Box
C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428 or
www.astm.com. Table 1 follows:
TABLE 1 OF § 1051.810.—ASTM MATERIALS
Part 1051
reference
Document number and name
ASTM D471–98, Standard Test Method for Rubber Property—Effect of Liquids ..............................................................................
ASTM D814–95 (reapproved 2000), Standard Test Method for RubberProperty Vapor Transmission of Volatile Liquids ...............
(b) SAE material. Table 2 of this
section lists material from the Society of
Automotive Engineering that we have
incorporated by reference. The first
column lists the number and name of
the material. The second column lists
the sections of this part where we
reference it. Anyone may purchase
1051.501
1051.245
copies of these materials from the
Society of Automotive Engineers, 400
Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA
15096 or www.sae.org. Table 2 follows:
TABLE 2 OF § 1051.810.—SAE MATERIALS
Part 1051
reference
Document number and name
SAE J30, Fuel and Oil Hoses, June 1998 ..........................................................................................................................
SAE J1930, Electrical/Electronic Systems Diagnostic Terms, Definitions, Abbreviations, and Acronyms, May 1998 ......
SAE J2260, Nonmetallic Fuel System Tubing with One or More Layers, November 1996 ...............................................
(c) If we agree to hold a hearing, we
will use the procedures specified in 40
CFR part 1068, subpart G.
327. Section 1051.815 is revised to
read as follows:
I
§ 1051.815 What provisions apply to
confidential information?
(a) Clearly show what you consider
confidential by marking, circling,
bracketing, stamping, or some other
method.
(b) We will store your confidential
information as described in 40 CFR part
2. Also, we will disclose it only as
specified in 40 CFR part 2. This applies
both to any information you send us and
to any information we collect from
inspections, audits, or other site visits.
(c) If you send us a second copy
without the confidential information,
we will assume it contains nothing
confidential whenever we need to
release information from it.
(d) If you send us information without
claiming it is confidential, we may make
it available to the public without further
notice to you, as described in 40 CFR
2.204.
I 328. Section 1051.820 is revised to
read as follows:
§ 1051.820
How do I request a hearing?
(a) You may request a hearing under
certain circumstances, as described
elsewhere in this part. To do this, you
must file a written request, including a
description of your objection and any
supporting data, within 30 days after we
make a decision.
(b) For a hearing you request under
the provisions of this part, we will
approve your request if we find that
your request raises a substantial factual
issue.
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
1051.245, 1051.501
1051.135
1051.245
judgment’’, ‘‘Motor vehicle’’, ‘‘Revoke’’,
‘‘Suspend’’, and ‘‘Void’’ in alphabetical
order to read as follows:
PART 1068—GENERAL COMPLIANCE
PROVISIONS FOR NONROAD
PROGRAMS
§ 1068.30
part?
329. The authority citation for part
1068 is revised to read as follows:
I
Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401–7671q.
330. Section 1068.10 is revised to read
as follows:
I
§ 1068.10 What provisions apply to
confidential information?
(a) Clearly show what you consider
confidential by marking, circling,
bracketing, stamping, or some other
method.
(b) We will store your confidential
information as described in 40 CFR part
2. Also, we will disclose it only as
specified in 40 CFR part 2. This applies
both to any information you send us and
to any information we collect from
inspections, audits, or other site visits.
(c) If you send us a second copy
without the confidential information,
we will assume it contains nothing
confidential whenever we need to
release information from it.
(d) If you send us information without
claiming it is confidential, we may make
it available to the public without further
notice to you, as described in 40 CFR
2.204.
I 331. Section 1068.30 is amended by
revising the definition for ‘‘United
States’’ and adding definitions for
‘‘Days’’, ‘‘Defeat device’’, ‘‘Equipment’’,
‘‘Exempted’’, ‘‘Good engineering
PO 00000
Frm 00093
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
*
What definitions apply to this
*
*
*
*
Days means calendar days, including
weekends and holidays.
Defeat device means has the meaning
given in the standard-setting part.
*
*
*
*
*
Equipment means any vehicle, vessel,
or other type of equipment that is
subject to the requirements of this part,
or that uses an engine that is subject to
the requirements of this part.
*
*
*
*
*
Exempted means relating to an engine
that is not required to meet otherwise
applicable standards. Exempted engines
must conform to regulatory conditions
specified for an exemption in this part
1068 or in the standard-setting part.
Exempted engines are deemed to be
‘‘subject to’’ the standards of the
standard-setting part, even though they
are not required to comply with the
otherwise applicable requirements.
Engines exempted with respect to a
certain tier of standards may be required
to comply with an earlier tier of
standards as a condition of the
exemption; for example, engines
exempted with respect to Tier 3
standards may be required to comply
with Tier 1 or Tier 2 standards.
Good engineering judgment means
judgments made consistent with
generally accepted scientific and
engineering principles and all available
relevant information. See 40 CFR 1068.5
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40512
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
for the administrative process we use to
evaluate good engineering judgment.
*
*
*
*
*
Motor vehicle has the meaning given
in 40 CFR 85.1703(a).
*
*
*
*
*
Revoke means to terminate the
certificate or an exemption for an engine
family. If we revoke a certificate or
exemption, you must apply for a new
certificate or exemption before
continuing to introduce the affected
engines into commerce. This does not
apply to engines you no longer possess.
*
*
*
*
*
Suspend means to temporarily
discontinue the certificate or an
exemption for an engine family. If we
suspend a certificate, you may not
introduce into commerce engines from
that engine family unless we reinstate
the certificate or approve a new one. If
we suspend an exemption, you may not
introduce into commerce engines that
were previously covered by the
exemption unless we reinstate the
exemption.
*
*
*
*
*
United States means the States, the
District of Columbia, the
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the
Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana
Islands, Guam, American Samoa, and
the U.S. Virgin Islands.
Void means to invalidate a certificate
or an exemption ab initio. If we void a
certificate, all the engines introduced
into commerce under that engine family
for that model year are considered
noncompliant, and you are liable for
each engine introduced into commerce
under the certificate and may face civil
or criminal penalties or both. This
applies equally to all engines in the
engine family, including engines
introduced into commerce before we
voided the certificate. If we void an
exemption, all the engines introduced
into commerce under that exemption
are considered uncertified (or
nonconforming), and you are liable for
each engine introduced into commerce
under the exemption and may face civil
or criminal penalties or both. You may
not introduce into commerce any
additional engines using the voided
exemption.
*
*
*
*
*
I 332. Section 1068.101 is amended by
revising the introductory text and
paragraphs (a) and (b) to read as follows:
§ 1068.101 What general actions does this
regulation prohibit?
This section specifies actions that are
prohibited and the maximum civil
penalties that we can assess for each
violation. The maximum penalty values
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
listed in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this
section are shown for calendar year
2004. As described in paragraph (e) of
this section, maximum penalty limits
for later years are set forth in 40 CFR
part 19.
(a) The following prohibitions and
requirements apply to manufacturers of
new engines and manufacturers of
equipment containing these engines,
except as described in subparts C and D
of this part:
(1) Introduction into commerce. You
may not sell, offer for sale, or introduce
or deliver into commerce in the United
States or import into the United States
any new engine or equipment after
emission standards take effect for that
engine or equipment, unless it has a
valid certificate of conformity for its
model year and the required label or tag.
You also may not take any of the actions
listed in the previous sentence with
respect to any equipment containing an
engine subject to this part’s provisions,
unless the engine has a valid and
appropriate certificate of conformity and
the required engine label or tag. For
purposes of this paragraph (a)(1), an
appropriate certificate of conformity is
one that applies for the same model year
as the model year of the equipment
(except as allowed by § 1068.105(a)),
covers the appropriate category of
engines (such as locomotive or CI
marine), and conforms to all
requirements specified for equipment in
the standard-setting part. The
requirements of this paragraph (a)(1)
also cover new engines you produce to
replace an older engine in a piece of
equipment, unless the engine qualifies
for the replacement-engine exemption
in § 1068.240. We may assess a civil
penalty up to $32,500 for each engine in
violation.
(2) Reporting and recordkeeping. This
chapter requires you to record certain
types of information to show that you
meet our standards. You must comply
with these requirements to make and
maintain required records (including
those described in § 1068.501). You may
not deny us access to your records or
the ability to copy your records if we
have the authority to see or copy them.
Also, you must give us the required
reports or information without delay.
Failure to comply with the requirements
of this paragraph is prohibited. We may
assess a civil penalty up to $32,500 for
each day you are in violation.
(3) Testing and access to facilities.
You may not keep us from entering your
facility to test engines or inspect if we
are authorized to do so. Also, you must
perform the tests we require (or have the
tests done for you). Failure to perform
this testing is prohibited. We may assess
PO 00000
Frm 00094
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
a civil penalty up to $32,500 for each
day you are in violation.
(b) The following prohibitions apply
to everyone with respect to the engines
to which this part applies:
(1) Tampering. You may not remove
or disable a device or element of design
that may affect an engine’s emission
levels. This restriction applies before
and after the engine is placed in service.
Section 1068.120 describes how this
applies to rebuilding engines. For a
manufacturer or dealer, we may assess
a civil penalty up to $32,500 for each
engine in violation. For anyone else, we
may assess a civil penalty up to $2,750
for each engine in violation. This
prohibition does not apply in any of the
following situations:
(i) You need to repair an engine and
you restore it to proper functioning
when the repair is complete.
(ii) You need to modify an engine to
respond to a temporary emergency and
you restore it to proper functioning as
soon as possible.
(iii) You modify a new engine that
another manufacturer has already
certified to meet emission standards and
recertify it under your own engine
family. In this case you must tell the
original manufacturer not to include the
modified engines in the original engine
family.
(2) Defeat devices. You may not
knowingly manufacture, sell, offer to
sell, or install, an engine part that
bypasses, impairs, defeats, or disables
the engine’s control the emissions of
any pollutant. We may assess a civil
penalty up to $2,750 for each part in
violation.
(3) Stationary engines. For an engine
that is excluded from any requirements
of this chapter because it is a stationary
engine, you may not move it or install
it in any mobile equipment, except as
allowed by the provisions of this
chapter. You may not circumvent or
attempt to circumvent the residencetime requirements of paragraph (2)(iii)
of the nonroad engine definition in
§ 1068.30. We may assess a civil penalty
up to $32,500 for each day you are in
violation.
(4) Competition engines. For an
uncertified engine or piece of
equipment that is excluded or exempted
from any requirements of this chapter
because it is to be used solely for
competition, you may not use it in a
manner that is inconsistent with use
solely for competition. We may assess a
civil penalty up to $32,500 for each day
you are in violation.
(5) Importation. You may not import
an uncertified engine or piece of
equipment if it is defined to be new in
the standard-setting part and it is built
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
after emission standards start to apply
in the United States. We may assess a
civil penalty up to $32,500 for each day
you are in violation. Note the following:
(i) The definition of new is broad for
imported engines; uncertified engines
and equipment (including used engines
and equipment) are generally
considered to be new when imported.
(ii) Engines that were originally
manufactured before applicable EPA
standards were in effect are generally
not subject to emission standards.
(6) Warranty. You must meet your
obligation to honor your emissionrelated warranty under § 1068.115 and
to fulfill any applicable responsibilities
to recall engines under § 1068.505.
Failure to meet these obligations is
prohibited. We may assess a civil
penalty up to $32,500 for each engine in
violation.
*
*
*
*
*
I 333. Section 1068.105 is amended by
revising paragraph (a) and renumbering
the second paragraph (c)(1)(iii) as
(c)(1)(iv) to read as follows:
§ 1068.105 What other provisions apply to
me specifically if I manufacture equipment
needing certified engines?
*
*
*
*
*
(a) Transitioning to new engine-based
standards. If new emission standards
apply in a given model year, your
equipment in that model year must have
engines that are certified to the new
standards, except that you may use up
your normal inventory of earlier engines
that were built before the date of the
new or changed standards. For example,
if your normal inventory practice is to
keep on hand a one-month supply of
engines based on your upcoming
production schedules, and a new tier of
standard starts to apply for the 2015
model year, you may order engines
based on your normal inventory
requirements late in the engine
manufacturer’s 2014 model year and
install those engines in your equipment,
regardless of the date of installation.
Also, if your model year starts before the
end of the calendar year preceding new
standards, you may use engines from
the previous model year for those units
you produce before January 1 of the year
that new standards apply. If emission
standards do not change in a given
model year, you may continue to install
engines from the previous model year
without restriction. You may not
circumvent the provisions of
§ 1068.101(a)(1) by stockpiling engines
that were built before new or changed
standards take effect. Note that this
allowance does not apply for equipment
subject to equipment-based standards.
*
*
*
*
*
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
334. Section 1068.110 is amended by
revising paragraph (e) to read as follows:
I
§ 1068.110 What other provisions apply to
engines in service?
*
*
*
*
*
(e) Warranty and maintenance.
Owners are responsible for properly
maintaining their engines; however,
owners may make warranty claims
against the manufacturer for all
expenses related to diagnosing and
repairing or replacing emission-related
parts, as described in § 1068.115. The
warranty period begins when the engine
is first placed into service. See the
standard-setting part for specific
requirements. It is a violation of the Act
for anyone to disable emission controls;
see § 1068.101(b)(1) and the standardsetting part.
I 335. Section 1068.115 is amended by
revising paragraph (a) to read as follows:
§ 1068.115 When must manufacturers
honor emission-related warranty claims?
*
*
*
*
*
(a) As a certifying manufacturer, you
may deny warranty claims only for
failures that have been caused by the
owner’s or operator’s improper
maintenance or use, by accidents for
which you have no responsibility, or by
acts of God. For example, you would not
need to honor warranty claims for
failures that have been directly caused
by the operator’s abuse of an engine or
the operator’s use of the engine in a
manner for which it was not designed,
and are not attributable to you in any
way.
*
*
*
*
*
I 336. Section 1068.125 is amended by
revising paragraph (b) introductory text
to read as follows:
§ 1068.125 What happens if I violate the
regulations?
*
*
*
*
*
(b) Administrative penalties. Instead
of bringing a civil action, we may assess
administrative penalties if the total is
less than $270,000 against you
individually. This maximum penalty
may be greater if the Administrator and
the Attorney General jointly determine
that is appropriate for administrative
penalty assessment, or if the limit is
adjusted under 40 CFR part 19. No court
may review such a determination.
Before we assess an administrative
penalty, you may ask for a hearing
(subject to 40 CFR part 22).The
Administrator may compromise or
remit, with or without conditions, any
administrative penalty that may be
imposed under this section.
*
*
*
*
*
PO 00000
Frm 00095
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40513
337. Section 1068.201 is amended by
revising paragraphs (c) and (i) to read as
follows:
I
§ 1068.201 Does EPA exempt or exclude
any engines from the prohibited acts?
*
*
*
*
*
(c) If you use an exemption under this
subpart, we may require you to add a
permanent label to your exempted
engines. You may ask us to modify these
labeling requirements if it is appropriate
for your engine.
*
*
*
*
*
(i) If you want to take an action with
respect to an exempted or excluded
engine that is prohibited by the
exemption or exclusion, such as selling
it, you need to certify the engine. We
will issue a certificate of conformity if
you send us an application for
certification showing that you meet all
the applicable requirements from the
standard-setting part and pay the
appropriate fee. Also, in some cases, we
may allow manufacturers to modify the
engine as needed to make it identical to
engines already covered by a certificate.
We would base such an approval on our
review of any appropriate
documentation. These engines must
have emission control information
labels that accurately describe their
status.
I 338. Section 1068.240 is amended by
revising paragraph (d) to read as follows:
§ 1068.240 What are the provisions for
exempting new replacement engines?
*
*
*
*
*
(d) If the engine being replaced was
certified to emission standards less
stringent than those in effect when you
produce the replacement engine, add a
permanent label with your corporate
name and trademark and the following
language:
THIS ENGINE COMPLIES WITH U.S.
EPA NONROAD EMISSION
REQUIREMENTS FOR [Insert
appropriate year reflecting when the
applicable tier of emission standards for
the replaced engine began to apply]
ENGINES UNDER 40 CFR 1068.240.
SELLING OR INSTALLING THIS
ENGINE FOR ANY PURPOSE OTHER
THAN TO REPLACE A NONROAD
ENGINE BUILT BEFORE JANUARY 1,
[Insert appropriate year reflecting when
the next tier of emission standards
began to apply] MAY BE A VIOLATION
OF FEDERAL LAW SUBJECT TO CIVIL
PENALTY.
*
*
*
*
*
I 339. Section 1068.245 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a)(4) and (f)(4) to
read as follows:
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40514
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
§ 1068.245 What temporary provisions
address hardship due to unusual
circumstances?
(a) * * *
(4) No other allowances are available
under the regulations in this chapter to
avoid the impending violation,
including the provisions of § 1068.250.
*
*
*
*
*
(f) * * *
(4) One of the following statements:
(i) If the engine does not meet any
emission standards: ‘‘THIS ENGINE IS
EXEMPT UNDER 40 CFR 1068.245
FROM EMISSION STANDARDS AND
RELATED REQUIREMENTS.’’.
(ii) If the engine meets alternate
emission standards as a condition of an
exemption under this section, we may
specify a different statement to identify
the alternate emission standards.
I 340. Section 1068.250 is amended by
revising paragraph (k)(4) to read as
follows:
§ 1068.250 What are the provisions for
extending compliance deadlines for smallvolume manufacturers under hardship?
*
*
*
*
*
(k) * * *
(4) One of the following statements:
(i) If the engine does not meet any
emission standards: ‘‘THIS ENGINE IS
EXEMPT UNDER 40 CFR 1068.250
FROM EMISSION STANDARDS AND
RELATED REQUIREMENTS.’’.
(ii) If the engine meets alternate
emission standards as a condition of an
exemption under this section, we may
specify a different statement to identify
the alternate emission standards.
I 341. Section 1068.255 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a) introductory text
and (b)(4) to read as follows:
§ 1068.255 What are the provisions for
exempting engines for hardship for
equipment manufacturers and secondary
engine manufacturers?
*
*
*
*
*
(a) Equipment exemption. As an
equipment manufacturer, you may ask
for approval to produce exempted
equipment for up to 12 months. We will
generally limit this to the first year that
new or revised emission standards
apply. Send the Designated Officer a
written request for an exemption before
you are in violation. In your request,
you must show you are not at fault for
the impending violation and that you
would face serious economic hardship if
we do not grant the exemption. This
exemption is not available under this
paragraph (a) if you manufacture the
engine you need for your own
equipment or if complying engines are
available from other engine
manufacturers that could be used in
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
your equipment, unless we allow it
elsewhere in this chapter. We may
impose other conditions, including
provisions to use an engine meeting less
stringent emission standards or to
recover the lost environmental benefit.
In determining whether to grantthe
exemptions, we will consider all
relevant factors, including the
following:
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(4) One of the following statements:
(i) If the engine does not meet any
emission standards: ‘‘THIS ENGINE IS
EXEMPT UNDER 40 CFR 1068.255
FROM EMISSION STANDARDS AND
RELATED REQUIREMENTS.’’.
(ii) If the engine meets alternate
emission standards as a condition of an
exemption under this section, we may
specify a different statement to identify
the alternate emission standards.
*
*
*
*
*
I 342. Section 1068.260 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a)(5), (a)(6), and (f)
and adding paragraphs (g) and (h) to read
as follows:
§ 1068.260 What are the provisions for
temporarily exempting engines for
delegated final assembly?
(a) * * *
(5) Ship the aftertreatment
components directly to the equipment
manufacturer, or arrange for separate
shipment by the component
manufacturer to the equipment
manufacturer.
(6) Take appropriate additional steps
to ensure that all engines will be in their
certified configuration when installed
by the equipment manufacturer. At a
minimum do the following:
(i) Obtain annual affidavits from every
equipment manufacturer to whom you
sell engines under this section. Include
engines that you sell through
distributors or dealers. The affidavits
must list the part numbers of the
aftertreatment devices that equipment
manufacturers install on each engine
they purchase from you under this
section.
(ii) If you sell more than 50 engines
per model year under this section, you
must annually audit four equipment
manufacturers to whom you sell engines
under this section. To select individual
equipment manufacturers, divide all the
affected equipment manufacturers into
quartiles based on the number of
engines they buy from you; select a
single equipment manufacturer from
each quartile each model year. Vary the
equipment manufacturers you audit
from year to year, though you may
repeat an audit in a later model year if
you find or suspect that a particular
PO 00000
Frm 00096
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
equipment manufacturer is not properly
installing aftertreatment devices. If you
sell engines to fewer than 16 equipment
manufacturers under the provisions of
this section, you may instead set up a
plan to audit each equipment
manufacturer on average once every
four model years. Audits must involve
the assembling companies’ facilities,
procedures, and production records to
monitor their compliance with your
instructions, must include investigation
of some assembled engines, and must
confirm that the number of
aftertreatment devices shipped were
sufficient for the number of engines
produced. Where an equipment
manufacturer is not located in the
United States, you may conduct the
audit at a distribution or port facility in
the United States. You must keep
records of these audits for five years
after the end of the model year and
provide a report to us describing any
uninstalled or improperly installed
aftertreatment components. Send us
these reports within 90 days of the
audit, except as specified in paragraph
(d) of this section.
(iii) If you sell up to 50 engines per
model year under this section, you must
conduct audits as described in
paragraph (a)(6)(ii) of this section or
propose an alternative plan for ensuring
that equipment manufacturers properly
install aftertreatment devices.
(iv) If you produce engines and use
them to produce equipment under the
provisions of this section, you must take
steps to ensure that your facilities,
procedures, and production records are
set up to ensure compliance with the
provisions of this section, but you may
meet your auditing responsibilities
under this paragraph (a)(6) by
maintaining a database showing how
you pair aftertreatment components
with the appropriate engines.
*
*
*
*
*
(f) You are liable for the in-use
compliance of any engine that is exempt
under this section.
(g) It is a violation of the Act for any
person to complete assembly of the
exempted engine without complying
fully with the installation instructions.
(h) You may ask us to provide a
temporary exemption to allow you to
complete production of your engines at
different facilities, as long as you
maintain control of the engines until
they are in their certified configuration.
We may require you to take specific
steps to ensure that such engines are in
their certified configuration before
reaching the ultimate purchaser. You
may request an exemption under this
paragraph (h) in your application for
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
certification, or in a separate submission
to the Designated Compliance Officer.
I 343. A new § 1068.265 is added to
subpart C to read as follows:
§ 1068.265 What provisions apply to
engines that are conditionally exempted
from certification?
Engines produced under an
exemption for replacement engines
(§ 1068.240) or for hardship (§ 1068.245,
§ 1068.250, or § 1068.255) may need to
meet alternate emission standards as a
condition of the exemption. The
standard-setting part may similarly
exempt engines from all certification
requirements, or allow us to exempt
engines from all certification
requirements for certain cases, but
require the engines to meet alternate
standards. In these cases, all the
following provisions apply:
(a) Your engines must meet the
alternate standards we specify in (or
pursuant to) the exemption section, and
all other requirements applicable to
engines that are subject to such
standards.
(b) You need not apply for and receive
a certificate for the exempt engines.
However, you must comply with all the
requirements and obligations that would
apply to the engines if you had received
a certificate of conformity for them,
unless we specifically waive certain
requirements.
(c) You must have emission data from
test engines using the appropriate
procedures that demonstrate
compliance with the alternate
standards, unless the engines are
identical in all material respects to
engines that you have previously
certified to standards that are the same
as, or more stringent than, the alternate
standards.
(d) Unless we specify otherwise
elsewhere in the standard-setting part,
you must meet the labeling
requirements in the standard-setting
part, with the following exceptions:
(1) Modify the engine-family
designation by eliminating the character
that identifies the model year.
(2) See the provisions of the
applicable exemption for appropriate
language to replace the compliance
statement otherwise required in the
standard-setting part.
(e) You may not generate emission
credits for averaging, banking, or trading
with engines meeting requirements
under the provisions of this section.
(f) Keep records to show that you
meet the alternate standards, as follows:
(1) If your exempted engines are
identical to previously certified engines,
keep your most recent application for
certification for the certified engine
family.
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
(2) If you previously certified a
similar engine family, but have
modified the exempted engine in a way
that changes it from its previously
certified configuration, keep your most
recent application for certification for
the certified engine family, a description
of the relevant changes, and any test
data or engineering evaluations that
support your conclusions.
(3) If you have not previously certified
a similar engine family, keep all the
records we specify for the application
for certification and any additional
records the standard-setting part
requires you to keep.
(g) We may require you to send us an
annual report of the engines you
produce under this section.
I 344. Section 1068.305 is amended by
revising paragraph (a) to read as follows:
§ 1068.305 How do I get an exemption or
exclusion for imported engines?
(a) Complete the appropriate EPA
declaration form before importing any
nonconforming engine. These forms are
available on the Internet at https://
www.epa.gov/OTAQ/imports/ or by
phone at 734–214–4100.
*
*
*
*
*
I 345. Section 1068.315 is amended by
revising paragraphs (e), (f), and (g),
adding and reserving paragraph (h), and
adding paragraphs (i), and (j) to read as
follows:
§ 1068.315 What are the permanent
exemptions for imported engines?
*
*
*
*
*
(e) Small-volume manufacturer
exemption. You may import a
nonconforming engine if we grant
hardship relief for a small-volume
manufacturer, as described in
§ 1068.250.
(f) Equipment-manufacturer hardship
exemption. You may import a
nonconforming engine if we grant an
exemption for the transition to new or
revised emission standards, as described
in § 1068.255.
(g) Delegated-assembly exemption.
You may import a nonconforming
engine for final assembly under the
provisions of § 1068.260. However, this
does not include the staged-assembly
provisions of § 1068.260(h); see
§ 1068.330 for importing incomplete
engines.
(h) [Reserved]
(i) Identical configuration exemption.
You may import a nonconforming
engine if it is identical to certified
engines produced by the same
manufacturer, subject to the following
provisions:
(1) You may import only the
following engines under this exemption:
PO 00000
Frm 00097
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40515
(i) Large nonroad spark-ignition
engines (see part 1048 of this chapter).
(ii) Recreational nonroad sparkignition engines and equipment (see
part 1051 of this chapter).
(iii) Land-based nonroad diesel
engines (see part 1039 of this chapter).
(2) You must meet all the following
criteria:
(i) You have owned the engine for at
least six months.
(ii) You agree not to sell, lease,
donate, trade, or otherwise transfer
ownership of the engine for at least five
years, or until the engine is eligible for
the exemption in paragraph (g) of this
section. During this period, the only
acceptable way to dispose of the engine
is to destroy or export it.
(iii) You use data or evidence
sufficient to show that the engine is in
a configuration that is identical to an
engine the original manufacturer has
certified to meet emission standards that
apply at the time the manufacturer
finished assembling or modifying the
engine in question. If you modify the
engine to make it identical, you must
completely follow the original
manufacturer’s written instructions.
(3) We will tell you in writing if we
find the information insufficient to
show that the engine is eligible for this
exemption. In this case, we will not
consider your request further until you
address our concerns.
(j) Ancient engine exemption. If you
are not the original engine
manufacturer, you may import a
nonconforming engine that is subject to
a standard-setting part and was first
manufactured at least 21 years earlier, as
long as it is still in its original
configuration.
I 346. Section 1068.325 is amended by
revising the introductory text to read as
follows:
§ 1068.325 What are the temporary
exemptions for imported engines?
You may import engines under
certain temporary exemptions, subject
to the conditions in this section. We
may ask the U.S. Customs Service to
require a specific bond amount to make
sure you comply with the requirements
of this subpart. You may not sell or
lease one of these engines while it is in
the United States. You must eventually
export the engine as we describe in this
section unless you get a certificate of
conformity for it or it qualifies for one
of the permanent exemptions in
§ 1068.315. Section 1068.330 specifies
an additional temporary exemption
allowing you to import certain engines
you intend to modify.
*
*
*
*
*
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40516
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
347. Section 1068.330 is amended by
revising the section heading and
paragraph (c) and adding paragraph
(a)(4) to read as follows:
I
§ 1068.330 How do I import engines
requiring further assembly?
*
I
*
*
*
*
*
(a) * * *
(4) You import a complete or partially
complete engine for installation in
equipment subject to equipment-based
standards for which you have either a
certificate of conformity or an
exemption that allows you to sell the
equipment.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) If we approve a temporary
exemption for an engine, you may
import it under the conditions in this
section. If you are not a certificate
holder, we may ask the U.S. Customs
Service to require a specific bond
amount to make sure you comply with
the requirements of this subpart.
*
*
*
*
*
I 348. Section 1068.335 is amended by
revising paragraph (b) to read as follows:
§ 1068.335 What are the penalties for
violations?
*
*
*
*
*
(b) Temporarily imported engines. If
you do not comply with the provisions
of this subpart for a temporary
exemption under § 1068.325 or
§ 1068.330, you may forfeit the total
amount of the bond in addition to the
sanctions we identify in paragraph (a) of
this section. We will consider an engine
to be exported if it has been destroyed
or delivered to the U.S. Customs Service
for export or other disposition under
applicable Customs laws and
regulations. EPA or the U.S. Customs
Service may offer you a grace period to
allow you to export a temporarily
exempted engine without penalty after
the exemption expires.
I 349. Section 1068.410 is amended by
adding paragraph (j) to read as follows:
§ 1068.410 How must I select and prepare
my engines?
*
*
*
*
*
(j) Retesting after reaching a fail
decision. You may retest your engines
once a fail decision for the audit has
been reached based on the first test on
each engine under § 1068.420(c). You
may test each engine up to a total of
three times, but you must perform the
same number of tests on each engine.
You may further operate the engine to
stabilize emission levels before testing,
subject to the provisions of paragraph (f)
of this section. We may approve
retesting at other times if you send us
a request with satisfactory justification.
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
350. Section 1068.505 is amended by
adding paragraph (g) to read as follows:
§ 1068.505
work?
How does the recall program
*
*
*
*
(g) For purposes of recall, owner
means someone who owns an engine
affected by a remedial plan or someone
who owns a piece of equipment that has
one of these engines.
I 351. Section 1068.510 is amended by
revising paragraph (a)(10) to read as
follows:
§ 1068.510 How do I prepare and apply my
remedial plan?
(a) * * *
(10) If your employees or authorized
warranty agents will not be doing the
work, state who will and describe their
qualifications.
*
*
*
*
*
§ 1068.540
1065.205 Performance specifications for
measurement instruments.
Measurement of Engine Parameters and
Ambient Conditions
1065.210 Work input and output sensors.
1065.215 Pressure transducers, temperature
sensors, and dewpoint sensors.
Flow-Related Measurements
1065.220 Fuel flow meter.
1065.225 Intake-air flow meter.
1065.230 Raw exhaust flow meter.
1065.240 Dilution air and diluted exhaust
flow meters.
1065.245 Sample flow meter for batch
sampling.
1065.248 Gas divider.
CO and CO2 Measurements
1065.250
Nondispersive infra-red analyzer.
Hydrocarbon Measurements
1065.260
1065.265
1065.267
Flame ionization detector.
Nonmethane cutter.
Gas chromatograph.
NOX Measurements
[Removed]
352. Section 1068.540 is removed.
353. Part 1065 is revised to read as
follows:
1065.270 Chemiluminescent detector.
1065.272 Nondispersive ultraviolet
analyzer.
PART 1065—ENGINE-TESTING
PROCEDURES
1065.280 Paramagnetic and
magnetopneumatic O2 detection
analyzers.
I
I
Subpart A—Applicability and General
Provisions
Sec.
1065.1 Applicability.
1065.2 Submitting information to EPA
under this part.
1065.5 Overview of this part 1065 and its
relationship to the standard-setting part.
1065.10 Other procedures.
1065.12 Approval of alternate procedures.
1065.15 Overview of procedures for
laboratory and field testing.
1065.20 Units of measure and overview of
calculations.
1065.25 Recordkeeping.
Subpart B—Equipment Specifications
1065.101 Overview.
1065.110 Work inputs and outputs,
accessory work, and operator demand.
1065.120 Fuel properties and fuel
temperature and pressure.
1065.122 Engine cooling and lubrication.
1065.125 Engine intake air.
1065.127 Exhaust gas recirculation.
1065.130 Engine exhaust.
1065.140 Dilution for gaseous and PM
constituents.
1065.145 Gaseous and PM probes, transfer
lines, and sampling system components.
1065.150 Continuous sampling.
1065.170 Batch sampling for gaseous and
PM constituents.
1065.190 PM-stabilization and weighing
environments for gravimetric analysis.
1065.195 PM-stabilization environment for
in-situ analyzers.
Subpart C—Measurement Instruments
1065.201 Overview and general provisions.
1065.202 Data updating, recording, and
control.
PO 00000
Frm 00098
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
O2 Measurements
Air-to-Fuel Ratio Measurements
1065.284
Zirconia (ZrO2) analyzer.
PM Measurements
1065.290 PM gravimetric balance.
1065.295 PM inertial balance for fieldtesting analysis.
Subpart D—Calibrations and Verifications
1065.301 Overview and general provisions.
1065.303 Summary of required calibration
and verifications
1065.305 Verifications for accuracy,
repeatability, and noise.
1065.307 Linearity verification.
1065.308 Continuous gas analyzer systemresponse and updating-recording
verification.
1065.309 Continuous gas analyzer uniform
response verification.
Measurement of Engine Parameters and
Ambient Conditions
1065.310 Torque calibration.
1065.315 Pressure, temperature, and
dewpoint calibration.
Flow-Related Measurements
1065.320 Fuel-flow calibration.
1065.325 Intake-flow calibration.
1065.330 Exhaust-flow calibration.
1065.340 Diluted exhaust flow (CVS)
calibration.
1065.341 CVS and batch sampler
verification (propane check).
1065.345 Vacuum-side leak verification.
CO and CO2 Measurements
1065.350 H2O interference verification for
CO2 NDIR analyzers.
1065.355 H2O and CO2 interference
verification for CO NDIR analyzers.
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
Hydrocarbon Measurements
1065.360 FID optimization and verification.
1065.362 Non-stoichiometric raw exhaust
FID O2 interference verification.
1065.365 Nonmethane cutter penetration
fractions.
NOX Measurements
1065.370 CLD CO2 and H2O quench
verification.
1065.372 NDUV analyzer HC and H2O
interference verification.
1065.376 Chiller NO2 penetration.
1065.378 NO2-to-NO converter conversion
verification.
PM Measurements
1065.390 PM balance verifications and
weighing process verification.
1065.395 Inertial PM balance verifications.
Subpart E—Engine Selection, Preparation,
and Maintenance
1065.401 Test engine selection.
1065.405 Test engine preparation and
maintenance.
1065.410 Maintenance limits for stabilized
test engines.
1065.415 Durability demonstration.
Subpart F—Performing an Emission Test in
the Laboratory
1065.501 Overview.
1065.510 Engine mapping.
1065.512 Duty cycle generation.
1065.514 Cycle-validation criteria.
1065.520 Pre-test verification procedures
and pre-test data collection.
1065.525 Engine starting, restarting, and
shutdown.
1065.530 Emission test sequence.
1065.545 Validation of proportional flow
control for batch sampling.
1065.550 Gas analyzer range validation,
drift validation, and drift correction.
1065.590 PM sample preconditioning and
tare weighing.
1065.595 PM sample post-conditioning and
total weighing.
Subpart G—Calculations and Data
Requirements
1065.601 Overview.
1065.602 Statistics.
1065.610 Duty cycle generation.
1065.630 1980 international gravity
formula.
1065.640 Flow meter calibration
calculations.
1065.642 SSV, CFV, and PDP molar flow
rate calculations.
1065.645 Amount of water in an ideal gas.
1065.650 Emission calculations.
1065.655 Chemical balances of fuel, intake
air, and exhaust.
1065.659 Removed water correction.
1065.660 THC and NMHC determination.
1065.665 THCE and NMHCE determination.
1065.66 Dilution air background emission
correction.
1065.670 NOX intake-air humidity and
temperature corrections.
1065.672 Drift correction.
1065.675 CLD quench verification
calculations.
1065.690 Buoyancy correction for PM
sample media.
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
1065.695
Data requirements.
Subpart H—Engine Fluids, Test Fuels,
Analytical Gases and Other Calibration
Standards
1065.701 General requirements for test
fuels.
1065.703 Distillate diesel fuel.
1065.705 Residual fuel. [Reserved]
1065.710 Gasoline.
1065.715 Natural gas.
1065.720 Liquefied petroleum gas.
1065.740 Lubricants.
1065.745 Coolants.
1065.750 Analytical Gases.
1065.790 Mass standards.
Subpart I—Testing with Oxygenated Fuels
1065.801 Applicability.
1065.805 Sampling system.
1065.845 Response factor determination.
1065.850 Calculations.
Subpart J—Field Testing and Portable
Emission Measurement Systems
1065.901 Applicability.
1065.905 General provisions.
1065.910 PEMS auxiliary equipment for
field testing.
1065.915 PEMS instruments.
1065.920 PEMS Calibrations and
verifications.
1065.925 PEMS preparation for field
testing.
1065.930 Engine starting, restarting, and
shutdown.
1065.935 Emission test sequence for field
testing.
1065.940 Emission calculations.
Subpart K—Definitions and Other Reference
Information
1065.1001 Definitions.
1065.1005 Symbols, abbreviations,
acronyms, and units of measure.
1065.1010 Reference materials.
Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401–7671q.
Subpart A—Applicability and General
Provisions
§ 1065.1
Applicability.
(a) This part describes the procedures
that apply to testing we require for the
following engines or for vehicles using
the following engines:
(1) Model year 2010 and later heavyduty highway engines we regulate under
40 CFR part 86. For earlier model years,
manufacturers may use the test
procedures in this part or those
specified in 40 CFR part 86, subpart N,
according to § 1065.10.
(2) Land-based nonroad diesel engines
we regulate under 40 CFR part 1039.
(3) Large nonroad spark-ignition
engines we regulate under 40 CFR part
1048.
(4) Vehicles we regulate under 40 CFR
part 1051 (such as snowmobiles and offhighway motorcycles) based on engine
testing. See 40 CFR part 1051, subpart
F, for standards and procedures that are
based on vehicle testing.
PO 00000
Frm 00099
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40517
(b) The procedures of this part may
apply to other types of engines, as
described in this part and in the
standard-setting part.
(c) This part is addressed to you as a
manufacturer, but it applies equally to
anyone who does testing for you.
(d) Paragraph (a) of this section
identifies the parts of the CFR that
define emission standards and other
requirements for particular types of
engines. In this part, we refer to each of
these other parts generically as the
‘‘standard-setting part.’’ For example, 40
CFR part 1051 is always the standardsetting part for snowmobiles.
(e) Unless we specify otherwise, the
terms ‘‘procedures’’ and ‘‘test
procedures’’ in this part include all
aspects of engine testing, including the
equipment specifications, calibrations,
calculations, and other protocols and
procedural specifications needed to
measure emissions.
(f) For vehicles subject to this part and
regulated under vehicle-based
standards, use good engineering
judgment to interpret the term ‘‘engine’’
in this part to include vehicles where
appropriate.
(g) For additional information
regarding these test procedures, visit our
Web site at www.epa.gov, and in
particular https://www.epa.gov/otaq/
testingregs.htm.
§ 1065.2 Submitting information to EPA
under this part.
(a) You are responsible for statements
and information in your applications for
certification, requests for approved
procedures, selective enforcement
audits, laboratory audits, productionline test reports, field test reports, or any
other statements you make to us related
to this part 1065.
(b) In the standard-setting part and in
40 CFR 1068.101, we describe your
obligation to report truthful and
complete information and the
consequences of failing to meet this
obligation. See also 18 U.S.C. 1001 and
42 U.S.C. 7413(c)(2).
(c) We may void any certificates
associated with a submission of
information if we find that you
intentionally submitted false,
incomplete, or misleading information.
For example, if we find that you
intentionally submitted incomplete
information to mislead EPA when
requesting approval to use alternate test
procedures, we may void the certificates
for all engines families certified based
on emission data collected using the
alternate procedures.
(d) We may require an authorized
representative of your company to
approve and sign the submission, and to
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40518
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
certify that all of the information
submitted is accurate and complete.
(e) See 40 CFR 1068.10 for provisions
related to confidential information. Note
however that under 40 CFR 2.301,
emission data is generally not eligible
for confidential treatment.
This subpart
. . .
Describes these specifications or procedures . . .
Subpart B .......
Subpart C .......
§ 1065.5 Overview of this part 1065 and its
relationship to the standard-setting part.
Subpart E .......
Equipment for testing.
Measurement instruments
for testing.
Calibration and performance
verifications for measurement systems.
How to prepare engines for
testing, including service
accumulation.
How to run an emission test.
Test procedure calculations.
Fuels, engine fluids, analytical gases, and other calibration standards for testing.
Special procedures related
to oxygenated fuels.
How to test with portable
emission measurement
systems (PEMS).
Definitions, abbreviations,
and other reference information.
(a) This part specifies procedures that
apply generally to testing various
categories of engines. See the standardsetting part for directions in applying
specific provisions in this part for a
particular type of engine. Before using
this part’s procedures, read the
standard-setting part to answer at least
the following questions:
(1) What duty cycles must I use for
laboratory testing?
(2) Should I warm up the test engine
before measuring emissions, or do I
need to measure cold-start emissions
during a warm-up segment of the duty
cycle?
(3) Which exhaust gases do I need to
measure?
(4) Does testing require full-flow
dilute sampling? Is raw sampling
prohibited? Is partial-flow sampling
prohibited?
(5) Do any unique specifications
apply for test fuels?
(6) What maintenance steps may I
take before or between tests on an
emission-data engine?
(7) Do any unique requirements apply
to stabilizing emission levels on a new
engine?
(8) Do any unique requirements apply
to test limits, such as ambient
temperatures or pressures?
(9) Is field testing required, and are
there different emission standards or
procedures that apply to field testing?
(10) Are there any emission standards
specified at particular engine-operating
conditions or ambient conditions?
(11) Do any unique requirements
apply for durability testing?
(b) The testing specifications in the
standard-setting part may differ from the
specifications in this part. In cases
where it is not possible to comply with
both the standard-setting part and this
part, you must comply with the
specifications in the standard-setting
part. The standard-setting part may also
allow you to deviate from the
procedures of this part for other reasons.
(c) The following table shows how
this part divides testing specifications
into subparts:
This subpart
. . .
Describes these specifications or procedures . . .
Subpart A .......
Applicability and general provisions.
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
Subpart D .......
Subpart F .......
Subpart G ......
Subpart H .......
Subpart I ........
Subpart J .......
Subpart K .......
§ 1065.10
Other procedures.
(a) Your testing. The procedures in
this part apply for all testing you do to
show compliance with emission
standards, with certain exceptions listed
in this section. In some other sections in
this part, we allow you to use other
procedures (such as less precise or less
accurate procedures) if they do not
affect your ability to show that your
engines comply with the applicable
emission standards. This generally
requires emission levels to be far
enough below the applicable emission
standards so that any errors caused by
greater imprecision or inaccuracy do not
affect your ability to state
unconditionally that the engines meet
all applicable emission standards.
(b) Our testing. These procedures
generally apply for testing that we do to
determine if your engines comply with
applicable emission standards. We may
perform other testing as allowed by the
Act.
(c) Exceptions. We may allow or
require you to use procedures other than
those specified in this part in the
following cases, which may apply to
laboratory testing, field testing, or both.
We intend to publicly announce when
we allow or require such exceptions. All
of the test procedures noted here as
exceptions to the specified procedures
are considered generically as ‘‘other
procedures.’’ Note that the terms
‘‘special procedures’’ and ‘‘alternate
procedures’’ have specific meanings;
‘‘special procedures’’ are those allowed
by § 1065.10(c)(2) and ‘‘alternate
procedures’’ are those allowed by
§ 1065.10(c)(7).
(1) The objective of the procedures in
this part is to produce emission
PO 00000
Frm 00100
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
measurements equivalent to those that
would result from measuring emissions
during in-use operation using the same
engine configuration as installed in a
vehicle. However, in unusual
circumstances these procedures may
result in measurements that do not
represent in-use operation. You must
notify us if good engineering judgment
indicates that the specified procedures
cause unrepresentative emission
measurements for your engines. Note
that you need not notify us of
unrepresentative aspects of the test
procedure if measured emissions are
equivalent to in-use emissions. This
provision does not obligate you to
pursue new information regarding the
different ways your engine might
operate in use, nor does it obligate you
to collect any other in-use information
to verify whether or not these test
procedures are representative of your
engine’s in-use operation. If you notify
us of unrepresentative procedures under
this paragraph (c)(1), we will cooperate
with you to establish whether and how
the procedures should be appropriately
changed to result in more representative
measurements. While the provisions of
this paragraph (c)(1) allow us to be
responsive to issues as they arise, we
would generally work toward making
these testing changes generally
applicable through rulemaking. We will
allow reasonable lead time for
compliance with any resulting change
in procedures. We will consider the
following factors in determining the
importance of pursuing changes to the
procedures:
(i) Whether supplemental emission
standards or other requirements in the
standard-setting part address the type of
operation of concern or otherwise
prevent inappropriate design strategies.
(ii) Whether the unrepresentative
aspect of the procedures affect your
ability to show compliance with the
applicable emission standards.
(iii) The extent to which the
established procedures require the use
of emission-control technologies or
strategies that are expected to ensure a
comparable degree of emission control
under the in-use operation that differs
from the specified procedures.
(2) You may request to use special
procedures if your engine cannot be
tested using the specified procedures.
We will approve your request if we
determine that it would produce
emission measurements that represent
in-use operation and we determine that
it can be used to show compliance with
the requirements of the standard-setting
part.
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
The following situations illustrate
examples that may require special
procedures:
(i) Your engine cannot operate on the
specified duty cycle. In this case, tell us
in writing why you cannot satisfactorily
test your engine using this part’s
procedures and ask to use a different
approach.
(ii) Your electronic control module
requires specific input signals that are
not available during dynamometer
testing. In this case, tell us in writing
what signals you will simulate, such as
vehicle speed or transmission signals,
and explain why these signals are
necessary for representative testing.
(3) In a given model year, you may
use procedures required for later model
year engines without request. If you
upgrade your testing facility in stages,
you may rely on a combination of
procedures for current and later model
year engines as long as you can ensure,
using good engineering judgment, that
the combination you use for testing does
not affect your ability to show
compliance with the applicable
emission standards.
(4) In a given model year, you may ask
to use procedures allowed for earlier
model year engines. We will approve
this only if you show us that using the
procedures allowed for earlier model
years does not affect your ability to
show compliance with the applicable
emission standards.
(5) You may ask to use emission data
collected using other procedures, such
as those of the California Air Resources
Board or the International Organization
for Standardization. We will approve
this only if you show us that using these
other procedures does not affect your
ability to show compliance with the
applicable emission standards.
(6) During the 12 months following
the effective date of any change in the
provisions of this part 1065, you may
ask to use data collected using
procedures specified in the previously
applicable version of this part 1065.
This paragraph (c)(6) does not restrict
the use of carryover certification data
otherwise allowed by the standardsetting part.
(7) You may request to use alternate
procedures that are equivalent to
allowed procedures, or more accurate or
more precise than allowed procedures.
You may request to use a particular
device or method for laboratory testing
even though it was originally designed
for field testing. The following
provisions apply to requests for
alternate procedures:
(i) Applications. Follow the
instructions in § 1065.12.
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
(ii) Submission. Submit requests in
writing to the Designated Compliance
Officer.
(iii) Notification. We may approve
your request by telling you directly, or
we may issue guidance announcing our
approval of a specific alternate
procedure, which would make
additional requests for approval
unnecessary.
(d) If we require you to request
approval to use other procedures under
paragraph (c) of this section, you may
not use them until we approve your
request.
§ 1065.12 Approval of alternate
procedures.
(a) To get approval for an alternate
procedure under § 1065.10(c), send the
Designated Compliance Officer an
initial written request describing the
alternate procedure and why you
believe it is equivalent to the specified
procedure. We may approve your
request based on this information alone,
or, as described in this section, we may
ask you to submit to us in writing
supplemental information showing that
your alternate procedure is consistently
and reliably at least as accurate and
repeatable as the specified procedure.
(b) We may make our approval under
this section conditional upon meeting
other requirements or specifications. We
may limit our approval, for example, to
certain time frames, specific duty
cycles, or specific emission standards.
Based upon any supplemental
information we receive after our initial
approval, we may amend a previously
approved alternate procedure to extend,
limit, or discontinue its use. We intend
to publicly announce alternate
procedures that we approve.
(c) Although we will make every
effort to approve only alternate
procedures that completely meet our
requirements, we may revoke our
approval of an alternate procedure if
new information shows that it is
significantly not equivalent to the
specified procedure.
If we do this, we will grant time to
switch to testing using an allowed
procedure, considering the following
factors:
(1) The cost, difficulty, and
availability to switch to a procedure that
we allow.
(2) The degree to which the alternate
procedure affects your ability to show
that your engines comply with all
applicable emission standards.
(3) Any relevant factors considered in
our initial approval.
(d) If we do not approve your
proposed alternate procedure based on
the information in your initial request,
PO 00000
Frm 00101
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40519
we may ask you to send the following
information to fully evaluate your
request:
(1) Theoretical basis. Give a brief
technical description explaining why
you believe the proposed alternate
procedure should result in emission
measurements equivalent to those using
the specified procedure. You may
include equations, figures, and
references. You should consider the full
range of parameters that may affect
equivalence. For example, for a request
to use a different NOX measurement
procedure, you should theoretically
relate the alternate detection principle
to the specified detection principle over
the expected concentration ranges for
NO, NO2, and interference gases. For a
request to use a different PM
measurement procedure, you should
explain the principles by which the
alternate procedure quantifies
particulate mass similarly to the
specified procedures. For any
proportioning or integrating procedure,
such as a partial-flow dilution system,
you should compare the alternate
procedure’s theoretical response to the
expected response of the specified
procedures.
(2) Technical description. Describe
briefly any hardware or software needed
to perform the alternate procedure. You
may include dimensioned drawings,
flowcharts, schematics, and component
specifications. Explain any necessary
calculations or other data manipulation.
(3) Procedure execution. Describe
briefly how to perform the alternate
procedure and recommend a level of
training an operator should have to
achieve acceptable results.
Summarize the installation,
calibration, operation, and maintenance
procedures in a step-by-step format.
Describe how any calibration is
performed using NIST-traceable
standards or other similar standards we
approve. Calibration must be specified
by using known quantities and must not
be specified as a comparison with other
allowed procedures.
(4) Data-collection techniques.
Compare measured emission results
using the proposed alternate procedure
and the specified procedure, as follows:
(i) Both procedures must be calibrated
independently to NIST-traceable
standards or to other similar standards
we approve.
(ii) Include measured emission results
from all applicable duty cycles.
Measured emission results should show
that the test engine meets all applicable
emission standards according to
specified procedures.
(iii) Use statistical methods to
evaluate the emission measurements,
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40520
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
such as those described in paragraph (e)
of this section.
(e) We may give you specific
directions regarding methods for
statistical analysis, or we may approve
other methods that you propose. Absent
any other directions from us, use a t-test
and an F-test calculated according to
§ 1065.602 to evaluate whether your
proposed alternate procedure is
equivalent to the specified procedure.
We recommend that you consult a
statistician if you are unfamiliar with
these statistical tests. Perform the tests
as follows:
(1) Repeat measurements for all
applicable duty cycles at least seven
times for each procedure. You may use
laboratory duty cycles to evaluate fieldtesting procedures.
Be sure to include all available results
to evaluate the precision and accuracy
of the proposed alternate procedure, as
described in § 1065.2.
(2) Demonstrate the accuracy of the
proposed alternate procedure by
showing that it passes a two-sided t-test.
Use an unpaired t-test, unless you show
that a paired t-test is appropriate under
both of the following provisions:
(i) For paired data, the population of
the paired differences from which you
sampled paired differences must be
independent. That is, the probability of
any given value of one paired difference
is unchanged by knowledge of the value
of another paired difference. For
example, your paired data would violate
this requirement if your series of paired
differences showed a distinct increase
or decrease that was dependent on the
time at which they were sampled.
(ii) For paired data, the population of
paired differences from which you
sampled the paired differences must
have a normal (i.e., Gaussian)
distribution. If the population of paired
difference is not normally distributed,
consult a statistician for a more
appropriate statistical test, which may
include transforming the data with a
mathematical function or using some
kind of non-parametric test.
(3) Show that t is less than the critical
t value, tcrit, tabulated in § 1065.602, for
the following confidence intervals:
(i) 90% for a proposed alternate
procedure for laboratory testing.
(ii) 95% for a proposed alternate
procedure for field testing.
(4) Demonstrate the precision of the
proposed alternate procedure by
showing that it passes an F-test. Use a
set of at least seven samples from the
reference procedure and a set of at least
seven samples from the alternate
procedure to perform an F-test. The sets
must meet the following requirements:
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
(i) Within each set, the values must be
independent. That is, the probability of
any given value in a set must be
unchanged by knowledge of another
value in that set. For example, your data
would violate this requirement if a set
showed a distinct increase or decrease
that was dependent upon the time at
which they were sampled.
(ii) For each set, the population of
values from which you sampled must
have a normal (i.e., Gaussian)
distribution. If the population of values
is not normally distributed, consult a
statistician for a more appropriate
statistical test, which may include
transforming the data with a
mathematical function or using some
kind of non-parametric test.
(iii) The two sets must be
independent of each other. That is, the
probability of any given value in one set
must be unchanged by knowledge of
another value in the other set. For
example, your data would violate this
requirement if one value in a set showed
a distinct increase or decrease that was
dependent upon a value in the other set.
Note that a trend of emission changes
from an engine would not violate this
requirement.
(iv) If you collect paired data for the
paired t-test in paragraph (e)(2) in this
section, use caution when selecting sets
from paired data for the F-test. If you do
this, select sets that do not mask the
precision of the measurement
procedure. We recommend selecting
such sets only from data collected using
the same engine, measurement
instruments, and test cycle.
(5) Show that F is less than the critical
F value, Fcrit, tabulated in § 1065.602. If
you have several F-test results from
several sets of data, show that the mean
F-test value is less than the mean
critical F value for all the sets. Evaluate
Fcrit, based on the following confidence
intervals:
(i) 90% for a proposed alternate
procedure for laboratory testing.
(ii) 95% for a proposed alternate
procedure for field testing.
§ 1065.15 Overview of procedures for
laboratory and field testing.
This section outlines the procedures
to test engines that are subject to
emission standards.
(a) In the standard-setting part, we set
brake-specific emission standards in g/
(kW·hr) (or g/(hp·hr)), for the following
constituents:
(1) Total oxides of nitrogen, NOX.
(2) Hydrocarbons (HC), which may be
expressed in the following ways:
(i) Total hydrocarbons, THC.
(ii) Nonmethane hydrocarbons,
NMHC, which results from subtracting
methane (CH4) from THC.
PO 00000
Frm 00102
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(iii) Total hydrocarbon-equivalent,
THCE, which results from adjusting
THC mathematically to be equivalent on
a carbon-mass basis.
(iv) Nonmethane hydrocarbonequivalent, NMHCE, which results from
adjusting NMHC mathematically to be
equivalent on a carbon-mass basis.
(3) Particulate mass, PM.
(4) Carbon monoxide, CO.
(b) Note that some engines are not
subject to standards for all the emission
constituents identified in paragraph (a)
of this section.
(c) We set brake-specific emission
standards over test intervals, as follows:
(1) Engine operation. Engine
operation is specified over a test
interval. A test interval is the time over
which an engine’s total mass of
emissions and its total work are
determined. Refer to the standardsetting part for the specific test intervals
that apply to each engine. Testing may
involve measuring emissions and work
during the following types of engine
operation:
(i) Laboratory testing. Under this type
of testing, you determine brake-specific
emissions for duty-cycle testing by
using an engine dynamometer in a
laboratory. This typically consists of one
or more test intervals, each defined by
a duty cycle, which is a sequence of
speeds and torques that an engine must
follow. If the standard-setting part
allows it, you may also simulate field
testing by running on an engine
dynamometer in a laboratory.
(ii) Field testing. This type of testing
consists of normal in-use engine
operation while an engine is installed in
a vehicle. The standard-setting part
specifies how test intervals are defined
for field testing.
(2) Constituent determination.
Determine the total mass of each
constituent over a test interval by
selecting from the following methods:
(i) Continuous sampling. In
continuous sampling, measure the
constituent’s concentration
continuously from raw or dilute
exhaust. Multiply this concentration by
the continuous (raw or dilute) flow rate
at the emission sampling location to
determine the constituent’s flow rate.
Sum the constituent’s flow rate
continuously over the test interval. This
sum is the total mass of the emitted
constituent.
(ii) Batch sampling. In batch
sampling, continuously extract and
store a sample of raw or dilute exhaust
for later measurement. Extract a sample
proportional to the raw or dilute
exhaust flow rate. You may extract and
store a proportional sample of exhaust
in an appropriate container, such as a
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
bag, and then measure HC, CO, and NOX
concentrations in the container after the
test interval. You may deposit PM from
proportionally extracted exhaust onto
an appropriate substrate, such as a filter.
In this case, divide the PM by the
amount of filtered exhaust to calculate
the PM concentration. Multiply batch
sampled concentrations by the total
(raw or dilute) flow from which it was
extracted during the test interval. This
product is the total mass of the emitted
constituent.
(iii) Combined sampling. You may use
continuous and batch sampling
simultaneously during a test interval, as
follows:
(A) You may use continuous sampling
for some constituents and batch
sampling for others.
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
(B) You may use continuous and
batch sampling for a single constituent,
with one being a redundant
measurement. See § 1065.201 for more
information on redundant
measurements.
(3) Work determination. Determine
work over a test interval by one of the
following methods:
(i) Speed and torque. For laboratory
testing, synchronously multiply speed
and brake torque to calculate
instantaneous values for engine brake
power. Sum engine brake power over a
test interval to determine total work.
(ii) Fuel consumed and brake-specific
fuel consumption. Directly measure fuel
consumed or calculate it with chemical
balances of the fuel, intake air, and
exhaust. To calculate fuel consumed by
PO 00000
Frm 00103
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40521
a chemical balance, you must also
measure either intake-air flow rate or
exhaust flow rate. Divide the fuel
consumed during a test interval by the
brake-specific fuel consumption to
determine work over the test interval.
For laboratory testing, calculate the
brake-specific fuel consumption using
fuel consumed and speed and torque
over a test interval. For field testing,
refer to the standard-setting part and
§ 1065.915 for selecting an appropriate
value for brake-specific fuel
consumption.
(d) Refer to § 1065.650 for calculations
to determine brake-specific emissions.
(e) The following figure illustrates the
allowed measurement configurations
described in this part 1065:
BILLING CODE 6560–50–P
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
VerDate jul<14>2003
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
PO 00000
Frm 00104
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
ER13JY05.011
40522
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
§ 1065.20 Units of measure and overview
of calculations.
(a) System of units. The procedures in
this part generally follow the
International System of Units (SI), as
detailed in NIST Special Publication
811, 1995 Edition, ‘‘Guide for the Use of
the International System of Units (SI),’’
which we incorporate by reference in
§ 1065.1010. This document is available
on the Internet at https://
physics.nist.gov/Pubs/SP811/
contents.html. Note the following
exceptions:
(1) We designate rotational frequency,
fn, of an engine’s crankshaft in
revolutions per minute (rev/min), rather
than the SI unit of reciprocal seconds
(1/s). This is based on the commonplace
use of rev/min in many engine
dynamometer laboratories. Also, we use
the symbol fn to identify rotational
frequency in rev/min, rather than the SI
convention of using n. This avoids
confusion with our usage of the symbol
n for a molar quantity.
(2) We designate brake-specific
emissions in grams per kilowatt-hour (g/
(kW·hr)), rather than the SI unit of
grams per megajoule (g/MJ). This is
based on the fact that engines are
generally subject to emission standards
expressed in g/kW·hr. If we specify
engine standards in grams per
horsepower·hour (g/(hp·hr)) in the
standard-setting part, convert units as
specified in paragraph (d) of this
section.
(3) We designate temperatures in
units of degrees Celsius (°C) unless a
calculation requires an absolute
temperature. In that case, we designate
temperatures in units of Kelvin (K). For
conversion purposes throughout this
part, 0 °C equals 273.15 K.
(b) Concentrations. This part does not
rely on amounts expressed in parts per
million or similar units. Rather, we
express such amounts in the following
SI units:
(1) For ideal gases, µmol/mol,
formerly ppm (volume).
(2) For all substances, µm3/m3,
formerly ppm (volume).
(3) For all substances, mg/kg, formerly
ppm (mass).
(c) Absolute pressure. Measure
absolute pressure directly or calculate it
as the sum of atmospheric pressure plus
a differential pressure that is referenced
to atmospheric pressure.
(d) Units conversion. Use the
following conventions to convert units:
(1) Testing. You may record values
and perform calculations with other
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
units. For testing with equipment that
involves other units, use the conversion
factors from NIST Special Publication
811, as described in paragraph (a) of this
section.
(2) Humidity. In this part, we identify
humidity levels by specifying dewpoint,
which is the temperature at which pure
water begins to condense out of air. Use
humidity conversions as described in
§ 1065.645.
(3) Emission standards. If your
standard is in g/(hp·hr) units, convert
kW to hp before any rounding by using
the conversion factor of 1 hp (550 ft·lbf/
s) = 0.7456999 kW. Round the final
value for comparison to the applicable
standard.
(e) Rounding. Unless the standardsetting part specifies otherwise, round
only final values, not intermediate
values. Round values to the number of
significant digits necessary to match the
number of decimal places of the
applicable standard or specification. For
information not related to standards or
specifications, use good engineering
judgment to record the appropriate
number of significant digits.
(f) Interpretation of ranges. In this
part, we specify ranges such as ‘‘±10%
of maximum pressure’’, ‘‘(40 to 50)
kPa’’, or ‘‘(30 ±10) kPa’’. Interpret a
range as a tolerance unless we explicitly
identify it as an accuracy, repeatability,
linearity, or noise specification. See
§ 1065.1001 for the definition of
Tolerance.
(g) Scaling of specifications with
respect to a standard. Because this part
1065 is applicable to a wide range of
engines and emission standards, some
of the specifications in this part are
scaled with respect to an engine’s
emission standard or maximum power.
This ensures that the specification will
be adequate to determine compliance,
but not overly burdensome by requiring
unnecessarily high-precision
equipment. Many of these specifications
are given with respect to a ‘‘flowweighted mean’’ that is expected at the
standard. Flow-weighted mean is the
mean of a quantity after it is weighted
proportional to a corresponding flow
rate. For example, if a gas concentration
is measured continuously from the raw
exhaust of an engine, its flow-weighted
mean concentration is the sum of the
products of each recorded concentration
times its respective exhaust flow rate,
divided by the sum of the recorded flow
rates. As another example, the bag
concentration from a CVS system is the
PO 00000
Frm 00105
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40523
same as the flow-weighted mean
concentration, because the CVS system
itself flow-weights the bag
concentration. Refer to § 1065.602 for
information needed to estimate and
calculate flow-weighted means.
§ 1065.25
Recordkeeping.
The procedures in this part include
various requirements to record data or
other information. Refer to the standardsetting part regarding recordkeeping
requirements. If the standard-setting
part does not specify recordkeeping
requirements, store these records in any
format and on any media and keep them
readily available for one year after you
send an associated application for
certification, or one year after you
generate the data if they do not support
an application for certification. You
must promptly send us organized,
written records in English if we ask for
them. We may review them at any time.
Subpart B—Equipment Specifications
§ 1065.101
Overview.
(a) This subpart specifies equipment,
other than measurement instruments,
related to emission testing. The
provisions of this subpart apply for all
testing in laboratories. See subpart J of
this part to determine which of the
provisions of this subpart apply for field
testing. This includes three broad
categories of equipment—
dynamometers, engine fluid systems
(such as fuel and intake-air systems),
and emission-sampling hardware.
(b) Other related subparts in this part
identify measurement instruments
(subpart C), describe how to evaluate
the performance of these instruments
(subpart D), and specify engine fluids
and analytical gases (subpart H).
(c) Subpart J of this part describes
additional equipment that is specific to
field testing.
(d) Figures 1 and 2 of this section
illustrate some of the possible
configurations of laboratory equipment.
These figures are schematics only; we
do not require exact conformance to
them. Figure 1 of this section illustrates
the equipment specified in this subpart
and gives some references to sections in
this subpart. Figure 2 of this section
illustrates some of the possible
configurations of a full-flow dilution,
constant-volume sampling (CVS)
system. Not all possible CVS
configurations are shown.
BILLING CODE 6560–50–P
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
VerDate jul<14>2003
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
PO 00000
Frm 00106
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
ER13JY05.012
40524
BILLING CODE 6560–50–C
§ 1065.110 Work inputs and outputs,
accessory work, and operator demand.
(a) Work. Use good engineering
judgment to simulate all engine work
inputs and outputs as they typically
would operate in use. Account for work
inputs and outputs during an emission
test by measuring them; or, if they are
small, you may show by engineering
analysis that disregarding them does not
affect your ability to determine the net
work output by more than ±0.5% of the
net reference work output over the test
interval. Use equipment to simulate the
specific types of work, as follows:
(1) Shaft work. Use an engine
dynamometer that is able to meet the
cycle-validation criteria in § 1065.514
over each applicable duty cycle.
(i) You may use eddy-current and
water-brake dynamometers for any
testing that does not involve engine
motoring, which is identified by
negative torque commands in a
reference duty cycle. See the standard
setting part for reference duty cycles
that are applicable to your engine.
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
(ii) You may use alternating-current or
direct-current motoring dynamometers
for any type of testing.
(iii) You may use one or more
dynamometers.
(2) Electrical work. Use one or more
of the following to simulate electrical
work:
(i) Use storage batteries or capacitors
that are of the type and capacity
installed in use.
(ii) Use motors, generators, and
alternators that are of the type and
capacity installed in use.
(iii) Use a resistor load bank to
simulate electrical loads.
(3) Pump, compressor, and turbine
work. Use pumps, compressors, and
turbines that are of the type and
capacity installed in use. Use working
fluids that are of the same type and
thermodynamic state as normal in-use
operation.
(b) Laboratory work inputs. You may
supply any laboratory inputs of work to
the engine. For example, you may
supply electrical work to the engine to
operate a fuel system, and as another
example you may supply compressor
work to the engine to actuate pneumatic
PO 00000
Frm 00107
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40525
valves. We may ask you to show by
engineering analysis your accounting of
laboratory work inputs to meet the
criterion in paragraph (a) of this section.
(c) Engine accessories. You must
either install or account for the work of
engine accessories required to fuel,
lubricate, or heat the engine, circulate
coolant to the engine, or to operate
aftertreatment devices. Operate the
engine with these accessories installed
or accounted for during all testing
operations, including mapping. If these
accessories are not powered by the
engine during a test, account for the
work required to perform these
functions from the total work used in
brake-specific emission calculations.
For air-cooled engines only, subtract
externally powered fan work from total
work. We may ask you to show by
engineering analysis your accounting of
engine accessories to meet the criterion
in paragraph (a) of this section.
(d) Engine starter. You may install a
production-type starter.
(e) Operator demand for shaft work.
Command the operator demand and the
dynamometer(s) to follow the prescribed
duty cycle with set points for engine
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
ER13JY05.013
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
40526
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
speed and torque at 5 Hz (or more
frequently) for transient testing or 1 Hz
(or more frequently) for steady-state
testing. Use a mechanical or electronic
input to control operator demand such
that the engine is able to meet the
validation criteria in § 1065.514 over
each applicable duty cycle. Record
feedback values for engine speed and
torque at 5 Hz or more frequently for
evaluating performance relative to the
cycle validation criteria. Using good
engineering judgment, you may improve
control of operator demand by altering
on-engine speed and torque controls.
However, if these changes result in
unrepresentative testing, you must
notify us and recommend other test
procedures under § 1065.10(c)(1).
§ 1065.120 Fuel properties and fuel
temperature and pressure.
(a) Use fuels as specified in subpart H
of this part.
(b) If the engine manufacturer
specifies fuel temperature and pressure
tolerances and the location where they
are to be measured, then measure the
fuel temperature and pressure at the
specified location to show that you are
within these tolerances throughout
testing.
(c) If the engine manufacturer does
not specify fuel temperature and
pressure tolerances, use good
engineering judgment to set and control
fuel temperature and pressure in a way
that represents typical in-use fuel
temperatures and pressures.
§ 1065.122
Engine cooling and lubrication.
(a) Engine cooling. Cool the engine
during testing so its intake-air, oil,
coolant, block, and head temperatures
are within their expected ranges for
normal operation. You may use
laboratory auxiliary coolers and fans.
(1) If you use laboratory auxiliary fans
you must account for work input to the
fan(s) according to § 1065.110.
(2) See § 1065.125 for more
information related to intake-air cooling.
(3) See § 1065.127 for more
information related to exhaust gas
recirculation cooling.
(4) Measure temperatures at the
manufacturer-specified locations. If the
manufacturer does not specify
temperature measurement locations,
then use good engineering judgment to
monitor intake-air, oil, coolant, block,
and head temperatures to ensure that
they are in their expected ranges for
normal operation.
(b) Forced cooldown. You may install
a forced cooldown system for an engine
and an exhaust aftertreatment device
according to § 1065.530(a)(1).
(c) Lubricating oil. Use lubricating oils
specified in § 1065.740.
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
(d) Coolant. For liquid-cooled
engines, use coolant as specified in
§ 1065.745.
§ 1065.125
Engine intake air.
(a) Use the intake-air system installed
on the engine or one that represents a
typical in-use configuration. This
includes the charge-air cooling and
exhaust gas recirculation systems.
(b) Measure temperature, humidity,
and atmospheric pressure near the
entrance to the engine’s air filter, or at
the inlet to the air intake system for
engines that have no air filter. You may
use a shared atmospheric pressure meter
as long as your equipment for handling
intake air maintains ambient pressure
where you test the engine within ±1 kPa
of the shared atmospheric pressure. You
may use a shared humidity
measurement for intake air as long as
your equipment for handling intake air
maintains dewpoint where you test the
engine to within +0.5 °C of the shared
humidity measurement.
(c) Use an air-intake restriction that
represents production engines. Make
sure the intake-air restriction is between
the manufacturer’s specified maximum
for a clean filter and the manufacturer’s
specified maximum allowed. Measure
the static differential pressure of the
restriction at the location and at the
speed and torque set points specified by
the manufacturer. If the manufacturer
does not specify a location, measure this
pressure upstream any turbocharger or
exhaust gas recirculation system
connection to the intake air system. If
the manufacturer does not specify speed
and torque points, measure this pressure
while the engine outputs maximum
power. As the manufacturer, you are
liable for emission compliance for all
values up to the maximum restriction
you specify for a particular engine.
(d) This paragraph (d) includes
provisions for simulating charge-air
cooling in the laboratory. This approach
is described in paragraph (d)(1) of this
section. Limits on using this approach
are described in paragraphs (d)(2) and
(3) of this section.
(1) Use a charge-air cooling system
with a total intake-air capacity that
represents production engines’ in-use
installation. Maintain coolant
conditions as follows:
(i) Maintain a coolant temperature of
at least 20 °C at the inlet to the chargeair cooler throughout testing.
(ii) At maximum engine power, set
the coolant flow rate to achieve an air
temperature within ±5 °C of the value
specified by the manufacturer at the
charge-air cooler outlet. Measure the airoutlet temperature at the location
specified by the manufacturer. Use this
PO 00000
Frm 00108
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
coolant flow rate set point throughout
testing.
(2) Using a constant flow rate as
described in paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this
section may result in unrepresentative
overcooling of the intake air. If this
causes any regulated emission to
decrease, then you may still use this
approach, but only if the effect on
emissions is smaller than the degree to
which you meet the applicable emission
standards. If the effect on emissions is
larger than the degree to which you
meet the applicable emission standards,
you must use a variable flow rate that
controls intake-air temperatures to be
representative of in-use operation.
(3) This approach does not apply for
field testing. You may not correct
measured emission levels from field
testing to account for any differences
caused by the simulated cooling in the
laboratory.
§ 1065.127
Exhaust gas recirculation.
Use the exhaust gas recirculation
(EGR) system installed with the engine
or one that represents a typical in-use
configuration. This includes any
applicable EGR cooling devices.
§ 1065.130
Engine exhaust.
(a) General. Use the exhaust system
installed with the engine or one that
represents a typical in-use
configuration. This includes any
applicable aftertreatment devices.
(b) Aftertreatment configuration. If
you do not use the exhaust system
installed with the engine, configure any
aftertreatment devices as follows:
(1) Position any aftertreatment device
so its distance from the nearest exhaust
manifold flange or turbocharger outlet is
within the range specified by the engine
manufacturer in the application for
certification. If this distance is not
specified, position aftertreatment
devices to represent typical in-use
vehicle configurations.
(2) You may use laboratory exhaust
tubing upstream of any aftertreatment
device that is of diameter(s) typical of
in-use configurations. If you use
laboratory exhaust tubing upstream of
any aftertreatment device, position each
aftertreatment device according to
paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
(c) Sampling system connections.
Connect an engine’s exhaust system to
any raw sampling location or dilution
stage, as follows:
(1) Minimize laboratory exhaust
tubing lengths and use a total length of
laboratory tubing of no more than 10 m
or 50 outside diameters, whichever is
greater. If laboratory exhaust tubing
consists of several different outside
tubing diameters, count the number of
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
diameters of length of each individual
diameter, then sum all the diameters to
determine the total length of exhaust
tubing in diameters. Use the mean
outside diameter of any converging or
diverging sections of tubing. Use outside
hydraulic diameters of any noncircular
sections.
(2) You may install short sections of
flexible laboratory exhaust tubing at any
location in the engine or laboratory
exhaust systems. You may use up to a
combined total of 2 m or 10 outside
diameters of flexible exhaust tubing.
(3) Insulate any laboratory exhaust
tubing downstream of the first 25
outside diameters of length.
(4) Use laboratory exhaust tubing
materials that are smooth-walled,
electrically conductive, and not reactive
with exhaust constituents. Stainless
steel is an acceptable material.
(5) We recommend that you use
laboratory exhaust tubing that has either
a wall thickness of less than 2 mm or
is air gap-insulated to minimize
temperature differences between the
wall and the exhaust.
(d) In-line instruments. You may
insert instruments into the laboratory
exhaust tubing, such as an in-line smoke
meter. If you do this, you may leave a
length of up to 5 outside diameters of
laboratory exhaust tubing uninsulated
on each side of each instrument, but you
must leave a length of no more than 25
outside diameters of laboratory exhaust
tubing uninsulated in total, including
any lengths adjacent to in-line
instruments.
(e) Grounding. Electrically ground the
entire exhaust system.
(f) Forced cooldown. You may install
a forced cooldown system for an
exhaust aftertreatment device according
to § 1065.530(a)(1)(i).
(g) Exhaust restriction. Use an exhaust
restriction that represents the
performance of production engines.
Make sure the exhaust restriction set
point is either (80 to 100) % of the
maximum exhaust restriction specified
by the manufacturer; or if the maximum
is 5 kPa or less, make sure the set point
is no less than 1.0 kPa from the
maximum. For example, if the
maximum back pressure is 4.5 kPa, do
not use an exhaust restriction set point
that is less than 3.5 kPa. Measure and
set this pressure at the location and at
the speed, torque and aftertreatment set
points specified by the manufacturer. As
the manufacturer, you are liable for
emission compliance for all values up to
the maximum restriction you specify for
a particular engine.
(h) Open crankcase emissions. If the
standard-setting part requires measuring
open crankcase emissions, you may
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
either measure open crankcase
emissions separately using a method
that we approve in advance, or route
open crankcase emissions directly into
the exhaust system for emission
measurement as follows:
(1) Use laboratory tubing materials
that are smooth-walled, electrically
conductive, and not reactive with
crankcase emissions. Stainless steel is
an acceptable material.
Minimize tube lengths. We also
recommend using heated or thin-walled
or air gap-insulated tubing to minimize
temperature differences between the
wall and the crankcase emission
constituents.
(2) Minimize the number of bends in
the laboratory crankcase tubing and
maximize the radius of any unavoidable
bend.
(3) Use laboratory crankcase exhaust
tubing that meets the engine
manufacturer’s specifications for
crankcase back pressure.
(4) Connect the crankcase exhaust
tubing into the raw exhaust downstream
of any aftertreatment system,
downstream of any installed exhaust
restriction, and sufficiently upstream of
any sample probes to ensure complete
mixing with the engine’s exhaust before
sampling. Extend the crankcase exhaust
tube into the free stream of exhaust to
avoid boundary-layer effects and to
promote mixing. You may orient the
crankcase exhaust tube’s outlet in any
direction relative to the raw exhaust
flow.
§ 1065.140 Dilution for gaseous and PM
constituents.
(a) General. You may dilute exhaust
with ambient air, synthetic air, or
nitrogen that is at least 15 °C. Note that
the composition of the diluent affects
some gaseous emission measurement
instruments’ response to emissions. We
recommend diluting exhaust at a
location as close as possible to the
location where ambient air dilution
would occur in use.
(b) Dilution-air conditions and
background concentrations. Before a
diluent is mixed with exhaust, you may
precondition it by increasing or
decreasing its temperature or humidity.
You may also remove constituents to
reduce their background
concentrations.The following provisions
apply to removing constituents or
accounting for background
concentrations:
(1) You may measure constituent
concentrations in the diluent and
compensate for background effects on
test results. See § 1065.650 for
calculations that compensate for
background concentrations.
PO 00000
Frm 00109
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40527
(2) Either measure these background
concentrations the same way you
measure diluted exhaust constituents, or
measure them in a way that does not
affect your ability to demonstrate
compliance with the applicable
standards. For example, you may use
the following simplifications for
background sampling:
(i) You may disregard any
proportional sampling requirements.
(ii) You may use unheated gaseous
sampling systems.
(iii) You may use unheated PM
sampling systems only if we approve it
in advance.
(iv) You may use continuous
sampling if you use batch sampling for
diluted emissions.
(v) You may use batch sampling if you
use continuous sampling for diluted
emissions.
(3) For removing background PM, we
recommend that you filter all dilution
air, including primary full-flow dilution
air, with high-efficiency particulate air
(HEPA) filters that have an initial
minimum collection efficiency
specification of 99.97% (see § 1065.1001
for procedures related to HEPAfiltration efficiencies). Ensure that
HEPA filters are installed properly so
that background PM does not leak past
the HEPA filters. If you choose to
correct for background PM without
using HEPA filtration, demonstrate that
the background PM in the dilution air
contributes less than 50% to the net PM
collected on the sample filter.
(c) Full-flow dilution; constantvolume sampling (CVS). You may dilute
the full flow of raw exhaust in a dilution
tunnel that maintains a nominally
constant volume flow rate, molar flow
rate or mass flow rate of diluted
exhaust, as follows:
(1) Construction. Use a tunnel with
inside surfaces of 300 series stainless
steel. Electrically ground the entire
dilution tunnel. We recommend a thinwalled and insulated dilution tunnel to
minimize temperature differences
between the wall and the exhaust gases.
(2) Pressure control. Maintain static
pressure at the location where raw
exhaust is introduced into the tunnel
within 1.2 kPa of atmospheric pressure.
You may use a booster blower to control
this pressure. If you test an engine using
more careful pressure control and you
show by engineering analysis or by test
data that you require this level of
control to demonstrate compliance at
the applicable standards, we will
maintain the same level of static
pressure control when we test that
engine.
(3) Mixing. Introduce raw exhaust into
the tunnel by directing it downstream
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40528
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
along the centerline of the tunnel. You
may introduce a fraction of dilution air
radially from the tunnel’s inner surface
to minimize exhaust interaction with
the tunnel walls. You may configure the
system with turbulence generators such
as orifice plates or fins to achieve good
mixing. We recommend a minimum
Reynolds number, Re#, of 4000 for the
diluted exhaust stream, where Re# is
based on the inside diameter of the
dilution tunnel. Re# is defined in
§ 1065.640.
(4) Flow measurement
preconditioning. You may condition the
diluted exhaust before measuring its
flow rate, as long as this conditioning
takes place downstream of any sample
probes, as follows:
(i) You may use flow straighteners,
pulsation dampeners, or both of these.
(ii) You may use a filter.
(iii) You may use a heat exchanger to
control the temperature upstream of any
flow meter. Note paragraph (c)(6) of this
section regarding aqueous condensation.
(5) Flow measurement. Section
1065.240 describes measurement
instruments for diluted exhaust flow.
(6) Aqueous condensation. You may
either prevent aqueous condensation
throughout the dilution tunnel or you
may measure humidity at the flow meter
inlet. Calculations in § 1065.645 and
§ 1065.650 account for either method of
addressing humidity in the diluted
exhaust. Note that preventing aqueous
condensation involves more than
keeping pure water in a vapor phase
(see § 1065.1001).
(7) Flow compensation. Maintain
nominally constant molar, volumetric or
mass flow of diluted exhaust. You may
maintain nominally constant flow by
either maintaining the temperature and
pressure at the flow meter or by directly
controlling the flow of diluted exhaust.
You may also directly control the flow
of proportional samplers to maintain
proportional sampling. For an
individual test, validate proportional
sampling as described in § 1065.545.
(d) Partial-flow dilution (PFD). Except
as specified in this paragraph (d), you
may dilute a partial flow of raw or
previously diluted exhaust before
measuring emissions. § 1065.240
describes PFD-related flow
measurement instruments. PFD may
consist of constant or varying dilution
ratios as described in paragraphs (d)(2)
and (3) of this section. An example of
a constant dilution ratio PFD is a
‘‘secondary dilution PM’’ measurement
system. An example of a varying
dilution ratio PFD is a ‘‘bag minidiluter’’ or BMD.
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
(1) Applicability. (i) You may not use
PFD if the standard-setting part
prohibits it.
(ii) You may use PFD to extract a
proportional raw exhaust sample for any
batch or continuous PM emission
sampling over any transient duty cycle
only if we have explicitly approved it
according to § 1065.10 as an alternative
procedure to the specified procedure for
full-flow CVS.
(iii) You may use PFD to extract a
proportional raw exhaust sample for any
batch or continuous gaseous emission
sampling.
(iv) You may use PFD to extract a
proportional raw exhaust sample for any
batch or continuous PM emission
sampling over any steady-state duty
cycle or its ramped-modal cycle (RMC)
equivalent.
(v) You may use PFD to extract a
proportional raw exhaust sample for any
batch or continuous field-testing.
(vi) You may use PFD to extract a
proportional diluted exhaust sample
from a CVS for any batch or continuous
emission sampling.
(vii) You may use PFD to extract a
constant raw or diluted exhaust sample
for any continuous emission sampling.
(2) Constant dilution-ratio PFD. Do
one of the following for constant
dilution-ratio PFD:
(i) Dilute an already proportional
flow. For example, you may do this as
a way of performing secondary dilution
from a CVS tunnel to achieve
temperature control for PM sampling.
(ii) Continuously measure constituent
concentrations. For example, you might
dilute to precondition a sample of raw
exhaust to control its temperature,
humidity, or constituent concentrations
upstream of continuous analyzers. In
this case, you must take into account the
dilution ratio before multiplying the
continuous concentration by the
sampled exhaust flow rate.
(iii) Extract a proportional sample
from the constant dilution ratio PFD
system. For example, you might use a
variable-flow pump to proportionally
fill a gaseous storage medium such as a
bag from a PFD system. In this case, the
proportional sampling must meet the
same specifications as varying dilution
ratio PFD in paragraph (d)(3) of this
section.
(3) Varying dilution-ratio PFD. All the
following provisions apply for varying
dilution-ratio PFD:
(i) Use a control system with sensors
and actuators that can maintain
proportional sampling over intervals as
short as 200 ms (i.e., 5 Hz control).
(ii) For control input, you may use
any sensor output from one or more
measurements; for example, intake-air
PO 00000
Frm 00110
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
flow, fuel flow, exhaust flow, engine
speed, and intake manifold temperature
and pressure.
(iii) Account for any emission transit
time in the PFD system.
(iv) You may use preprogrammed data
if they have been determined for the
specific test site, duty cycle, and test
engine from which you dilute
emissions.
(v) We recommend that you run
practice cycles to meet the validation
criteria in § 1065.545. Note that you
must validate every emission test by
meeting the validation criteria with the
data from that specific test, not from
practice cycles or other tests.
(vi) You may not use a PFD system
that requires preparatory tuning or
calibration with a CVS or with the
emission results from a CVS. Rather,
you must be able to independently
calibrate the PFD.
(e) Dilution and temperature control
of PM samples. Dilute PM samples at
least once upstream of transfer lines.
You may dilute PM samples upstream of
a transfer line using full-flow dilution,
or partial-flow dilution immediately
downstream of a PM probe. Control
sample temperature to a (47 ±5) °C
tolerance, as measured anywhere within
20 cm upstream or downstream of the
PM storage media (such as a filter).
Measure this temperature with a barewire junction thermocouple with wires
that are (0.500 ± 0.025) mm diameter, or
with another suitable instrument that
has equivalent performance. Heat or
cool the PM sample primarily by
dilution.
§ 1065.145 Gaseous and PM probes,
transfer lines, and sampling system
components.
(a) Continuous and batch sampling.
Determine the total mass of each
constituent with continuous or batch
sampling, as described in
§ 1065.15(c)(2). Both types of sampling
systems have probes, transfer lines, and
other sampling system components that
are described in this section.
(b) Gaseous and PM sample probes. A
probe is the first fitting in a sampling
system. It protrudes into a raw or
diluted exhaust stream to extract a
sample, such that its inside and outside
surfaces are in contact with the exhaust.
A sample is transported out of a probe
into a transfer line, as described in
paragraph (c) of this section. The
following provisions apply to probes:
(1) Probe design and construction.
Use sample probes with inside surfaces
of 300 series stainless steel or, for raw
exhaust sampling, use a nonreactive
material capable of withstanding raw
exhaust temperatures. Locate sample
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
probes where constituents are mixed to
their mean sample concentration. Take
into account the mixing of any
crankcase emissions that may be routed
into the raw exhaust. Locate each probe
to minimize interference with the flow
to other probes. We recommend that all
probes remain free from influences of
boundary layers, wakes, and eddies—
especially near the outlet of a rawexhaust tailpipe where unintended
dilution might occur. Make sure that
purging or back-flushing of a probe does
not influence another probe during
testing. You may use a single probe to
extract a sample of more than one
constituent as long as the probe meets
all the specifications for each
constituent.
(2) Gaseous sample probes. Use either
single-port or multi-port probes for
sampling gaseous emissions. You may
orient these probes in any direction
relative to the raw or diluted exhaust
flow. For some probes, you must control
sample temperatures, as follows:
(i) For probes that extract NOX from
diluted exhaust, control the probe’s wall
temperature to prevent aqueous
condensation.
(ii) For probes that extract
hydrocarbons for NMHC or NMHCE
analysis from the diluted exhaust of
compression-ignition engines, 2-stroke
spark-ignition engines, or 4-stroke
spark-ignition engines below 19 kW,
maintain a probe wall temperature
tolerance of (191 ± 11) °C.
(3) PM sample probes. Use PM probes
with a single opening at the end. Orient
PM probes to face directly upstream. If
you shield a PM probe’s opening with
a PM pre-classifier such as a hat, you
may not use the preclassifier we specify
in paragraph (d)(4)(i) of this section. We
recommend sizing the inside diameter
of PM probes to approximate isokinetic
sampling at the expected mean flow
rate.
(c) Transfer lines. You may use
transfer lines to transport an extracted
sample from a probe to an analyzer,
storage medium, or dilution system.
Minimize the length of all transfer lines
by locating analyzers, storage media,
and dilution systems as close to probes
as practical. We recommend that you
minimize the number of bends in
transfer lines and that you maximize the
radius of any unavoidable bend. Avoid
using 90° elbows, tees, and cross-fittings
in transfer lines. Where such
connections and fittings are necessary,
take steps, using good engineering
judgment, to ensure that you meet the
temperature tolerances in this paragraph
(c). This may involve measuring
temperature at various locations within
transfer lines and fittings. You may use
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
a single transfer line to transport a
sample of more than one constituent, as
long as the transfer line meets all the
specifications for each constituent. The
following construction and temperature
tolerances apply to transfer lines:
(1) Gaseous samples. Use transfer
lines with inside surfaces of 300 series
stainless steel, PTFE, VitonTM, or any
other material that you demonstrate has
better properties for emission sampling.
For raw exhaust sampling, use a nonreactive material capable of
withstanding raw exhaust temperatures.
You may use in-line filters if they do not
react with exhaust constituents and if
the filter and its housing meet the same
temperature requirements as the transfer
lines, as follows:
(i) For NOX transfer lines upstream of
either an NO2-to-NO converter that
meets the specifications of § 1065.378 or
a chiller that meets the specifications of
§ 1065.376, maintain a sample
temperature that prevents aqueous
condensation.
(ii) For THC transfer lines for testing
compression-ignition engines, 2-stroke
spark-ignition engines, or 4-stroke
spark-ignition engines below 19 kW,
maintain a wall temperature tolerance
throughout the entire line of (191 ±11)
°C. If you sample from raw exhaust, you
may connect an unheated, insulated
transfer line directly to a probe. Design
the length and insulation of the transfer
line to cool the highest expected raw
exhaust temperature to no lower than
191 °C, as measured at the transfer line’s
outlet.
(2) PM samples. We recommend
heated transfer lines or a heated
enclosure to minimize temperature
differences between transfer lines and
exhaust constituents. Use transfer lines
that are inert with respect to PM and are
electrically conductive on the inside
surfaces. We recommend using PM
transfer lines made of 300 series
stainless steel. Electrically ground the
inside surface of PM transfer lines.
(d) Optional sample-conditioning
components for gaseous sampling. You
may use the following sampleconditioning components to prepare
gaseous samples for analysis, as long
you do not install or use them in a way
that adversely affects your ability to
show that your engines comply with all
applicable gaseous emission standards.
(1) NO2-to-NO converter. You may use
an NO2-to-NO converter that meets the
efficiency-performance check specified
in § 1065.378 at any point upstream of
a NOX analyzer, sample bag, or other
storage medium.
(2) Sample dryer. You may use either
type of sample dryer described in this
paragraph (d)(2) to decrease the effects
PO 00000
Frm 00111
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40529
of water on gaseous emission
measurements. You may not use a
chemical dryer, or used dryers upstream
of PM sample filters.
(i) Osmotic-membrane. You may use
an osmotic-membrane dryer upstream of
any gaseous analyzer or storage
medium, as long as it meets the
temperature specifications in paragraph
(c)(1) of this section. Because osmoticmembrane dryers may deteriorate after
prolonged exposure to certain exhaust
constituents, consult with the
membrane manufacturer regarding your
application before incorporating an
osmotic-membrane dryer. Monitor the
dewpoint, Tdew, and absolute pressure,
ptotal, downstream of an osmoticmembrane dryer. You may use
continuously recorded values of Tdew
and ptotal in the amount of water
calculations specified in § 1065.645. If
you do not continuously record these
values, you may use their peak values
observed during a test or their alarm
setpoints as constant values in the
calculations specified in § 1065.645.
You may also use a nominal ptotal, which
you may estimate as the dryer’s lowest
absolute pressure expected during
testing.
(ii) Thermal chiller. You may use a
thermal chiller upstream of some gas
analyzers and storage media. You may
not use a thermal chiller upstream of a
THC measurement system for
compression-ignition engines, 2-stroke
spark-ignition engines, or 4-stroke
spark-ignition engines below 19 kW. If
you use a thermal chiller upstream of an
NO2-to-NO converter or in a sampling
system without an NO2-to-NO converter,
the chiller must meet the NO2 lossperformance check specified in
§ 1065.376. Monitor the dewpoint, Tdew,
and absolute pressure, ptotal,
downstream of a thermal chiller. You
may use continuously recorded values
of Tdew and ptotal in the emission
calculations specified in § 1065.650. If
you do not continuously record these
values, you may use their peak values
observed during a test or their high
alarm setpoints as constant values in the
amount of water calculations specified
in § 1065.645. You may also use a
nominal ptotal, which you may estimate
as the dryer’s lowest absolute pressure
expected during testing. If it is valid to
assume the degree of saturation in the
thermal chiller, you may calculate Tdew
based on the known chiller efficiency
and continuous monitoring of chiller
temperature, Tchiller. If you do not
continuously record values of Tchiller,
you may use its peak value observed
during a test, or its alarm setpoint, as a
constant value to determine a constant
amount of water according to
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40530
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
§ 1065.645. If it is valid to assume that
Tchiller is equal to Tdew, you may use
Tchiller in lieu of Tdew according to
§ 1065.645. If we ask for it, you must
show by engineering analysis or by data
the validity of any assumptions allowed
by this paragraph (d)(2)(ii).
(3) Sample pumps. You may use
sample pumps upstream of an analyzer
or storage medium for any gas. Use
sample pumps with inside surfaces of
300 series stainless steel, PTFE, or any
other material that you demonstrate has
better properties for emission sampling.
For some sample pumps, you must
control temperatures, as follows:
(i) If you use a NOX sample pump
upstream of either an NO2-to-NO
converter that meets § 1065.378 or a
chiller that meets § 1065.376, it must be
heated to prevent aqueous
condensation.
(ii) For testing compression-ignition
engines, 2-stroke spark-ignition engines,
or 4-stroke compression ignition engines
below 19 kW, if you use a THC sample
pump upstream of a THC analyzer or
storage medium, its inner surfaces must
be heated to a tolerance of (191 ±11) °C.
(e) Optional sample-conditioning
components for PM sampling. You may
use the following sample-conditioning
components to prepare PM samples for
analysis, as long you do not install or
use them in a way that adversely affects
your ability to show that your engines
comply with the applicable PM
emission standards. You may condition
PM samples to minimize positive and
negative biases to PM results, as follows:
(1) PM preclassifier. You may use a
PM preclassifier to remove largediameter particles. The PM preclassifier
may be either an inertial impactor or a
cyclonic separator. It must be
constructed of 300 series stainless steel.
The preclassifier must be rated to
remove at least 50% of PM at an
aerodynamic diameter of 10 µm and no
more than 1% of PM at an aerodynamic
diameter of 1 µm over the range of flow
rates for which you use it. Follow the
preclassifier manufacturer’s instructions
for any periodic servicing that may be
necessary to prevent a buildup of PM.
Install the preclassifier in the dilution
system downstream of the last dilution
stage. Configure the preclassifier outlet
with a means of bypassing any PM
sample media so the preclassifier flow
may be stabilized before starting a test.
Locate PM sample media within 50 cm
downstream of the preclassifier’s exit.
You may not use this preclassifier if you
use a PM probe that already has a
preclassifier. For example, if you use a
hat-shaped preclassifier that is located
immediately upstream of the probe in
such a way that it forces the sample
flow to change direction before entering
the probe, you may not use any other
preclassifier in your PM sampling
system.
(2) Other components. You may
request to use other PM conditioning
components upstream of a PM
preclassifier, such as components that
condition humidity or remove gaseousphase hydrocarbons from the diluted
exhaust stream. You may use such
components only if we approve them
under § 1065.10.
§ 1065.150
Continuous sampling.
You may use continuous sampling
techniques for measurements that
involve raw or dilute sampling. Make
sure continuous sampling systems meet
the specifications in § 1065.145. Make
sure continuous analyzers meet the
specifications in subparts C and D of
this part.
§ 1065.170 Batch sampling for gaseous
and PM constituents.
Batch sampling involves collecting
and storing emissions for later analysis.
Examples of batch sampling include
collecting and storing gaseous emissions
in a bag and collecting and storing PM
on a filter. You may use batch sampling
to store emissions that have been
diluted at least once in some way, such
as with CVS, PFD, or BMD. You may
use batch-sampling to store undiluted
emissions only if we approve it as an
alternate procedure under § 1065.10.
(a) Sampling methods. For batch
sampling, extract the sample at a rate
proportional to the exhaust flow. If you
extract from a constant-volume flow
rate, sample at a constant-volume flow
rate. If you extract from a varying flow
rate, vary the sample rate in proportion
to the varying flow rate. Validate
proportional sampling after an emission
test as described in § 1065.545. Use
storage media that do not change
measured emission levels (either up or
down). For example, do not use sample
bags for storing emissions if the bags are
permeable with respect to emissions or
if they off-gas emissions. As another
example, do not use PM filters that
irreversibly absorb or adsorb gases.
(b) Gaseous sample storage media.
Store gas volumes in sufficiently clean
containers that minimally off-gas or
allow permeation of gases. Use good
engineering judgment to determine
acceptable thresholds of storage media
cleanliness and permeation. To clean a
container, you may repeatedly purge
and evacuate a container and you may
heat it. Use a flexible container (such as
a bag) within a temperature-controlled
environment, or use a temperature
controlled rigid container that is
initially evacuated or has a volume that
can be displaced, such as a piston and
cylinder arrangement. Use containers
meeting the specifications in the
following table, noting that you may
request to use other container materials
under § 1065.10:
TABLE 1 OF § 1065.170.—GASEOUS BATCH SAMPLING CONTAINER MATERIALS
Engines
Emissions
Compression-ignition, two-stroke spark ignition, 4-stroke spark-ignition <19 kW
CO, CO2, O2, CH4, C2H6, C3H8,
NO, NO2 1.
THC, NMHC ....................................
All other engines
TedlarTM,2 KynarTM,2 TeflonTM,3 or 300 series stainless steel 3 ..........
TedlarTM,2 KynarTM,2 TeflonTM,3
or 300 series stainless steel3
TedlarTM,2 KynarTM,2 TeflonTM,3
or 300 series stainless steel 3
TeflonTM 4 or 300 series stainless steel 4 ..............................................
1 As
long as you prevent aqueous condensation in storage container.
to 40 °C.
3 Up to 202 °C.
4 At (191 ±11) °C.
2 Up
(c) PM sample media. Apply the
following methods for sampling
particulate emissions:
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
(1) If you use filter-based sampling
media to extract and store PM for
PO 00000
Frm 00112
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
measurement, your procedure must
meet the following specifications:
(i) If you expect that a filter’s total
surface concentration of PM will exceed
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
0.473 mm/mm2 for a given test interval,
you may use filter media with a
minimum initial collection efficiency of
98%; otherwise you must use a filter
media with a minimum initial
collection efficiency of 99.7%.
Collection efficiency must be measured
as described in ASTM D 2986–95a
(incorporated by reference in
§ 1065.1010), though you may rely on
the sample-media manufacturer’s
measurements reflected in their product
ratings to show that you meet applicable
requirements.
(ii) The filter must be circular, with an
overall diameter of46.50± 0.6 mm and
an exposed diameter of at least 38 mm.
See the cassette specifications in
paragraph (c)(1)(vi) of this section.
(iii) We highly recommend that you
use a pure PTFE filter material that does
not have any flow-through support
bonded to the back and has an overall
thickness of 40± 20 µm. An inert
polymer ring may be bonded to the
periphery of the filter material for
support and for sealing between the
filter cassette parts. We consider
Polymethylpentene (PMP) and PTFE
inert materials for a support ring, but
other inert materials may be used. See
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
the cassette specifications in paragraph
(c)(1)(v) of this section. We allow the
use of PTFE-coated glass fiber filter
material, as long as this filter media
selection does not affect your ability to
demonstrate compliance with the
applicable standards, which we base on
a pure PTFE filter material. Note that we
will use pure PTFE filter material for
compliance testing, and we may require
you to use pure PTFE filter material for
any compliance testing we require, such
as for selective enforcement audits.
(iv) You may request to use other
filter materials or sizes under the
provisions of § 1065.10.
(v) To minimize turbulent deposition
and to deposit PM evenly on a filter, use
a 12.5° (from center) divergent cone
angle to transition from the transfer-line
inside diameter to the exposed diameter
of the filter face. Use 300 series stainless
steel for this transition.
(vi) Maintain sample velocity at the
filter face at or below 100 cm/s, where
filter face velocity is the measured
volumetric flow rate of the sample at the
pressure and temperature upstream of
the filter face, divided by the filter’s
exposed area.
PO 00000
Frm 00113
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40531
(vii) Use a clean cassette designed to
the specifications of Figure 1 of
§ 1065.170 and made of any of the
following materials: DelrinTM, 300
series stainless steel, polycarbonate,
acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene (ABS)
resin, or conductive polypropylene. We
recommend that you keep filter
cassettes clean by periodically washing
or wiping them with a compatible
solvent applied using a lint-free cloth.
Depending upon your cassette material,
ethanol (C2H5OH) might be an
acceptable solvent. Your cleaning
frequency will depend on your engine’s
PM and HC emissions.
(viii) If you store filters in cassettes in
an automatic PM sampler, cover or seal
individual filter cassettes after sampling
to prevent communication of semivolatile matter from one filter to
another.
(2) You may use other PM sample
media that we approve under § 1065.10,
including non-filtering techniques. For
example, you might deposit PM on an
inert substrate that collects PM using
electrostatic, thermophoresis, inertia,
diffusion, or some other deposition
mechanism, as approved.
BILLING CODE 6560–50–P
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
BILLING CODE 6560–50–C
§ 1065.190 PM-stabilization and weighing
environments for gravimetric analysis.
(a) This section describes the two
environments required to stabilize and
weigh PM for gravimetric analysis: the
PM stabilization environment, where
filters are stored before weighing; and
the weighing environment, where the
balance is located. The two
environments may share a common
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
space. These volumes may be one or
more rooms, or they may be much
smaller, such as a glove box or an
automated weighing system consisting
of one or more countertop-sized
environments.
(b) We recommend that you keep both
the stabilization and the weighing
environments free of ambient
contaminants, such as dust, aerosols, or
semi-volatile material that could
PO 00000
Frm 00114
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
contaminate PM samples. We
recommend that these environments
conform with an ‘‘as-built’’ Class Six
clean room specification according to
ISO 14644–1 (incorporated by reference
in § 1065.1010); however, we also
recommend that you deviate from ISO
14644–1 as necessary to minimize air
motion that might affect weighing. We
recommend maximum air-supply and
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
ER13JY05.014
40532
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
air-return velocities of 0.05 m/s in the
weighing environment.
(c) Verify the cleanliness of the PMstabilization environment using
reference filters, as described in
§ 1065.390(b).
(d) Maintain the following ambient
conditions within the two environments
during all stabilization and weighing:
(1) Ambient temperature and
tolerances. Maintain the weighing
environment at a tolerance of (22 ±1) °C.
If the two environments share a
common space, maintain both
environments at a tolerance of (22 ±1)
°C. If they are separate, maintain the
stabilization environment at a tolerance
of (22 ±3) °C.
(2) Dewpoint. Maintain a dewpoint of
9.5 °C in both environments. This
dewpoint will control the amount of
water associated with sulfuric acid
(H2SO4) PM, such that 1.1368 grams of
water will be associated with each gram
of H2SO4.
40533
(3) Dewpoint tolerances. If the
expected fraction of sulfuric acid in PM
is unknown, we recommend controlling
dewpoint at within ±1 °C tolerance. This
would limit any dewpoint-related
change in PM to less than ±2%, even for
PM that is 50% sulfuric acid. If you
know your expected fraction of sulfuric
acid in PM, we recommend that you
select an appropriate dewpoint
tolerance for showing compliance with
emission standards using the following
table as a guide:
TABLE 1 OF § 1065.190.—DEWPOINT TOLERANCE AS A FUNCTION OF % PM CHANGE AND % SULFURIC ACID PM
Expected sulfuric acid fraction of PM (percent)
±0.5% PM
mass
change
±1.0% PM
mass
change
±2.0% PM
mass
change
5 .....................................................................................................................................................................
50 ...................................................................................................................................................................
100 .................................................................................................................................................................
±3.0 °C ....
±0.30 °C ..
±0.15 °C ..
±6.0 °C ....
±0.60 °C ..
±0.30 °C ..
±12 °C
±1.2 °C
±0.60 °C
(e) Verify the following ambient
conditions using measurement
instruments that meet the specifications
in subpart C of this part:
(1) Continuously measure dewpoint
and ambient temperature. Use these
values to determine if the stabilization
and weighing environments have
remained within the tolerances
specified in paragraph (d) of this section
for at least the past 60 min. We
recommend that you provide an
interlock that automatically prevents the
balance from reporting values if either
of the environments have not been
within the applicable tolerances for the
past 60 min.
(2) Continuously measure
atmospheric pressure within the
weighing environment. You may use a
shared atmospheric pressure meter as
long as you can show that your
equipment for handling the weighing
environment air maintains ambient
pressure at the balance within ±100 Pa
of the shared atmospheric pressure.
Provide a means to record the most
recent atmospheric pressure when you
weigh each PM sample. Use this value
to calculate the PM buoyancy correction
in § 1065.690.
(f) We recommend that you install a
balance as follows:
(1) Install the balance on a vibrationisolation platform to isolate it from
external noise and vibration.
(2) Shield the balance from convective
airflow with a static-dissipating draft
shield that is electrically grounded.
(3) Follow the balance manufacturer’s
specifications for all preventive
maintenance.
(4) Operate the balance manually or as
part of an automated weighing system.
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
(g) Minimize static electric charge in
the balance environment, as follows:
(1) Electrically ground the balance.
(2) Use 300 series stainless steel
tweezers if PM samples must be
handled manually.
(3) Ground tweezers with a grounding
strap, or provide a grounding strap for
the operator such that the grounding
strap shares a common ground with the
balance. Make sure grounding straps
have an appropriate resistor to protect
operators from accidental shock.
(4) Provide a static-electricity
neutralizer that is electrically grounded
in common with the balance to remove
static charge from PM samples, as
follows:
(i) You may use radioactive
neutralizers such as a Polonium (210Po)
source. Replace radioactive sources at
the intervals recommended by the
neutralizer manufacturer.
(ii) You may use other neutralizers,
such as corona-discharge ionizers. If you
use a corona-discharge ionizer, we
recommend that you monitor it for
neutral net charge according to the
ionizer manufacturer’s
recommendations.
(5) We recommend that you use a
device to monitor the static charge of
PM sample media surfaces.
(6) We recommend that you neutralize
PM sample media to within ±2.0 V of
neutral.
§ 1065.195 PM-stabilization environment
for in-situ analyzers.
(a) This section describes the
environment required to determine PM
in-situ. For in-situ analyzers, such as an
inertial balance, this is the environment
within a PM sampling system that
PO 00000
Frm 00115
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
surrounds the PM sample media. This is
typically a very small volume.
(b) Maintain the environment free of
ambient contaminants, such as dust,
aerosols, or semi-volatile material that
could contaminate PM samples. Filter
all air used for stabilization with HEPA
filters. Ensure that HEPA filters are
installed properly so that background
PM does not leak past the HEPA filters.
(c) Maintain the following
thermodynamic conditions within the
environment before measuring PM:
(1) Ambient temperature. Select a
nominal ambient temperature, Tamb,
between (42 and 52) °C. Maintain the
ambient temperature within ±1.0 °C of
the selected nominal value.
(2) Dewpoint. Select a dewpoint, Tdew,
that corresponds to Tamb such that Tdew
= (0.95Tamb¥11.40) °C. The resulting
dewpoint will control the amount of
water associated with sulfuric acid
(H2SO4) PM, such that 1.1368 grams of
water will be associated with each gram
of H2SO4. For example, if you select a
nominal ambient temperature of 47 °C,
set a dewpoint of 33.3 °C.
(3) Dewpoint tolerance. If the
expected fraction of sulfuric acid in PM
is unknown, we recommend controlling
dewpoint within ± 1.0 °C. This would
limit any dewpoint-related change in
PM to less than ± 2%, even for PM that
is 50% sulfuric acid. If you know your
expected fraction of sulfuric acid in PM,
we recommend that you select an
appropriate dewpoint tolerance for
showing compliance with emission
standards using Table 1 of § 1065.190 as
a guide:
(4) Absolute pressure. Maintain an
absolute pressure of (80.000 to 103.325)
kPa. Use good engineering judgment to
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40534
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
maintain a more stringent tolerance of
absolute pressure if your PM
measurement instrument requires it.
(d) Continuously measure dewpoint,
temperature, and pressure using
measurement instruments that meet the
PM-stabilization environment
specifications in subpart C of this part.
Use these values to determine if the insitu stabilization environment is within
the tolerances specified in paragraph (c)
of this section. Do not use any PM
quantities that are recorded when any of
these parameters exceed the applicable
tolerances.
(e) If you use an inertial PM balance,
we recommend that you install it as
follows:
(1) Isolate the balance from any
external noise and vibration that is
within a frequency range that could
affect the balance.
(2) Follow the balance manufacturer’s
specifications.
(f) If static electricity affects an
inertial balance, you may use a static
neutralizer, as follows:
(1) You may use a radioactive
neutralizer such as a Polonium (210Po)
source or a Krypton (85Kr) source.
Replace radioactive sources at the
intervals recommended by the
neutralizer manufacturer.
(2) You may use other neutralizers,
such as a corona-discharge ionizer. If
you use a corona-discharge ionizer, we
recommend that you monitor it for
neutral net charge according to the
ionizer manufacturer’s
recommendations.
Subpart C—Measurement Instruments
§ 1065.201 Overview and general
provisions.
(a) Scope. This subpart specifies
measurement instruments and
associated system requirements related
to emission testing in a laboratory and
in the field. This includes laboratory
instruments and portable emission
measurement systems (PEMS) for
measuring engine parameters, ambient
conditions, flow-related parameters, and
emission concentrations.
(b) Instrument types. You may use any
of the specified instruments as
described in this subpart to perform
emission tests. If you want to use one of
these instruments in a way that is not
specified in this subpart, or if you want
to use a different instrument, you must
first get us to approve your alternate
procedure under § 1065.10. Where we
specify more than one instrument for a
particular measurement, we may
identify which instrument serves as the
reference for showing that an alternative
procedure is equivalent to the specified
procedure.
(c) Measurement systems. Assemble a
system of measurement instruments that
allows you to show that your engines
comply with the applicable emission
standards, using good engineering
judgment. When selecting instruments,
consider how conditions such as
vibration, temperature, pressure,
humidity, viscosity, specific heat, and
exhaust composition (including trace
concentrations) may affect instrument
compatibility and performance.
(d) Redundant systems. For all
measurement instruments described in
this subpart, you may use data from
multiple instruments to calculate test
results for a single test. If you use
redundant systems, use good
engineering judgment to use multiple
measured values in calculations or to
disregard individual measurements.
Note that you must keep your results
from all measurements, as described in
§ 1065.25. This requirements applies
whether or not you actually use the
measurements in your calculations.
(e) Range. You may use an
instrument’s response above 100% of its
operating range if this does not affect
your ability to show that your engines
comply with the applicable emission
standards. Note that we require
additional testing and reporting if an
analyzer responds above 100% of its
range. See § 1065.550. Auto-ranging
analyzers do not require additional
testing or reporting.
(f) Related subparts for laboratory
testing. Subpart D of this part describes
how to evaluate the performance of the
measurement instruments in this
subpart. In general, if an instrument is
specified in a specific section of this
subpart, its calibration and verifications
are typically specified in a similarly
numbered section in subpart D of this
part. For example, § 1065.290 gives
instrument specifications for PM
balances and § 1065.390 describes the
corresponding calibrations and
verifications. Note that some
instruments also have other
requirements in other sections of
subpart D of this part. Subpart B of this
part identifies specifications for other
types of equipment, and subpart H of
this part specifies engine fluids and
analytical gases.
(g) Field testing and testing with
PEMS. Subpart J of this part describes
how to use these and other
measurement instruments for field
testing and other PEMS testing.
§ 1065.202
control.
Data updating, recording, and
Your test system must be able to
update data, record data and control
systems related to operator demand, the
dynamometer, sampling equipment, and
measurement instruments. Use data
acquisition and control systems that can
record at the specified minimum
frequencies, as follows:
TABLE OF § 1065.202.—DATA RECORDING AND CONTROL MINIMUM FREQUENCIES
Applicable test protocol section
Measured values
Minimum
command
and control
frequency
Minimum recording frequency
§ 1065.510 ......................................................................
Speed and torque during an engine step-map .............
1 Hz .............
§ 1065.510 ......................................................................
§ 1065.514, § 1065.530 ...................................................
Speed and torque during an engine sweep-map .........
Transient duty cycle reference and feedback speeds
and torques.
Steady-state and ramped-modal duty cycle reference
and feedback speeds and torques.
Continuous concentrations of raw or dilute analyzers ..
Batch concentrations of raw or dilute analyzers ...........
5 Hz .............
5 Hz .............
1 mean value
per step.
1 Hz means.
1 Hz means.
1 Hz .............
1 Hz.
N/A ...............
N/A ...............
Diluted exhaust flow rate from a CVS with a heat exchanger upstream of the flow measurement.
Diluted exhaust flow rate from a CVS without a heat
exchanger upstream of the flow measurement.
N/A ...............
1 Hz.
1 mean value
per test interval.
1 Hz.
5 Hz .............
1 Hz means.
§ 1065.514, § 1065.530 ...................................................
§ 1065.520, § 1065.530, § 1065.550 ...............................
§ 1065.520, § 1065.530, § 1065.550 ...............................
§ 1065.530, § 1065.545 ...................................................
§ 1065.530, § 1065.545 ...................................................
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
PO 00000
Frm 00116
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40535
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE OF § 1065.202.—DATA RECORDING AND CONTROL MINIMUM FREQUENCIES—Continued
Applicable test protocol section
Measured values
Minimum
command
and control
frequency
§ 1065.530, § 1065.545 ...................................................
§ 1065.530, § 1065.545 ...................................................
§ 1065.530 ......................................................................
§ 1065.530, § 1065.545 ...................................................
Intake-air or raw-exhaust flow rate ...............................
Dilution air if actively controlled ....................................
Sample flow from a CVS that has a heat exchanger ...
Sample flow from a CVS does not have a heat exchanger.
N/A ...............
5 Hz .............
1 Hz .............
5 Hz .............
§ 1065.205 Performance specifications for
measurement instruments.
Your test system as a whole must
meet all the applicable calibrations,
verifications, and test-validation criteria
specified in subparts D and F of this
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
part or subpart J of this part for using
PEMS and for performing field testing.
We recommend that your instruments
meet the specifications in Table 1 of this
section for all ranges you use for testing.
We also recommend that you keep any
PO 00000
Frm 00117
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Minimum recording frequency
1
1
1
1
Hz means.
Hz means.
Hz.
Hz mean.
documentation you receive from
instrument manufacturers showing that
your instruments meet the
specifications in Table 1 of this section.
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
Measurement of Engine Parameters and
Ambient Conditions
§ 1065.210
Work input and output sensors.
(a) Application. Use instruments as
specified in this section to measure
work inputs and outputs during engine
operation. We recommend that you use
sensors, transducers, and meters that
meet the specifications in Table 1 of
§ 1065.205. Note that your overall
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
systems for measuring work inputs and
outputs must meet the linearity
verifications in § 1065.307. We
recommend that you measure work
inputs and outputs where they cross the
system boundary as shown in Figure 1
of this section. The system boundary is
different for air-cooled engines than for
liquid-cooled engines. If you choose to
measure work before or after a work
conversion, relative to the system
PO 00000
Frm 00118
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
boundary, use good engineering
judgment to estimate any workconversion losses in a way that avoids
overestimation of total work. For
example, if it is impractical to
instrument the shaft of an exhaust
turbine generating electrical work, you
may decide to measure its converted
electrical work. In this case, divide the
electrical work by an accurate value of
electrical generator efficiency (h<1), or
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
ER13JY05.020
40536
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
assume an efficiency of 1 (h=1), which
would over-estimate brake-specific
emissions. Do not underestimate the
generator’s efficiency because this
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
would result in an under-estimation of
brake-specific emissions. In all cases,
ensure that you are able to accurately
PO 00000
Frm 00119
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40537
demonstrate compliance with the
applicable standards.
BILLING CODE 6560–50–P
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
VerDate jul<14>2003
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
PO 00000
Frm 00120
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
ER13JY05.015
40538
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
(b) Shaft work. Use speed and torque
transducer outputs to calculate total
work according to § 1065.650.
(1) Speed. Use a magnetic or optical
shaft-position detector with a resolution
of at least 60 counts per revolution, in
combination with a frequency counter
that rejects common-mode noise.
(2) Torque. You may use a variety of
methods to determine engine torque. As
needed, and based on good engineering
judgment, compensate for torque
induced by the inertia of accelerating
and decelerating components connected
to the flywheel, such as the drive shaft
and dynamometer rotor. Use any of the
following methods to determine engine
torque:
(i) Measure torque by mounting a
strain gage or similar instrument in-line
between the engine and dynamometer.
(ii) Measure torque by mounting a
strain gage or similar instrument on a
lever arm connected to the
dynamometer housing.
(iii) Calculate torque from internal
dynamometer signals, such as armature
current, as long as you calibrate this
measurement as described in
§ 1065.310.
(c) Electrical work. Use a watt-hour
meter output to calculate total work
according to § 1065.650. Use a watt-hour
meter that outputs active power (kW).
Watt-hour meters typically combine a
Wheatstone bridge voltmeter and a Halleffect clamp-on ammeter into a single
microprocessor-based instrument that
analyzes and outputs several
parameters, such as alternating or direct
current voltage (V), current (A), power
factor (pf), apparent power (VA),
reactive power (VAR), and active power
(W).
(d) Pump, compressor or turbine
work. Use pressure transducer and flowmeter outputs to calculate total work
according to § 1065.650. For flow
meters, see § 1065.220 through
§ 1065.248.
§ 1065.215 Pressure transducers,
temperature sensors, and dewpoint
sensors.
(a) Application. Use instruments as
specified in this section to measure
pressure, temperature, and dewpoint.
(b) Component requirements. We
recommend that you use pressure
transducers, temperature sensors, and
dewpoint sensors that meet the
specifications in Table 1 of § 1065.205.
Note that your overall systems for
measuring pressure, temperature, and
dewpoint must meet the calibration and
verifications in § 1065.315.
(c) Temperature. For PM-balance
environments or other precision
temperature measurements over a
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
narrow temperature range, we
recommend thermistors. For other
applications we recommend
thermocouples that are not grounded to
the thermocouple sheath. You may use
other temperature sensors, such as
resistive temperature detectors (RTDs).
(d) Pressure. Pressure transducers
must be located in a temperaturecontrolled environment, or they must
compensate for temperature changes
over their expected operating range.
Transducer materials must be
compatible with the fluid being
measured. For atmospheric pressure or
other precision pressure measurements,
we recommend either capacitance-type,
quartz crystal, or laser-interferometer
transducers. For other applications, we
recommend either strain gage or
capacitance-type pressure transducers.
You may use other pressuremeasurement instruments, such as
manometers, where appropriate.
(e) Dewpoint. For PM-stabilization
environments, we recommend chilledsurface hygrometers. For other
applications, we recommend thin-film
capacitance sensors. You may use other
dewpoint sensors, such as a wet-bulb/
dry-bulb psychrometer, where
appropriate.
Flow-Related Measurements
§ 1065.220
Fuel flow meter.
(a) Application. You may use fuel
flow in combination with a chemical
balance of carbon (or oxygen) between
the fuel, inlet air, and raw exhaust to
calculate raw exhaust flow as described
in § 1065.650, as follows:
(1) Use the actual value of calculated
raw exhaust flow rate in the following
cases:
(i) For multiplying raw exhaust flow
rate with continuously sampled
concentrations.
(ii) For multiplying total raw exhaust
flow with batch-sampled
concentrations.
(2) In the following cases, you may
use a fuel flow meter signal that does
not give the actual value of raw exhaust,
as long as it is linearly proportional to
the exhaust molar flow rate’s actual
calculated value:
(i) For feedback control of a
proportional sampling system, such as a
partial-flow dilution system.
(ii) For multiplying with continuously
sampled gas concentrations, if the same
signal is used in a chemical-balance
calculation to determine work from
brake-specific fuel consumption and
fuel consumed.
(b) Component requirements. We
recommend that you use a fuel flow
meter that meets the specifications in
PO 00000
Frm 00121
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40539
Table 1 of § 1065.205. We recommend a
fuel flow meter that measures mass
directly, such as one that relies on
gravimetric or inertial measurement
principles. This may involve using a
meter with one or more scales for
weighing fuel or using a Coriolis meter.
Note that your overall system for
measuring fuel flow must meet the
linearity verification in § 1065.307 and
the calibration and verifications in
§ 1065.320.
(c) Recirculating fuel. In any fuel-flow
measurement, account for any fuel that
bypasses the engine or returns from the
engine to the fuel storage tank.
(d) Flow conditioning. For any type of
fuel flow meter, condition the flow as
needed to prevent wakes, eddies,
circulating flows, or flow pulsations
from affecting the accuracy or
repeatability of the meter. You may
accomplish this by using a sufficient
length of straight tubing (such as a
length equal to at least 10 pipe
diameters) or by using specially
designed tubing bends, straightening
fins, or pneumatic pulsation dampeners
to establish a steady and predictable
velocity profile upstream of the meter.
§ 1065.225
Intake-air flow meter.
(a) Application. You may use an
intake-air flow meter in combination
with a chemical balance of carbon (or
oxygen) between the fuel, inlet air, and
raw exhaust to calculate raw exhaust
flow as described in § 1065.650, as
follows:
(1) Use the actual value of calculated
raw exhaust in the following cases:
(i) For multiplying raw exhaust flow
rate with continuously sampled
concentrations.
(ii) For multiplying total raw exhaust
flow with batch-sampled
concentrations.
(2) In the following cases, you may
use an intake-air flow meter signal that
does not give the actual value of raw
exhaust, as long as it is linearly
proportional to the exhaust flow rate’s
actual calculated value:
(i) For feedback control of a
proportional sampling system, such as a
partial-flow dilution system.
(ii) For multiplying with continuously
sampled gas concentrations, if the same
signal is used in a chemical-balance
calculation to determine work from
brake-specific fuel consumption and
fuel consumed.
(b) Component requirements. We
recommend that you use an intake-air
flow meter that meets the specifications
in Table 1 of § 1065.205. This may
include a laminar flow element, an
ultrasonic flow meter, a subsonic
venturi, a thermal-mass meter, an
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40540
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
averaging Pitot tube, or a hot-wire
anemometer. Note that your overall
system for measuring intake-air flow
must meet the linearity verification in
§ 1065.307 and the calibration in
§ 1065.325.
(c) Flow conditioning. For any type of
intake-air flow meter, condition the flow
as needed to prevent wakes, eddies,
circulating flows, or flow pulsations
from affecting the accuracy or
repeatability of the meter. You may
accomplish this by using a sufficient
length of straight tubing (such as a
length equal to at least 10 pipe
diameters) or by using specially
designed tubing bends, orifice plates or
straightening fins to establish a
predictable velocity profile upstream of
the meter.
§ 1065.230
Raw exhaust flow meter.
(a) Application. You may use
measured raw exhaust flow, as follows:
(1) Use the actual value of calculated
raw exhaust in the following cases:
(i) Multiply raw exhaust flow rate
with continuously sampled
concentrations.
(ii) Multiply total raw exhaust with
batch sampled concentrations.
(2) In the following cases, you may
use a raw exhaust flow meter signal that
does not give the actual value of raw
exhaust, as long as it is linearly
proportional to the exhaust flow rate’s
actual calculated value:
(i) For feedback control of a
proportional sampling system, such as a
partial-flow dilution system.
(ii) For multiplying with continuously
sampled gas concentrations, if the same
signal is used in a chemical-balance
calculation to determine work from
brake-specific fuel consumption and
fuel consumed.
(b) Component requirements. We
recommend that you use a raw-exhaust
flow meter that meets the specifications
in Table 1 of § 1065.205. This may
involve using an ultrasonic flow meter,
a subsonic venturi, an averaging Pitot
tube, a hot-wire anemometer, or other
measurement principle. This would
generally not involve a laminar flow
element or a thermal-mass meter. Note
that your overall system for measuring
raw exhaust flow must meet the
linearity verification in § 1065.307 and
the calibration and verifications in
§ 1065.330. Any raw-exhaust meter
must be designed to appropriately
compensate for changes in the raw
exhaust’s thermodynamic, fluid, and
compositional states.
(c) Flow conditioning. For any type of
raw exhaust flow meter, condition the
flow as needed to prevent wakes,
eddies, circulating flows, or flow
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
pulsations from affecting the accuracy
or repeatability of the meter. You may
accomplish this by using a sufficient
length of straight tubing (such as a
length equal to at least 10 pipe
diameters) or by using specially
designed tubing bends, orifice plates or
straightening fins to establish a
predictable velocity profile upstream of
the meter.
(d) Exhaust cooling. You may cool
raw exhaust upstream of a raw-exhaust
flow meter, as long as you observe all
the following provisions:
(1) Do not sample PM downstream of
the cooling.
(2) If cooling causes exhaust
temperatures above 202 °C to decrease
to below 180 °C, do not sample NMHC
downstream of the cooling for
compression-ignition engines, 2-stroke
spark-ignition engines, and 4-stroke
spark ignition engines below 19 kW.
(3) If cooling causes aqueous
condensation, do not sample NOX
downstream of the cooling unless the
cooler meets the performance
verification in § 1065.376.
(4) If cooling causes aqueous
condensation before the flow reaches a
flow meter, measure dewpoint, Tdew and
pressure, ptotal at the flow meter inlet.
Use these values in emission
calculations according to § 1065.650.
§ 1065.240 Dilution air and diluted exhaust
flow meters.
(a) Application. Use a diluted exhaust
flow meter to determine instantaneous
diluted exhaust flow rates or total
diluted exhaust flow over a test interval.
You may use the difference between a
diluted exhaust flow meter and a
dilution air meter to calculate raw
exhaust flow rates or total raw exhaust
flow over a test interval.
(b) Component requirements. We
recommend that you use a diluted
exhaust flow meter that meets the
specifications in Table 1 of § 1065.205.
Note that your overall system for
measuring diluted exhaust flow must
meet the linearity verification in
§ 1065.307 and the calibration and
verifications in § 1065.340 and
§ 1065.341. You may use the following
meters:
(1) For constant-volume sampling
(CVS) of the total flow of diluted
exhaust, you may use a critical-flow
venturi (CFV) or multiple critical-flow
venturis arranged in parallel, a positivedisplacement pump (PDP), a subsonic
venturi (SSV), or an ultrasonic flow
meter (UFM). Combined with an
upstream heat exchanger, either a CFV
or a PDP will also function as a passive
flow controller in a CVS system.
However, you may also combine any
PO 00000
Frm 00122
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
flow meter with any active flow control
system to maintain proportional
sampling of exhaust constituents. You
may control the total flow of diluted
exhaust, or one or more sample flows,
or a combination of these flow controls
to maintain proportional sampling.
(2) For any other dilution system, you
may use a laminar flow element, an
ultrasonic flow meter, a subsonic
venturi, a critical-flow venturi or
multiple critical-flow venturis arranged
in parallel, a positive-displacement
meter, a thermal-mass meter, an
averaging Pitot tube, or a hot-wire
anemometer.
(c) Flow conditioning. For any type of
diluted exhaust flow meter, condition
the flow as needed to prevent wakes,
eddies, circulating flows, or flow
pulsations from affecting the accuracy
or repeatability of the meter. For some
meters, you may accomplish this by
using a sufficient length of straight
tubing (such as a length equal to at least
10 pipe diameters) or by using specially
designed tubing bends, orifice plates or
straightening fins to establish a
predictable velocity profile upstream of
the meter.
(d) Exhaust cooling. You may cool
diluted exhaust upstream of a rawexhaust flow meter, as long as you
observe all the following provisions:
(1) Do not sample PM downstream of
the cooling.
(2) If cooling causes exhaust
temperatures above 202 °C to decrease
to below 180 °C, do not sample NMHC
downstream of the cooling for
compression-ignition engines, 2-stroke
spark-ignition engines, and 4-stroke
spark ignition engines below 19 kW.
(3) If cooling causes aqueous
condensation, do not sample NOX
downstream of the cooling unless the
cooler meets the performance
verification in § 1065.376.
(4) If cooling causes aqueous
condensation before the flow reaches a
flow meter, measure dewpoint, Tdew and
pressure, ptotal at the flow meter inlet.
Use these values in emission
calculations according to § 1065.650.
§ 1065.245
sampling.
Sample flow meter for batch
(a) Application. Use a sample flow
meter to determine sample flow rates or
total flow sampled into a batch
sampling system over a test interval.
You may use the difference between a
diluted exhaust sample flow meter and
a dilution air meter to calculate raw
exhaust flow rates or total raw exhaust
flow over a test interval.
(b) Component requirements. We
recommend that you use a sample flow
meter that meets the specifications in
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
Table 1 of § 1065.205. This may involve
a laminar flow element, an ultrasonic
flow meter, a subsonic venturi, a
critical-flow venturi or multiple criticalflow venturis arranged in parallel, a
positive-displacement meter, a thermalmass meter, an averaging Pitot tube, or
a hot-wire anemometer. Note that your
overall system for measuring sample
flow must meet the linearity verification
in § 1065.307. For the special case
where CFVs are used for both the
diluted exhaust and sample-flow
measurements and their upstream
pressures and temperatures remain
similar during testing, you do not have
to quantify the flow rate of the sampleflow CFV. In this special case, the
sample-flow CFV inherently flowweights the batch sample relative to the
diluted exhaust CFV.
(c) Flow conditioning. For any type of
sample flow meter, condition the flow
as needed to prevent wakes, eddies,
circulating flows, or flow pulsations
from affecting the accuracy or
repeatability of the meter. For some
meters, you may accomplish this by
using a sufficient length of straight
tubing (such as a length equal to at least
10 pipe diameters) or by using specially
designed tubing bends, orifice plates or
straightening fins to establish a
predictable velocity profile upstream of
the meter.
§ 1065.248
Gas divider.
(a) Application. You may use a gas
divider to blend calibration gases.
(b) Component requirements. Use a
gas divider that blends gases to the
specifications of § 1065.750 and to the
flow-weighted concentrations expected
during testing. You may use criticalflow gas dividers, capillary-tube gas
dividers, or thermal-mass-meter gas
dividers. Note that your overall gasdivider system must meet the linearity
verification in § 1065.307.
CO and CO2 Measurements
§ 1065.250
analyzer.
Nondispersive infra-red
(a) Application. Use a nondispersive
infra-red (NDIR) analyzer to measure CO
and CO2 concentrations in raw or
diluted exhaust for either batch or
continuous sampling.
(b) Component requirements. We
recommend that you use an NDIR
analyzer that meets the specifications in
Table 1 of § 1065.205. Note that your
NDIR-based system must meet the
calibration and verifications in
§ 1065.350 and § 1065.355 and it must
also meet the linearity verification in
§ 1065.307. You may use an NDIR
analyzer that has compensation
algorithms that are functions of other
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
gaseous measurements and the engine’s
known or assumed fuel properties. The
target value for any compensation
algorithm is 0.0% (that is, no bias high
and no bias low), regardless of the
uncompensated signal’s bias.
Hydrocarbon Measurements
§ 1065.260
Flame-ionization detector.
(a) Application. Use a flameionization detector (FID) analyzer to
measure hydrocarbon concentrations in
raw or diluted exhaust for either batch
or continuous sampling. Determine
hydrocarbon concentrations on a carbon
number basis of one, C1. Determine
methane and nonmethane hydrocarbon
values as described in paragraph (e) of
this section. See subpart I of this part for
special provisions that apply to
measuring hydrocarbons when testing
with oxygenated fuels.
(b) Component requirements. We
recommend that you use a FID analyzer
that meets the specifications in Table 1
of § 1065.205. Note that your FID-based
system for measuring THC, THCE, or
CH4 must meet all of the verifications
for hydrocarbon measurement in
subpart D of this part, and it must also
meet the linearity verification in
§ 1065.307. You may use a FID that has
compensation algorithms that are
functions of other gaseous
measurements and the engine’s known
or assumed fuel properties. The target
value for any compensation algorithm is
0.0% (that is, no bias high and no bias
low), regardless of the uncompensated
signal’s bias.
(c) Heated FID analyzers. For dieselfueled engines, two-stroke sparkignition engines, and four-stroke sparkignition engines below 19 kW, you must
use heated FID analyzers that maintain
all surfaces that are exposed to
emissions at a temperature of (191 ± 11)
°C.
(d) FID fuel and burner air. Use FID
fuel and burner air that meet the
specifications of § 1065.750. Do not
allow the FID fuel and burner air to mix
before entering the FID analyzer to
ensure that the FID analyzer operates
with a diffusion flame and not a
premixed flame.
(e) Methane. FID analyzers measure
total hydrocarbons (THC). To determine
nonmethane hydrocarbons (NMHC),
quantify methane, CH4, either with a
nonmethane cutter and a FID analyzer
as described in § 1065.265, or with a gas
chromatograph as described in
§ 1065.267. Instead of measuring
methane, you may assume that 2% of
measured total hydrocarbons is
methane, as described in § 1065.660. For
a FID analyzer used to determine
PO 00000
Frm 00123
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40541
NMHC, determine its response factor to
CH4, RFCH4, as described in § 1065.360.
Note that NMHC-related calculations are
described in § 1065.660.
§ 1065.265
Nonmethane cutter.
(a) Application. You may use a
nonmethane cutter to measure CH4 with
a FID analyzer. A nonmethane cutter
oxidizes all nonmethane hydrocarbons
to CO2 and H2O. You may use a
nonmethane cutter for raw or diluted
exhaust for batch or continuous
sampling.
(b) System performance. Determine
nonmethane-cutter performance as
described in § 1065.365 and use the
results to calculate NMHC emission in
§ 1065.660.
(c) Configuration. Configure the
nonmethane cutter with a bypass line
for the verification described in
§ 1065.365.
(d) Optimization. You may optimize a
nonmethane cutter to maximize the
penetration of CH4 and the oxidation of
all other hydrocarbons. You may
humidify a sample and you may dilute
a sample with purified air or oxygen
(O2) upstream of the nonmethane cutter
to optimize its performance. You must
account for any sample humidification
and dilution in emission calculations.
§ 1065.267
Gas chromatograph.
(a) Application. You may use a gas
chromatograph to measure CH4
concentrations of diluted exhaust for
batch sampling. While you may also use
a nonmethane cutter to measure CH4, as
described in § 1065.265, use a reference
procedure based on a gas
chromatograph for comparison with any
proposed alternate measurement
procedure under § 1065.10.
(b) Component requirements. We
recommend that you use a gas
chromatograph that meets the
specifications in Table 1 of § 1065.205,
and it must also meet the linearity
verification in § 1065.307.
NOX Measurements
§ 1065.270
Chemiluminescent detector.
(a) Application. You may use a
chemiluminescent detector (CLD) to
measure NOX concentration in raw or
diluted exhaust for batch or continuous
sampling. We generally accept a CLD for
NOX measurement, even though it
measures only NO and NO2, when
coupled with an NO2-to-NO converter,
since conventional engines and
aftertreatment systems do not emit
significant amounts of NOX species
other than NO and NO2. Measure other
NOX species if required by the standardsetting part. While you may also use
other instruments to measure NOX, as
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40542
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
described in § 1065.272, use a reference
procedure based on a chemiluminescent
detector for comparison with any
proposed alternate measurement
procedure under § 1065.10.
(b) Component requirements. We
recommend that you use a CLD that
meets the specifications in Table 1 of
§ 1065.205. Note that your CLD-based
system must meet the quench
verification in § 1065.370 and it must
also meet the linearity verification in
§ 1065.307. You may use a heated or
unheated CLD, and you may use a CLD
that operates at atmospheric pressure or
under a vacuum. You may use a CLD
that has compensation algorithms that
are functions of other gaseous
measurements and the engine’s known
or assumed fuel properties. The target
value for any compensation algorithm is
0.0% (that is, no bias high and no bias
low), regardless of the uncompensated
signal’s bias.
(c) NO2-to-NO converter. Place
upstream of the CLD an internal or
external NO2-to-NO converter that meets
the verification in § 1065.378. Configure
the converter with a bypass to facilitate
this verification.
(d) Humidity effects. You must
maintain all CLD temperatures to
prevent aqueous condensation. To
remove humidity from a sample
upstream of a CLD, use one of the
following configurations:
(1) Connect a CLD downstream of any
dryer or chiller that is downstream of an
NO2-to-NO converter that meets the
verification in § 1065.378.
(2) Connect a CLD downstream of any
dryer or thermal chiller that meets the
verification in § 1065.376.
(e) Response time. You may use a
heated CLD to improve CLD response
time.
§ 1065.272
analyzer.
Nondispersive ultraviolet
(a) Application. You may use a
nondispersive ultraviolet (NDUV)
analyzer to measure NOX concentration
in raw or diluted exhaust for batch or
continuous sampling. We generally
accept an NDUV for NOX measurement,
even though it measures only NO and
NO2, since conventional engines and
aftertreatment systems do not emit
significant amounts of other NOX
species. Measure other NOX species if
required by the standard-setting part.
(b) Component requirements. We
recommend that you use an NDUV
analyzer that meets the specifications in
Table 1 of § 1065.205. Note that your
NDUV-based system must meet the
verifications in § 1065.372 and it must
also meet the linearity verification in
§ 1065.307. You may use a NDUV
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
analyzer that has compensation
algorithms that are functions of other
gaseous measurements and the engine’s
known or assumed fuel properties. The
target value for any compensation
algorithm is 0.0% (that is, no bias high
and no bias low), regardless of the
uncompensated signal’s bias.
(c) NO2-to-NO converter. If your
NDUV analyzer measures only NO,
place upstream of the NDUV analyzer
an internal or external NO2-to-NO
converter that meets the verification in
§ 1065.378. Configure the converter with
a bypass to facilitate this verification.
(d) Humidity effects. You must
maintain NDUV temperature to prevent
aqueous condensation, unless you use
one of the following configurations:
(1) Connect an NDUV downstream of
any dryer or chiller that is downstream
of an NO2-to-NO converter that meets
the verification in § 1065.378.
(2) Connect an NDUV downstream of
any dryer or thermal chiller that meets
the verification in § 1065.376.
O2 Measurements
§ 1065.280 Paramagnetic and
magnetopneumatic O2 detection analyzers.
(a) Application. You may use a
paramagnetic detection (PMD) or
magnetopneumatic detection MPD)
analyzer to measure O2 concentration in
raw or diluted exhaust for batch or
continuous sampling. You may use O2
measurements with intake air or fuel
flow measurements to calculate exhaust
flow rate according to § 1065.650.
(b) Component requirements. We
recommend that you use a PMD/MPD
analyzer that meets the specifications in
Table 1 of § 1065.205. Note that it must
meet the linearity verification in
§ 1065.307. You may use a PMD/MPD
that has compensation algorithms that
are functions of other gaseous
measurements and the engine’s known
or assumed fuel properties. The target
value for any compensation algorithm is
0.0% (that is, no bias high and no bias
low), regardless of the uncompensated
signal’s bias.
Air-to-Fuel Ratio Measurements
§ 1065.284
Zirconia (ZrO2) analyzer.
(a) Application. You may use a
zirconia (ZrO2) analyzer to measure airto-fuel ratio in raw exhaust for
continuous sampling. You may use O2
measurements with intake air or fuel
flow measurements to calculate exhaust
flow rate according to § 1065.650.
(b) Component requirements. We
recommend that you use a ZrO2
analyzer that meets the specifications in
Table 1 of § 1065.205. Note that your
ZrO2-based system must meet the
PO 00000
Frm 00124
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
linearity verification in § 1065.307. You
may use a Zirconia analyzer that has
compensation algorithms that are
functions of other gaseous
measurements and the engine’s known
or assumed fuel properties. The target
value for any compensation algorithm is
0.0% (that is, no bias high and no bias
low), regardless of the uncompensated
signal’s bias.
PM Measurements
§ 1065.290
PM gravimetric balance.
(a) Application. Use a balance to
weigh net PM on a sample medium for
laboratory testing.
(b) Component requirements. We
recommend that you use a balance that
meets the specifications in Table 1 of
§ 1065.205. Note that your balancebased system must meet the linearity
verification in § 1065.307. If the balance
uses internal calibration weights for
routine spanning and linearity
verifications, the calibration weights
must meet the specifications in
§ 1065.790. While you may also use an
inertial balance to measure PM, as
described in § 1065.295, use a reference
procedure based on a gravimetric
balance for comparison with any
proposed alternate measurement
procedure under § 1065.10.
(c) Pan design. We recommend that
you use a balance pan designed to
minimize corner loading of the balance,
as follows:
(1) Use a pan that centers the PM
sample on the weighing pan. For
example, use a pan in the shape of a
cross that has upswept tips that center
the PM sample media on the pan.
(2) Use a pan that positions the PM
sample as low as possible.
(d) Balance configuration. Configure
the balance for optimum settling time
and stability at your location.
§ 1065.295 PM inertial balance for fieldtesting analysis.
(a) Application. You may use an
inertial balance to quantify net PM on
a sample medium for field testing.
(b) Component requirements. We
recommend that you use a balance that
meets the specifications in Table 1 of
§ 1065.205. Note that your balancebased system must meet the linearity
verification in § 1065.307. If the balance
uses an internal calibration process for
routine spanning and linearity
verifications, the process must be NISTtraceable. You may use an inertial PM
balance that has compensation
algorithms that are functions of other
gaseous measurements and the engine’s
known or assumed fuel properties. The
target value for any compensation
algorithm is 0.0% (that is, no bias high
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
and no bias low), regardless of the
uncompensated signal’s bias.
Subpart D—Calibrations and
Verifications
§ 1065.301 Overview and general
provisions.
(a) This subpart describes required
and recommended calibrations and
verifications of measurement systems.
See subpart C of this part for
specifications that apply to individual
instruments.
(b) You must generally use complete
measurement systems when performing
calibrations or verifications in this
subpart. For example, this would
generally involve evaluating
instruments based on values recorded
with the complete system you use for
recording test data, including analog-todigital converters. For some calibrations
and verifications, we may specify that
you disconnect part of the measurement
system to introduce a simulated signal.
(c) If we do not specify a calibration
or verification for a portion of a
measurement system, calibrate that
portion of your system and verify its
performance at a frequency consistent
with any recommendations from the
measurement-system manufacturer,
40543
consistent with good engineering
judgment.
(d) Use NIST-traceable standards to
the tolerances we specify for
calibrations and verifications. Where we
specify the need to use NIST-traceable
standards, you may alternatively ask for
our approval to use international
standards that are not NIST-traceable.
§ 1065.303 Summary of required
calibration and verifications.
The following table summarizes the
required and recommended calibrations
and verifications described in this
subpart and indicates when these have
to be performed:
TABLE 1 OF § 1065.303.—SUMMARY OF REQUIRED CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATIONS
Type of calibration or verification
Minimum frequency a
§ 1065.305: accuracy, repeatability and noise ...
Accuracy: Not required, but recommended for initial installation.
Repeatability: Not required, but recommended for initial installation.
Noise: Not required, but recommended for initial installation.
Speed: Upon initial installation, within 370 days before testing and after major maintenance.
Torque: Upon initial installation, within 370 days before testing and after major maintenance.
Electrical power: Upon initial installation, within 370 days before testing and after major maintenance.
Clean gas and diluted exhaust flows: Upon initial installation, within 370 days before testing
and after major maintenance, unless flow is verified by propane check or by carbon or oxygen balance.
Raw exhaust flow: Upon initial installation, within 185 days before testing and after major
maintenance, unless flow is verified by propane check or by carbon or oxygen balance.
Gas analyzers: Upon initial installation, within 35 days before testing and after major maintenance.
PM balance: Upon initial installation, within 370 days before testing and after major maintenance.
Stand-alone pressure and temperature: Upon initial installation, within 370 days before testing
and after major maintenance.
Upon initial installation, after system reconfiguration, and after major maintenance.
§ 1065.307: linearity ............................................
§ 1065.308: Continuous analyzer system response and recording.
§ 1065.309: Continuous analyzer uniform response.
§ 1065.310: torque ..............................................
§ 1065.315: pressure, temperature, dewpoint ....
§ 1065.320: fuel flow ...........................................
§ 1065.325: intake flow .......................................
§ 1065.330: exhaust flow ....................................
§ 1065.340: diluted exhaust flow (CVS) .............
§ 1065.341: CVS and batch sampler verification
§ 1065.345: vacuum leak ....................................
§ 1065.350: CO2 NDIRH2O interference ............
§ 1065.355: CO NDIRCO2 and H2Ointerference
§ 1065.360: FID optimization, etc. ......................
§ 1065.362: raw exhaustFID O2 interference .....
§ 1065.365:nonmethane cutter penetration ........
§ 1065.370: CLD CO2 and H2O quench .............
§ 1065.372: NDUV HC and H2O interference ....
§ 1065.376: chiller NO2 penetration ....................
§ 1065.378: NO2-to-NO converter conversion ....
§ 1065.390: PM balance and weighing ..............
§ 1065.395: Inertial PM balance and weighing ..
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
PO 00000
Upon initial installation, after system reconfiguration, and after major maintenance.
Upon initial installation and after major maintenance.
Upon initial installation and after major maintenance.
Upon initial installation and after major maintenance.
Upon initial installation and after major maintenance.
Upon initial installation and after major maintenance.
Upon initial installation and after major maintenance.
Upon initial installation, within 35 days before testing, and after major maintenance.
Before each laboratory test according to subpart F of this part and before each field test according to subpart J of this part.
Upon initial installation and after major maintenance.
Upon initial installation and after major maintenance.
Calibrate, optimize, and determine CH4 response: upon initial installation and after major maintenance.
Verify CH4 response: upon initial installation, within 185 days before testing, and after major
maintenance.
Upon initial installation, after FID optimization according to § 1065.360, and after major maintenance.
Upon initial installation, within 185 days before testing, and after major maintenance.
Upon initial installation and after major maintenance.
Upon initial installation and after major maintenance.
Upon initial installation and after major maintenance.
Upon initial installation, within 35 days before testing, and after major maintenance.
Independent verification: upon initial installation, within 370 days before testing, and after
major maintenance.
Zero, span, and reference sample verifications: within 12 hours of weighing, and after major
maintenance.
Independent verification: upon initial installation, within 370 days before testing, and after
major maintenance.
Frm 00125
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40544
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 1 OF § 1065.303.—SUMMARY OF REQUIRED CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATIONS—Continued
Type of calibration or verification
Minimum frequency a
Other verifications: upon initial installation and after major maintenance.
a Perform
calibrations and verifications more frequently, according to measurement system manufacturer instructions and good engineering
judgment.
§ 1065.305 Verifications for accuracy,
repeatability, and noise.
(a) This section describes how to
determine the accuracy, repeatability,
and noise of an instrument. Table 1 of
§ 1065.205 specifies recommended
values for individual instruments.
(b) We do not require you to verify
instrument accuracy, repeatability, or
noise.
However, it may be useful to consider
these verifications to define a
specification for a new instrument, to
verify the performance of a new
instrument upon delivery, or to
troubleshoot an existing instrument.
(c) In this section we use the letter
‘‘y’’ to denote a generic measured
quantity, the superscript over-bar to
¯
denote an arithmetic mean (such as y),
and the subscript ‘‘ref’’ to denote the
reference quantity being measured.
(d) Conduct these verifications as
follows:
(1) Prepare an instrument so it
operates at its specified temperatures,
pressures, and flows. Perform any
instrument linearization or calibration
procedures prescribed by the instrument
manufacturer.
(2) Zero the instrument as you would
before an emission test by introducing a
zero signal. Depending on the
instrument, this may be a zeroconcentration gas, a reference signal, a
set of reference thermodynamic
conditions, or some combination of
these. For gas analyzers, use a zero gas
that meets the specifications of
§ 1065.750.
(3) Span the instrument as you would
before an emission test by introducing a
span signal. Depending on the
instrument, this may be a spanconcentration gas, a reference signal, a
set of reference thermodynamic
conditions, or some combination of
these. For gas analyzers, use a span gas
that meets the specifications of
§ 1065.750.
(4) Use the instrument to quantify a
NIST-traceable reference quantity, yref .
For gas analyzers the reference gas must
meet the specifications of § 1065.750.
Select a reference quantity near the
mean value expected during testing. For
all gas analyzers, use a quantity near the
flow-weighted mean concentration
expected at the standard or expected
during testing, whichever is greater. For
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
a noise verfication, use the same zero
gas from paragraph (e) of this section as
the reference quantity. In all cases,
allow time for the instrument to
stabilize while it measures the reference
quantity. Stabilization time may include
time to purge an instrument and time to
account for its response.
(5) Sample and record values for 30
¯
seconds, record the arithmetic mean, yi,
and record the standard deviation, si, of
the recorded values. Refer to § 1065.602
for an example of calculating arithmetic
mean and standard deviation.
(6) Also, if the reference quantity is
not absolutely constant, which might be
the case with a reference flow, sample
and record values of yrefi for 30 seconds
and record the arithmetic mean of the
¯
values, yref. Refer to § 1065.602 for an
example of calculating arithmetic mean.
(7) Subtract the reference value, yref
¯
¯
(or yref), from the arithmetic mean, yi.
Record this value as the error, ei.
(8) Repeat the steps specified in
paragraphs (d)(2) through (6) of this
section until you have ten arithmetic
¯ ¯ ¯
¯
means (y1, y2, yi, * * * y10), ten
standard deviations, (s1, s2,
si,* * *s10), and ten errors (e1, e2, ei,
* * * e10).
(9) Use the following values to
quantify your measurements:
(i) Accuracy. Instrument accuracy is
the absolute difference between the
¯
reference quantity, yref (or yref), and the
¯ ¯
arithmetic mean of the ten yi, y values.
Refer to the example of an accuracy
calculation in § 1065.602. We
recommend that instrument accuracy be
within the specifications in Table 1 of
§ 1065.205.
(ii) Repeatability. Repeatability is two
times the standard deviation of the ten
errors (that is, repeatability = 2 · sε).
Refer to the example of a standarddeviation calculation in § 1065.602. We
recommend that instrument
repeatability be within the
specifications in Table 1 of § 1065.205.
(iii) Noise. Noise is two times the rootmean-square of the ten standard
deviations (that is, noise = 2 · rmsσ)
when the reference signal is a zeroquantity signal. Refer to the example of
a root-mean-square calculation in
§ 1065.602. We recommend that
instrument noise be within the
specifications in Table 1 of § 1065.205.
PO 00000
Frm 00126
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Use this value in the noise correction
specified in § 1065.657.
(10) You may use a measurement
instrument that does not meet the
accuracy, repeatability, or noise
specifications in Table 1 of § 1065.205,
as long as you meet the following
criteria:
(i) Your measurement systems meet
all the other required calibration,
verification, and validation
specifications in subparts D, F, and J of
this part, as applicable.
(ii) The measurement deficiency does
not adversely affect your ability to
demonstrate compliance with the
applicable standards.
§ 1065.307
Linearity verification.
(a) Scope and frequency. Perform a
linearity verification on each
measurement system listed in Table 1 of
this section at least as frequently as
indicated in the table, consistent with
measurement system manufacturer
recommendations and good engineering
judgment. Note that this linearity
verification may replace requirements
we previously referred to as
‘‘calibrations’’. The intent of a linearity
verification is to determine that a
measurement system responds
proportionally over the measurement
range of interest. A linearity verification
generally consists of introducing a series
of at least 10 reference values to a
measurement system. The measurement
system quantifies each reference value.
The measured values are then
collectively compared to the reference
values by using a least squares linear
regression and the linearity criteria
specified in Table 1 of this section.
(b) Performance requirements. If a
measurement system does not meet the
applicable linearity criteria in Table 1 of
this section, correct the deficiency by recalibrating, servicing, or replacing
components as needed. Before you may
use a measurement system that does not
meet linearity criteria, you must
demonstrate to us that the deficiency
does not adversely affect your ability to
demonstrate compliance with the
applicable standards.
(c) Procedure. Use the following
linearity verification protocol, or use
good engineering judgment to develop a
different protocol that satisfies the
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
intent of this section, as described in
paragraph (a) of this section:
(1) In this paragraph (c), we use the
letter ‘‘y’’ to denote a generic measured
quantity, the superscript over-bar to
¯
denote an arithmetic mean (such as y),
and the subscript ‘‘ref’’ to denote the
known or reference quantity being
measured.
(2) Operate a measurement system at
its specified temperatures, pressures,
and flows. This may include any
specified adjustment or periodic
calibration of the measurement system.
(3) Zero the instrument as you would
before an emission test by introducing a
zero signal. Depending on the
instrument, this may be a zeroconcentration gas, a reference signal, a
set of reference thermodynamic
conditions, or some combination of
these. For gas analyzers, use a zero gas
that meets the specifications of
§ 1065.750 and introduce it directly at
the analyzer port.
(4) Span the instrument as you would
before an emission test by introducing a
span signal. Depending on the
instrument, this may be a spanconcentration gas, a reference signal, a
set of reference thermodynamic
conditions, or some combination of
these. For gas analyzers, use a span gas
that meets the specifications of
§ 1065.750 and introduce it directly at
the analyzer port.
(5) After spanning the instrument,
check zero with the same signal you
used in paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
Based on the zero reading, use good
engineering judgment to determine
whether or not to rezero and or re-span
the instrument before proceeding to the
next step.
(6) Use instrument manufacturer
recommendations and good engineering
judgment to select at least 10 reference
values, yrefi, that are within the range
from zero to the highest values expected
during emission testing. We recommend
selecting a zero reference signal as one
of the reference values of the linearity
verification.
(7) Use instrument manufacturer
recommendations and good engineering
judgment to select the order in which
you will introduce the series of
reference values. For example you may
select the reference values randomly to
avoid correlation with previous
measurements, you may select reference
values in ascending or descending order
to avoid long settling times of reference
signals, or as another example you may
select values to ascend and then
descend which might incorporate the
effects of any instrument hysteresis into
the linearity verification.
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
(8) Generate reference quantities as
described in paragraph (d) of this
section. For gas analyzers, use gas
concentrations known to be within the
specifications of § 1065.750 and
introduce them directly at the analyzer
port.
(9) Introduce a reference signal to the
measurement instrument.
(10) Allow time for the instrument to
stabilize while it measures the reference
value. Stabilization time may include
time to purge an instrument and time to
account for its response.
(11) At a recording frequency of at
least f Hz, specified in Table 1 of
§ 1065.205, measure the reference value
for 30 seconds and record the arithmetic
¯
mean of the recorded values, yi. Refer to
§ 1065.602 for an example of calculating
an arithmetic mean.
(12) Repeat steps in paragraphs (c)(9)
through (11) of this section until all
reference quantities are measured.
(13) Use the arithmetic means yi, and
reference values, yrefi , to calculate leastsquares linear regression parameters and
statistical values to compare to the
minimum performance criteria specified
in Table 1 of this section. Use the
calculations described in § 1065.602.
(d) Reference signals. This paragraph
(d) describes recommended methods for
generating reference values for the
linearity-verification protocol in
paragraph (c) of this section. Use
reference values that simulate actual
values, or introduce an actual value and
measure it with a referencemeasurement system. In the latter case,
the reference value is the value reported
by the reference-measurement system.
Reference values and referencemeasurement systems must be NISTtraceable. We recommend using
calibration reference quantities that are
NIST-traceable within 0.5% uncertainty,
if not specified otherwise in other
sections of this part 1065. Use the
following recommended methods to
generate reference values or use good
engineering judgment to select a
different reference:
(1) Engine speed. Run the engine or
dynamometer at a series of steady-state
speeds and use a strobe, a photo
tachometer, or a laser tachometer to
record reference speeds.
(2) Engine torque. Use a series of
calibration weights and a calibration
lever arm to simulate engine torque.
You may instead use the engine or
dynamometer itself to generate a
nominal torque that is measured by a
reference load cell or proving ring in
series with the torque-measurement
system. In this case use the reference
load cell measurement as the reference
value. Refer to § 1065.310 for a torque-
PO 00000
Frm 00127
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40545
calibration procedure similar to the
linearity verification in this section.
(3) Electrical work. Use a controlled
source of current and a watt-hour
standard reference meter. Complete
calibration systems that contain a
current source and a reference watt-hour
meter are commonly used in the
electrical power distribution industry
and are therefore commercially
available.
(4) Fuel rate. Operate the engine at a
series of constant fuel-flow rates or recirculate fuel back to a tank through the
fuel flow meter at different flow rates.
Use a gravimetric reference
measurement (such as a scale, balance,
or mass comparator) at the inlet to the
fuel-measurement system. Use a
stopwatch or timer to measure the time
intervals over which reference masses of
fuel are introduced to the fuel
measurement system. The reference fuel
mass divided by the time interval is the
reference fuel flow rate.
(5) Flow rates—inlet air, dilution air,
diluted exhaust, raw exhaust, or sample
flow. Use a reference flow meter with a
blower or pump to simulate flow rates.
Use a restrictor, diverter valve, a
variable-speed blower or a variablespeed pump to control the range of flow
rates. Use the reference meter’s response
as the reference values.
(i) Reference flow meters. Because the
flow range requirements for these
various flows are large, we allow a
variety of reference meters. For
example, for diluted exhaust flow for a
full-flow dilution system, we
recommend a reference subsonic venturi
flow meter with a restrictor valve and a
blower to simulate flow rates. For inlet
air, dilution air, diluted exhaust for
partial-flow dilution, raw exhaust, or
sample flow, we allow reference meters
such as critical flow orifices, critical
flow venturis, laminar flow elements,
master mass flow standards, or Roots
meters. Make sure the reference meter is
calibrated by the flow-meter
manufacturer and its calibration is
NIST-traceable. If you use the difference
of two flow measurements to determine
a net flow rate, you may use one of the
measurements as a reference for the
other.
(ii) Reference flow values. Because the
reference flow is not absolutely
constant, sample and record values of
˙
nrefi for 30 seconds and use the
arithmetic mean of the values, Jref, as
the reference value. Refer to § 1065.602
for an example of calculating arithmetic
mean.
(6) Gas division. Use one of the two
reference signals: (i) At the outlet of the
gas-division system, connect a gas
analyzer that meets the linearity
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40546
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
verification described in this section
and has not been linearized with the gas
divider being verified. For example,
verify the linearity of an analyzer using
a series of reference analytical gases
directly from compressed gas cylinders
that meet the specifications of
§ 1065.750. We recommend using a FID
analyzer or a PMD/MPD O2 analyzer
because of their inherent linearity.
Operate this analyzer consistent with
how you would operate it during an
emission test. Connect a span gas to the
gas-divider inlet. Use the gas-division
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
system to divide the span gas with
purified air or nitrogen. Select gas
divisions that you typically use. Use a
selected gas division as the measured
value. Use the analyzer response
divided by the span gas concentration as
the reference gas-division value.
Because the instrument response is not
absolutely constant, sample and record
values of xrefi for 30 seconds and use the
¯
arithmetic mean of the values xrefi, as
the reference value. Refer to § 1065.602
for an example of calculating arithmetic
mean.
PO 00000
Frm 00128
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(ii) Using good engineering judgment
and gas divider manufacturer
recommendations, use one or more
reference flow meters to verify the
measured flow rates of the gas divider.
(7) Continuous constituent
concentration. For reference values, use
a series of gas cylinders of known gas
concentration or use a gas-division
system that is known to be linear with
a span gas. Gas cylinders, gas-division
systems, and span gases that you use for
reference values must meet the
specifications of § 1065.750.
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
§ 1065.308 Continuous gas analyzer
system-response and updating-recording
verification.
(a) Scope and frequency. Perform this
verification after installing or replacing
a gas analyzer that you use for
continuous sampling. Also perform this
verification if you reconfigure your
system in a way that would change
system response. For example, perform
this verification if you add a significant
volume to the transfer lines by
increasing their length or adding a filter;
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
or if you change the frequency at which
you sample and record gas-analyzer
concentrations.
(b) Measurement principles. This test
verifies that the updating and recording
frequencies match the overall system
response to a rapid change in the value
of concentrations at the sample probe.
Gas analyzer systems must be optimized
such that their overall response to a
rapid change in concentration is
updated and recorded at an appropriate
PO 00000
Frm 00129
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40547
frequency to prevent loss of
information.
(c) System requirements. To
demonstrate acceptable updating and
recording with respect to the system’s
overall response, use good engineering
judgment to select one of the following
criteria that your system must meet:
(1) The product of the mean rise time
and the frequency at which the system
records an updated concentration must
be at least 5, and the product of the
mean fall time and the frequency at
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
ER13JY05.021
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
40548
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
which the system records an updated
concentration must be at least 5. This
criteria makes no assumption regarding
the frequency content of changes in
emission concentrations during
emission testing; therefore, it is valid for
any testing.
(2) The frequency at which the system
records an updated concentration must
be at least 5 Hz. This criteria assumes
that the frequency content of significant
changes in emission concentrations
during emission testing do not exceed 1
Hz.
(3) You may use other criteria if we
approve the criteria in advance.
(4) For PEMS, you do not have to
meet this criteria if your PEMS meets
the overall PEMS check in § 1065.920.
(d) Procedure. Use the following
procedure to verify the response of a
continuous gas analyzer system:
(1) Instrument setup. Follow the
analyzer system manufacturer’s start-up
and operating instructions. Adjust the
system as needed to optimize
performance.
(2) Equipment setup. Using minimal
gas transfer line lengths between all
connections, connect a zero-air source
to one inlet of a fast-acting 3-way valve
(2 inlets, 1 outlet). Using a gas divider,
equally blend an NO–CO–CO2–C3H8–
CH4 (balance N2) span gas with a span
gas of NO2. Connect the gas divider
outlet to the other inlet of the 3-way
valve. Connect the valve outlet to an
overflow at the gas analyzer system’s
probe or to an overflow fitting between
the probe and transfer line to all the
analyzers being verified.
(3) Data collection. (i) Switch the
valve to flow zero gas.
(ii) Allow for stabilization, accounting
for transport delays and the slowest
instrument’s full response.
(iii) Start recording data at the
frequency used during emission testing.
Each recorded value must be a unique
updated concentration measured by the
analyzer; you may not use interpolation
to increase the number of recorded
values.
(iv) Switch the valve to flow the
blended span gases.
(v) Allow for transport delays and the
slowest instrument’s full response.
(vi) Repeat the steps in paragraphs
(d)(3)(i) through (v) of this section to
record seven full cycles, ending with
zero gas flowing to the analyzers.
(vii) Stop recording.
(e) Performance evaluation. (1) If you
chose to demonstrate compliance with
paragraph
(c)(1) of this section, use the data from
paragraph (d)(3) of this section to
calculate the mean rise time, T10–90, and
mean fall time, T90–10, for each of the
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
analyzers. Multiply these times (in
seconds) by their respective recording
frequencies in Hertz (1/second). The
value for each result must be at least 5.
If the value is less than 5, increase the
recording frequency or adjust the flows
or design of the sampling system to
increase the rise time and fall time as
needed. You may also configure digital
filters to increase rise and fall times.
(2) If a measurement system fails the
criterion in paragraph (e)(1) of this
section, ensure that signals from the
system are updated and recorded at a
frequency of at least 5 Hz.
(3) If a measurement system fails the
criteria in paragraphs (e)(1) and (2) of
this section, you may use the
continuous analyzer system only if the
deficiency does not adversely affect
your ability to show compliance with
the applicable standards.
§ 1065.309 Continuous gas analyzer
uniform response verification.
(a) Scope and frequency. If you use
more than one continuous gas analyzer
to quantify a gaseous constituent, you
must perform this verification. For
example, if you determine NMHC as the
difference between continuous THC and
CH4 measurements, you must perform
this verification on your NMHC
measurement system. As another
example if you determine NOX as the
sum of separate continuous
measurements of NO and NO2, you must
perform this verification on your NOX
measurement system. Also, you must
perform this verification if you use one
continuous analyzer to apply an
interference compensation algorithm to
another continuous gas analyzer.
Perform this verification after initial
installation or major maintenance. Also
perform this verification if you
reconfigure your system in a way that
would change system response. For
example, perform this verification if you
add a significant volume to the transfer
lines by increasing their length or by
adding a filter; or if you change the
frequency at which you sample and
record gas-analyzer concentrations.
(b) Measurement principles. This
procedure verifies the time-alignment
and uniform response of combined
continuous gas measurements.
(c) System requirements. Demonstrate
that combined continuous concentration
measurements have a uniform rise and
fall during a simultaneous to a step
change in both concentrations. During a
system response to a rapid change in
multiple gas concentrations,
demonstrate that the t50 times of all
combined analyzers all occur at the
same recorded second of data or
PO 00000
Frm 00130
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
between the same two recorded seconds
of data.
(d) Procedure. Use the following
procedure to verify the response of a
continuous gas analyzer system:
(1) Instrument setup. Follow the
analyzer system manufacturer’s start-up
and operating instructions. Adjust the
system as needed to optimize
performance.
(2) Equipment setup. Using minimal
gas transfer line lengths between all
connections, connect a zero-air source
to the inlet of a 100 °C heated line.
Connect the heated line outlet to one
inlet of a 100 °C heated fast-acting 3way valve (2 inlets, 1 outlet). Using a
gas divider, equally blend an NO–CO–
CO2–C3H8–CH4 (balance N2) span gas
with a span gas of NO2 (balance N2).
Connect the gas divider outlet to the
inlet of a 50 °C heated line. Connect the
heated line outlet to the inlet of a 50 °C
gas bubbler filled with distilled water.
Connect the bubbler outlet to another
heated line at 100 °C. Connect the outlet
of the 100 °C line to the other inlet of
the 3-way valve. Connect the valve
outlet to an overflow at the gas analyzer
system’s probe or to an overflow fitting
between the probe and transfer line to
all the analyzers being verified.
(3) Data collection. (i) Switch the
valve to flow zero gas.
(ii) Allow for stabilization, accounting
for transport delays and the slowest
instrument’s full response.
(iii) Start recording data at the
frequency used during emission testing.
(iv) Switch the valve to flow span gas.
(v) Allow for transport delays and the
slowest instrument’s full response.
(vi) Repeat the steps in paragraphs
(d)(3)(i) through (v) of this section to
record seven full cycles, ending with
zero gas flowing to the analyzers.
(vii) Stop recording.
(e) Performance evaluations. Perform
the following evaluations:
(1) Uniform response evaluation. (i)
Calculate the mean rise time, t10–90,
mean fall time, t90–10 for each analyzer.
(ii) Determine the maximum mean
rise and fall times for the slowest
responding analyzer in each
combination of continuous analyzer
signals that you use to determine a
single emission concentration.
(iii) If the maximum rise time or fall
time is greater than one second, verify
that all other gas analyzers combined
with it have mean rise and fall times of
at least 75% of that analyzer’s response.
(iv) If any analyzer has shorter rise or
fall times, disperse that signal so that it
better matches the rise and fall times of
the slowest signal with which it is
combined. We recommend that you
perform dispersion using SAE 2001–01–
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
3536 (incorporated by reference in
§ 1065.1010) as a guide.
(v) Repeat this verification after
optimizing your systems to ensure that
you dispersed signals correctly. If after
repeated attempts at dispersing signals
your system still fails this verification,
you may use the continuous analyzer
system if the deficiency does not
adversely affect your ability to show
compliance with the applicable
standards.
(2) Time alignment evaluation. (i)
After all signals are adjusted to meet the
uniform response evaluation, determine
the second at which—or the two
seconds between which—each analyzer
crossed the midpoint of its response, t50.
(ii) Verify that all combined gas
analyzer signals are time-aligned such
that all of their t50 times occurred at the
same second or between the same two
seconds in the recorded data.
(iii) If your system fails to meet this
criterion, you may change the time
alignment of your system and retest the
system completely. If after changing the
time alignment of your system, some of
the t50 times still are not aligned, take
corrective action by dispersing analyzer
signals that have the shortest rise and
fall times.
(iv) If some t50 times are still not
aligned after repeated attempts at
dispersion and time alignment, you may
use the continuous analyzer system if
the deficiency does not adversely affect
your ability to show compliance with
the applicable standards.
Measurement of Engine Parameters and
Ambient Conditions
§ 1065.310
Torque calibration.
(a) Scope and frequency. Calibrate all
torque-measurement systems including
dynamometer torque measurement
transducers and systems upon initial
installation and after major
maintenance. Use good engineering
judgment to repeat the calibration.
Follow the torque transducer
manufacturer’s instructions for
linearizing your torque sensor’s output.
We recommend that you calibrate the
torque-measurement system with a
reference force and a lever arm.
(b) Recommended procedure. (1)
Reference force quantification. Use
either a set of dead-weights or a
reference meter such as strain gage or a
proving ring to quantify the reference
force, NIST-traceable within ±0.5%
uncertainty.
(2) Lever-arm length quantification.
Quantify the lever arm length, NISTtraceable within ±0.5% uncertainty. The
lever arm’s length must be measured
from the centerline of the dynamometer
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
to the point at which the reference force
is measured. The lever arm must be
perpendicular to gravity (i.e.,
horizontal), and it must be
perpendicular to the dynamometer’s
rotational axis. Balance the lever arm’s
torque or quantify its net hanging
torque, NIST-traceable within ±1%
uncertainty, and account for it as part of
the reference torque.
(c) Dead-weight calibration. This
technique applies a known force by
hanging known weights at a known
distance along a lever arm. Make sure
the weights’ lever arm is perpendicular
to gravity (i.e., horizontal) and
perpendicular to the dynamometer’s
rotational axis. Apply at least six
calibration-weight combinations for
each applicable torque-measuring range,
spacing the weight quantities about
equally over the range. Oscillate or
rotate the dynamometer during
calibration to reduce frictional static
hysteresis. Determine each weight’s
force by multiplying its NIST-traceable
mass by the local acceleration of Earth’s
gravity (using this equation: force =
mass · acceleration). The local
acceleration of gravity, ag, at your
latitude, longitude, and elevation may
be determined by entering position and
elevation data into the U.S. National
Oceanographic and Atmospheric
Administration’s surface gravity
prediction Web site at https://
www.ngs.noaa.gov/cgi-bin/grav_pdx.prl.
If this Web site is unavailable, you may
use the equation in § 1065.630, which
returns the local acceleration of gravity
based on a given latitude. In this case,
calculate the reference torque as the
weights’ reference force multiplied by
the lever arm reference length (using
this equation: torque = force · lever arm
length).
(d) Strain gage or proving ring
calibration. This technique applies force
either by hanging weights on a lever arm
(these weights and their lever arm
length are not used) or by operating the
dynamometer at different torques.
Apply at least six force combinations for
each applicable torque-measuring range,
spacing the force quantities about
equally over the range. Oscillate or
rotate the dynamometer during
calibration to reduce frictional static
hysteresis. In this case, the reference
torque is determined by multiplying the
reference meter force output by its
effective lever-arm length, which you
measure from the point where the force
measurement is made to the
dynamometer’s rotational axis. Make
sure you measure this length
perpendicular to gravity (i.e.,
horizontal) and perpendicular to the
dynamometer’s rotational axis.
PO 00000
Frm 00131
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40549
§ 1065.315 Pressure, temperature, and
dewpoint calibration.
(a) Calibrate instruments for
measuring pressure, temperature, and
dewpoint upon initial installation.
Follow the instrument manufacturer’s
instructions and use good engineering
judgment to repeat the calibration, as
follows:
(1) Pressure. We recommend
temperature-compensated, digitalpneumatic, or deadweight pressure
calibrators, with data-logging
capabilities to minimize transcription
errors. We recommend using calibration
reference quantities that are NISTtraceable within 0.5% uncertainty.
(2) Temperature. We recommend
digital dry-block or stirred-liquid
temperature calibrators, with
datalogging capabilities to minimize
transcription errors. We recommend
using calibration reference quantities
that are NIST-traceable within 0.5%
uncertainty.
(3) Dewpoint. We recommend a
minimum of three different
temperature-equilibrated and
temperature-monitored calibration salt
solutions in containers that seal
completely around the dewpoint sensor.
We recommend using calibration
reference quantities that are NISTtraceable within 0.5% uncertainty.
(b) You may remove system
components for off-site calibration. We
recommend specifying calibration
reference quantities that are NISTtraceable within 0.5% uncertainty.
Flow-Related Measurements
§ 1065.320
Fuel-flow calibration.
(a) Calibrate fuel-flow meters upon
initial installation. Follow the
instrument manufacturer’s instructions
and use good engineering judgment to
repeat the calibration.
(b) You may also develop a procedure
based on a chemical balance of carbon
or oxygen in engine exhaust.
(c) You may remove system
components for off-site calibration.
When installing a flow meter with an
off-site calibration, we recommend that
you consider the effects of the tubing
configuration upstream and downstream
of the flow meter. We recommend
specifying calibration reference
quantities that are NIST-traceable
within 0.5% uncertainty.
§ 1065.325
Intake-flow calibration.
(a) Calibrate intake-air flow meters
upon initial installation. Follow the
instrument manufacturer’s instructions
and use good engineering judgment to
repeat the calibration. We recommend
using a calibration subsonic venturi,
ultrasonic flow meter or laminar flow
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40550
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
element. We recommend using
calibration reference quantities that are
NIST-traceable within 0.5% uncertainty.
(b) You may remove system
components for off-site calibration.
When installing a flow meter with an
off-site calibration, we recommend that
you consider the effects of the tubing
configuration upstream and downstream
of the flow meter. We recommend
specifying calibration reference
quantities that are NIST-traceable
within 0.5% uncertainty.
(c) If you use a subsonic venturi or
ultrasonic flow meter for intake flow
measurement, we recommend that you
calibrate it as described in § 1065.340.
§ 1065.330
Exhaust-flow calibration.
(a) Calibrate exhaust-flow meters
upon initial installation. Follow the
instrument manufacturer’s instructions
and use good engineering judgment to
repeat the calibration. We recommend
that you use a calibration subsonic
venturi or ultrasonic flow meter and
simulate exhaust temperatures by
incorporating a heat exchanger between
the calibration meter and the exhaustflow meter. If you can demonstrate that
the flow meter to be calibrated is
insensitive to exhaust temperatures, you
may use other reference meters such as
laminar flow elements, which are not
commonly designed to withstand
typical raw exhaust temperatures. We
recommend using calibration reference
quantities that are NIST-traceable
within 0.5% uncertainty.
(b) You may remove system
components for off-site calibration.
When installing a flow meter with an
off-site calibration, we recommend that
you consider the effects of the tubing
configuration upstream and downstream
of the flow meter. We recommend
specifying calibration reference
quantities that are NIST-traceable
within 0.5% uncertainty.
(c) If you use a subsonic venturi or
ultrasonic flow meter for raw exhaust
flow measurement, we recommend that
you calibrate it as described in
§ 1065.340.
§ 1065.340 Diluted exhaust flow (CVS)
calibration.
(a) Overview. This section describes
how to calibrate flow meters for diluted
exhaust constant-volume sampling
(CVS) systems.
(b) Scope and frequency. Perform this
calibration while the flow meter is
installed in its permanent position.
Perform this calibration after you
change any part of the flow
configuration upstream or downstream
of the flow meter that may affect the
flow-meter calibration. Perform this
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
calibration upon initial CVS installation
and whenever corrective action does not
resolve a failure to meet the diluted
exhaust flow verification (i.e., propane
check) in § 1065.341.
(c) Reference flow meter. Calibrate a
CVS flow meter using a reference flow
meter such as a subsonic venturi flow
meter, a long-radius ASME/NIST flow
nozzle, a smooth approach orifice, a
laminar flow element, a set of critical
flow venturis, or an ultrasonic flow
meter. Use a reference flow meter that
reports quantities that are NISTtraceable within ±1% uncertainty. Use
this reference flow meter’s response to
flow as the reference value for CVS
flow-meter calibration.
(d) Configuration. Do not use an
upstream screen or other restriction that
could affect the flow ahead of the
reference flow meter, unless the flow
meter has been calibrated with such a
restriction.
(e) PDP calibration. Calibrate a
positive-displacement pump (PDP) to
determine a flow-versus-PDP speed
equation that accounts for flow leakage
across sealing surfaces in the PDP as a
function of PDP inlet pressure.
Determine unique equation coefficients
for each speed at which you operate the
PDP. Calibrate a PDP flow meter as
follows:
(1) Connect the system as shown in
Figure 1 of this section.
(2) Leaks between the calibration flow
meter and the PDP must be less than
0.3% of the total flow at the lowest
calibrated flow point; for example, at
the highest restriction and lowest PDPspeed point.
(3) While the PDP operates, maintain
a constant temperature at the PDP inlet
within ±2% of the mean absolute inlet
¯
temperature, Tin.
(4) Set the PDP speed to the first
speed point at which you intend to
calibrate.
(5) Set the variable restrictor to its
wide-open position.
(6) Operate the PDP for at least 3 min
to stabilize the system. Continue
operating the PDP and record the mean
values of at least 30 seconds of sampled
data of each of the following quantities:
(i) The mean flow rate of the reference
flow meter, Jref. This may include
several measurements of different
quantities, such as reference meter
pressures and temperatures, for
calculating Jref.
(ii) The mean temperature at the PDP
¯
inlet, T in.
(iii) The mean static absolute pressure
¯
at the PDP inlet, P in.
(iv) The mean static absolute pressure
¯
at the PDP outlet, P out.
(v) The mean PDP speed, ¯ nPDP.
f
PO 00000
Frm 00132
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(7) Incrementally close the restrictor
valve to decrease the absolute pressure
¯
at the inlet to the PDP, P in.
(8) Repeat the steps in paragraphs
(e)(6) and (7) of this section to record
data at a minimum of six restrictor
positions reflecting the full range of
possible in-use pressures at the PDP
inlet.
(9) Calibrate the PDP by using the
collected data and the equations in
§ 1065.640.
(10) Repeat the steps in paragraphs
(e)(6) through (9) of this section for each
speed at which you operate the PDP.
(11) Use the equations in § 1065.642
to determine the PDP flow equation for
emission testing.
(12) Verify the calibration by
performing a CVS verification (i.e.,
propane check) as described in
§ 1065.341.
(13) Do not use the PDP below the
lowest inlet pressure tested during
calibration.
(f) CFV calibration. Calibrate a
critical-flow venturi (CFV) to verify its
discharge coefficient, Cd, at the lowest
expected static differential pressure
between the CFV inlet and outlet.
Calibrate a CFV flow meter as follows:
(1) Connect the system as shown in
Figure 1 of this section.
(2) Start the blower downstream of the
CFV.
(3) While the CFV operates, maintain
a constant temperature at the CFV inlet
within ±2% of the mean absolute inlet
¯
temperature, T in.
(4) Leaks between the calibration flow
meter and the CFV must be less than 0.3
% of the total flow at the highest
restriction.
(5) Set the variable restrictor to its
wide-open position.
(6) Operate the CFV for at least 3 min
to stabilize the system. Continue
operating the CFV and record the mean
values of at least 30 seconds of sampled
data of each of the following quantities:
(i) The mean flow rate of the reference
flow meter, Jref. This may include
several measurements of different
quantities, such as reference meter
pressures and temperatures, for
calculating Jref.
(ii) Optionally, the mean dewpoint of
¯
the calibration air, T dew. See § 1065.640
for permissible assumptions.
(iii) The mean temperature at the
¯
venturi inlet, T in.
(iv) The mean static absolute pressure
¯
at the venturi inlet, P in.
(v) The mean static differential
pressure between the CFV inlet and the
¯
CFV outlet, DP CFV.
(7) Incrementally close the restrictor
valve to decrease the absolute pressure
at the inlet to the CFV, Pin.
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
(8) Repeat the steps in paragraphs
(f)(6) and (7) of this section to record
mean data at a minimum of ten
restrictor positions, such that you test
¯
the fullest practical range of DP CFV
expected during testing. We do not
require that you remove calibration
components or CVS components to
calibrate at the lowest possible
restrictions.
(9) Determine Cd and the lowest
¯
allowable DP CFV as described in
§ 1065.640.
(10) Use Cd to determine CFV flow
during an emission test. Do not use the
¯
CFV below the lowest allowed DP CFV, as
determined in § 1065.640.
(11) Verify the calibration by
performing a CVS verification (i.e.,
propane check) as described in
§ 1065.341.
(12) If your CVS is configured to
operate more than one CFV at a time in
parallel, calibrate your CVS by one of
the following:
(i) Calibrate every combination of
CFVs according to this section and
§ 1065.640. Refer to § 1065.642 for
instructions on calculating flow rates for
this option.
(ii) Calibrate each CFV according to
this section and § 1065.640. Refer to
§ 1065.642 for instructions on
calculating flow rates for this option.
(g) SSV calibration. Calibrate a
subsonic venturi (SSV) to determine its
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
calibration coefficient, Cd , for the
expected range of inlet pressures.
Calibrate an SSV flow meter as follows:
(1) Connect the system as shown in
Figure 1 of this section.
(2) Start the blower downstream of the
SSV.
(3) Leaks between the calibration flow
meter and the SSV must be less than 0.3
% of the total flow at the highest
restriction.
(4) While the SSV operates, maintain
a constant temperature at the SSV inlet
within ±2 % of the mean absolute inlet
temperature.
(5) Set the variable restrictor or
variable-speed blower to a flow rate
greater than the greatest flow rate
expected during testing. You may not
extrapolate flow rates beyond calibrated
values, so we recommend that you make
sure the Reynolds number, Re#, at the
SSV throat at the greatest calibrated
flow rate is greater than the maximum
Re# expected during testing.
(6) Operate the SSV for at least 3 min
to stabilize the system. Continue
operating the SSV and record the mean
of at least 30 seconds of sampled data
of each of the following quantities:
(i) The mean flow rate of the reference
flow meter, Jref. This may include
several measurements of different
quantities, such as reference meter
pressures and temperatures, for
caculating Jref.
PO 00000
Frm 00133
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40551
(ii) Optionally, the mean dewpoint of
¯
the calibration air, T dew. See § 1065.640
for permissible assumptions.
(iii) The mean temperature at the
¯
venturi inlet, T in .
(iv) The mean static absolute pressure
¯
at the venturi inlet, P in.
(v) Static differential pressure
between the static pressure at the
venturi inlet and the static pressure at
¯
the venturi throat, D P SSV.
(7) Incrementally close the restrictor
valve or decrease the blower speed to
decrease the flow rate.
(8) Repeat the steps in paragraphs
(g)(6) and (7) of this section to record
data at a minimum of ten flow rates.
(9) Determine a functional form of Cd
versus Re# by using the collected data
and the equations in § 1065.640.
(10) Verify the calibration by
performing a CVS verification (i.e.,
propane check) as described in
§ 1065.341 using the new Cd versus Re#
equation.
(11) Use the SSV only between the
minimum and maximum calibrated flow
rates.
(12) Use the equations in § 1065.642
to determine SSV flow during a test.
(h) Ultrasonic flow meter calibration.
[Reserved]
BILLING CODE 6560–50–P
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
BILLING CODE 6560–50–C
§ 1065.341 CVS and batch sampler
verification (propane check).
(a) A propane check serves as a CVS
verification to determine if there is a
discrepancy in measured values of
diluted exhaust flow. A propane check
also serves as a batch-sampler
verification to determine if there is a
discrepancy in a batch sampling system
that extracts a sample from a CVS, as
described in paragraph (g) of this
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
section. Using good engineering
judgment and safe practices, this check
may be performed using a gas other than
propane, such as CO2 or CO. A failed
propane check might indicate one or
more problems that may require
corrective action, as follows:
(1) Incorrect analyzer calibration. Recalibrate, repair, or replace the FID
analyzer.
(2) Leaks. Inspect CVS tunnel,
connections, fasteners, and HC sampling
PO 00000
Frm 00134
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
system, and repair or replace
components.
(3) Poor mixing. Perform the
verification as described in this section
while traversing a sampling probe
across the tunnel’s diameter, vertically
and horizontally. If the analyzer
response indicates any deviation
exceeding ±2% of the mean measured
concentration, consider operating the
CVS at a higher flow rate or installing
a mixing plate or orifice to improve
mixing.
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
ER13JY05.016
40552
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
(4) Hydrocarbon contamination in the
sample system. Perform the
hydrocarbon-contamination verification
as described in § 1065.520.
(5) Change in CVS calibration.
Perform an in-situ calibration of the
CVS flow meter as described in
§ 1065.340.
(6) Other problems with the CVS or
sampling verification hardware or
software.
Inspect the CVS system, CVS
verification hardware, and software for
discrepancies. (b) A propane check uses
either a reference mass or a reference
flow rate of C3H8 as a tracer gas in a
CVS. Note that if you use a reference
flow rate, account for any non-ideal gas
behavior of C3H8 in the reference flow
meter. Refer to § 1065.640 and
§ 1065.642, which describe how to
calibrate and use certain flow meters.
Do not use any ideal gas assumptions in
§ 1065.640 and § 1065.642. The propane
check compares the calculated mass of
injected C3H8 using HC measurements
and CVS flow rate measurements with
the reference value.
(c) Prepare for the propane check as
follows:
(1) If you use a reference mass ofC3H8
instead of a reference flow rate, obtain
a cylinder charged with C3H8.
Determine the reference cylinder’s mass
of C3H8 within ±0.5% of the amount of
C3H8 that you expect to use.
(2) Select appropriate flow rates for
the CVS andC3H8.
(3) Select aC3H8 injection port in the
CVS. Select the port location to be as
close as practical to the location where
you introduce engine exhaust into the
CVS. Connect the C3H8 cylinder to the
injection system.
(4) Operate and stabilize the CVS.
(5) Preheat or precool any heat
exchangers in the sampling system.
(6) Allow heated and cooled
components such as sample lines,
filters, chillers, and pumps to stabilize
at operating temperature.
(7) You may purge the HC sampling
system during stabilization.
(8) If applicable, perform a vacuum
side leak verification of the HC
sampling system as described in
§ 1065.345.
(9) You may also conduct any other
calibrations or verifications on
equipment or analyzers.
(d) Zero, span, and verify
contamination of the HC sampling
system, as follows:
(1) Select the lowest HC analyzer
range that can measure the C3H8
concentration expected for the CVS and
C3H8 flow rates.
(2) Zero the HC analyzer using zero
air introduced at the analyzer port.
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
(3) Span the HC analyzer using C3H8
span gas introduced at the analyzer port.
(4) Overflow zero air at the HC probe
or into a fitting between the HC probe
and the transfer line.
(5) Measure the stable HC
concentration of the HC sampling
system as overflow zero air flows. For
batch HC measurement, fill the batch
container (such as a bag) and measure
the HC overflow concentration.
(6) If the overflow HC concentration
exceeds 2 µmol/mol, do not proceed
until contamination is eliminated.
Determine the source of the
contamination and take corrective
action, such as cleaning the system or
replacing contaminated portions.
(7) When the overflow HC
concentration does not exceed 2 µmol/
mol, record this value as xHCpre and use
it to correct for HC contamination as
described in § 1065.660.
(e) Perform the propane check as
follows:
(1) For batch HC sampling, connect
clean storage media, such as evacuated
bags.
(2) Operate HC measurement
instruments according to the instrument
manufacturer’s instructions.
(3) If you will correct for dilution air
background concentrations of HC,
measure and record background HC in
the dilution air.
(4) Zero any integrating devices.
(5) Begin sampling, and start any flow
integrators.
(6) Release the contents of the C3H8
reference cylinder at the rate you
selected. If you use a reference flow rate
of C3H8, start integrating this flow rate.
(7) Continue to release the cylinder’s
contents until at least enough C3H8 has
been released to ensure accurate
quantification of the reference C3H8 and
the measured C3H8.
(8) Shut off the C3H8 reference
cylinder and continue sampling until
you have accounted for time delays due
to sample transport and analyzer
response.
(9) Stop sampling and stop any
integrators.
(f) Perform post-test procedure as
follows:
(1) If you used batch sampling,
analyze batch samples as soon as
practical.
(2) After analyzing HC, correct for
contamination and background.
(3) Calculate total C3H8 mass based on
your CVS and HC data as described in
§ 1065.650 and § 1065.660, using the
molar mass of C3H8, MC3H8, instead the
effective molar mass of HC, MHC.
(4) If you use a reference mass,
determine the cylinder’s propane mass
within ±0.5% and determine the C3H8
PO 00000
Frm 00135
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40553
reference mass by subtracting the empty
cylinder propane mass from the full
cylinder propane mass.
(5) Subtract the reference C3H8 mass
from the calculated mass. If this
difference is within ±2.0 % of the
reference mass, the CVS passes this
verification. If not, take corrective action
as described in paragraph (a) of this
section.
(g) Batch sampler verification. You
may repeat the propane check to verify
a batch sampler, such as a PM
secondary dilution system.
(1) Configure the HC sampling system
to extract a sample near the location of
the batch sampler’s storage media (such
as a PM filter). If the absolute pressure
at this location is too low to extract an
HC sample, you may sample HC from
the batch sampler pump’s exhaust. Use
caution when sampling from pump
exhaust because an otherwise
acceptable pump leak downstream of a
batch sampler flow meter will cause a
false failure of the propane check.
(2) Repeat the propane check
described in this section, but sample HC
from the batch sampler.
(3) Calculate C3H8 mass, taking into
account any secondary dilution from the
batch sampler.
(4) Subtract the reference C3H8 mass
from the calculated mass. If this
difference is within ±5% of the
reference mass, the batch sampler
passes this verification. If not, take
corrective action as described in
paragraph (a) of this section.
§ 1065.345
Vacuum-side leak verification.
(a) Scope and frequency. Upon initial
sampling system installation, after major
maintenance, and before each test
according to subpart F of this part for
laboratory tests and according to subpart
J of this part for field tests, verify that
there are no significant vacuum-side
leaks using one of the leak tests
described in this section.
(b) Measurement principles. A leak
may be detected either by measuring a
small amount of flow when there should
be zero flow, or by detecting the
dilution of a known concentration of
span gas when it flows through the
vacuum side of a sampling system.
(c) Low-flow leak test. Test a sampling
system for low-flow leaks as follows:
(1) Seal the probe end of the system
by taking one of the following steps:
(i) Cap or plug the end of the sample
probe.
(ii) Disconnect the transfer line at the
probe and cap or plug the transfer line.
(iii) Close a leak-tight valve in-line
between a probe and transfer line.
(2) Operate all vacuum pumps. After
stabilizing, verify that the flow through
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40554
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
the vacuum-side of the sampling system
is less than 0.5 % of the system’s normal
in-use flow rate. You may estimate
typical analyzer and bypass flows as an
approximation of the system’s normal
in-use flow rate.
(d) Dilution-of-span-gas leak test. Test
any analyzer, other than a FID, for
dilution of span gas as follows, noting
that this configuration requires an
overflow span gas system:
(1) Prepare a gas analyzer as you
would for emission testing.
(2) Supply span gas to the analyzer
port and verify that it measures the span
gas concentration within its expected
measurement accuracy and
repeatability.
(3) Route overflow span gas to one of
the following locations in the sampling
system:
(i) The end of the sample probe.
(ii) Disconnect the transfer line at the
probe connection, and overflow the
span gas at the open end of the transfer
line.
(iii) A three-way valve installed inline between a probe and its transfer
line, such as a system overflow zero and
span port.
(4) Verify that the measured overflow
span gas concentration is within the
measurement accuracy and repeatability
of the analyzer. A measured value lower
than expected indicates a leak, but a
value higher than expected may indicate
a problem with the span gas or the
analyzer itself. A measured value higher
than expected does not indicate a leak.
CO and CO2 Measurements
§ 1065.350 H2O interference verification for
CO2 NDIR analyzers.
(a) Scope and frequency. If you
measure CO2 using an NDIR analyzer,
verify the amount of H2O interference
after initial analyzer installation and
after major maintenance.
(b) Measurement principles. H2O can
interfere with an NDIR analyzer’s
response to CO2.
If the NDIR analyzer uses
compensation algorithms that utilize
measurements of other gases to meet
this interference verification,
simultaneously conduct these other
measurements to test the compensation
algorithms during the analyzer
interference verification.
(c) System requirements. A CO2 NDIR
analyzer must have an H2O interference
that is within ±2% of the flow-weighted
mean CO2 concentration expected at the
standard, though we strongly
recommend a lower interference that is
within ±1%.
(d) Procedure. Perform the
interference verification as follows:
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
(1) Start, operate, zero, and span the
CO2 NDIR analyzer as you would before
an emission test.
(2) Create a water-saturated test gas by
bubbling zero air that meets the
specifications in § 1065.750 through
distilled water in a sealed vessel at (25
± 10) °C.
(3) Introduce the water-saturated test
gas upstream of any sample dryer, if one
is used during testing.
(4) Allow time for the analyzer
response to stabilize. Stabilization time
may include time to purge the transfer
line and to account for analyzer
response.
(5) While the analyzer measures the
sample’s concentration, record 30
seconds of sampled data. Calculate the
arithmetic mean of this data. The
analyzer meets the interference
verification if this value is within ±2%
of the flow-weighted mean
concentration of CO2 expected at the
standard.
(e) Exceptions. The following
exceptions apply:
(1) You may omit this verification if
you can show by engineering analysis
that for your CO2 sampling system and
your emission-calculation procedures,
the H2O interference for your CO2 NDIR
analyzer always affects your brakespecific emission results within ±0.5%
of each of the applicable standards.
(2) You may use a CO2 NDIR analyzer
that you determine does not meet this
verification, as long as you try to correct
the problem and the measurement
deficiency does not adversely affect
your ability to show that engines
comply with all applicable emission
standards.
§ 1065.355 H2O and CO2 interference
verification for CO NDIR analyzers.
(a) Scope and frequency. If you
measure CO using an NDIR analyzer,
verify the amount of H2O and CO2
interference after initial analyzer
installation and after major
maintenance.
(b) Measurement principles. H2O and
CO2 can positively interfere with an
NDIR analyzer by causing a response
similar to CO. If the NDIR analyzer uses
compensation algorithms that utilize
measurements of other gases to meet
this interference verification,
simultaneously conduct these other
measurements to test the compensation
algorithms during the analyzer
interference verification.
(c) System requirements. A CO NDIR
analyzer must have combined H2O and
CO2 interference that is within ±2 % of
the flow-weighted mean concentration
of CO expected at the standard, though
PO 00000
Frm 00136
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
we strongly recommend a lower
interference that is within ±1%.
(d) Procedure. Perform the
interference verification as follows:
(1) Start, operate, zero, and span the
CO NDIR analyzer as you would before
an emission test.
(2) Create a water-saturated CO2 test
gas by bubbling a CO2 span gas through
distilled water in a sealed vessel at (25
±10) °C.
(3) Introduce the water-saturated CO2
test gas upstream of any sample dryer,
if one is used during testing.
(4) Allow time for the analyzer
response to stabilize. Stabilization time
may include time to purge the transfer
line and to account for analyzer
response.
(5) While the analyzer measures the
sample’s concentration, record its
output for 30 seconds. Calculate the
arithmetic mean of this data.
(6) Multiply this mean value by the
ratio of expected CO2 to span gas CO2
concentration. In other words, estimate
the flow-weighted mean dry
concentration of CO2 expected during
testing, and then divide this value by
the concentration of CO2 in the span gas
used for this verification. Then multiply
this ratio by the mean value recorded
during this verification.
(7) The analyzer meets the
interference verification if the result of
paragraph (d)(6) of this section is within
±2 % of the flow-weighted mean
concentration of CO expected at the
standard.
(e) Exceptions. The following
exceptions apply:
(1) You may omit this verification if
you can show by engineering analysis
that for your CO sampling system and
your emission calculations procedures,
the combined CO2 and H2O interference
for your CO NDIR analyzer always
affects your brake-specific CO emission
results within ±0.5 % of the applicable
CO standard.(2) You may use a CO
NDIR analyzer that you determine does
not meet this verification, as long as you
try to correct the problem and the
measurement deficiency does not
adversely affect your ability to show
that engines comply with all applicable
emission standards.
Hydrocarbon Measurements
§ 1065.360 FID optimization and
verification.
(a) Scope and frequency. For all FID
analyzers perform the following steps:
(1) Calibrate a FID upon initial
installation. Repeat the calibration as
needed using good engineering
judgment.
(2) Optimize a FID’s response to
various hydrocarbons after initial
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
analyzer installation and after major
maintenance.
(3) Determine a FID’s methane (CH4)
response factor after initial analyzer
installation and after major
maintenance.
(4) Verify methane (CH4) response
within 185 days before testing.
(b) Calibration. Use good engineering
judgment to develop a calibration
procedure, such as one based on the
FID-analyzer manufacturer’s
instructions and recommended
frequency for calibrating the FID.
Alternately, you may remove system
components for off-site calibration.
Calibrate using C3H8 calibration gases
that meet the specifications of
§ 1065.750. We recommend FID
analyzer zero and span gases that
contain approximately the flowweighted mean concentration of O2
expected during testing. If you use a FID
to measure methane (CH4) downstream
of a nonmethane cutter, you may
calibrate that FID using CH4 calibration
gases with the cutter. Regardless of the
calibration gas composition, calibrate on
a carbon number basis of one (C1). For
example, if you use a C3H8 span gas of
concentration 200 µmol/mol, span the
FID to respond with a value of 600
µmol/mol.
(c) FID response optimization. Use
good engineering judgment for initial
instrument start-up and basic operating
adjustment using FID fuel and zero air.
Heated FIDs must be within their
required operating temperature ranges.
Optimize FID response at the most
common analyzer range expected during
emission testing. Optimization involves
adjusting flows and pressures of FID
fuel, burner air, and sample to minimize
response variations to various
hydrocarbon species in the exhaust. Use
good engineering judgment to trade off
peak FID response to propane
calibration gases to achieve minimal
response variations to different
hydrocarbon species. For an example of
trading off response to propane for
relative responses to other hydrocarbon
species, see SAE 770141 (incorporated
by reference in § 1065.1010). Determine
the optimum flow rates for FID fuel,
burner air, and sample and record them
for future reference.
(d) CH4 response factor
determination. Since FID analyzers
generally have a different response to
CH4 versus C3H8, determine each FID
analyzer’s CH4 response factor, RFCH4,
after FID optimization. Use the most
recent RFCH4 measured according to this
section in the calculations for HC
determination described in § 1065.660
to compensate for CH4 response.
Determine RFCH4 as follows, noting that
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
you do not determine RFCH4 for FIDs
that are calibrated and spanned using
CH4 with a nonmethane cutter:
(1) Select a C3H8 span gas that meets
the specifications of § 1065.750. Record
the C3H8 concentration of the gas.
(2) Select a CH4 span gas that meets
the specifications of § 1065.750. Record
the CH4 concentration of the gas.
(3) Start and operate the FID analyzer
according to the manufacturer’s
instructions.
(4) Confirm that the FID analyzer has
been calibrated using C3H8. Calibrate on
a carbon number basis of one (C1). For
example, if you use a C3H8 span gas of
concentration 200 µmol/mol, span the
FID to respond with a value of 600
µmol/mol.
(5) Zero the FID with a zero gas that
you use for emission testing.
(6) Span the FID with the C3H8 span
gas that you selected under paragraph
(d)(1) of this section.
(7) Introduce at the sample port of the
FID analyzer, the CH4 span gas that you
selected under paragraph (d)(2) of this
section.
(8) Allow time for the analyzer
response to stabilize. Stabilization time
may include time to purge the analyzer
and to account for its response.
(9) While the analyzer measures the
CH4 concentration, record 30 seconds of
sampled data. Calculate the arithmetic
mean of these values.
(10) Divide the mean measured
concentration by the recorded span
concentration of the CH4 calibration gas.
The result is the FID analyzer’s response
factor for CH4, RFCH4.
(e) FID methane (CH4) response
verification. If the value of RFCH4 from
paragraph (d) of this section is within
±5.0% of its most recent previously
determined value, the FID passes the
methane response verification. For
example, if the most recent previous
value for RFCH4 was 1.05 and it changed
by +0.05 to become 1.10 or it changed
by ¥0.05 to become 1.00, either case
would be acceptable because +4.8% is
less than +5.0%.
(1) Verify that the pressures and flow
rates of FID fuel, burner air, and sample
are each within ±0.5% of their most
recent previously recorded values, as
described in paragraph (c) of this
section. You may adjust these flow rates
as necessary. Determine a new RFCH4 as
described in paragraph (d) of this
section.
(2) If RFCH4 is still not within ±5.0%
of its most recently determined value
after adjusting flow rates, re-optimize
the FID response as described in
paragraph (c) of this section.
(3) Determine a new RFCH4 as
described in paragraph (d) of this
PO 00000
Frm 00137
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40555
section. Use this new value of RFCH4 in
the calculations for HC determination,
as described in § 1065.660.
§ 1065.362 Non-stoichiometric raw
exhaust FID O2 interference verification.
(a) Scope and frequency. If you use
FID analyzers for raw exhaust
measurements from engines that operate
in a non-stoichiometric mode of
combustion (e.g., compression-ignition,
lean-burn), verify the amount of FID O2
interference upon initial installation
and after major maintenance.
(b) Measurement principles. Changes
in O2 concentration in raw exhaust can
affect FID response by changing FID
flame temperature. Optimize FID fuel,
burner air, and sample flow to meet this
verification. Verify FID performance
with the compensation algorithms for
FID O2 interference that you have active
during an emission test.
(c) System requirements. Any FID
analyzer used during testing must meet
the FID O2 interference verification
according to the procedure in this
section.
(d) Procedure. Determine FID O2
interference as follows:
(1) Select two span reference gases
that meet the specifications in
§ 1065.750 and contain C3H8 near 100%
of span for HC. You may use CH4 span
reference gases for FIDs calibrated on
CH4 with a nonmethane cutter. Select
the two balance gas concentrations such
that the concentrations of O2 and N2
represent the minimum and maximum
O2 concentrations expected during
testing.
(2) Confirm that the FID analyzer
meets all the specifications of
§ 1065.360.
(3) Start and operate the FID analyzer
as you would before an emission test.
Regardless of the FID burner’s air source
during testing, use zero air as the FID
burner’s air source for this verification.
(4) Zero the FID analyzer using the
zero gas used during emission testing.
(5) Span the FID analyzer using the
span gas used during emission testing.
(6) Check the zero response of the FID
analyzer using the zero gas used during
emission testing. If the mean zero
response of 30 seconds of sampled data
is within ±0.5% of the span reference
value used in paragraph (d)(5) of this
section, then proceed to the next step;
otherwise restart the procedure at
paragraph (d)(4) of this section.
(7) Check the analyzer response using
the span gas that has the minimum
concentration of O2 expected during
testing. Record the mean response of 30
seconds of stabilized sample data as
xO2minHC.
(8) Check the zero response of the FID
analyzer using the zero gas used during
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40556
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
emission testing. If the mean zero
response of 30 seconds of stabilized
sample data is within ±0.5% of the span
reference value used in paragraph (d)(5)
of this section, then proceed to the next
step; otherwise restart the procedure at
paragraph (d)(4) of this section.
(9) Check the analyzer response using
the span gas that has the maximum
concentration of O2 expected during
testing. Record the mean response of 30
seconds of stabilized sample data as
xO2maxHC.
(10) Check the zero response of the
FID analyzer using the zero gas used
during emission testing. If the mean
zero response of 30 seconds of stabilized
sample data is within ±0.5% of the span
reference value used in paragraph (d)(5)
of this section, then proceed to the next
step; otherwise restart the procedure at
paragraph (d)(4) of this section.
(11) Calculate the percent difference
between xO2maxHC and its reference gas
concentration. Calculate the percent
difference between xO2minHC and its
reference gas concentration. Determine
the maximum percent difference of the
two. This is the O2 interference.
(12) If the O2 interference is within
±1.5%, then the FID passes the O2
interference check; otherwise perform
one or more of the following to address
the deficiency:
(i) Select zero and span gases for
emission testing that contain higher or
lower O2 concentrations.
(ii) Adjust FID burner air, fuel, and
sample flow rates. Note that if you
adjust these flow rates to meet the O2
interference verification, you must reverify with the adjusted flow rates that
the FID meets the CH4 response factor
verification according to § 1065.360.
(iii) Repair or replace the FID.
(iv) Demonstrate that the deficiency
does not adversely affect your ability to
demonstrate compliance with the
applicable emission standards.
§ 1065.365
fractions.
Nonmethane cutter penetration
(a) Scope and frequency. If you use a
FID analyzer and a nonmethane cutter
(NMC) to measure methane (CH4),
determine the nonmethane cutter’s
penetration fractions of methane, PFCH4,
and ethane, PFC2H6. Perform this
verification after installing the
nonmethane cutter. Repeat this
verification within 185 days of testing to
verify that the catalytic activity of the
cutter has not deteriorated. Note that
because nonmethane cutters can
deteriorate rapidly and without warning
if they are operated outside of certain
ranges of gas concentrations and outside
of certain temperature ranges, good
engineering judgment may dictate that
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
you determine a nonmethane cutter’s
penetration fractions more frequently.
(b) Measurement principles. A
nonmethane cutter is a heated catalyst
that removes nonmethane hydrocarbons
from the exhaust stream before the FID
analyzer measures the remaining
hydrocarbon concentration. An ideal
nonmethane cutter would have PFCH4 of
1.000, and the penetration fraction for
all other hydrocarbons would be 0.000,
as represented by PFC2H6. The emission
calculations in § 1065.660 use this
section’s measured values of PFCH4 and
PFC2H6 to account for less than ideal
NMC performance.
(c) System requirements. We do not
limit NMC penetration fractions to a
certain range. However, we recommend
that you optimize a nonmethane cutter
by adjusting its temperature to achieve
PFCH4 >0.95 and PFC2H6 <0.02 as
determined by paragraphs (d) and (e) of
this section, as applicable. If we use a
nonmethane cutter for testing, it will
meet this recommendation. If adjusting
NMC temperature does not result in
achieving both of these specifications
simultaneously, we recommend that
you replace the catalyst material.
Use the most recently determined
penetration values from this section to
calculate HC emissions according to
§ 1065.660 and § 1065.665 as applicable.
(d) Procedure for a FID calibrated
with the NMC. If your FID arrangement
is such that a FID is always calibrated
to measure CH4 with the NMC, then
span that FID with the NMC cutter using
a CH4 span gas, set that FID’s CH4
penetration fraction, PFCH4, equal to 1.0
for all emission calculations, and
determine its ethane (C2H6) penetration
fraction, PFC2H6. as follows:
(1) Select a CH4 gas mixture and a
C2H6 analytical gas mixture and ensure
that both mixtures meet the
specifications of § 1065.750. Select a
CH4 concentration that you would use
for spanning the FID during emission
testing and select a C2H6 concentration
that is typical of the peak NMHC
concentration expected at the
hydrocarbon standard or equal to THC
analyzer’s span value.
(2) Start, operate, and optimize the
nonmethane cutter according to the
manufacturer’s instructions, including
any temperature optimization.
(3) Confirm that the FID analyzer
meets all the specifications of
§ 1065.360.
(4) Start and operate the FID analyzer
according to the manufacturer’s
instructions.
(5) Zero and span the FID with the
cutter and use CH4 span gas to span the
FID with the cutter. Note that you must
span the FID on a C1 basis. For example,
PO 00000
Frm 00138
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
if your span gas has a CH4 reference
value of 100 µ/mol, the correct FID
response to that span gas is 100 µ/mol
because there is one carbon atom per
CH4 molecule.
(6) Introduce the C2H6 analytical gas
mixture upstream of the nonmethane
cutter.
(7) Allow time for the analyzer
response to stabilize. Stabilization time
may include time to purge the
nonmethane cutter and to account for
the analyzer’s response.
(8) While the analyzer measures a
stable concentration, record 30 seconds
of sampled data. Calculate the
arithmetic mean of these data points.
(9) Divide the mean by the reference
value of C2H6, converted to a C1 basis.
The result is the C2H6 penetration
fraction, PFC2H6. Use this penetration
fraction and the CH4 penetration
fraction, which is set equal to 1.0, in
emission calculations according to
§ 1065.660 or § 1065.665, as applicable.
(e) Procedure for a FID calibrated by
bypassing the NMC. If you use a FID
with an NMC that is calibrated by
bypassing the NMC, determine
penetration fractions as follows:
(1) Select CH4 and C2H6 analytical gas
mixtures that meet the specifications of
§ 1065.750 with the CH4 concentration
typical of its peak concentration
expected at the hydrocarbon standard
and the C2H6 concentration typical of
the peak total hydrocarbon (THC)
concentration expected at the
hydrocarbon standard or the THC
analyzer span value.
(2) Start and operate the nonmethane
cutter according to the manufacturer’s
instructions, including any temperature
optimization.
(3) Confirm that the FID analyzer
meets all the specifications of
§ 1065.360.
(4) Start and operate the FID analyzer
according to the manufacturer’s
instructions.
(5) Zero and span the FID as you
would during emission testing. Span the
FID by bypassing the cutter and by
using C3H8 span gas to span the FID.
Note that you must span the FID on a
C1 basis. For example, if your span gas
has a propane reference value of 100 µ/
mol, the correct FID response to that
span gas is 300 µ/mol because there are
three carbon atoms per C3H8 molecule.
(6) Introduce the C2H6 analytical gas
mixture upstream of the nonmethane
cutter.
(7) Allow time for the analyzer
response to stabilize. Stabilization time
may include time to purge the
nonmethane cutter and to account for
the analyzer’s response.
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
(8) While the analyzer measures a
stable concentration, record 30 seconds
of sampled data. Calculate the
arithmetic mean of these data points.
(9) Reroute the flow path to bypass
the nonmethane cutter, introduce the
C2H6 analytical gas mixture to the
bypass, and repeat the steps in
paragraphs (e)(7) through (8) of this
section.
(10) Divide the mean C2H6
concentration measured through the
nonmethane cutter by the mean
concentration measured after bypassing
the nonmethane cutter. The result is the
C2H6 penetration fraction, PFC2H6. Use
this penetration fraction according to
§ 1065.660 or § 1065.665, as applicable.
(11) Repeat the steps in paragraphs
(e)(6) through (10) of this section, but
with the CH4 analytical gas mixture
instead of C2H6. The result will be the
CH4 penetration fraction, PFCH4. Use
this penetration fraction according to
§ 1065.660 or § 1065.665, as applicable.
NoX Measurements
§ 1065.370 CLD CO2 and H2O quench
verification.
(a) Scope and frequency. If you use a
CLD analyzer to measure NOX, verify
the amount of H2O and CO2 quench
after installing the CLD analyzer and
after major maintenance.
(b) Measurement principles. H2O and
CO2 can negatively interfere with a
CLD’s NOX response by collisional
quenching, which inhibits the
chemiluminescent reaction that a CLD
utilizes to detect NOX. The calculations
in § 1065.672 for H2O quench account
for the water vapor in humidified NO
span gas. The procedure and the
calculations scale the quench results to
the water vapor and CO2 concentrations
expected during testing. If the CLD
analyzer uses quench compensation
algorithms that utilize H2O and/or CO2
measurement instruments, use these
instruments to measure H2O and/or CO2
and evaluate quench with the
compensation algorithms applied.
(c) System requirements. A CLD
analyzer must have a combined H2O
and CO2 quench of ±2% or less, though
we strongly recommend a quench of
±1% or less. Combined quench is the
sum of the CO2 quench determined as
described in paragraph (d) of this
section, plus the H2O quench
determined in paragraph (e) of this
section.
(d) CO2 quench verification
procedure. Use the following method to
determine CO2 quench, or use good
engineering judgment to develop a
different protocol:
(1) Use PTFE tubing to make
necessary connections.
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
(2) Connect a pressure-regulated CO2
span gas to one of the inlets of a threeway valve made of 300 series stainless
steel. Use a CO2 span gas that meets the
specifications of § 1065.750 and attempt
to use a concentration that is
approximately twice the maximum CO2
concentration expected to enter the CLD
sample port during testing, if available.
(3) Connect a pressure-regulated
purified N2 gas to the valve’s other inlet.
Use a purified N2 gas that meets the
specifications of § 1065.750.
(4) Connect the valve’s single outlet to
the balance-gas port of a gas divider that
meets the specifications in § 1065.248.
(5) Connect a pressure-regulated NO
span gas to the span-port of the gas
divider. Use an NO span gas that meets
the specifications of § 1065.750.
Attempt to use an NO concentration that
is approximately twice the maximum
NO concentration expected during
testing, if available.
(6) Configure the gas divider such that
nearly equal amounts of the span gas
and balance gas are blended with each
other. Apply viscosity corrections as
necessary to appropriately ensure
correct gas division.
(7) While flowing balance and span
gases through the gas divider, stabilize
the CO2 concentration downstream of
the gas divider and measure the CO2
concentration with an NDIR analyzer
that has been prepared for emission
testing. Record this concentration,
XCO2meas, and use it in the quench
verification calculations in § 1065.675.
(8) Measure the NO concentration
downstream of the gas divider. If the
CLD has an operating mode in which it
detects NO-only, as opposed to total
NOX, operate the CLD in the NO-only
operating mode. Record this
concentration, XNO,CO2, and use it in the
quench verification calculations in
§ 1065.675.
(9) Switch the three-way valve so
100% purified N2 flows to the gas
divider’s balance-port inlet. Monitor the
CO2 at the gas divider’s outlet until its
concentration stabilizes at zero.
(10) Measure NO concentration at the
gas divider’s outlet. Record this value,
XNO,N2 , and use it in the quench
verification calculations in § 1065.675.
(11) Use the values recorded
according to this paragraph (d) of this
section and paragraph (e) of this section
to calculate quench as described in
§ 1065.675.
(e) H2O quench verification
procedure. Use the following method to
determine H2O quench, or use good
engineering judgment to develop a
different protocol:
(1) Use PTFE tubing to make
necessary connections.
PO 00000
Frm 00139
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40557
(2) If the CLD has an operating mode
in which it detects NO-only, as opposed
to total NOX, operate the CLD in the NOonly operating mode.
(3) Measure an NO calibration span
gas that meets the specifications of
§ 1065.750 and is near the maximum
concentration expected during testing.
Record this concentration, XNOdry.
(4) Humidify the gas by bubbling it
through distilled water in a sealed
vessel. We recommend that you
humidify the gas to the highest sample
dewpoint that you estimate during
emission sampling. Regardless of the
humidity during this test, the quench
verification calculations in § 1065.675
scale the recorded quench to the highest
dewpoint that you expect entering the
CLD sample port during emission
sampling.
(5) If you do not use any sample dryer
for NOX during emissions testing, record
the vessel water temperature as Tdew,
and its pressure as ptotal and use these
values according to § 1065.645 to
calculate the amount of water entering
the CLD sample port, XH2Omeas. If you do
use a sample dryer for NOX during
emissions testing, measure the humidity
of the sample just upstream of the CLD
sample port and use the measured
humidity according to § 1065.645 to
calculate the amount of water entering
the CLD sample port, XH2Omeas.
(6) To prevent subsequent
condensation, make sure that any
humidified sample will not be exposed
to temperatures lower than Tdew during
transport from the sealed vessel’s outlet
to the CLD. We recommend using
heated transfer lines.
(7) Introduce the humidified sample
upstream of any sample dryer, if one is
used.
(8) Use the CLD to measure the NO
concentration of the humidified span
gas and record this value, XNOwet.
(9) Use the recorded values from this
paragraph (e) to calculate the quench as
described in § 1065.675.
(10) Use the values recorded
according to this paragraph (e) of this
section and paragraph (d) of this section
to calculate quench as described in
§ 1065.675.
(f) Corrective action. If the sum of the
H2O quench plus the CO2 quench is not
within ±2%, take corrective action by
repairing or replacing the analyzer.
Before using a CLD for emission testing,
demonstrate that the corrective action
resulted in a value within ±2%
combined quench.
(g) Exceptions. The following
exceptions apply:
(1) You may omit this verification if
you can show by engineering analysis
that for your NOX sampling system and
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40558
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
your emission calculations procedures,
the the combined CO2 and H2O
interference for your NOX CLD analyzer
always affects your brake-specific NOX
emission results within no more than
±1.0% of the applicable NOX standard.
(2) You may use a NOX CLD analyzer
that you determine does not meet this
verification, as long as you try to correct
the problem and the measurement
deficiency does not adversely affect
your ability to show that engines
comply with all applicable emission
standards.
§ 1065.372 NDUV analyzer HC and H2O
interference verification.
(a) Scope and frequency. If you
measure NOX using an NDUV analyzer,
verify the amount of H2O and
hydrocarbon interference after initial
analyzer installation and after major
maintenance.
(b) Measurement principles.
Hydrocarbons and H2O can positively
interfere with an NDUV analyzer by
causing a response similar to NOX. If the
NDUV analyzer uses compensation
algorithms that utilize measurements of
other gases to meet this interference
verification, simultaneously conduct
such measurements to test the
algorithms during the analyzer
interference verification.
(c) System requirements. A NOX
NDUV analyzer must have combined
H2O and HC interference within ±2% of
the flow-weighted mean concentration
of NOX expected at the standard, though
we strongly recommend keeping
interference within ±1%.
(d) Procedure. Perform the
interference verification as follows:
(1) Start, operate, zero, and span the
NOX NDUV analyzer according to the
instrument manufacturer’s instructions.
(2) We recommend that you extract
engine exhaust to perform this
verification. Use a CLD that meets the
specifications of subpart C of this part
to quantify NOX in the exhaust. Use the
CLD response as the reference value.
Also measure HC in the exhaust with a
FID analyzer that meets the
specifications of subpart C of this part.
Use the FID response as the reference
hydrocarbon value.
(3) Upstream of any sample dryer, if
one is used during testing, introduce the
engine exhaust to the NDUV analyzer.
(4) Allow time for the analyzer
response to stabilize. Stabilization time
may include time to purge the transfer
line and to account for analyzer
response.
(5) While all analyzers measure the
sample’s concentration, record 30
seconds of sampled data, and calculate
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
the arithmetic means for the three
analyzers.
(6) Subtract the CLD mean from the
NDUV mean.
(7) Multiply this difference by the
ratio of the flow-weighted mean HC
concentration expected at the standard
to the HC concentration measured
during the verification. The analyzer
meets the interference verification of
this section if this result is within ±2%
of the HC concentration expected at the
standard.
(e) Exceptions. The following
exceptions apply:
(1) You may omit this verification if
you can show by engineering analysis
that for your NOX sampling system and
your emission calculations procedures,
the the combined HC and H2O
interference for your NOX NDUV
analyzer always affects your brakespecific NOX emission results by less
than 0.5% of the applicable NOX
standard.
(2) You may use a NOX NDUV
analyzer that you determine does not
meet this verification, as long as you try
to correct the problem and the
measurement deficiency does not
adversely affect your ability to show
that engines comply with all applicable
emission standards.
§ 1065.376
Chiller NO2 penetration.
(a) Scope and frequency. If you use a
chiller to dry a sample upstream of a
NOX measurement instrument, but you
don’t use an NO2-to-NO converter
upstream of the chiller, you must
perform this verification for chller NO2
penetration. Perform this verification
after initial installation and after major
maintenance.
(b) Measurement principles. A chiller
removes water, which can otherwise
interfere with a NOX measurement.
However, liquid water in an improperly
designed chiller can remove NO2 from
the sample. If a chiller is used without
an NO2-to-NO converter upstream, it
could therefore remove NO2 from the
sample prior NOX measurement.
(c) System requirements. A chiller
must allow for measuring at least 95%
of the total NO2 at the maximum
expected concentration of NO2.
(d) Procedure. Use the following
procedure to verify chiller performance:
(1) Instrument setup. Follow the
analyzer and chiller manufacturers’
start-up and operating instructions.
Adjust the analyzer and chiller as
needed to optimize performance.
(2) Equipment setup. Connect an
ozonator’s inlet to a zero-air or oxygen
source and connect its outlet to one port
of a three-way tee fitting. Connect an
NO span gas to another port of the tee.
PO 00000
Frm 00140
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Connect a heated line at 100 °C to the
last port, and connect a heated threeway tee to the other end of the line.
Connect a dewpoint generator, set at a
dewpoint of 50 °C, to one end of a
heated line at 100 °C. Connect the other
end of the line to the heated tee and
connect a third 100 °C heated line to the
chiller inlet. Provide an overflow vent
line at the chiller inlet.
(3) Adjustments. For the following
adjustment steps, set the analyzer to
measure only NO (i.e., NO mode), or
only read the NO channel of the
analyzer:
(i) With the dewpoint generator and
the ozonator off, adjust the NO and zerogas flows so the NO concentration at the
analyzer is at least two times the peak
total NOX concentration expected
during testing at the standard. Verify
that gas is flowing out of the overflow
vent line.
(ii) Turn on the dewpoint generator
and adjust its flow so the NO
concentration at the analyzer is at least
at the peak total NOX concentration
expected during testing at the standard.
Verify that gas is flowing out of the
overflow vent line.
(iii) Turn on the ozonator and adjust
the ozonator so the NO concentration
measured by the analyzer decreases by
the same amount as the maximum
concentration of NO2 expected during
testing. This ensures that the ozonator is
generating NO2 at the maximum
concentration expected during testing.
(4) Data collection. Maintain the
ozonator adjustment in paragraph (d)(3)
of this section, and keep the NOX
analyzer in the NO only mode or only
read the NO channel of the analyzer.
(i) Allow for stabilization, accounting
only for transport delays and instrument
response.
(ii) Calculate the mean of 30 seconds
of sampled data from the analyzer and
record this value as NOref.
(iii) Switch the analyzer to the total
NOX mode, (that is, sum the NO and
NO2 channels of the analyzer) and allow
for stabilization, accounting only for
transport delays and instrument
response.
(iv) Calculate the mean of 30 seconds
of sampled data from the analyzer and
record this value as NOxmeas.
(v) Turn off the ozonator and allow for
stabilization, accounting only for
transport delays and instrument
response.
(vi) Calculate the mean of 30 seconds
of sampled data from the analyzer and
record this value as NOxref.
(5) Performance evaluation. Divide
the quantity of (NOxmeas¥NOref) by the
quantity of (NOxref¥NOref). If the result
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
is less than 95%, repair or replace the
chiller.
(e) Exceptions. The following
exceptions apply:
(1) You may omit this verification if
you can show by engineering analysis
that for your NOX sampling system and
your emission calculations procedures,
the the chiller always affects your brakespecific NOX emission results by less
than 0.5% of the applicable NOX
standard.
(2) You may use a chiller that you
determine does not meet this
verification, as long as you try to correct
the problem and the measurement
deficiency does not adversely affect
your ability to show that engines
comply with all applicable emission
standards.
§ 1065.378 NO2-to-NO converter
conversion verification.
(a) Scope and frequency. If you use an
analyzer that measures only NO to
determine NOX, you must use an NO2to-NO converter upstream of the
analyzer. Perform this verification after
installing the converter, after major
maintenance and within 35 days before
an emission test. This verification must
be repeated at this frequency to verify
that the catalytic activity of the NO2-toNO converter has not deteriorated.
(b) Measurement principles. An NO2to-NO converter allows an analyzer that
measures only NO to determine total
NOX by converting the NO2 in exhaust
to NO.
(c) System requirements. An NO2-toNO converter must allow for measuring
at least 95% of the total NO2 at the
maximum expected concentration of
NO2.
(d) Procedure. Use the following
procedure to verify the performance of
a NO2-to-NO converter:
(1) Instrument setup. Follow the
analyzer and NO2-to-NO converter
manufacturers’ start-up and operating
instructions. Adjust the analyzer and
converter as needed to optimize
performance.
(2) Equipment setup. Connect an
ozonator’s inlet to a zero-air or oxygen
source and connect its outlet to one port
of a 4-way cross fitting. Connect an NO
span gas to another port. Connect the
NO2-to-NO converter inlet to another
port, and connect an overflow vent line
to the last port.
(3) Adjustments. Take the following
steps to make adjustments:
(i) With the NO2-to-NO converter in
the bypass mode (i.e., NO mode) and the
ozonator off, adjust the NO and zero-gas
flows so the NO concentration at the
analyzer is at the peak total NOX
concentration expected during testing.
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
Verify that gas is flowing out of the
overflow vent.
(ii) With the NO2-to-NO converter still
in the bypass mode, turn on the
ozonator and adjust the ozonator so the
NO concentration measured by the
analyzer decreases by the same amount
as maximum concentration of NO2
expected during testing. This ensures
that the ozonator is generating NO2 at
the maximum concentration expected
during testing.
(4) Data collection. Maintain the
ozonator adjustment in paragraph (d)(3)
of this section, and keep the NOX
analyzer in the NO only mode (i.e.,
bypass the NO2-to-NO converter).
(i) Allow for stabilization, accounting
only for transport delays and instrument
response.
(ii) Calculate the mean of 30 seconds
of sampled data from the analyzer and
record this value as NOref.
(iii) Switch the analyzer to the total
NOX mode (that is, sample with the
NO2-to-NO converter) and allow for
stabilization, accounting only for
transport delays and instrument
response.
(iv) Calculate the mean of 30 seconds
of sampled data from the analyzer and
record this value as NOxmeas.
(v) Turn off the ozonator and allow for
stabilization, accounting only for
transport delays and instrument
response.
(vi) Calculate the mean of 30 seconds
of sampled data from the analyzer and
record this value as NOxref.
(5) Performance evaluation. Divide
the quantityof (NOxmeas ¥NOref)by the
quantity of (NOxref ¥NOref). If the result
is less than 95%, repair or replace the
NO2-to-NO converter.
(e) Exceptions. The following
exceptions apply:
(1) You may omit this verification if
you can show by engineering analysis
that for your NOx sampling system and
your emission calculations procedures,
the converter always affects your brakespecific NOx emission results by less
than 0.5% of the applicable NOx
standard.
(2) You may use a converter that you
determine does not meet this
verification, as long as you try to correct
the problem and the measurement
deficiency does not adversely affect
your ability to show that engines
comply with all applicable emission
standards.
PM Measurements
§ 1065.390 PM balance verifications and
weighing process verification.
(a) Scope and frequency. This section
describes three verifications. The first
PO 00000
Frm 00141
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40559
verification requires an independent
verification of PM balance performance,
and this must be performed within 370
days before emission testing. The
second verification requires zeroing and
spanning the balance, and this must be
performed within 12 h before weighing.
The third verification requires
comparing a current mass determination
of pooled reference samples with the
previous mass determination of the
pooled reference samples. This
verification must be performed within
12 h before weighing.
(b) Independent verification. Have the
balance manufacturer (or a
representative approved by the balance
manufacturer) verify the balance
performance within 370 days of testing.
(c) Zeroing and spanning. You must
verify balance performance by zeroing
and spanning it with at least one
calibration weight, and any weights you
use must that meet the specifications in
§ 1065.790 to perform this verification.
(1) Use a manual procedure in which
you zero the balance and span the
balance with at least one calibration
weight. If you normally use mean values
by repeating the weighing process to
improve the accuracy and precision of
PM measurements, use the same process
to verify balance performance.
(2) You may use an automated
procedure to verify balance
performance. For example many
balances have internal calibration
weights that are used automatically to
verify balance performance. Note that if
you use internal balance weights, the
weights must meet the specifications in
§ 1065.790 to perform this verification.
(d) Reference sample weighing. You
must also verify the PM-weighing
environment and weighing process by
weighing reference PM sample media.
Repeated weighing of a reference mass
must return the same value within ±10
µg or ±10% of the net PM mass expected
at the standard (if known), whichever is
higher. Perform this verification as
follows:
(1) Keep at least two samples of
unused PM sample media in the PMstabilization environment. Use these as
references. If you collect PM with filters,
select unused filters of the same
material and size for use as references.
You may periodically replace
references, using good engineering
judgment.
(2) Stabilize references in the PM
stabilization environment. Consider
references stabilized if they have been
in the PM-stabilization environment for
a minimum of 30 min, and the PMstabilization environment has been
within the specifications of
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40560
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
§ 1065.190(d) for at least the preceding
60 min.
(3) Exercise the balance several times
with a reference sample. We
recommend weighing ten samples
without recording the values.
(4) Zero and span the balance.
(5) Weigh each of the reference
samples and record their masses. We
recommend using substitution weighing
as described in § 1065.590(j). If you
normally use mean values by repeating
the weighing process to improve the
accuracy and precision of PM
measurements, use the same process to
measure reference masses.
(6) Record the balance environment
dewpoint, ambient temperature, and
atmospheric pressure.
(7) Use the recorded ambient
conditions to correct results for
buoyancy as described in § 1065.690.
Record the buoyancy-corrected mass of
each of the references.
(8) Subtract each of the reference’s
buoyancy-corrected masses from the
most recent previous determinations of
their masses.
(9) If the mean of the reference’s
masses changes by more than that
allowed under paragraph (d) of this
section, then invalidate all PM results
that were determined between the two
times that the reference masses were
determined.
§ 1065.395 Inertial PM balance
verifications.
This section describes how to verify
the performance of an inertial PM
balance.
(a) Independent verification. Have the
balance manufacturer (or a
representative approved by the balance
manufacturer) verify the inertial balance
performance within 370 days before
testing.
(b) Other verifications. Perform other
verifications using good engineering
judgment and instrument manufacturer
recommendations.
Subpart E—Engine Selection,
Preparation, and Maintenance
§ 1065.401
Test engine selection.
While all engine configurations
within a certified engine family must
comply with the applicable standards in
the standard-setting part, you need not
test each configuration for certification.
(a) Select an engine configuration
within the engine family for testing, as
follows:
(1) Test the engine that we specify,
whether we issue general guidance or
give you specific instructions.
(2) If we do not tell you which engine
to test, follow any instructions in the
standard-setting part.
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
(3) If we do not tell you which engine
to test and the standard-setting part does
not include specifications for selecting
test engines, use good engineering
judgment to select the engine
configuration within the engine family
that is most likely to exceed an emission
standard.
(b) In the absence of other
information, the following
characteristics are appropriate to
consider when selecting the engine to
test:
(1) Maximum fueling rates.
(2) Maximum loads.
(3) Maximum in-use speeds.
(4) Highest sales volume.
(c) For our testing, we may select any
engine configuration within the engine
family.
§ 1065.405 Test engine preparation and
maintenance.
(a) If you are testing an emission-data
engine for certification, make sure it is
built to represent production engines.
This includes governors that you
normally install on production engines.
If you do not install governors on
production engines, simulate a governor
that is representative of a governor that
others will install on your production
engines.
(b) Run the test engine, with all
emission-control systems operating,
long enough to stabilize emission levels.
Unless otherwise specified in the
standard-setting part, you may consider
emission levels stable without
measurement if you accumulate 12 h of
operation for a spark-ignition engine or
125 h for a compression-ignition engine.
If the engine needs more or less
operation to stabilize emission levels,
record your reasons and the methods for
doing this, and give us these records if
we ask for them. To ensure consistency
between low-hour engines and
deterioration factors, you must use the
same stabilization procedures for all
emission-data engines within an engine
family.
(c) Record any maintenance,
modifications, parts changes, diagnostic
or emissions testing and document the
need for each event. You must provide
this information if we request it.
(d) For accumulating operating hours
on your test engines, select engine
operation that represents normal in-use
operation for the engine family.
(e) If your engine will be used in a
vehicle equipped with a canister for
storing evaporative hydrocarbons for
eventual combustion in the engine,
attach a canister to the engine before
running an emission test. You may
request to omit using an evaporative
canister during testing if you can show
PO 00000
Frm 00142
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
that it would not affect your ability to
show compliance with the applicable
emission standards. You do not have to
accumulate engine operation before
emission testing with an installed
canister. Prior to an emission test, use
the following steps to attach a canister
to your engine:
(1) Use a canister and plumbing
arrangement that represents the in-use
configuration of the largest capacity
canister in all expected applications.
(2) Use a canister that is fully loaded
with fuel vapors.
(3) Connect the canister’s purge port
to the engine.
(4) Plug the canister port that is
normally connected to the fuel tank.
§ 1065.410 Maintenance limits for
stabilized test engines.
(a) After you stabilize the test engine’s
emission levels, you may do
maintenance as allowed by the
standard-setting part. However, you may
not do any maintenance based on
emission measurements from the test
engine (i.e., unscheduled maintenance).
(b) For any critical emission-related
maintenance—other than what we
specifically allow in the standardsetting part—you must completely test
an engine for emissions before and after
doing any maintenance that might affect
emissions, unless we waive this
requirement.
(c) Keep a record of the inspection
and update your application to
document any changes as a result of the
inspection. You may use equipment,
instruments, or tools to identify bad
engine components. Any equipment,
instruments, or tools used for scheduled
maintenance on emission data engines
must be available to dealerships and
other service outlets.
(d) You may adjust or repair an
emission-data engine as long as you
document these changes in your
application.
(e) If we determine that a part failure,
system malfunction, or associated
repairs have made the engine’s emission
controls unrepresentative of production
engines, you may no longer use it as an
emission-data. Also, if your test engine
has a major mechanical failure that
requires you to take it apart, you may no
longer use it as an emission-data engine.
§ 1065.415
Durability demonstration.
If the standard-setting part requires
durability testing, you must accumulate
service in a way that represents how
you expect the engine to operate in use.
You may accumulate service hours
using an accelerated schedule, such as
through continuous operation or by
using duty cycles that are more
aggressive than in-use operation.
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
(a) Maintenance. The following limits
apply to the maintenance that we allow
you to do on an emission-data engine:
(1) You may perform scheduled
maintenance that you recommend to
operators, but only if it is consistent
with the standard-setting part’s
restrictions.
(2) You may perform additional
maintenance only as specified in
§ 1065.410 or allowed by the standardsetting part.
(3) We may approve additional
maintenance to your durability engine if
all the following occur:
(i) Something clearly malfunctions—
such as persistent misfire, engine stall,
overheating, fluid leaks, or loss of oil
pressure—and needs maintenance or
repair.
(ii) You provide us an opportunity to
verify the extent of the malfunction
before you do the maintenance.
(b) Emission measurements. Perform
emission tests following the provisions
of the standard setting part and this
part, as applicable. Perform emission
tests to determine deterioration factors
consistent with good engineering
judgment. Evenly space any tests
between the first and last test points
throughout the durability period, unless
we approve otherwise.
Subpart F—Performing an Emission
Test in the Laboratory
§ 1065.501
Overview.
(a) Use the procedures detailed in this
subpart to measure engine emissions in
a laboratory setting. This section
describes how to:
(1) Map your engine by recording
specified speed and torque data, as
measured from the engine’s primary
output shaft.
(2) Transform normalized duty cycles
into reference duty cycles for your
engine by using an engine map.
(3) Prepare your engine, equipment,
and measurement instruments for an
emission test.
(4) Perform pre-test procedures to
verify proper operation of certain
equipment and analyzers.
(5) Record pre-test data.
(6) Start or restart the engine and
sampling systems.
(7) Sample emissions throughout the
duty cycle.
(8) Record post-test data.
(9) Perform post-test procedures to
verify proper operation of certain
equipment and analyzers.
(10) Weigh PM samples.
(b) A laboratory emission test
generally consists of measuring
emissions and other parameters while
an engine follows one or more duty
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
cycles that are specified in the standardsetting part. There are two general types
of duty cycles:
(1) Transient cycles. Transient duty
cycles are typically specified in the
standard-setting part as a second-bysecond sequence of speed commands
and torque (or power) commands.
Operate an engine over a transient cycle
such that the speed and torque of the
engine’s primary output shaft follows
the target values. Proportionally sample
emissions and other parameters and use
the calculations in subpart G of this part
to calculate emissions. Start a transient
test according to the standard-setting
part, as follows:
(i) A cold-start transient cycle where
you start to measure emissions just
before starting a cold engine.
(ii) A hot-start transient cycle where
you start to measure emissions just
before starting a warmed-up engine.
(iii) A hot running transient cycle
where you start to measure emissions
after an engine is started, warmed up,
and running.
(2) Steady-state cycles. Steady-state
duty cycles are typically specified in the
standard-setting part as a list of discrete
operating points (modes), where each
operating point has one value of a speed
command and one value of a torque (or
power) command. Ramped-modal
cycles for steady-state testing also list
test times for each mode and ramps of
speed and torque to follow between
modes. Start a steady-state cycle as a hot
running test, where you start to measure
emissions after an engine is started,
warmed up and running. You may run
a steady-state duty cycle as a discretemode cycle or a ramped-modal cycle, as
follows:
(i) Discrete-mode cycles. Before
emission sampling, stabilize an engine
at the first discrete mode. Sample
emissions and other parameters for that
mode and then stop emission sampling.
Record mean values for that mode, and
then stabilize the engine at the next
mode. Continue to sample each mode
discretely and calculate weighted
emission results according to the
standard-setting part.
(ii) Ramped-modal cycles. Perform
ramped-modal cycles similar to the way
you would perform transient cycles,
except that ramped-modal cycles
involve mostly steady-state engine
operation. Perform a ramped-modal
cycle as a sequence of second-by-second
speed commands and torque (or power)
commands.Proportionally sample
emissions and other parameters during
the cycle and use the calculations in
subpart G of this part to calculate
emissions.
PO 00000
Frm 00143
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40561
(c) Other subparts in this part identify
how to select and prepare an engine for
testing (subpart E), how to perform the
required engine service accumulation
(subpart E), and how to calculate
emission results (subpart G).
(d) Subpart J of this part describes
how to perform field testing.
§ 1065.510
Engine mapping.
(a) Scope and frequency. An engine
map is a data set that consists of a series
of paired data points that represent the
maximum brake torque versus engine
speed, measured at the engine’s primary
output shaft. Map your engine while it
is connected to a dynamometer.
Configure any auxiliary work inputs and
outputs such as hybrid, turbocompounding, or thermoelectric
systems to represent their in-use
configurations, and use the same
configuration for emission testing. See
Figure 1 of § 1065.210. This may involve
configuring initial states of charge and
rates and times of auxiliary-work inputs
and outputs. We recommend that you
contact the Designated Compliance
Officer before testing to determine how
you should configure any auxiliarywork inputs and outputs. Use the most
recent engine map to transform a
normalized duty cycle from the
standard-setting part to a reference duty
cycle specific to your engine.
Normalized duty cycles are specified in
the standard-setting part. You may
update an engine map at any time by
repeating the engine-mapping
procedure. You must map or re-map an
engine before a test if any of the
following apply:
(1) If you have not performed an
initial engine map.
(2) If the atmospheric pressure near
the engine’s air inlet is not within ±5
kPa of the atmospheric pressure
recorded at the time of the last engine
map.
(3) If the engine or emission-control
system has undergone changes that
might affect maximum torque
performance. This includes changing
the configuration of auxiliary work
inputs and outputs.
(4) If you capture an incomplete map
on your first attempt or you do not
complete a map within the specified
time tolerance. You may repeat mapping
as often as necessary to capture a
complete map within the specified time.
(b) Mapping variable-speed engines.
Map variable-speed engines as follows:
(1) Record the atmospheric pressure.
(2) Warm up the engine by operating
it. We recommend operating the engine
at any speed and at approximately 75%
of the its expected maximum power.
Continue the warm-up until either the
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40562
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
engine coolant, block, or head absolute
temperature is within ±2% of its mean
value for at least 2 min or until the
engine thermostat controls engine
temperature.
(3) Operate the engine at its warm idle
speed.
(4) Set operator demand to maximum
and control engine speed at (95 ±1)% of
its warm idle speed for at least 15
seconds. For engines with reference
duty cycles whose lowest speed is
greater than warm idle speed, you may
start the map at (95 ±1)% of the lowest
reference speed.
(5) Perform one of the following:
(i) For any engine subject only to
steady-state duty cycles (i.e., discretemode or ramped-modal), you may
perform an engine map by using
discrete speeds. Select at least 20 evenly
spaced setpoints between warm idle and
the highest speed above maximum
mapped power at which (50 to 75)% of
maximum power occurs. If this highest
speed is unsafe or unrepresentative (e.g,
for ungoverned engines), use good
engineering judgment to map up to the
maximum safe speed or the maximum
representative speed. At each setpoint,
stabilize speed and allow torque to
stabilize. Record the mean speed and
torque at each setpoint. We recommend
that you stabilize an engine for at least
15 seconds at each setpoint and record
the mean feedback speed and torque of
the last (4 to 6) seconds. Use linear
interpolation to determine intermediate
speeds and torques. Use this series of
speeds and torques to generate the
power map as described in paragraph (e)
of this section.
(ii) For any variable-speed engine, you
may perform an engine map by using a
continuous sweep of speed by
continuing to record the mean feedback
speed and torque at 1 Hz or more
frequently and increasing speed at a
constant rate such that it takes (4 to 6)
min to sweep from 95% of warm idle to
the highest speed above maximum
power at which (50 to 75)% of
maximum power occurs. If this highest
speed is unsafe or unrepresentative (e.g,
for ungoverned engines), use good
engineering judgment to map up to the
maximum safe speed or the maximum
representative speed. Stop recording
after you complete the sweep. From the
series of mean speed and maximum
torque values, use linear interpolation to
determine intermediate values. Use this
series of speeds and torques to generate
the power map as described in
paragraph (e) of this section.
(c) Negative torque mapping. If your
engine is subject to a reference duty
cycle that specifies negative torque
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
values, generate a motoring map by any
of the following procedures:
(1) Multiply the positive torques from
your map by ¥40%. Use linear
interpolation to determine intermediate
values.
(2) Map the amount of negative torque
required to motor the engine by
repeating paragraph (b) of this section
with minimum operator demand.
(3) Determine the amount of negative
torque required to motor the engine at
the following two points: At warm idle
and at the highest speed above
maximum power at which (50 to 75)%
of maximum power occurs. If this
highest speed is unsafe or
unrepresentative (e.g, for ungoverned
engines), use good engineering
judgment to map up to the maximum
safe speed or the maximum
representative speed. Operate the engine
at these two points at minimum
operator demand. Use linear
interpolation to determine intermediate
values.
(d) Mapping constant-speed engines.
For constant-speed engines, generate a
map as follows:
(1) Record the atmospheric pressure.
(2) Warm up the engine by operating
it. We recommend operating the engine
at approximately 75% of the engine’s
expected maximum power. Continue
the warm-up until either the engine
coolant, block, or head absolute
temperature is within ±2% of its mean
value for at least 2 min or until the
engine thermostat controls engine
temperature.
(3) You may operate the engine with
a production constant-speed governor or
simulate a constant-speed governor by
controlling engine speed with an
operator demand control system
described in § 1065.110. Use either
isochronous or speed-droop governor
operation, as appropriate.
(4) With the governor or simulated
governor controlling speed using
operator demand, operate the engine at
no-load governed speed (at high speed,
not low idle) for at least 15 seconds.
(5) Record at 1 Hz the mean of
feedback speed and torque. Use the
dynamometer to increase torque at a
constant rate. Unless the standardsetting part specifies otherwise,
complete the map such that it takes (2
to 4) min to sweep from no-load
governed speed to the lowest speed
below maximum mapped power at
which the engine develops (85–95)% of
maximum mapped power. You may
map your engine to lower speeds. Stop
recording after you complete the sweep.
Use this series of speeds and torques to
generate the power map as described in
paragraph (e) of this section.
PO 00000
Frm 00144
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(e) Power mapping. For all engines,
create a power-versus-speed map by
transforming torque and speed values to
corresponding power values. Use the
mean values from the recorded map
data. Do not use any interpolated
values. Multiply each torque by its
corresponding speed and apply the
appropriate conversion factors to arrive
at units of power (kW).
(f) Measured and declared test speeds
and torques. You may use test speeds
and torques that you declare instead of
measured speeds and torques if you
declare them before engine mapping
and they meet the criteria in this
paragraph (f). Otherwise, you must use
measured speed and torque.
(1) Measured speeds and torques.
Determine the applicable measured
speeds and torques according to
§ 1065.610:
(i) Measured maximum test speed for
variable-speed engines.
(ii) Measured maximum test torque
for constant-speed engines.
(iii) Measured ‘‘A’’, ‘‘B’’, and ‘‘C’’
speeds for steady-state tests.
(iv) Measured intermediate speed for
steady-state tests.
(2) Required declared speeds. You
must declare the following speeds:
(i) Warmed-up, low-idle speed for
variable-speed engines. Declare this
speed in a way that is representative of
in-use operation. For example, if your
engine is typically connected to an
automatic transmission or a hydrostatic
transmission, declare this speed at the
idle speed at which your engine
operates when the transmission is
engaged.
(ii) Warmed-up, no-load, high-idle
speed for constant-speed engines.
(3) Optional declared speeds. You
may declare an enhanced idle speed
according to § 1065.610. You may use a
declared value for any of the following
as long as the declared value is within
(97.5 to 102.5)% of its corresponding
measured value:
(i) Measured maximum test speed for
variable-speed engines.
(ii) Measured intermediate speed for
steady-state tests.
(iii) Measured ‘‘A’’, ‘‘B’’, and ‘‘C’’
speeds for steady-state tests.
(4) Declared torques. You may declare
an enhanced idle torque according to
§ 1065.610. You may declare maximum
test torque as long as it is within (95 to
100)% of the measured value.
(g) Other mapping procedures. You
may use other mapping procedures if
you believe the procedures specified in
this section are unsafe or
unrepresentative for your engine. Any
alternate techniques must satisfy the
intent of the specified mapping
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
procedures, which is to determine the
maximum available torque at all engine
speeds that occur during a duty cycle.
Report any deviations from this
section’s mapping procedures.
§ 1065.512
Duty cycle generation.
(a) The standard-setting part defines
applicable duty cycles in a normalized
format. A normalized duty cycle
consists of a sequence of paired values
for speed and torque or for speed and
power.
(b) Transform normalized values of
speed, torque, and power using the
following conventions:
(1) Engine speed for variable-speed
engines. For variable-speed engines,
normalized speed may be expressed as
a percentage between idle speed and
maximum test speed, fntest, or speed may
be expressed by referring to a defined
speed by name, such as warm idle,’’
‘‘intermediate speed,’’ or ‘‘A,’’ ‘‘B,’’ or
‘‘C’’ speed. Section 1065.610 describes
how to transform these normalized
values into a sequence of reference
speeds, fnref. Note that the cyclevalidation criteria in § 1065.514 allow
an engine to govern itself at its in-use
idle speed. This allowance permits you
to test engines with enhanced-idle
devices and to simulate the effects of
transmissions such as automatic
transmissions.
(2) Engine torque for variable-speed
engines. For variable-speed engines,
normalized torque is expressed as a
percentage of the mapped torque at the
corresponding reference speed. Section
1065.610 describes how to transform
normalized torques into a sequence of
reference torques, Tref. Section 1065.610
also describes under what conditions
you may command Tref greater than the
reference torque you calculated from a
normalized duty cycle. This provision
permits you to command Tref values
representing curb-idle transmission
torque (CITT).
(3) Engine torque for constant-speed
engines. For constant-speed engines,
normalized torque is expressed as a
percentage of maximum test torque,
Ttest. Section 1065.610 describes how to
transform normalized torques into a
sequence of reference torques, Tref.
Section 1065.610 also describes under
what conditions you may command Tref
greater than 0 N·m when a normalized
duty cycle specifies a 0% torque
command.
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
(4) Engine power. For all engines,
normalized power is expressed as a
percentage of mapped power at
maximum test speed, fntest. Section
1065.610 describes how to transform
these normalized values into a sequence
of reference powers, Pref. You may
convert these reference powers to
reference speeds and torques for
operator demand and dynamometer
control.
(c) For variable-speed engines,
command reference speeds and torques
sequentially to perform a duty cycle.
Issue speed and torque commands at a
frequency of at least 5 Hz for transient
cycles and at least 1 Hz for steady-state
cycles (i.e., discrete-mode and rampedmodal). For transient cycles, linearly
interpolate between the 1 Hz reference
values specified in the standard-setting
part to determine the 5 Hz reference
speeds and torques. During an emission
test, record the 1 Hz mean values of the
reference speeds and torques and the
feedback speeds and torques. Use these
recorded values to calculate cyclevalidation statistics and total work.
(d) For constant-speed engines,
operate the engine with the same
production governor you used to map
the engine in § 1065.525 or simulate the
in-use operation of a governor the same
way you simulated it to map the engine
in § 1065.525. Command reference
torque values sequentially to perform a
duty cycle. Issue torque commands at a
frequency of at least 5 Hz for transient
cycles and at least 1 Hz for steady-state
cycles (i.e, discrete-mode, rampedmodal). For transient cycles, linearly
interpolate between the 1 Hz reference
values specified in the standard-setting
part to determine the 5 Hz reference
torque values. During an emission test,
record the 1 Hz mean values of the
reference torques and the feedback
speeds and torques. Use these recorded
values to calculate cycle-validation
statistics and total work.
(e) You may perform practice duty
cycles with the test engine to optimize
operator demand and dynamometer
controls to meet the cycle-validation
criteria specified in § 1065.514.
§ 1065.514
Cycle-validation criteria.
This section describes how to
determine if the engine’s operation
during the test adequately matched the
reference duty cycle. This section
PO 00000
Frm 00145
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40563
applies only to speed, torque, and
power from the engine’s primary output
shaft. Other work inputs and outputs are
not subject to cycle-validation criteria.
For any data required in this section,
use the duty cycle reference and
feedback values that you recorded
during a test interval.
(a) Testing performed by EPA. Our
tests must meet the specifications of
paragraph (g) of this section, unless we
determine that failing to meet the
specifications is related to engine
performance rather than to
shortcomings of the dynamometer or
other laboratory equipment.
(b) Testing performed by
manufacturers. Emission tests that meet
the specifications of paragraph (g) of
this section satisfy the standard-setting
part’s requirements for duty cycles. You
may ask to use a dynamometer or other
laboratory equipment that cannot meet
those specifications. We will approve
your request as long as using the
alternate equipment does not affect your
ability to show compliance with the
applicable emission standards.
(c) Time-alignment. Because time lag
between feedback values and the
reference values may bias cyclevalidation results, you may advance or
delay the entire sequence of feedback
engine speed and torque pairs to
synchronize them with the reference
sequence.
(d) Calculating work. Before
calculating work values, omit any points
recorded during engine cranking and
starting. Cranking and starting includes
any time when an engine starter is
engaged, any time when the engine is
motored with a dynamometer for the
sole purpose of starting the engine, and
any time during operation before
reaching idle speed. See § 1065.525(a)
and (b) for more information about
engine cranking. After omitting points
recorded during engine cranking and
starting, but before omitting any points
under paragraph (e) of this section,
calculate total work, W, based on the
feedback values and reference work,
Wref, based on the reference values, as
described in § 1065.650.
(e) Omitting additional points.
Besides engine cranking, you may omit
additional points from cycle-validation
statistics as described in the following
table:
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40564
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 1 OF § 1065.514.—PERMISSIBLE CRITERIA FOR OMITTING POINTS FROM DUTY-CYCLE REGRESSION STATISTICS
When operator demandis at
its. . .
you may omit. . .
if. . .
For reference duty cycles that are specified in terms of speed and torque (fnref, Tref).
minimum ...............................
minimum ...............................
power and torque ............................................................
power and speed ............................................................
minimum ...............................
maximum ..............................
power and either torque or speed ..................................
power and either torque or speed ..................................
Tref < 0% (motoring).
fnref = 0% (idle) and Tref = 0% (idle) and Tref¥(2%
Tmax mapped) < T < Tref + (2% . Tmax mapped).
fn > fnref or T > Tref but not if fn > fnref and T > Tref.
fn < fnref or T < Tref but not if fn < fnef and T < Tref.
.
For reference duty cycles that are specified in terms of speed and power (fnref, Pref).
minimum ...............................
minimum ...............................
power and torque ............................................................
power and speed ............................................................
minimum ...............................
maximum ..............................
power and either torque or speed ..................................
power and either torque or speed ..................................
(f) Statistical parameters. Use the
remaining points to calculate regression
statistics described in § 1065.602.
Round calculated regression statistics to
the same number of significant digits as
the criteria to which they are compared.
Refer to Table 2 of § 1065.514 for the
criteria. Calculate the following
regression statistics :
Pref < 0% (motoring).
fnref = 0% (idle) and Pref = 0 % (idle) and Pref ¥ (2%
Pmax mapped) < P < Pref + (2% . Pmax mapped).
fn > fnref or P > Pref but not if fn > fnref and P > Pref.
fn < fnref or P < Pref but not if fn < fnef and P < Pref.
(1) Slopes for feedback speed, a1fn,
feedback torque, a1T, and feedback
power a1P.
(2) Intercepts for feedback speed, a0fn,
feedback torque, a0T, and feedback
power a0P.
(3) Standard estimates of error for
feedback speed, SEEfn, feedback torque,
SET, and feedback power SEEP.
(4) Coefficients of determination for
feedback speed, r2fn, feedback torque,
r2 T, and feedback power r2 p.
.
(g) Cycle-validation criteria. Unless
the standard-setting part specifies
otherwise, use the following criteria to
validate a duty cycle:
(1) For variable-speed engines, apply
all the statistical criteria in Table 2 of
this section.
(2) For constant-speed engines, apply
only the statistical criteria for torque in
the Table 2 of this section.
TABLE 2 OF § 1065.514.—DEFAULT STATISTICAL CRITERIA FOR VALIDATING DUTY CYCLES
Parameter
Speed
Torque
Power
Slope, a1 ........................................
Absolute value of intercept, |a0| .....
0.950 ≤ a1 < 1.030 ........................
≤ 10% of warm idle ......................
Standard error of estimate, SEE ...
≤ 5.0% of maximum test speed ...
Coefficient of determination, r2 ......
≥ 0.970 ..........................................
0.830 ≤ a1 < 1.030 ........................
≤ 2.0% of maximum mapped
torque.
≤ 10% of maximum mapped
torque.
≥ 0.850 ..........................................
0.830 ≤ a1 < 1.030.
≤ 2.0% of maximum mapped
power.
≤ 10% of maximum mapped
power.
≥ 0.910.
§ 1065.520 Pre-test verification procedures
and pre-test data collection.
(a) If your engine must comply with
a PM standard, follow the procedures
for PM sample preconditioning and tare
weighing according to § 1065.590.
(b) Unless the standard-setting part
specifies different values, verify that
ambient conditions are within the
following tolerances before the test:
(1) Ambient temperature of (20 to 30)
° C.
(2) Atmospheric pressure of (80.000 to
103.325) kPa and within ±5% of the
value recorded at the time of the last
engine map.
(3) Dilution air as specified in
§ 1065.140(b).
(c) You may test engines at any
intake-air humidity, and we may test
engines at any intake-air humidity.
(d) Verify that auxiliary-work inputs
and outputs are configured as they were
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
during engine mapping, as described
in§ 1065.510(a).
(e) You may perform a final
calibration of the speed, torque, and
proportional-flow control systems,
which may include performing practice
duty cycles.
(f) You may perform the following
recommended procedure to
precondition sampling systems:
(1) Start the engine and use good
engineering judgment to bring it to
100% torque at any speed above its
peak-torque speed.
(2) Operate any dilution systems at
their expected flow rates. Prevent
aqueous condensation in the dilution
systems.
(3) Operate any PM sampling systems
at their expected flow rates.
(4) Sample PM for at least 10 min
using any sample media. You may
change sample media during
preconditioning. You may discard
PO 00000
Frm 00146
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
preconditioning samples without
weighing them.
(5) You may purge any gaseous
sampling systems during
preconditioning.
(6) You may conduct calibrations or
verifications on any idle equipment or
analyzers during preconditioning.
(7) Proceed with the test sequence
described in § 1065.530(a)(1).
(g) After the last practice or
preconditioning cycle before an
emission test, verify the amount of
contamination in the HC sampling
system as follows:
(1) Select the HC analyzer range for
measuring the flow-weighted mean
concentration expected at the HC
standard.
(2) Zero the HC analyzer at the
analyzer zero or sample port. Note that
FID zero and span balance gases may be
any combination of purified air or
purified nitrogen that meets the
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
specifications of § 1065.750. We
recommend FID analyzer zero and span
gases that contain approximately the
flow-weighted mean concentration of O2
expected during testing.
(3) Span the HC analyzer using span
gas introduced at the analyzer span or
sample port. Span on a carbon number
basis of one (C1). For example, if you
use a C3H8 span gas of concentration
200 µmol/mol, span the FID to respond
with a value of 600 µmol/mol.
(4) Overflow zero gas at the HC probe
or into a fitting between the HC probe
and its transfer line.
(5) Measure the HC concentration in
the sampling system, as follows:
(i) For continuous sampling, record
the mean HC concentration as overflow
zero air flows.
(ii) For batch sampling, fill the sample
medium and record its mean HC
concentration.
(6) Record this value as the initial HC
concentration, xHCinit, and use it to
correct measured values as described in
§ 1065.660.
(7) If xHCinit exceeds the greatest of the
following values, determine the source
of the contamination and take corrective
action, such as purging the system
during an additional preconditioning
cycle or replacing contaminated
portions:
(i) 2% of the flow-weighted mean
concentration expected at the standard.
(ii) 2% of the flow-weighted mean
concentration measured during testing.
(iii) For any compression-ignition
engines, any two-stroke spark ignition
engines, or 4-stroke spark-ignition
engines that are less than 19 kW, 2
µmol/mol.
(8) If corrective action does not
resolve the deficiency, you may request
to use the contaminated system as an
alternate procedure under § 1065.10.
§ 1065.525 Engine starting, restarting, and
shutdown.
(a) Start the engine using one of the
following methods:
(1) Start the engine as recommended
in the owners manual using a
production starter motor and adequately
charged battery or a suitable power
supply.
(2) Use the dynamometer to start the
engine. To do this, motor the engine
within ±25% of its typical in-use
cranking speed. Stop cranking within 1
second of starting the engine.
(b) If the engine does not start after 15
seconds of cranking, stop cranking and
determine why the engine failed to start,
unless the owners manual or the
service-repair manual describes the
longer cranking time as normal.
(c) Respond to engine stalling with
the following steps:
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
(1) If the engine stalls during warmup before emission sampling begins,
restart the engine and continue warmup.
(2) If the engine stalls during
preconditioning before emission
sampling begins, restart the engine and
restart the preconditioning sequence.
(3) If the engine stalls at any time after
emission sampling begins for a transient
test or ramped-modal cycle test, the test
is void.
(4) If the engine stalls at any time after
emission sampling begins for a discrete
mode in a discrete-mode duty cycle test,
void the test or perform the following
steps to continue the test:
(i) Restart the engine.
(ii) Use good engineering judgment to
restart the test sequence using the
appropriate steps in § 1065.530(b)
(iii) Precondition the engine at the
previous discrete mode for a similar
amount of time compared with how
long it was initially run.
(iv) Advance to the mode at which the
engine stalled and continue with the
duty cycle as specified in the standardsetting part.
(v) Complete the remainder of the test
according to the requirements in this
subpart.
(d) Shut down the engine according to
the manufacturer’s specifications.
§ 1065.530
Emission test sequence.
(a) Time the start of testing as follows:
(1) Perform one of the following if you
precondition sampling systems as
described in § 1065.520(f):
(i) For cold-start duty cycles, shut
down the engine. Unless the standardsetting part specifies that you may only
perform a natural engine cooldown, you
may perform a forced engine cooldown.
Use good engineering judgment to set
up systems to send cooling air across
the engine, to send cool oil through the
engine lubrication system, to remove
heat from coolant through the engine
cooling system, and to remove heat from
an exhaust aftertreatment system. In the
case of a forced aftertreatment
cooldown, good engineering judgment
would indicate that you not start
flowing cooling air until the
aftertreatment system has cooled below
its catalytic activation temperature. For
platinum-group metal catalysts, this
temperature is about 200 °C. Once the
aftertreatment system has naturally
cooled below its catalytic activation
temperature, good engineering judgment
would indicate that you use clean air
with a temperature of at least 15 °C, and
direct the air through the aftertreatment
system in the normal direction of
exhaust flow. Do not use any cooling
procedure that results in
PO 00000
Frm 00147
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40565
unrepresentative emissions (see
§ 1065.10(c)(1)). You may start a coldstart duty cycle when the temperatures
of an engine’s lubricant, coolant, and
aftertreatment systems are all between
(20 and 30) °C.
(ii) For hot-start emission
measurements, shut down the engine.
Start a hot-start duty cycle within 20
min of engine shutdown.
(iii) For testing that involves hotstabilized emission measurements, such
as any steady-state testing, you may
continue to operate the engine at fntest
and 100% torque if that is the first
operating point. Otherwise, operate the
engine at warm, idle or the first
operating point of the duty cycle. In any
case, start the emission test within 10
min after you complete the
preconditioning procedure.
(2) For all other testing, perform one
of the following:
(i) For cold-start duty cycles, prepare
the engine according to paragraph
(a)(1)(i) of this section.
(ii) For hot-start emission
measurements, first operate the engine
at any speed above peak-torque speed
and at (65 to 85) % of maximum
mapped power until either the engine
coolant, block, or head absolute
temperature is within ±2% of its mean
value for at least 2 min or until the
engine thermostat controls engine
temperature. Shut down the engine.
Start the duty cycle within 20 min of
engine shutdown.
(iii) For testing that involves hotstabilized emission measurements, bring
the engine either to warm idle or the
first operating point of the duty cycle.
Start the test within 10 min of achieving
temperature stability. Determine
temperature stability either as the point
at which the engine coolant, block, or
head absolute temperature is within
±2% of its mean value for at least 2 min,
or as the point at which the engine
thermostat controls engine temperature.
(b) Take the following steps before
emission sampling begins:
(1) For batch sampling, connect clean
storage media, such as evacuated bags or
tare-weighed filters.
(2) Start all measurement instruments
according to the instrument
manufacturer’s instructions and using
good engineering judgment.
(3) Start dilution systems, sample
pumps, cooling fans, and the datacollection system.
(4) Pre-heat or pre-cool heat
exchangers in the sampling system to
within their operating temperature
tolerances for a test.
(5) Allow heated or cooled
components such as sample lines,
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40566
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
filters, chillers, and pumps to stabilize
at their operating temperatures.
(6) Verify that there are no significant
vacuum-side leaks according to
§ 1065.345.
(7) Adjust the sample flow rates to
desired levels, using bypass flow, if
desired.
(8) Zero or re-zero any electronic
integrating devices, before the start of
any test interval.
(9) Select gas analyzer ranges. You
may use analyzers that automatically
switch ranges during a test only if
switching is performed by changing the
span over which the digital resolution of
the instrument is applied. During a test
you may not switch the gains of an
analyzer’s analog operational
amplifier(s).
(10) Zero and span all continuous
analyzers using NIST-traceable gases
that meet the specifications of
§ 1065.750. Span FID analyzers on a
carbon number basis of one (1), C1. For
example, if you use a C3H8 span gas of
concentration 200 µmol/mol, span the
FID to respond with a value of 600
µmol/mol.
(11) We recommend that you verify
gas analyzer response after zeroing and
spanning by flowing a calibration gas
that has a concentration near one-half of
the span gas concentration. Based on the
results and good engineering judgment,
you may decide whether or not to rezero, re-span, or re-calibrate a gas
analyzer before starting a test.
(12) If you correct for dilution air
background concentrations of engine
exhaust constituents, start measuring
and recording background
concentrations.
(c) Start testing as follows:
(1) If an engine is already running and
warmed up, and starting is not part of
the duty cycle, perform the following for
the various duty cycles.
(i) Transient and steady-state rampedmodal cycles. Simultaneously start
running the duty cycle, sampling
exhaust gases, recording data, and
integrating measured values.
(ii) Steady-state discrete-mode cycles.
Control speed and torque to the first
mode in the test cycle. Follow the
instructions in the standard-setting part
to determine how long to stabilize
engine operation at each mode and how
long to sample emissions at each mode.
(2) If engine starting is part of the duty
cycle, initiate data logging, sampling of
exhaust gases, and integrating measured
values before attempting to start the
engine. Initiate the duty cycle when the
engine starts.
(d) At the end of the test interval,
continue to operate all sampling and
dilution systems to allow the sampling
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
system’s response time to elapse. Then
stop all sampling and recording,
including the recording of background
samples. Finally, stop any integrating
devices and indicate the end of the duty
cycle in the recorded data.
(e) Shut down the engine if you have
completed testing or if it is part of the
duty cycle.
(f) If testing involves another duty
cycle after a soak period with the engine
off, start a timer when the engine shuts
down, and repeat the steps in
paragraphs (b) through (e) of this section
as needed.
(g) Take the following steps after
emission sampling is complete:
(1) For any proportional batch sample,
such as a bag sample or PM sample,
verify that proportional sampling was
maintained according to § 1065.545.
Void any samples that did not maintain
proportional sampling according to
§ 1065.545.
(2) Place any used PM samples into
covered or sealed containers and return
them to the PM-stabilization
environment. Follow the PM sample
post-conditioning and total weighing
procedures in § 1065.595.
(3) As soon as practical after the duty
cycle is complete but no later than 30
minutes after the duty cycle is complete,
perform the following:
(i) Zero and span all batch gas
analyzers.
(ii) Analyze any gaseous batch
samples, including background samples.
(4) After quantifying exhaust gases,
verify drift as follows:
(i) For batch and continuous gas
analyzers, record the mean analyzer
value after stabilizing a zero gas to the
analyzer. Stabilization may include time
to purge the analyzer of any sample gas,
plus any additional time to account for
analyzer response.
(ii) Record the mean analyzer value
after stabilizing the span gas to the
analyzer. Stabilization may include time
to purge the analyzer of any sample gas,
plus any additional time to account for
analyzer response.
(iii) Use these data to validate and
correct for drift as described in
§ 1065.550.
(h) Determine whether or not the test
meets the cycle-validation criteria in
§ 1065.514.
(1) If the criteria void the test, you
may retest using the same denormalized
duty cycle, or you may re-map the
engine, denormalize the reference duty
cycle based on the new map and retest
the engine using the new denormalized
duty cycle.
(2) If the criteria void the test for a
constant-speed engine only during
PO 00000
Frm 00148
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
commands of maximum test torque, you
may do the following:
(i) Determine the first and last
feedback speeds at which maximum test
torque was commanded.
(ii) If the last speed is greater than or
equal to 90% of the first speed, the test
is void. You may retest using the same
denormalized duty cycle, or you may remap the engine, denormalize the
reference duty cycle based on the new
map and retest the engine using the new
denormalized duty cycle.
(iii) If the last speed is less than 90%
of the first speed, reduce maximum test
torque by 5%, and proceed as follows:
(A) Denormalize the entire duty cycle
based on the reduced maximum test
torque according to § 1065.512.
(B) Retest the engine using the
denormalized test cycle that is based on
the reduced maximum test torque.
(C) If your engine still fails the cycle
criteria, reduce the maximum test
torque by another 5% of the original
maximum test torque.
(D) If your engine fails after repeating
this procedure four times, such that
your engine still fails after you have
reduced the maximum test torque by
20% of the original maximum test
torque, notify us and we will consider
specifying a more appropriate duty
cycle for your engine under the
provisions of § 1065.10(c).
§ 1065.545 Validation of proportional flow
control for batch sampling.
For any proportional batch sample
such as a bag or PM filter, demonstrate
that proportional sampling was
maintained using one of the following,
noting that you may omit up to 5% of
the total number of data points as
outliers:
(a) For any pair of flow meters, use
the 1 Hz (or more frequently) recorded
sample and total flow rates with the
statistical calculations in § 1065.602.
Determine the standard error of the
estimate, SEE, of the sample flow rate
versus the total flow rate. For each test
interval, demonstrate that SEE was less
than or equal to 3.5% of the mean
sample flow rate.
(b) For any pair of flow meters, use
the 1 Hz (or more frequently) recorded
sample and total flow rates to
demonstrate that each flow rate was
constant within ±2.5% of its respective
mean or target flow rate. You may use
the following options instead of
recording the respective flow rate of
each type of meter:
(1) Critical-flow venturi option. For
critical-flow venturis, you may use the
1 Hz (or more frequently) recorded
venturi-inlet conditions. Demonstrate
that the flow density at the venturi inlet
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
was constant within ±2.5% of the mean
or target density over each test interval.
For a CVS critical-flow venturi, you may
demonstrate this by showing that the
absolute temperature at the venturi inlet
was constant within ±4% of the mean or
target absolute temperature over each
test interval.
(2) Positive-displacement pump
option. You may use the 1 Hz (or more
frequently) recorded pump-inlet
conditions. Demonstrate that the density
at the pump inlet was constant within
±2.5% of the mean or target density over
each test interval. For a CVS pump, you
may demonstrate this by showing that
the absolute temperature at the pump
inlet was constant within ±2% of the
mean or target absolute temperature
over each test interval.
(c) Using good engineering judgment,
demonstrate with an engineering
analysis that the proportional-flow
control system inherently ensures
proportional sampling under all
circumstances expected during testing.
For example, you might use CFVs for
both sample flow and total flow and
demonstrate that they always have the
same inlet pressures and temperatures
and that they always operate under
critical-flow conditions.
§ 1065.550 Gas analyzer range validation,
drift validation, and drift correction.
(a) Range validation. If an analyzer
operated above 100% of its range at any
time during the test, perform the
following steps:
(1) For batch sampling, re-analyze the
sample using the lowest analyzer range
that results in a maximum instrument
response below 100%. Report the result
from the lowest range from which the
analyzer operates below 100% of its
range for the entire test.
(2) For continuous sampling, repeat
the entire test using the next higher
analyzer range. If the analyzer again
operates above 100% of its range, repeat
the test using the next higher range.
Continue to repeat the test until the
analyzer operates at less than 100% of
its range for the entire test.
(b) Drift validation and drift
correction. Calculate two sets of brakespecific emission results. Calculate one
set using the data before drift correction
and the other set after correcting all the
data for drift according to § 1065.672.
Use the two sets of brake-specific
emission results as follows:
(1) If the difference between the
corrected and uncorrected brakespecific emissions are within ±4% of the
uncorrected results for all regulated
emissions, the test is validated for drift.
If not, the entire test is void.
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
(2) If the test is validated for drift, you
must use only the drift-corrected
emission results when reporting
emissions, unless you demonstrate to us
that using the drift-corrected results
adversely affects your ability to
demonstrate whether or not your engine
complies with the applicable standards.
§ 1065.590 PM sample preconditioning and
tare weighing.
Before an emission test, take the
following steps to prepare PM samples
and equipment for PM measurements:
(a) Make sure the balance and PMstabilization environments meet the
periodic verifications in § 1065.390.
(b) Visually inspect unused sample
media (such as filters) for defects.
(c) To handle PM samples, use
electrically grounded tweezers or a
grounding strap, as described in
§ 1065.190.
(d) Place unused sample media in one
or more containers that are open to the
PM-stabilization environment. If you are
using filters, you may place them in the
bottom half of a filter cassette.
(e) Stabilize sample media in the PMstabilization environment. Consider an
unused sample medium stabilized as
long as it has been in the PMstabilization environment for a
minimum of 30 min, during which the
PM-stabilization environment has been
within the specifications of § 1065.190.
(f) Weigh the sample media
automatically or manually, as follows:
(1) For automatic weighing, follow the
automation system manufacturer’s
instructions to prepare samples for
weighing. This may include placing the
samples in a special container.
(2) For manual weighing, use good
engineering judgment to determine if
substitution weighing is necessary to
show that an engine meets the
applicable standard. You may follow the
substitution weighing procedure in
paragraph (j) of this section, or you may
develop your own procedure.
(g) Correct the measured weight for
buoyancy as described in § 1065.690.
These buoyancy-corrected values are the
tare masses of the PM samples.
(h) You may repeat measurements to
determine mean masses. Use good
engineering judgment to exclude
outliers and calculate mean mass
values.
(i) If you use filters as sample media,
load unused filters that have been tareweighed into clean filter cassettes and
place the loaded cassettes in a covered
or sealed container before taking them
to the test cell for sampling. We
recommend that you keep filter
cassettes clean by periodically washing
or wiping them with a compatible
PO 00000
Frm 00149
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40567
solvent applied using a lint-free cloth.
Depending upon your cassette material,
ethanol (C2H5OH) might be an
acceptable solvent. Your cleaning
frequency will depend on your engine’s
level of PM and HC emissions.
(j) Substitution weighing involves
measurement of a reference weight
before and after each weighing of a PM
sample. While substitution weighing
requires more measurements, it corrects
for a balance’s zero-drift and it relies on
balance linearity only over a small
range. This is most advantageous when
quantifying net PM masses that are less
than 0.1% of the sample medium’s
mass. However, it may not be
advantageous when net PM masses
exceed 1% of the sample medium’s
mass. The following steps are an
example of substitution weighing:
(1) Use electrically grounded tweezers
or a grounding strap, as described in
§ 1065.190.
(2) Use a static neutralizer as
described in § 1065.190 to minimize
static electric charge on any object
before it is placed on the balance pan.
(3) Place on the balance pan a metal
calibration weight that has a similar
mass to that of the sample medium and
meets the specifications for calibration
weights in § 1065.790. If you use filters,
the weight’s mass should be about (80
to 100) mg for typical 47 mm diameter
filters.
(4) Record the stable balance reading,
then remove the calibration weight.
(5) Weigh an unused sample, record
the stable balance reading and record
the balance environment’s dewpoint,
ambient temperature, and atmospheric
pressure.
(6) Reweigh the calibration weight
and record the stable balance reading.
(7) Calculate the arithmetic mean of
the two calibration-weight readings that
you recorded immediately before and
after weighing the unused sample.
Subtract that mean value from the
unused sample reading, then add the
true mass of the calibration weight as
stated on the calibration-weight
certificate. Record this result. This is the
unused sample’s tare weight without
correcting for buoyancy.
(8) Repeat these substitution-weighing
steps for the remainder of your unused
sample media.
(9) Follow the instructions given in
paragraphs (g) through (i) of this section.
§ 1065.595 PM sample post-conditioning
and total weighing.
(a) Make sure the weighing and PMstabilization environments have met the
periodic verifications in § 1065.390.
(b) In the PM-stabilization
environment, remove PM samples from
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40568
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
(f) Repeat the procedures in
§ 1065.590(f) through (i) to weigh used
PM samples. Refer to a sample’s posttest mass, after correcting for buoyancy,
as its total mass.
(g) Subtract each buoyancy-corrected
tare mass from its respective buoyancycorrected total mass. The result is the
net PM mass, mPM. Use mPM in emission
calculations in § 1065.650.
Subpart G—Calculations and Data
Requirements
1
∑ yi2
N i =1
Eq. 1065.602-3
rms y =
VerDate jul<14>2003
Eq. 1065.602 - 4
Example:
yref = 1800.0
N = 10
Example:
N=3
y1 = 10.60
y2 = 11.91
yN = y3 = 11.09
y=
10.60 + 11.91 + 11.09
3
σy =
i =1
( N − 1)
2
Eq. 1065.602-2
ER13JY05.029
N
∑ (y i − y )
y=
ER13JY05.027
ER13JY05.028
Example:
N=3
y1 = 10.60
y2 = 11.91
yN = y3 = 11.09
¯
y≤ = 11.20
accuracy = | 1800.0 ¥ 1802.5 |
accuracy = 2.5
(f) t-test. Determine if your data passes
a t-test by using the following equations
and tables:
(1) For an unpaired t-test, calculate
the t statistic and its number of degrees
of freedom, v, as follows:
t=
PO 00000
Frm 00150
∑ yi
i =1
10
Fmt 4701
= 1802.5
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
ER13JY05.030
¯
y≤ = 11.20
(c) Standard deviation. Calculate the
standard deviation for a non-biased
(e.g., N–1) sample, s, as follows:
10
Jkt 205001
Eq. 1065.602-1
N
y ref − y
σ2
σ2
y
ref
+
N ref
N
13JYR2
Eq. 1065.602 -5
ER13JY05.026
rmsy = 11.21
(e) Accuracy. Calculate an accuracy,
as follows, noting that the are arithmetic
means, each determined by repeatedly
measuring one sample of a single
reference quantity,yref:
10.60 + 11.912 + 11.09 2
3
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
i =1
(10.60 − 11.2) 2 + (11.91 − 11.2) 2 + (11.09 − 11.2) 2
2
accuracy = y ref − y
Example:
N=3
y1 = 10.60
y2 = 11.91
yN = y3 = 11.09
y=
∑ yi
ER13JY05.025
rms y =
N
10
Overview.
(a) This subpart describes how to—
(1) Use the signals recorded before,
during, and after an emission test to
calculate brake-specific emissions of
each regulated constituent.
(2) Perform calculations for
calibrations and performance checks.
(3) Determine statistical values.
(b) You may use data from multiple
systems to calculate test results for a
single emission test, consistent with
good engineering judgment. You may
not use test results from multiple
emission tests to report emissions. We
allow weighted means where
appropriate. You may discard statistical
outliers, but you must report all results.
(c) You may use any of the following
calculations instead of the calculations
specified in this subpart G:
(1) Mass-based emission calculations
prescribed by the International
Organization for Standardization (ISO),
according to ISO 8178.
(2) Other calculations that you show
are equivalent to within ±0.1% of the
brake-specific emission results
determined using the calculations
specified in this subpart G.
σy =
sy = 0.6619
(d) Root mean square. Calculate a root
mean square, rmsy, as follows:
Statistics.
(a) Overview. This section contains
equations and example calculations for
statistics that are specified in this part.
In this section we use the letter ‘‘y’’ to
denote a generic measured quantity, the
superscript over-bar ‘‘¥‘‘to denote an
arithmetic mean, and the subscript ‘‘ref’’
to denote the reference quantity being
measured.
(b) Arithmetic mean. Calculate an
¯
arithmetic mean, y≤, as follows:
ER13JY05.023 ER13JY05.024
§ 1065.601
§ 1065.602
ER13JY05.022
sealed containers. If you use filters, you
may remove them from their cassettes
before or after stabilization. When you
remove a filter from a cassette, separate
the top half of the cassette from the
bottom half using a cassette separator
designed for this purpose.
(c) To handle PM samples, use
electrically grounded tweezers or a
grounding strap, as described in
§ 1065.190.
(d) Visually inspect PM samples. If
PM ever contacts the transport
container, cassette assembly, filterseparator tool, tweezers, static
neutralizer, balance, or any other
surface, void the measurements
associated with that sample and clean
the surface it contacted.
(e) To stabilize PM samples, place
them in one or more containers that are
open to the PM-stabilization
environment, which is described in
§ 1065.190. A PM sample is stabilized as
long as it has been in the PMstabilization environment for one of the
following durations, during which the
stabilization environment has been
within the specifications of § 1065.190:
(1) If you expect that a filter’s total
surface concentration of PM will be
greater than about 0.473 mm/mm2,
expose the filter to the stabilization
environment for at least 60 minutes
before weighing.
(2) If you expect that a filter’s total
surface concentration of PM will be less
than about 0.473 mm/mm2, expose the
filter to the stabilization environment
for at least 30 minutes before weighing.
(3) If you are unsure of a filter’s total
surface concentration of PM, expose the
filter to the stabilization environment
for at least 60 minutes before weighing.
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
N
)
Eq. 1065.602 -6
2
N −1
TABLE 1 OF § 1065.602.—CRITICAL T
VALUES VERSUS NUMBER OF DEGREES OF FREEDOM, n 1—Continued
−0.12580 ⋅ 16
0.04837
t = 10.403
v=N¥1
Example:
N = 16
n = 16 ¥ 1
n = 15
(3) Use Table 1 of this section to
compare t to the tcrit values tabulated
versus the number of degrees of
freedom. If t is less than tcrit, then t
passes the t-test.
9.399 2 10.5832
+
11
7
9.399 2 10.5832
11 +
7
2
(9.399 11) + (10.583 7)
2
2
11 − 1
2
TABLE 1 OF § 1065.602.—CRITICAL T
VALUES VERSUS NUMBER OF DEGREES OF FREEDOM, n 1
2
7 −1
ε⋅ N
σε
Eq. 1065.602-7
Confidence
n
90%
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
................................
................................
................................
................................
................................
................................
................................
Fy =
σ2
y
95%
6.314
2.920
2.353
2.132
2.015
1.943
1.895
12.706
4.303
3.182
2.776
2.571
2.447
2.365
90%
8 ................................
9 ................................
10 ..............................
11 ..............................
12 ..............................
13 ..............................
14 ..............................
15 ..............................
16 ..............................
18 ..............................
20 ..............................
22 ..............................
24 ..............................
26 ..............................
28 ..............................
30 ..............................
35 ..............................
40 ..............................
50 ..............................
70 ..............................
100 ............................
1000+ ........................
(g) F-test. Calculate the F statistic as
follows:
Example:
i =1
(N − 1)
= 10.583
N ref
σ ref =
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
PO 00000
Frm 00151
∑ (y refi − y ref )
i =1
(N ref − 1)
Fmt 4701
ER13JY05.034
σy =
2
Sfmt 4725
ER13JY05.032 ER13JY05.033
N
∑ (y i − y )
2.306
2.262
2.228
2.201
2.179
2.160
2.145
2.131
2.120
2.101
2.086
2.074
2.064
2.056
2.048
2.042
2.030
2.021
2.009
1.994
1.984
1.960
1 Use linear interpolation to establish values
not shown here.
Eq. 1065.602-8
σ2
ref
1.860
1.833
1.812
1.796
1.782
1.771
1.761
1.753
1.746
1.734
1.725
1.717
1.711
1.706
1.701
1.697
1.690
1.684
1.676
1.667
1.660
1.645
95%
Er13JY05.038
1205.3 − 1123.8
Confidence
n
ER13JY05.037
N ref − 1
t=
v = 11.76
(2) For a paired t-test, calculate the t
statistic and its number of degrees of
freedom, v, as follows, noting that the ei
are the errors (e.g., differences) between
each pair of yrefi and yi:
t=
2
y
) + (σ
Example:
≈
e = ¥0.12580
N = 16
sε = 0.04837
t = 16.63
sref = 9.399
sy = 10.583
Nref = 11
N=7
v=
2
N ref
ER13JY05.035
t=
2
ref
ER13JY05.036
Example:
¯
yref = 1205.3
¯
y = 1123.8
sref = 9.399
sy = 10.583
Nref = 11
N=7
(σ
2
2
= 9.399
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
ER13JY05.031
v=
σ2
σ2
y
ref
N + N
ref
40569
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
F=
F = 1.268
(1) For a 90% confidence F-test, use
Table 2 of this section to compareF to
the Fcrit90 values tabulated versus (N¥1)
and(Nref¥1). If F is less than Fcrit90,
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
10.5832
9.399 2
thenF passes the F-test at 90%
confidence.
(2) For a 95% confidence F-test, use
Table 3 of this section to compareF to
the Fcrit95 values tabulated versus (N¥1)
PO 00000
Frm 00152
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
and(Nref¥1). If F is less than Fcrit95,
thenF passes the F-test at 95%
confidence.
BILLING CODE 6560–50–P
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
ER13JY05.039
40570
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
PO 00000
Frm 00153
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40571
ER13JY05.017
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
VerDate jul<14>2003
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
PO 00000
Frm 00154
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
ER13JY05.018
40572
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
40573
BILLING CODE 6560–50–C
(h) Slope. Calculate a least-squares
regression slope,a1y, as follows:
N
a1y =
∑ (y i − y) ⋅ (y refi − y ref )
i =1
N
∑ (y refi − y ref )
Eq. 1065.602-9
2
i =1
Example:
N = 6000
y1 = 2045.8
¯
y = 1051.1
a iy =
yref 1 = 2045.0
¯
yref = 1055.3
(2045.8 − 1050.1) ⋅ (2045.0 − 1055.3) + ... + (y 6000 − 1050.1) ⋅ (y ref 6000 − 1055.3)
2
(2045.0 − 1055.3)2 + ... + (y ref 6000 − 1055.3)
(i) Intercept. Calculate a least-squares
regression intercept, a0y, as follows:
(
)
a 0 y = y − a1y ⋅ y ref
Eq. 1065.602-10
¯
yref = 1055.3
a0y = 1050.1 ¥ (1.0110 · 1055.3)
a0y = 16.8083
∑ [y i − a 0 y − (a1y ⋅ y refi )]
N
N−2
Eq. 1065.602-11
6000 − 2
SEEy = 5.348
(k) Coefficient of
determination.Calculate a coefficient of
determination, r2, as follows:
∑ [y i − a 0 y − (a1y ⋅ y refi )]
N
2
ry = 1 −
i =1
2
N
∑ [y i − y ]
Eq. 1065.602-12
2
i =1
Example:
N = 6000
VerDate jul<14>2003
yref1 = 2045.0
¯
y = 1480.5
y1 = 2045.8
a0y = 16.8083
a1y = 1.0110
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
PO 00000
Frm 00155
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2
ER13JY05.045
[2045.8 − (−16.8083) − (1.0110 ⋅ 2045.0)]2 + ... [y 6000 − (−16.8083) − (1.0110 ⋅ y ref 6000 )]
ER13JY05.044
SEE y =
a1y = 1.0110
yref1= 2045.0
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
ER13JY05.043
y1 = 2045.8
a0y = ¥16.8083
ER13JY05.042
Example:
N = 6000
2
i =1
SEE y =
(j) Standard estimate of error.
Calculate a standard estimate of error,
SEE, as follows:
ER13JY05.041
Example:
¯
y = 1050.1
a1y = 1.0110
ER13JY05.040
a1y = 1.0110
40574
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
[2045.8 − (−16.8083) − (1.0110 × 2045.0)]2 + K [y 6000 − (−16.8083) − (1.0110 ⋅ y ref 6000 )]
2
[2045.8 − 1480.5]2 + K [y 6000 − 1480.5]
2
e std ⋅ Wref
Pref + Pfrict ⋅ Pmax
˙
M ⋅ n exhmax ⋅ ∆t duty cycle ⋅
Pmax
˙
n exhmax =
Example:
eNOX = 2.5 g/(kW · hr)
Wref = 11.883 kW · hr
MNOX = 46.0055 g/mol = 46.0055 · 10¥6
g/µmol
Dtdutycycle = 20 min = 1200 s
¯
P ref = 35.65 kW
(2) To estimate the flow-weighted
mean NMHC concentration in a CVS
from a naturally aspirated nonroad
spark-ignition engine at an NMHC
standard of 0.5 g/(kW·hr), you may do
the following:
(i) Based on your engine design,
approximate a map of maximum torque
VerDate jul<14>2003
11:20 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
⋅ ηv
N stroke
R ⋅ Tmax
Eq. 1065.602-14
¯
P frict = 15%
Pmax = 125 kW
pmax = 300 kPa = 300000 Pa
Vdisp = 3.011 = 0.0030 m3
fnmax = 2800 rev/min = 46.67 rev/s
Nstroke = 4 1/rev
hV = 0.9
x exp =
¯
X exp = 189.4 µmol/mol
2
Eq. 1065.602-13
46.0055 ⋅ 10
−6
R = 8.314472 J/(mol·K)
Tmax = 348.15 K
˙
n exhmax
˙
n exhmax = 6.53 mol/s
2.5 ⋅ 11.883
35.65 + (0.15 ⋅ 125)
⋅ 6.53 ⋅ 1200 ⋅
125
versus speed and use it with the
applicable normalized duty cycle in the
standard-setting part to generate a
reference duty cycle as described in
§ 1065.610. Calculate the total reference
work, Wref, as described in § 1065.650.
cycle, Dtdutycycle. The result is the total
diluted exhaust flow of the ndexh.
(iii) Use your estimated values as
described in the following example
calculation:
(ii) Multiply your CVS total molar
flow rate by the time interval of the duty
PO 00000
Frm 00156
2
300 ⋅ 3.0 ⋅ 47.67 ⋅ ⋅ 0.9
4
=
8.314472 ⋅ 348.15
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
ER13JY05.050
p max ⋅ Vdisp ⋅ fnmax ⋅
)
(iii) Use your estimated values as
described in the following example
calculation:
ER13JY05.049
(
(ii) Based on your engine design,
estimate maximum power,Pmax, the
design speed at maximum power, fnmax,
the design maximum intake manifold
boost pressure, pinmax, and temperature,
Tinmax. Also, estimate an mean fraction
of power that is lost due to friction and
¯
pumping, Pfrict. Use this information
along with the engine displacement
volume, Vdisp, an approximate
volumetric efficiency, hV, and the
number of engine strokes per power
stroke (2-stroke or 4-stroke), Nstroke to
estimate the maximum raw exhaust
˙
molar flow rate,nexhmax.
ER13JY05.048
x exp =
reference duty cycle as described in
§ 1065.610. Calculate the total reference
work, Wref, as described in § 1065.650.
Divide the reference work by the duty
cycle’s time interval, Dtdutycycle, to
¯
determine mean reference power, Pref.
13JYR2
ER13JY05.047
(l) Flow-weighted mean
concentration. In some sections of this
part, you may need to calculate a flowweighted mean concentration to
determine the applicability of certain
provisions. A flow-weighted mean is the
mean of a quantity after it is weighted
proportional to a corresponding flow
rate. For example, if a gas concentration
is measured continuously from the raw
exhaust of an engine, its flow-weighted
mean concentration is the sum of the
products of each recorded concentration
times its respective exhaust molar flow
rate, divided by the sum of the recorded
flow rate values. As another example,
the bag concentration from a CVS
system is the same as the flow-weighted
mean concentration because the CVS
system itself flow-weights the bag
concentration. You might already expect
a certain flow-weighted mean
concentration of an emission at its
standard based on previous testing with
similar engines or testing with similar
equipment and instruments. If you need
to estimate your expected flow-weighted
mean concentration of an emission at its
standard, we recommend using the
following examples as a guide for how
to estimate the flow-weighted mean
concentration expected at the standard.
Note that these examples are not exact
and that they contain assumptions that
are not always valid. Use good
engineering judgement to determine if
you can use similar assumptions.
(1) To estimate the flow-weighted
mean raw exhaust NOX concentration
from a turbocharged heavy-duty
compression-ignition engine at a NOX
standard of 2.5 g/(kW·hr), you may do
the following:
(i) Based on your engine design,
approximate a map of maximum torque
versus speed and use it with the
applicable normalized duty cycle in the
standard-setting part to generate a
ER13JY05.174
2
ry = 0.9859
ER13JY05.046
2
ry = 1 −
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
40575
specify normalized speed commands,
use the no-load governed speed as the
measured fntest. This is the highest
engine speed where an engine outputs
zero torque. For variable-speed engines,
determine the measured fntest from the
power-versus-speed map, generated
according to § 1065.510, as follows:
This section describes how to
generate duty cycles that are specific to
your engine, based on the normalized
duty cycles in the standard-setting part.
During an emission test, use a duty
cycle that is specific to your engine to
command engine speed, torque, and
power, as applicable, using an engine
dynamometer and an engine operator
demand. Paragraph (a) of this section
describes how to ‘‘normalize’’ your
engine’s map to determine the
maximum test speed and torque for your
engine. The rest of this section describes
how to use these values to
‘‘denormalize’’ the duty cycles in the
standard-setting parts, which are all
published on a normalized basis. Thus,
the term ‘‘normalized’’ in paragraph (a)
of this section refers to different values
than it does in the rest of the section.
(a) Maximum test speed, fntest. This
section generally applies to duty cycles
for variable-speed engines. For constantspeed engines subject to duty cycles that
Where:
fntest = maximum test speed.
i = an indexing variable that represents
one recorded value of an engine
map.
fnnormi = an engine speed normalized by
dividing it by fnPmax.
Pnormi = an engine power normalized by
dividing it by Pmax.
Example:
(fnnorm1 = 1.002, Pnorm1 = 0.978, fn1 =
2359.71)
(fnnorm2 = 1.004, Pnorm2 = 0.977, fn2 =
2364.42)
(fnnorm3 = 1.006, Pnorm3 = 0.974, fn3 =
2369.13)
(fnnorm12 + Pnorm12) = (1.0022 + 0.9782) =
1.960
(fnnorm12 + Pnorm12) = (1.0042 + 0.9772) =
1.963
(fnnorm12 + Pnorm12) = (1.0062 + 0.9742) =
1.961 maximum = 1.963 at i = 2
fntest = 2364.42 rev/min
(2) For variable-speed engines,
transform normalized speeds to
reference speeds according to paragraph
(c) of this section by using the measured
maximum test speed determined
according to paragraph (a)(1) of this
section—or use your declared maximum
test speed, as allowed in § 1065.510.
(3) For constant-speed engines,
transform normalized speeds to
reference speeds according to paragraph
(c) of this section by using the measured
no-load governed—speed or use your
declared maximum test speed, as
allowed in § 1065.510.
Where:
Ttest = maximum test torque.
Example:
(fnnorm1 = 1.002, Pnorm1 = 0.978, T1 =
722.62 N·m)
(fnnorm2 = 1.004, Pnorm2 = 0.977, T2 =
720.44 N·m)
(fnnorm3 = 1.006, Pnorm3 = 0.974, T3 =
716.80 N·m)
(fnnorm12 + Pnorm12) = (1.0022 + 0.9782) =
1.960
(fnnorm12 + Pnorm12) = (1.0042 + 0.9772) =
1.963
(fnnorm12 + Pnorm12) = (1.0062 + 0.9742)
= 1.961 maximum = 1.963 at i = 2
Ttest = 720.44 N·m
(2) Transform normalized torques to
reference torques according to
paragraph (d) of this section by using
the measured maximum test torque
determined according to paragraph
(b)(1) of this section—or use your
declared maximum test torque, as
allowed in § 1065.510.
(c) Generating reference speed values
from normalized duty cycle speeds.
Transform normalized speed values to
reference values as follows:
(1) % speed. If your normalized duty
cycle specifies % speed values, use your
declared warm idle speed and your
maximum test speed to transform the
duty cycle, as follows:
VerDate jul<14>2003
12:07 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
PO 00000
Frm 00157
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(b) Maximum test torque, Ttest. For
constant-speed engines, determine the
measured Ttest from the power-versusspeed map, generated according to
§ 1065.510, as follows:
(1) Based on the map, determine
maximum power, Pmax, and the speed at
which maximum power occurs, FnPmax.
Divide every recorded power by Pmax
and divide every recorded speed by
FnPmax. The result is a normalized
power-versus-speed map. Your
measured Ttest is the speed at which the
sum of the squares of normalized speed
and power is maximum, as follows:
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
ER13JY05.054
Duty cycle generation.
ER13JY05.053
§ 1065.610
(1) Based on the map, determine
maximum power, Pmax, and the speed at
which maximum power occurred, fnPmax.
Divide every recorded power by Pmax
and divide every recorded speed by
fnPmax. The result is a normalized powerversus-speed map. Your measured fntest
is the speed at which the sum of the
squares of normalized speed and power
is maximum, as follows:
ER13JY05.052
¯
X NMHC = 53.8 µmol/mol
ER13JY05.051
Example:
eNMHC = 1.5 g/(kW·hr)
Wref = 5.389 kW·hr
MNMHC = 13.875389 g/mol = 13.875389
· 10–6 g/µmol
˙
n dexh = 6.021 mol/s
Dtdutycycle = 30 min = 1800 s
40576
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
Example:
% speed = 85 %
fntest = 2364 rev/min
fnidle = 650 rev/min
fnref = 85 % · (2364 650 ) + 650
fnref = 2107 rev/min
(2) A, B, and C speeds. If your
normalized duty cycle specifies speeds
as A, B, or C values, use your powerversus-speed curve to determine the
lowest speed below maximum power at
which 50 % of maximum power occurs.
Denote this value as nlo. Also determine
the highest speed above maximum
power at which 70 % of maximum
power occurs. Denote this value as nhi
Use nhi and nlo to calculate reference
values for A, B, or C speeds as follows:
Example:
nlo = 1005 rev/min
nhi = 2385 rev/min
fnrefA = 0.25 · (2385 1005) + 1005
fnrefB = 0.50 · (2385 1005) + 1005
fnrefC = 0.75 · (2385 1005) + 1005
fnrefA = 1350 rev/min
fnrefB = 1695 rev/min
fnrefC = 2040 rev/min
(3) Intermediate speed. If your
normalized duty cycle specifies a speed
as ‘‘intermediate speed,’’ use your
torque-versus-speed curve to determine
the speed at which maximum torque
occurs. This is peak torque speed.
Identify your reference intermediate
speed as one of the following values:
(i) Peak torque speed if it is between
(60 and 75) % of maximum test speed.
(ii) 60% of maximum test speed if
peak torque speed is less than 60% of
maximum test speed.
(iii) 75% of maximum test speed if
peak torque speed is greater than 75%
of maximum test speed.
(d) Generating reference torques from
normalized duty-cycle torques.
Transform normalized torques to
reference torques using your map of
maximum torque versus speed.
(1) Reference torque for variablespeed engines. For a given speed point,
multiply the corresponding % torque by
the maximum torque at that speed,
according to your map. Linearly
interpolate mapped torque values to
determine torque between mapped
speeds. The result is the reference
torque for each speed point.
(2) Reference torque for constantspeed engines. Multiply a % torque
value by your maximum test torque. The
result is the reference torque for each
point. Note that if your constant-speed
engine is subject to duty cycles that
specify normalized speed commands,
use the provisions of paragraph (d)(1) of
this section to transform your
normalized torque values.
(3) Permissible deviations for any
engine. If your engine does not operate
below a certain minimum torque under
normal in-use conditions, you may use
a declared minimum torque as the
reference value instead of any value
denormalized to be less than the
declared value. For example, if your
engine is connected to an automatic
transmission, it may have a minimum
torque called curb idle transmission
torque (CITT). In this case, at idle
conditions (i.e., 0% speed, 0% torque),
you may useCITT as a reference value
instead of 0 N·m.
(e) Generating reference power values
from normalized duty cycle powers.
Transform normalized power values to
reference speed and power values using
your map of maximum power versus
speed.
(1) First transform normalized speed
values into reference speed values. For
a given speed point, multiply the
corresponding % power by the
maximum test power defined in the
standard-setting part. The result is the
reference power for each speed point.
You may calculate a corresponding
reference torque for each point and
command that reference torque instead
of a reference power.
(2) If your engine does not operate
below a certain power under normal inuse conditions, you may use a declared
minimum power as the reference value
instead of any value denormalized to be
less than the declared value. For
example, if your engine is directly
connected to a propeller, it may have a
minimum power called idle power. In
this case, at idle conditions (i.e., 0%
speed, 0% power), you may use a
corresponding idle power as a reference
power instead of 0 kW.
12:07 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
PO 00000
Frm 00158
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1980 international gravity
The acceleration of Earth’s gravity, ag,
varies depending on your location.
Calculate ag at your latitude, as follows:
Where:
q = Degrees north or south latitude.
Example:
q = 45°
ag = 9.7803267715 · (1+
5.2790414 · 10¥3 · sin2 (45) +
2.32718 · 10¥5 ·sin 4 (45) +
1.262 · 10¥7 ·sin 6 (45) +
7 · 10¥10 ·sin 8 (45)
ag = 9.8178291229 m/s2
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
ER13jy05.056
This section describes the
calculations for calibrating various flow
meters. After you calibrate a flow meter
using these calculations, use the
calculations described in § 1065.642 to
calculate flow during an emission test.
Paragraph (a) of this section first
describes how to convert reference flow
meter outputs for use in the calibration
equations, which are presented on a
molar basis. The remaining paragraphs
describe the calibration calculations that
are specific to certain types of flow
meters.
ER13JY05.059
§ 1065.640 Flow meter calibration
calculations.
ER13jy05.055
VerDate jul<14>2003
§ 1065.630
formula.
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
˙
˙
Vstdref ⋅ Pstd Vactref ⋅ Pact m ref
=
=
Tstd ⋅ R
Tact ⋅ R
M mix
P = 29.9213 in Hg @ 32 °F = 101325 Pa
T = 68.0 °F = 293.15 K
R = 8.314472 J/(mol·K)
v rev =
0.471948 ⋅ 101325
=
29315 ⋅ 8.314472
.
˙
n ref = 19.169 mol/s
Example 2:
˙
m ref = 17.2683 kg/min = 287.805 g/s
Mmix = 28.7805 g/mol
287.05
28.7805
˙
n ref =10.0000 mol/s
(b) PDP calibration calculations. For
each restrictor position, calculate the
following values from the mean values
determined in § 1065.340, as follows:
Pout − Pin
Pout
Example:
˙
n ref = 25.096 mol/s
R = 8.314472 J/(mol·K)
¯
T in = 299.5 K
¯
P in = 98290 Pa
¯ nPDP = 1205.1 rev/min = 20.085
f
rev/s
Vrev =
25.096 ⋅ 8.314472 ⋅ 299.5
98290 ⋅ 20.085
Vrev = 0.03166 m3/rev
(2) PDP slip correction factor, Ks
(s/rev):
Eq. 1065.640-3
TABLE 1 OF § 1065.640.—EXAMPLE may make, depending upon how you
OF PDP CALIBRATION DATA—Con- conduct your emission tests. If we do
not allow you to assume that the
tinued
measured flow is an ideal gas, the
governing equations include a firstorder correction for the behavior of a
1
100.103 − 98.290
1401.3 ....
47.30
¥0.061 real gas; namely, the compressibility
Ks =
⋅
20.085
100.103
factor, Z. If good engineering judgment
(6) For each speed at which you
Ks = 0.006700 s/rev
dictates using a value other than Z=1,
operate the PDP, use the corresponding
you may either use an appropriate
(3) Perform a least-squares regression
slope, a1, andintercept, ao, to calculate
of PDP volume pumped per revolution,
equation of state to determine values of
flow rate during emission testing as
Vrev, versus PDP slip correction factor,
Z as a function of measured pressures
described in § 1065.642.
Ks, by calculating slope, a1, and
and temperatures, or you may develop
(c) Venturi governing equations and
intercept, a0, as described in § 1065.602.
your own calibration equations based on
permissible assumptions. This section
(4) Repeat the procedure in
good engineering judgment. Note that
describes the governing equations and
paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this
the equation for the flow coefficient, Cf,
permissible assumptions for calibrating
section for every speed that you run
is based on the ideal gas assumption
a venturi and calculating flow using a
your PDP.
that the isentropic exponent, g, is equal
venturi. Because a subsonic venturi
(5) The following example illustrates
to the ratio of specific heats, Cp/Cv. If
(SSV) and a critical-flow venturi (CFV)
these calculations:
good engineering judgment dictates
both operate similarly, their governing
using a real gas isentropic exponent,
equations are nearly the same, except
TABLE 1 OF § 1065.640.—EXAMPLE
you may either use an appropriate
for the equation describing their
OF PDP CALIBRATION DATA
equation of state to determine values of
pressure ratio, r (i.e., rSSV versus rCFV).
These governing equations assume one- g as a function of measured pressures
¯ nPDP
f
a1
a0
and temperatures, or you may develop
dimensional isentropic inviscid
your own calibration equations based on
compressible flow of an ideal gas. In
755.0 ......
50.43
0.056
good engineering judgment. Calculate
987.6 ......
49.86
¥0.013 paragraph (c)(4) of this section, we
˙
molar flow rate, n, as follows:
1254.5 ....
48.54
0.028 describe other assumptions that you
VerDate jul<14>2003
11:20 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
PO 00000
¯ nPDP
f
Frm 00159
a1
Fmt 4701
a0
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
ER13JY05.066
f rPDP
⋅
Eq. 1065.640-2
ER13JY05.065
1
˙
n ref ⋅ R ⋅ Tin
Pin ⋅ fnPDP
ER13JY05.064
˙
n ref =
(1) PDP volume pumped per
revolution, Vrev (m3/rev):
ER13JY05.063
˙
n ref
Ks =
Example:
¯ nPDP = 1205.1 rev/min = 20.085 rev/s
f
¯
P out = 100.103 kPa
¯
P in= 98.290 kPa
Eq.1065.640 − 1
ER13JY05.062
Where:
˙
n ref = reference molar flow rate.
˙
V stdref = reference volume flow rate,
corrected to a standard pressure and
a standard temperature.
˙
V actref = reference volume flow rate at
the actual pressure and temperature
of the flow rate.
˙
m ref = reference mass flow.
Pstd = standard pressure.
Pact = actual pressure of the flow rate.
Tstd = standard temperature.
Tact = actual temperature of the flow
rate.
R = molar gas constant.
Mmix = molar mass of the flow rate.
Example 1:
˙
V stdref = 1000.00 ft3/min = 0.471948
m/s
change during an emission test, you
should ensure that they are as constant
as practical for each individual set point
during a flow meter calibration:
ER13JY05.061
˙
n ref =
˙
˙
volume rate, Vactref, or mass rate, mref,
convert your reference meter output to
a molar flow rate using the following
equations, noting that while values for
volume rate, mass rate, pressure,
temperature, and molar mass may
ER13JY05.060
(a) Reference meter conversions. The
calibration equations in this section use
˙
molar flow rate, nref, as a reference
quantity. If your reference meter outputs
a flow rate in a different quantity, such
˙
as standard volume rate, Vstdref, actual
40577
40578
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
˙
n = Cd ⋅ Cf ⋅
˙
C d = n ref ⋅
Where:
˙
nref = A reference molar flow rate.
(2) Determine Cf using one of the
following methods:
(i) For CFV flow meters only,
determine CfCFV from the following
table based on your values for bb and g,
using linear interpolation to find
intermediate values:
TABLE 2 OF § 1065.640.—CfCFV
VERSUS b AND g FOR CFV FLOW
METERS
b
0.000 ...........
gexh = 1.385
gdexh =
gair =
1.399
0.6822
Eq. 1065.640-4
At = Venturi throat cross-sectional area.
Pin = Venturi inlet absolute static
pressure.
Z = Compressibility factor.
Mmix = Molar mass of gas mixture.
R = Molar gas constant.
Where:
Cd = Discharge coefficient, as
determined in paragraph (c)(1) of
this section.
Cf = Flow coefficient, as determined in
paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
CfCFV
A t ⋅ p in
Z ⋅ M mix ⋅ R ⋅ Tin
0.6846
Z ⋅ M mix ⋅ R ⋅ Tin
Tin = Venturi inlet absolute temperature.
(1) Using the data collected in
§ 1065.340, calculate Cd using the
following equation:
Eq. 1065.640-5
C f ⋅ A t ⋅ p in
TABLE 2 OF § 1065.640.—CfCFV TABLE 2 OF § 1065.640.—CfCFV
VERSUS b AND g FOR CFV FLOW
VERSUS b AND g FOR CFV FLOW
METERS—Continued
METERS—Continued
CfCFV
b
0.400
0.500
0.550
0.600
0.625
0.650
0.675
0.700
0.720
0.740
0.760
0.770
gexh = 1.385
...........
...........
...........
...........
...........
...........
...........
...........
...........
...........
...........
...........
0.6857
0.6910
0.6953
0.7011
0.7047
0.7089
0.7137
0.7193
0.7245
0.7303
0.7368
0.7404
CfCFV
gdexh =
gair =
1.399
0.6881
0.6934
0.6977
0.7036
0.7072
0.7114
0.7163
0.7219
0.7271
0.7329
0.7395
0.7431
b
0.780
0.790
0.800
0.810
0.820
0.830
0.840
0.850
...........
...........
...........
...........
...........
...........
...........
...........
gexh = 1.385
0.7442
0.7483
0.7527
0.7573
0.7624
0.7677
0.7735
0.7798
gdexh =
gair =
1.399
0.7470
0.7511
0.7555
0.7602
0.7652
0.7707
0.7765
0.7828
(ii) For any CFV or SSV flow meter,
you may use the following equation to
calculate Cf:
1
(4) You may make any of the
following simplifying assumptions of
the governing equations, or you may use
good engineering judgment to develop
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
Eq. 1065.640-7
Where:
+
γ − 1 4
⋅ β ⋅ rCFV
2
2
γ
=
γ +1
2
Eq. 1065.640 − 8
more appropriate values for your
testing:
(i) For emission testing over the full
ranges of raw exhaust, diluted exhaust
and dilution air, you may assume that
PO 00000
Frm 00160
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the gas mixture behaves as an ideal gas:
Z=1.
(ii) For the full range of raw exhaust
you may assume a constant ratio of
specific heats of g =1.385.
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
ER13jy05.070
∆p
p in
(ii) For CFV systems only, calculate
rCFV iteratively using the following
equation:
ER13jy05.069
1− γ
γ
rSSV = 1 −
ÄpSSV = Differential static pressure;
venturi inlet minus venturi throat.
ER13JY05.068
rCFV
(3) Calculate r as follows:
(i) For SSV systems only, calculate
rSSV using the following equation:
ER13JY05.067
Where:
g = isentropic exponent. For an ideal
gas, this is the ratio of specific heats
of the gas mixture, Cp/Cv.
r = Pressure ratio, as determined in
paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
b = Ratio of venturi throat to inlet
diameters.
ER13jy05.071
γ −1 2
2 ⋅ γ ⋅ r γ − 1
Cf =
Eq. 1065.640-6
−2
( γ − 1) ⋅ β 4 − r γ
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
(iii) For the full range of diluted
exhaust and air (e.g., calibration air or
dilution air), you may assume a constant
ratio of specific heats of g = 1.399.
(iv) For the full range of diluted
exhaust and air, you may assume the
molar mass of the mixture is a function
only of the amount of water in the
M mix = M air ⋅ (1 − x H 2 O ) + M H 2 O ⋅ x H 2 O
Example:
Mair = 28.96559 g/mol
xH2O = 0.0169 mol/mol
MH2O = 18.01528 g/mol
Mmix = 28.96559 × (1 0.0169) + 18.01528
× 0.0169
Mmix = 28.7805 g/mol
(v) For the full range of diluted
exhaust and air, you may assume a
40579
dilution air or calibration air,
xH2O,determined as described in
§ 1065.645, as follows:
Eq. 1065.640-9
constant molar mass of the mixture,
Mmix, for all calibration and all testing
as long as your assumed molar mass
differs no more than ±1% from the
estimated minimum and maximum
molar mass during calibration and
testing. You may assume this, using
good engineering judgment, if you
sufficiently control the amount of water
in calibration air and in dilution air or
if you remove sufficient water from both
calibration air and dilution air. The
following table gives examples of
permissible ranges of dilution air
dewpoint versus calibration air
dewpoint:
TABLE 3 OF § 1065.640.—EXAMPLES OF DILUTION AIR AND CALIBRATION AIR DEWPOINTS AT WHICH YOU MAY ASSUME A
CONSTANT Mmix.
assume the
following constant Mmix (g/
mol)...
If calibration Tdew (°C) is...
dry ...........................................................................
0 ..............................................................................
5 ..............................................................................
10 ............................................................................
15 ............................................................................
20 ............................................................................
25 ............................................................................
30 ............................................................................
dry to 18.
dry to 21.
dry to 22.
dry to 24.
dry to 26.
¥8 to 28.
12 to 31.
23 to 34.
valid for all calibration and emission testing over the atmospheric pressure range (80.000 to 103.325) kPa.
Cd = 0.981
(d) SSV calibration. Perform the
following steps to calibrate an SSV flow
meter:
(1) Calculate the Reynolds number,
Re#, for each reference molar flow rate,
using the throat diameter of the venturi,
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
2.312
= 0.977
99.132
1 ⋅ 0.0287805 ⋅ 8.314472 ⋅ 298.15
0.274 ⋅ 0.01824 ⋅ 99132.0
dt. Because the dynamic viscosity, µ, is
needed to compute Re#, you may use
your own fluid viscosity model to
determine µ for your calibration gas
(usually air), using good engineering
judgment. Alternatively, you may use
the Sutherland three-coefficient
viscosity model to approximate µ, as
PO 00000
Frm 00161
ER13JY05.076
C d = 57.625 ⋅
Cf = 0.274
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
shown in the following sample
calculation for Re#:
Re # =
˙
4 ⋅ M mix ⋅ n ref
π ⋅dt ⋅µ
Eq. 1065.640-10
Where, using the Sutherland threecoefficient viscosity model:
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
ER13JY05.075
rSSV = 1 −
1
1.399 −1
2
2 ⋅ 1.399 ⋅ 0.977 1.399 − 1
Cf =
−2
4
1.399
(1.399 − 1) ⋅ 0.8 − 0.977
ER13JY05.074
Z=1
Mmix = 28.7805 g/mol = 0.0287805 kg/
mol
R = 8.314472 J/(mol·K)
Tin = 298.15 K
At = 0.01824 m2
pin = 99132.0 Pa
g = 1.399
b = 0.8
Dp = 2.312 kPa
ER13JY05.073
(5) The following example illustrates
the use of the governing equations to
calculate the discharge coefficient, Cd of
an SSV flow meter at one reference flow
meter value. Note that calculating Cd for
a CFV flow meter would be similar,
except that Cf would be determined
from Table 1 of this section or
calculated iteratively using values of b
and g as described in paragraph (c)(2) of
this section.
Example:
˙
nref = 57.625 mol/s
ER13jy05.072
a Range
28.96559
28.89263
28.86148
28.81911
28.76224
28.68685
28.58806
28.46005
for the following ranges of Tdew (°C) during emission testsa
40580
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
3
T 2
µ = µ 0 ⋅ in
T0
Where:
µ = Dynamic viscosity of calibration gas.
µ0 = Sutherland reference viscosity.
T +S
⋅ 0
Tin + S
Eq. 1065.640-11
T0 = Sutherland reference temperature.
S = Sutherland constant.
TABLE 3 OF § 1065.640.—SUTHERLAND THREE-COEFFICIENT VISCOSITY MODEL PARAMETERS
µ0
kg/(m · s)
Gas a
Air .................................................................
CO2 ..............................................................
H2O ..............................................................
O2 .................................................................
N2 .................................................................
1.716
1.370
1.12
1.919
1.663
T0
K
·
·
·
·
·
10¥5
10¥5
10¥5
10¥5
10¥5
273
273
350
273
273
S
K
Temp range within ± 2%
error
K
111
222
1064
139
107
170
190
360
190
100
to
to
to
to
to
1900
1700
1500
2000
1500
Pressure limit
kPa
≤ 1800
≤ 3600
≤ 10000
≤ 2500
≤ 1600
a Use tabulated parameters only for the pure gases, as listed. Do not combine parameters in calculations to calculate viscosities of gas
mixtures.
Example:
µ0 = 1.7894 · 10¥5 kg/(m·s)
T0 = 273.11 K
S = 110.56 K
3
4 ⋅ 28.7805 ⋅ 57.625
.
314159 ⋅ 152.4 ⋅ 1.916 ⋅ 10 −5
Re# = 7.2317 · 105
(2) Create an equation for Cd versus
Re#, using paired values of (Re#, Cd). For
the equation, you may use any
mathematical expression, including a
polynomial or a power series. The
following equation is an example of a
commonly used mathematical
expression for relating Cd and Re#:
C d = a 0 − a1 ⋅
10 6
Re #
Eq. 1065.640-12
(3) Perform a least-squares regression
analysis to determine the best-fit
coefficients to the equation and
calculate the equation’s regression
statistics, SEE and r2, accordingto
§ 1065.602.
(4) If the equation meets the criteria
˙
of SEE < 0.5% · nrefmax and r2 ≥ 0.995,
you may use the equation to determine
Cd for emission tests, as described in
§ 1065.642.
(5) If the SEE and r2 criteria are not
met, you may use good engineering
judgment to omit calibration data points
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
PO 00000
Frm 00162
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
ratio of the sum of the active venturi
throat diameters to the diameter of the
common entrance to all of the venturis.
To determine the Cd for a single venturi
or a single combination of venturis,
perform the following steps:
(1) Use the data collected at each
calibration set point to calculate an
individual Cd for each point using Eq.
1065.640–4.
(2) Calculate the mean and standard
deviation of all the Cd values according
to Eqs. 1065.602–1 and 1065.602–2.
(3) If the standard deviation of all the
Cd values is less than or equal to 0.3%
of the mean Cd, then use the mean Cd
in Eq 1065.642–6, and use the CFV only
down to the lowest DpCFV measured
during calibration.
(4) If the standard deviation of all the
Cd values exceeds 0.3% of the mean Cd,
omit the Cd values corresponding to the
data point collected at the lowest DpCFV
measured during calibration.
(5) If the number of remaining data
points is less than seven, take corrective
action by checking your calibration data
or repeating the calibration process. If
you repeat the calibration process, we
recommend checking for leaks, applying
tighter tolerances to measurements and
allowing more time for flows to
stabilize.
(6) If the number of remaining Cd
values is seven or greater, recalculate
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
ER13JY05.080
Re # =
to meet the regression statistics. You
must use at least seven calibration data
points to meet the criteria.
(6) If omitting points does not resolve
outliers, take corrective action. For
example, select another mathematical
expression for the Cd versus Re#
equation, check for leaks, or repeat the
calibration process. If you must repeat
the process, we recommend applying
tighter tolerances to measurements and
allowing more time for flows to
stabilize.
(7) Once you have an equation that
meets the regression criteria, you may
use the equation only to determine flow
rates that are within the range of the
reference flow rates used to meet the Cd
versus Re# equation’s regression criteria.
(e) CFV calibration. Some CFV flow
meters consist of a single venturi and
some consist of multiple venturis,
where different combinations of
venturis are used to meter different flow
rates. For CFV flow meters that consist
of multiple venturis, either calibrate
each venturi independently to
determine a separate discharge
coefficient, Cd, for each venturi, or
calibrate each combination of venturis
as one venturi. In the case where you
calibrate a combination of venturis, use
the sum of the active venturi throat
areas as At, the sum of the active venturi
throat diameters as dt, and the ratio of
venturi throat to inlet diameters as the
ER13JY05.078 ER13JY05.079
µ = 1.916 · 10¥5 kg/(m·s)
Mmix = 28.7805 g/mol
˙
nref = 57.625 mol/s
dt = 152.4 mm
Tin = 298.15 K
.
298.15 2 27311 + 110.56
⋅
⋅
27311 298.15 + 110.56
.
ER13JY05.077
µ = 1.7894 ⋅ 10
−5
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
the steps in paragraph (e)(4) through (8)
of this section.
§ 1065.642 SSV, CFV, and PDP molar flow
rate calculations.
This section describes the equations
for calculating molar flow rates from
various flow meters. After you calibrate
a flow meter according to § 1065.640,
use the calculations described in this
section to calculate flow during an
emission test.
50.43 99950 − 98575
⋅
+ 0.056
755
98575
˙
n= 58.173 mol/s
(c) CFV molar flow rate. Some CFV
flow meters consist of a single venturi
and some consist of multiple venturis,
where different combinations of
venturis are used to meter different flow
rates. If you use multiple venturis and
you calibrated each venturi
independently to determine a separate
discharge coefficient, Cd, for each
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Using Eq. 1065.640–5,
Cf = 0.274
Using Eq. 1065.640–4,
Cd = 0.990
0.01824 ⋅ 99132
1 ⋅ 0.0287805 ⋅ 8.314472 ⋅ 298.15
A t ⋅ p in
Z ⋅ M mix ⋅ R ⋅ Tin
Eq. 1065.642-6
Z=1
Mmix = 28.7805 g/mol = 0.0287805 kg/
mol
R = 8.314472 J/(mol·K)
Tin = 378.15 K
Jkt 205001
PO 00000
Frm 00163
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
venturi throat diameters to the diameter
of the common entrance to all of the
venturis. To calculate the molar flow
rate through one venturi or one
combination of venturis, use its
respective mean Cd and other constants
you determined according to § 1065.640
˙
and calculate its molar flow rate n
during an emission test, as follows:
˙
n = 0.985·0.712
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
ER13JY05.087
rssv = 0.997
ER13JY05.088
Eq. 1065.642-3
venturi, calculate the individual molar
flow rates through each venturi and sum
˙
all their flow rates to determine n. If you
use multiple venturis and you calibrated
each combination of venturis, calculate
using the sum of the active venturi
throat areas as At, the sum of the active
venturi throat diameters as dt, and the
ratio of venturi throat to inlet diameters
as the ratio of the sum of the active
˙
n = Cd ⋅ Cf ⋅
˙
n = 29.464 mol/s
(b) SSV molar flow rate. Based on the
Cd versus Re# equation you determined
according to § 1065.640, calculate SSV
˙˙
molar flow rate, nn during an emission
test as follows:
ER13JY05.086
˙
n = 0.990 ⋅ 0.274 ⋅
98575 ⋅ 0.06389
8.314472 ⋅ 323.5
ER13JY05.085
A t ⋅ p in
Z ⋅ M mix ⋅ R ⋅ Tin
R = 8.314472 J/(mol·K)
Tin = 298.15 K
Re# = 7.232·105
£ = 1.399
b = 0.8
Dp = 2.312 kPa
Using Eq. 1065.640–6,
Example:
At = 0.01824 m2
pin = 99132 Pa
Z=1
Mmix = 28.7805 g/mol = 0.0287805 kg/
mol
VerDate jul<14>2003
˙
n = 12.58 ⋅
vrev = 0.06389 m3/rev
˙
n = Cd ⋅ Cf ⋅
Example:
Cd = 0.985
Cf = 0.7219
At = 0.00456 m2
pin = 98836 Pa
Eq. 1065.642-2
ER13JY05.083
Vrev =
Eq. 1065.642-1
Where:
Ct = 60 s/min
Example:
a1 = 50.43
¯nPDP = 755.0 rev/min = 12.58 rev/s
f
pout = 99950 Pa
pin = 98575 Pa
a0 = 0.056
R = 8.314472 J/(mol·K)
Tin = 323.5 K
Cp = 1000 (J/m3)/kPa
p in ⋅ Vrev
R ⋅ Tin
ER13JY05.084
p − p in
a1
⋅ out
+ a0
fnPDP
p in
˙
n = fnPDP ⋅
0.00456 ⋅ 98836
1 ⋅ 0.0287805 ⋅ 8.314472 ⋅ 378.15
13JYR2
ER13JY05.082
Vrev =
(a) PDP molar flow rate. Based upon
the speed at which you operate the PDP
for a test interval, select the
corresponding slope, a1, and intercept,
a0, as calculated in § 1065.640, to
˙
calculate molar flow rate, n, as follows:
ER13JY05.081
the mean and standard deviation of the
remaining Cd values.
(7) If the standard deviation of the
remaining Cd values is less than or equal
to 0.3 % of the mean of the remaining
Cd, use that mean Cd in Eq 1065.642–6,
and use the CFV values only down to
the lowest DpCFV associated with the
remaining Cd.
(8) If the standard deviation of the
remaining Cd still exceeds 0.3% of the
mean of the remaining Cd values, repeat
40581
40582
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
˙
n = 33.690 mol/s
§ 1065.645
gas.
Amount of water in an ideal
This section describes how to
determine the amount of water in an
ideal gas, which you need for various
performance verifications and emission
calculations. Use the equation for the
vapor pressure of water in paragraph (a)
of this section or another appropriate
equation and, depending on whether
you measure dewpoint or relative
humidity, perform one of the
calculations in paragraph (b) or (c) of
this section.
(a) Vapor pressure of water. Calculate
the vapor pressure of water for a given
saturation temperature condition, Tsat,
as follows, or use good engineering
judgment to use a different relationship
of the vapor pressure of water to a given
saturation temperature condition:
(1) For humidity measurements made
at ambient temperatures from (0 to 100)
°C, or for humidity measurements made
over super-cooled water at ambient
temperatures from (¥50 to 0) °C, use the
following equation:
− log10 ( p H 20 ) =
− log10 ( p H 20 ) =
27316
.
− 1 +
10.79574 ⋅
Tsat
5.02800 ⋅ log10
10.79574 ⋅
Tsat
+
27316
.
0.42873 ⋅ 10
0.21386
.
27316
−1 +
282.65
5.02800 ⋅ log10
−8.2969 ⋅ Tsat
273.16
− 1 +
1.50475 ⋅ 10 −4 ⋅ 10
−3
Example:
Tsat = 9.5 °C
Tdsat= 9.5 + 273.15 = 282.65 K
273.16
4.76955 ⋅ 1−
Tsat
+
⋅ 1 − 10
Eq. 1065.645-1
282.65
+
27316
.
−8.2969 ⋅ 282.65
273.16
1.50475 ⋅ 10 −4 ⋅ 10
− 1 +
273.16
4.76955 ⋅ 1−
282.65
0.42873 ⋅ 10 −3 ⋅ 1 − 10
+
0.21386
Where:
pH20 = vapor pressure of water at
saturation temperature condition,
kPa.
Tsat = saturation temperature of water at
measured conditions, K.
¥log10(pH20) = ¥0.074297
pH20 = 100.074297 = 1.1866 kPa
(2) For humidity measurements over
ice at ambient temperatures from (¥100
to 0) °C, use the following equation:
− log10 ( p sat ) =
27316
.
9.09685 ⋅
− 1 +
Tsat
27316
.
3.56654 ⋅ log10
+
Tsat
257.75
0.87682 ⋅
− 1 +
Tsat
.
27316
+
257.75
0.21386
¥log10(pH20) = ¥0.79821
pH20 = 100.074297 = 0.15941 kPa
(b) Dewpoint. If you measure
humidity as a dewpoint, determine the
amount of water in an ideal gas, xH20, as
follows:
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
xH20 = amount of water in an ideal gas.
RH% = relative humidity.
pH20 = water vapor pressure at 100%
relative humidity at the location of
your relative humidity
measurement, Tsat = Tamb.
Pabs = wet static absolute pressure at the
location of your relative humidity
measurement.
pabs = 99.980 kPa
Tsat = Tdew = 9.5 °C
Using Eq. 1065.645–2,
pH20 = 1.1866 kPa
xH2O = 1.1866/99.980
xH2O = 0.011868 mol/mol
(c) Relative humidity. If you measure
humidity as a relative humidity, RH%,
determine the amount of water in an
ideal gas, xH20, as follows:
PO 00000
Frm 00164
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Example:
RH% = 50.77%
pabs = 99.980 kPa
Tsat = Tamb = 20 °C
Using Eq. 1065.645–2,
pH20 = 2.3371 kPa
xH2O = (50.77% · 2.3371)/99.980
xH2O = 0.011868 mol/mol
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
ER13JY05.094
Eq. 1065.645-4
ER13JY05.093
p abs
Where:
Example:
257.75
0.87682 ⋅
−1 +
27316
.
VerDate jul<14>2003
RH % ⋅ p H 20
xH20 = amount of water in an ideal gas.
pH20 = water vapor pressure at the
measured dewpoint, Tsat = Tdew.
pabs = wet static absolute pressure at the
location of your dewpoint
measurement.
.
27316
−1 +
257.75
3.56654 ⋅ log10
x H2O =
Where:
− log10 ( p sat ) =
9.09685 ⋅
Eq. 1065.645-3
ER13JY05.092
Tice = ¥15.4 °C
Tice = ¥15.4 + 273.15 = 257.75 K
p H 20
p abs
ER13JY05.091
x H2O =
ER13JY05.090
Example:
Eq. 1065.645-2
ER13JY05.089
0.21386
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
Eq. 1065.650-1
Example:
mNOX = 64.975 g
W = 25.783 kW·hr
eNOX = 64.975/25.783
eNOX = 2.520 g/(kW·hr)
(2) For discrete-mode steady-state
testing, you may calculate the ratio of
emission mass rate to power, as
described in paragraph (d) of this
section, using the following equation:
e=
˙
m
P
Eq. 1065.650-2
(3) For field testing, you may calculate
the ratio of total mass to total work,
where these individual values are
determined as described in paragraph
(e) of this section. You may also use this
approach for laboratory testing,
consistent with good engineering
judgment. This is a special case in
which you use a signal linearly
proportional to raw exhaust molar flow
rate to determine a value proportional to
total emissions. You then use the same
linearly proportional signal to
determine total work using a chemical
balance of fuel, intake air, and exhaust
as described in § 1065.655, plus
information about your engine’s brakespecific fuel consumption. Under this
method, flow meters need not meet
accuracy specifications, but they must
meet the applicable linearity and
repeatability specifications in subpart D
or subpart J of this part. The result is a
brake-specific emission value calculated
as follows:
~
m
e= ~
W
Eq. 1065.650-3
Example:
˜
m = 805.5 ~g
˜
w = 52.102 ~kW·hr
eCO = 805.5/52.102
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
PO 00000
Frm 00165
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
N
˙
m = M ⋅ ∑ x i ⋅ n i ⋅ ∆t
Eq. 1065.650-4
i =1
Example:
MNMHC = 13.875389 g/mol
N = 1200
xNMHC1 = 84.5 µmol/mol = 84.5 · 10¥6
mol/mol
xNMHC2 = 86.0 µmol/mol = 86.0 · 10¥6
mol/mol
˙
nexh1 = 2.876 mol/s
˙
nexh2 = 2.224 mol/s
frecord = 1 Hz
Using Eq. 1065.650¥5,
Dt = 1/1 = 1 s
mNMHC = 13.875389 · (84.5 · 10¥6 · 2.876
+ 86.0 · 10¥6 ·2.224 + ... + xNMHC1200
˙
· nexh) · 1
mNMHC = 25.23 g
(ii) Constant flow rate. If you
continuously sample from a constant
exhaust flow rate, calculate the mean
concentration recorded over the test
interval and treat the mean as a batch
sample, as described in paragraph
(b)(3)(ii) of this section. We consider the
following to be examples of constant
exhaust flows: CVS diluted exhaust
with a CVS flow meter that has either
an upstream heat exchanger, electronic
flow control, or both.
(3) Batch sampling. For batch
sampling, the concentration is a single
value from a proportionally extracted
batch sample (such as a bag, filter,
impinger, or cartridge). In this case,
multiply the mean concentration of the
batch sample by the total flow from
which the sample was extracted. You
may calculate total flow by integrating
a changing flow rate or by determining
the mean of a constant flow rate, as
follows:
(i) Varying flow rate. If you collect a
batch sample from a changing exhaust
flow rate, extract a sample proportional
to the changing exhaust flow rate. We
consider the following to be examples of
changing flows that require proportional
sampling: Raw exhaust, exhaust diluted
with a constant flow rate of dilution air,
and CVS dilution with a CVS flow meter
that does not have an upstream heat
exchanger or electronic flow control.
Integrate the flow rate over a test
interval to determine the total flow from
which you extracted the proportional
sample. Multiply the mean
concentration of the batch sample by the
total flow from which the sample was
extracted. If the total emission is a molar
quantity, convert this quantity to a mass
by multiplying it by its molar mass, M.
The result is the mass of the emission,
m. In the case of PM emissions, where
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
ER13JY05.098
m
W
continuous sampling with variable flow
using the following equations:
ER13JY05.097
e=
eCO = 2.520 g/(kW·hr)
(b) Total mass of emissions. To
calculate the total mass of an emission,
multiply a concentration by its
respective flow. For all systems, make
preliminary calculations as described in
paragraph (b)(1) of this section, then use
the method in paragraphs (b)(2) through
(4) of this section that is appropriate for
your system. Calculate the total mass of
emissions as follows:
(1) Concentration corrections. Perform
the following sequence of preliminary
calculations on recorded concentrations:
(i) Correct all concentrations
measured on a ‘‘dry’’ basis to a ‘‘wet’’
basis, including dilution air background
concentrations, as described in
§ 1065.659.
(ii) Calculate all HC concentrations,
including dilution air background
concentrations, as described in
§ 1065.660.
(iii) For emission testing with an
oxygenated fuel, calculate any HC
concentrations, including dilution air
background concentrations, as described
in § 1065.665. See subpart I of this part
for testing with oxygenated fuels.
(iv) Correct the total mass of NOX
based on intake-air humidity as
described in § 1065.670.
(v) Calculate brake-specific emissions
before and after correcting for drift,
including dilution air background
concentrations, according to § 1065.672.
(2) Continuous sampling. For
continuous sampling, you must
frequently record a continuously
updated concentration signal. You may
measure this concentration from a
changing flow rate or a constant flow
rate (including discrete-mode steadystate testing), as follows:
(i) Varying flow rate. If you
continuously sample from a changing
exhaust flow rate, synchronously
multiply it by the flow rate of the flow
from which you extracted it. We
consider the following to be examples of
changing flows that require a
continuous multiplication of
concentration times molar flow rate:
Raw exhaust, exhaust diluted with a
constant flow rate of dilution air, and
CVS dilution with a CVS flow meter
that does not have an upstream heat
exchanger or electronic flow control.
Account for dispersion and time
alignment as described in § 1065.201.
This multiplication results in the flow
rate of the emission itself. Integrate the
emission flow rate over a test interval to
determine the total emission. If the total
emission is a molar quantity, convert
this quantity to a mass by multiplying
it by its molar mass, M. The result is the
mass of the emission, m.Calculate m for
ER13JY05.096
Emission calculations.
(a) General. Calculate brake-specific
emissions over each test interval in a
duty cycle. Refer to the standard-setting
part for any calculations you might need
to determine a composite result, such as
a calculation that weights and sums the
results of individual test intervals in a
duty cycle. We specify three alternative
ways to calculate brake-specific
emissions, as follows:
(1) For any testing, you may calculate
the total mass of emissions, as described
in paragraph (b) of this section, and
divide it by the total work generated
over the test interval, as described in
paragraph (c) of this section, using the
following equation:
ER13JY05.095
§ 1065.650
40583
40584
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
˙
m = M ⋅ x ⋅ n ⋅ ∆t
Eq. 1065.650-7
and for PM or any other analysis of a
batch sample that yields a mass per
mole of sample,
M = M⋅x
10:48 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
Eq. 1065.650-11
P1 =
1800.2 ⋅ 177.23 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 314159
.
60 ⋅ 1000
P1 = 33.41 kW
P2 = 33.09 kW
Using Eq. 1065.650–5,
Dt = 1/5 = 0.2 s
W=
(33.41 + 33.09 + ... + P9000 ) ⋅ 0.2
3600
W = 16.875 kW·hr
(d) Steady-state mass rate divided by
power. To determine steady-state brakespecific emissions for a test interval as
PO 00000
Frm 00166
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\CC13.SGM
CC13
ER13JY05.108
(3) Ratio of mass and work. Divide
emission mass rate by power to
calculate a brake-specific emission
result as described in paragraph (a)(2) of
this section.
(4) Example. The following example
shows how to calculate mass of
emissions using mean mass rate and
mean power:
MCO = 28.0101 g/mol
¯
xCO = 12.00 mmol/mol = 0.01200 mol/
mol
J = 1.530 mol/s
¯
f
¯
T = 121.50 N·m
I = 28.0101·0.01200·1.530
I = 0.514 g/s
¯
P = 121.5·375.37
¯
P = 45607 W = 45.607 kW
eCO = 0.514/45.61
eCO = 0.0113 g/(kW·hr)
(e) Ratio of total mass of emissions to
total work. To determine brake-specific
emissions for a test interval as described
in paragraph (a)(3) of this section,
calculate a value proportional to the
total mass of each emission. Divide each
proportional value by a value that is
similarly proportional to total work.
(1) Total mass. To determine a value
proportional to the total mass of an
emission, determine total mass as
described in paragraph (b) of this
section, except substitute for the molar
˙
flow rate, n, or the total flow, n, with a
signal that is linearly proportional to
molar flow rate, J, or linearly
˜
proportional to total flow, n, as follows:
ER13JY05.107
Eq. 1065.650-13
ER13JY05.106
Pi = fni ⋅ Ti
Example:
N = 9000
fn1 = 1800.2 rev/min
fn2 = 1805.8 rev/min
T1 = 177.23 N·m
T2 = 175.00 N·m
Crev = 2 · π rad/rev
Ct1 = 60 s/min
Cp = 1000 (N·m)/kW
frecord = 5 Hz
Ct2 = 3600 s/hr
P = fn ⋅ T
ER13JY05.105
Eq. 1065.650-10
i =1
Eq. 1065.650-12
¯
(2) Calculate P using the following
equation:
ER13JY05.104
N
W = ∑ Pi ⋅ ∆t
˙
˙
m = M⋅x⋅n
ER13JY05.103
Eq. 1065.650-9
Example:
mPMdil = 6.853 g
DR = 5:1
mPM = 6.853 · (5 + 1)
mPM = 41.118 g
(ii) For continuous or batch sampling,
you may measure background emissions
in the dilution air. You may then
subtract the measured background
emissions, as described in § 1065.667.
(c) Total work. To calculate total
work, multiply the feedback engine
speed by its respective feedback torque.
Integrate the resulting value for power
over a test interval. Calculate total work
as follows:
Eq. 1065.650-8
Example:
¯
MPM = 144.0 µg/mol = 144.0 · 10¥6 g/
mol
J dexh = 57.692 mol/s
Dt = 1200 s
VerDate Aug<04>2004
m = m dil ⋅ (DR + 1)
ER13JY05.102
Example:
MNOX = 46.0055 g/mol
N = 9000
¯
xNOX = 85.6 µmol/mol = 85.6 · 10¥6
mol/mol
˙
ndexhl = 25.534 mol/s
˙
ndexh2 = 26.950 mol/s
frecord = 5 Hz
Using Eq. 1065.650–5,
Dt = 1/5 = 0.2
mNOX = 46.0055 · 85.6 · 10¥6 · (25.534
˙
+ 26.950 + ... +nexh9000) · 0.2
mNOX = 4.201 g
(ii) Constant flow rate. If you batch
sample from a constant exhaust flow
rate, extract a sample at a constant flow
rate. We consider the following to be
examples of constant exhaust flows:
CVS diluted exhaust with a CVS flow
meter that has either an upstream heat
exchanger, electronic flow control, or
both. Determine the mean molar flow
rate from which you extracted the
constant flow rate sample. Multiply the
mean concentration of the batch sample
by the mean molar flow rate of the
exhaust from which the sample was
extracted, and multiply the result by the
time of the test interval. If the total
emission is a molar quantity, convert
this quantity to a mass by multiplying
it by its molar mass, M. The result is the
mass of the emission, m. In the case of
PM emissions, where the mean PM
concentration is already in units of mass
¯
per mole of sample MPM, simply
multiply it by the total flow, and the
result is the total mass of PM, mPM,
Calculate m for sampling with constant
flow using the following equations:
ER13JY05.101
Eq. 1065.650-6
i =1
described in paragraph (a)(2) of this
section, calculate the mean steady-state
mass rate of the emission, I, and the
¯
mean steady-state power, P, as follows:
(1) To calculate, I, multiply its mean
¯
concentration, x, by its corresponding
mean molar flow rate, J. If the result is
a molar flow rate, convert this quantity
to a mass rate by multiplying it by its
molar mass, M. The result is the mean
˙
mass rate of the emission, m PM. In the
case of PM emissions, where the mean
PM concentration is already in units of
¯
mass per mole of sample, MPM, simply
multiply it by the mean molar flow rate,
J. The result is the mass rate of
˙
PM,m PM. Calculate I using the
following equation:
ER13JY05.100
N
˙
m = M ⋅ x ⋅ ∑ n i ⋅ ∆t
mPM = 144.0 · 10¥6 · 57.692 · 1200
mPM = 9.9692 g
(4) Additional provisions for diluted
exhaust sampling; continuous or batch.
The following additional provisions
apply for sampling emissions from
diluted exhaust:
(i) For sampling with a constant
dilution ratio (DR) of air flow versus
exhaust flow (e.g., secondary dilution
for PM sampling), calculate m using the
following equation:
ER13JY05.099
the mean PM concentration is already in
¯
units of mass per mole of sample, MPM,
simply multiply it by the total flow. The
result is the total mass of PM, mPM.
Calculate m for batch sampling with
variable flow using the following
equation:
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
1 + x H 2 Oi
Eq. 1065.650-14
fuel, intake air, and exhaust as
described in § 1065.655. In the chemical
balance, you must use concentrations
from the flow that generated the signal
proportional to molar flow rate, J, in
paragraph (e)(1) of this section.
Calculate a value proportional to total
work as follows:
N
~
~
W = ∑ Pi ⋅ ∆t
Eq. 1065.650-15
i =1
Where:
~
˙
~ m fueli
Pi =
e fuel
Eq. 1065.650-16
(3) Divide the value proportional to
total mass by the value proportional to
3.922 ⋅ 0.091634 ~ 2 ⋅ x Cproddry 2
˙
n
12.0107 ⋅
+
+ ... +
1 + x H 202
1 + 0.02721
~
W=
285 ⋅ 0.869
˜
W = 5.09 ∼ (kW·hr)
(f) Rounding. Round emission values
only after all calculations are complete
and the result is in g/(kW·hr) or units
equivalent to the units of the standard,
such as g/(hp·hr). See the definition of
‘‘Round’’ in § 1065.1001.
§ 1065.655 Chemical balances of fuel,
intake air, and exhaust.
(a) General. Chemical balances of fuel,
intake air, and exhaust may be used to
calculate flows, the amount of water in
their flows, and the wet concentration of
constituents in their flows. With one
flow rate of either fuel, intake air, or
exhaust, you may use chemical balances
to determine the flows of the other two.
For example, you may use chemical
balances along with either intake air or
fuel flow to determine raw exhaust flow.
(b) Procedures that require chemical
balances. We require chemical balances
when you determine the following:
(1) A value proportional to total work,
˜
W, when you choose to determine
brake-specific emissions as described in
§ 1065.650(e).
(2) The amount of water in a raw or
diluted exhaust flow, xH2O, when you do
not measure the amount of water to
correct for the amount of water removed
by a sampling system. Correct for
removed water according to
§ 1065.659(c)(2).
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
~
˙
n 3000 ⋅ x Cpdry3000
⋅ 0.2
1 + x H 2 On 3000
(3) The flow-weighted mean fraction
¯
of dilution air in diluted exhaust x dil,
when you do not measure dilution air
flow to correct for background
emissions as described in§ 1065.667(c).
Note that if you use chemical balances
for this purpose, you are assuming that
your exhaust is stoichiometric, even if it
is not.
(c) Chemical balance procedure. The
calculations for a chemical balance
involve a system of equations that
require iteration. We recommend using
a computer to solve this system of
equations. You must guess the initial
values of up to three quantities: the
amount of water in the measured flow,
xH2O, fraction of dilution air in diluted
exhaust, xdil, and the amount of
products on a C1 basis per dry mole of
dry measured flow, xCproddry. For each
emission concentration, x, and amount
of water xH2O, you must determine their
completely dry concentrations. xdry and
xH2Odry. You must also use your fuel’s
atomic hydrogen-to-carbon ratio, a, and
oxygen-to-carbon ratio, b. For your fuel,
you may measure a and b or you may
use the default values in Table 1 of
§ 1065.650. Use the following steps to
complete a chemical balance:
(1) Convert your measured
concentrations such as, xCO2meas,
xNOmeas, and xH2Oint, to dry
concentrations by dividing them by one
minus the amount of water present
PO 00000
Frm 00167
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
total work to determine brake-specific
emissions, as described in paragraph
(a)(3) of this section.
(4) The following example shows how
to calculate mass of emissions using
proportional values:
N = 3000
frecord = 5 Hz
efuel = 285 g/(kW·hr)
wfuel = 0.869 g/g
Mc = 12.0107 g/mol
˙
n1 = 3.922 ∼mol/s = 14119.2 mol/hr
xCproddry1 = 91.634 mmol/mol = 0.091634
mol/mol
xH2O1 = 27.21 mmol/mol = 0.02721 mol/
mol
Using 1065.650–5,
Dt = 0.2 s
during their respective measurements;
for example: xH2OxCO2, xH2OxNO, and
xH2Oint. If the amount of water present
during a ‘‘wet’’ measurement is the
same as the unknown amount of water
in the exhaust flow, xH2O, iteratively
solve for that value in the system of
equations. If you measure only total
NOX and not NO and NO2 separately,
use good engineering judgement to
estimate a split in your total NOX
concentration between NO and NO2 for
the chemical balances. For example, if
you measure emissions from a
stoichiometric spark-ignition engine,
you may assume all NOX is NO. For a
compression-ignition engine, you may
assume that your molar concentration of
NOX, xNOX, is 75% NO and 25% NO2
For NO2 storage aftertreatment systems,
you may assume xNOX is 25% NO and
75% NO2. Note that for calculating the
mass of NOX emissions, you must use
the molar mass of NO2 for the effective
molar mass of all NOX species,
regardless of the actual NO2 fraction of
NOX.
(2) Enter the equations in paragraph
(c)(4) of this section into a computer
program to iteratively solve for xH2O and
xCproddry. If you measure raw exhaust
flow, set xdil equal to zero. If you
measure diluted exhaust flow,
iteratively solve for xdil. Use good
engineering judgment to guess initial
values for xH2O, xCproddry, and xdil. We
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
ER13JY05.112
~
˙
M C ⋅ n i ⋅ x Cproddryi
ER13JY05.111
w fuel
⋅
ER13JY05.110
(2) Total work. To calculate a value
proportional to total work over a test
interval, integrate a value that is
proportional to power. Use information
about the brake-specific fuel
consumption of your engine, efuel, to
convert a signal proportional to fuel
flow rate to a signal proportional to
power. To determine a signal
proportional to fuel flow rate, divide a
signal that is proportional to the mass
rate of carbon products by the fraction
of carbon in your fuel, wc. For your fuel,
you may use a measured wc or you may
use the default values in Table 1 of
§ 1065.655. Calculate the mass rate of
carbon from the amount of carbon and
water in the exhaust, which you
determine with a chemical balance of
1
ER13JY05.109
~
˙
m fueli =
40585
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
x CO2dry =
(
⋅ 1 + x H2Ointdry
1−
Eq. 1065.655-5
1
α
⋅ x COdry + ⋅ x Cproddry + x NOdry + x NO2dry − β ⋅ x Cproddry
2
2
x CO2meas
−
1 − x H2OCO2meas
1−
1
⋅ x COdry
2
x CO2airdry
α
− ⋅ x Cproddry − x NO2dry
2
x COmeas
1 − x H2OxCOmeas
x THCmeas
1 − x H2OxTHCmeas
x H2Ointdry =
Jkt 205001
Eq. 1065.655-4
1
1
α
⋅ ⋅ x COdry − ⋅ x Cproddry − x NO2dry
1 − x dil 2
2
x THCdry =
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
)
1
x COdry =
VerDate jul<14>2003
Eq. 1065.655-3
PO 00000
Frm 00168
x H2Oint
1 − x H2Oint
Fmt 4701
Eq. 1065.655-7
Eq. 1065.655-8
Eq. 1065.655-9
Eq. 1065.655-10
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
Eq. 1065.655-6
ER13JY05.122
ER13JY05.116
x O2proddry = x CO2dry +
x O2airdry
Eq. 1065.655-2
ER13JY05.115
x prod/intdry =
x O2proddry ⋅ x prod/intdry
Eq. 1065.655-1
ER13JY05.120
x dil = 1 −
1 + x H2Odry
ER13JY05.121
x Cproddry = x CO2dry + x COdry + x THCdry
x H2Odry
ER13JY05.119
x H2Ointdry
α
⋅ x Cproddry + (1 − x dil ) ⋅
+ x dil ⋅ x H2Odildry
2
x prod/ intdry
x H2O =
ER13JY05.114
x H2Odry =
xH2Oint = Amount of water in the intake
air, based on a humidity
measurement of intake air.
xH2Odil = Amount of water in dilution
air, based on a humidity
measurement of intake air.
xO2airdry = Amount of oxygen per dry
mole of air. Use xO2airdry= 0.209445
mol/mol.
xCO2airdry = Amount of carbon dioxide
per dry mole of air. Use xCO2airdry =
375 mol/mol.
a = Atomic hydrogen-to-carbon ratio in
fuel.
β = Atomic oxygen-to-carbon ratio in
fuel.
(4) Use the following equations to
iteratively solve for xH2O and xCproddry:
ER13JY05.118
xH2O = Amount of water in measured
flow.
xH2Odry = Amount of water per dry mole
of measured flow.
xCproddry = Amount of carbon products
on a C1 basis per dry mole of
measured flow.
xdil = Fraction of dilution air in
measured flow, assuming
stoichiometric exhaust; or xdil =
excess air for raw exhaust.
xprod/intdry = Amount of dry
stoichiometric products per dry
mole of intake air.
xO2proddry = Amount of oxygen products
on an O2 basis per dry mole of
measured flow.
x[emission]dry = Amount of emission per
dry mole of measured flow.
x[emission]meas = Amount of emission in
measured flow.
xH2O[emission]meas = Amount of water at
emission-detection location.
Measure or estimate these values
according to § 1065.145(d)(2).
ER13JY05.117
recommend guessing an initial amount
of water that is about twice the amount
of water in your intake or dilution air.
We recommend guessing an initial value
of xCproddry as the sum of your measured
CO2, CO, and THC values. If you
measure diluted exhaust, we also
recommend guessing an initial xdil
between 0.75 and 0.95, such as 0.8.
Iterate values in the system of equations
until the most recently updated guesses
are all within ±1% of their respective
most recently calculated values.
(3) Use the following symbols and
subscripts in the equations for this
paragraph (c):
13JYR2
ER13JY05.113
40586
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
x H2Odildry =
x H2Odil
1 − x H2Odil
Eq. 1065.655-11
x NO2dry =
x NO2meas
1 − x H2OxNO2meas
Eq. 1065.655-12
x NOdry =
x NOmeas
1 − x H2OxNOmeas
Eq. 1065.655-13
(5) The following example is a
solution for xH2O and xCproddry using the
x H2O =
equations in paragraph (c)(4) of this
section:
35.24
= 34.04 mmol/mol
35.24
1+
1000
x H2Odry =
1.8
17.22
⋅ 24.69 + (1 − 0.843) ⋅
+ 0.843 ⋅ 12.01 = 35.24 mmol/ mol
2
0.9338
x Cproddry = 24.614 +
x dil
34.54
⋅ 0.9338
17.22
= 1 − 1000
⋅ 1 +
= 0.843
1000
0.209445
1 29.3 1.8
50.4 12.1
⋅
+
⋅ 24.69 +
+
− 0.05 ⋅ 24.69 = 34.54 mol/mol
2 1000 2
1000 1000
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
PO 00000
Frm 00169
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
ER13JY05.123
ER13JY05.124
ER13JY05.125
ER13JY05.126
375
24.770
1000
=
−
= 24.614 mmol/mol
8.601
1
29.3
1.8 24.69
12.1
1−
−
⋅
−
1− ⋅
1000
2 1000000 2 1000 1000000
ER13JY05.128
1
= 0.9338 mol/mol
1
1 29.3
1.8 24.69
12.1
⋅ ⋅
−
⋅
−
1−
1 − 0.843 2 1000000 2 1000 1000000
x O 2 prod/intdry = 24.614 +
x CO2dry
29.3 47.6
+
= 24.69 mmol/mol
1000 1000
ER13JY05.127
x prod/intdry =
40587
40588
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 1 OF § 1065.655.—DEFAULT VALUES OF ATOMIC HYDROGEN-TO-CARBON RATIO, a, ATOMIC OXYGEN-TO-CARBON
RATIO, β AND CARBON MASS FRACTION OF FUEL, WC, FOR VARIOUS FUELS
Atomic hydrogen
and oxygen-to-carbon ratios CHa Ob
Fuel
Gasoline ...................................................................................................................................................
#2 Diesel ..................................................................................................................................................
#1 Diesel ..................................................................................................................................................
Liquified Petroleum Gas ..........................................................................................................................
Natural gas ...............................................................................................................................................
Ethanol .....................................................................................................................................................
Methanol ..................................................................................................................................................
CH1.85O0
CH1.80O0
CH1.93O0
CH2.64O0
CH3.78O0.016
CH3O0.5
CH4O1
Carbon mass concentration, wCg/g
0.866
0.869
0.861
0.819
0.747
0.521
0.375
(1) Crankcase flow rate. You may
˙
calculate raw exhaust flow based on n int
˙
or m fuel only if at least one of the
following is true about your crankcase
emission flow rate:
(i) Your test engine has a production
emission-control system with a closed
crankcase that routes crankcase flow
back to the intake air, downstream of
your intake air flow meter.
(ii) During emission testing you route
open crankcase flow to the exhaust
according to § 1065.130(g).
(iii) You measure open crankcase
emissions and flow, and you add the
masses of crankcase emissions to your
brake-specific emission calculations.
(iv) Using emission data or an
engineering analysis, you can show that
neglecting the flow rate of open
crankcase emissions does not adversely
affect your ability to demonstrate
compliance with the applicable
standards.
(2) Intake air molar flow rate
˙
˙
calculation. Based on n int, calculate n exh
as follows:
Where:
˙
n exh= raw exhaust molar flow rate from
which you measured emissions.
˙
n int =intake air molar flow rate
including humidity in intake air.
Example:
xprod/intdry = 0.93382 mol/mol
xH20dry = 130.16 mmol/mol = 0.13016
mol/mol
xdil = 0.20278 mol/mol
VerDate jul<14>2003
10:42 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
PO 00000
Frm 00170
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
ER13JY05.129
ER13JY05.132
˙
n int= 3.780 mol/s
xH20int = 16.930 mmol/mol = 0.016930
mol/mol
ER13JY05.133
(d) Calculated raw exhaust molar flow
rate from measured intake air molar
flow rate or fuel mass flow rate. You
may calculate the raw exhaust molar
flow rate from which you sampled
˙
emissions,n exh, based on the measured
˙
intake air molarflow rate, nint, or the
˙
measured fuel mass flow rate, m fuel, and
the values calculated using the chemical
balance in paragraph (c) of this section.
Solve for the chemical balance in
paragraph (c) of this section at the same
frequency that you update and
˙
˙
recordn int orm fuel.
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
˙
nexh =4.919 mol/s
(3) Fuel mass flow rate calculation.
˙
˙
Based on m fuel, calculate n exh as
follows:
˙
m fuel ⋅ w c
⋅ 1 + x H 20 dry ⋅
M c ⋅ x Cproddry
(
Removed water correction.
(a) If you remove water upstream of a
concentration measurement, x, or
upstream of a flow measurement, n,
correct for the removed water. Perform
1 − x H2O
x = x[ emission ]meas ⋅
1 − x H 2 O[ emission ]meas
Example:
xCOmeas = 29.0 µmol/mol
xH2OxCOmeas = 8.601 mmol/mol =
0.008601 mol/mol
xH2O = 34.04 mmol/mol = 0.03404 mol/
mol
1 − 0.03404
x CO = 29.0 ⋅
1 − 0.008601
xCO = 28.3 µmol/mol
x THCcor = x THCuncor − x THCinit
Example:
xTHCuncor = 150.3 µmol/mol
xTHCinit = 1.1 µmol/mol
xTHCcor = 150.3 ¥ 1.1
xTHCcor = 149.2 µmol/mol
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
Eq. 1065.659-1
Frm 00171
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
THC and NMHC determination.
(a) THC determination. If we require
you to determine THC emissions,
calculate xTHC using the initial THC
contamination concentration xTHCinit
from § 1065.520 as follows:
Eq. 1065.660-1
(b) NMHC determination. Use one of
the following to determine NMHC
emissions, xNMHC.
(1) Report xNMHC as 0.98 • xTHC if you
did not measure CH4, or if the result of
paragraph (b)(2) or (3) of this section is
greater than the result using this
paragraph (b)(1).
PO 00000
§ 1065.660
(2) For nonmethane cutters, calculate
xNMHC using the nonmethane cutter’s
penetration fractions (PF) of CH4 and
C2H6 from § 1065.365, and using the
initial NMHC contamination
concentration xNMHCinit from § 1065.520
as follows:
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
ER13JY05.138
˙
n exh = 4.919 mol/s
setpoint, a pressure regulator setpoint,
or good engineering judgment.
(c) For a corresponding concentration
or flow measurement where you did not
remove water, you may determine the
amount of initial water by any of the
following:
(1) Use any of the techniques
described in paragraph (b) of this
section.
(2) If the measurement comes from
raw exhaust, you may determine the
amount of water based on intake-air
humidity, plus a chemical balance of
fuel, intake air and exhaust as described
in § 1065.655.
(3) If the measurement comes from
diluted exhaust, you may determine the
amount of water based on intake-air
humidity, dilution air humidity, and a
chemical balance of fuel, intake air, and
exhaust as described in § 1065.655.
(d) Perform a removed water
correction to the concentration
measurement using the following
equation:
ER13JY05.137
6.0233 ⋅ 0.869
⋅ (1 + 0.13016) ⋅
12.0107 ⋅ 0.12558
1 + 0.20278
1 − 0.20278
˙
n exh =
this correction based on the amount of
water at the concentration
measurement, xH2O[emission]meas, and at
the flow meter, xH2O, whose flow is used
to determine the concentration’s total
mass over a test interval.
(b) Downstream of where you
removed water, you may determine the
amount of water remaining by any of the
following:
(1) Measure the dewpoint and
absolute pressure downstream of the
water removal location and calculate the
amount of water remaining as described
in § 1065.645.
(2) When saturated water vapor
conditions exist at a given location, you
may use the measured temperature at
that location as the dewpoint for the
downstream flow. If we ask, you must
demonstrate how you know that
saturated water vapor conditions exist.
Use good engineering judgment to
measure the temperature at the
appropriate location to accurately reflect
the dewpoint of the flow.
(3) You may also use a nominal value
of absolute pressure based on an alarm
ER13JY05.136
Where:
˙
n exh= raw exhaust molar flow rate from
which you measured emissions.
˙
m fuel= intake air molar flow rate
including humidity in intake air.
Example:
˙
m fuel= 6.023 g/s
wC = 0.869 g/g
MC = 12.0107 g/mol
xCproddry = 125.58 mmol/mol = 0.12558
mol/mol
xH20dry = 130.16 mmol/mol = 0.13016
mol/mol
xdil = 0.20278 mol/mol
Eq. 1065.655 − 15
ER13JY05.135
x dil
1 +
1 − x dil
)
ER13JY05.134
˙
n exh =
§ 1065.659
40589
40590
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
x NMHC =
PFCH 4 ⋅ x THC − RFCH 4 ⋅ x CH 4
− x NMHCinit
PFCH 4 − PFC 2 H 6
Where:
xNMHC = concentration of NMHC.
PFCH4 = nonmethane cutter CH4
penetration fraction, according to
§ 1065.365.
xTHC = concentration of THC, as
measured by the THC FID.
RFCH4 = response factor of THC FID to
CH4, according to § 1065.360.
xCH4 = concentration of methane, as
measured downstream of the
nonmethane cutter.
Eq. 1065.660-2
PFC2H6 = nonmethane cutter CH4
penetration fraction, according to
§ 1065.365.
xNMHCinit = initial NMHC contamination
concentration, according to
§ 1065.520.
Example:
PFCH4 = 0.990
xTHC = 150.3 µmol/mol
RFCH4 = 1.05
xCH4 = 20.5 µmol/mol
PFC2H6 = 0.020
x NMHC = x THC − RFCH 4 ⋅ x CH 4 − x NMHCinit
x NMHC =
0.990 ⋅ 150.3 − 1.05 ⋅ 20.5
− 11
.
0.990 − 0.020
xNMHC = 130.1 µmol/mol
(3) For a gas chromatograph, calculate
xNMHC using the THC analyzer’s
response factor (RF) for CH4, from
§ 1065.360, and using the initial NMHC
contamination concentration xNMHCinit
from § 1065.520 as follows:
Eq. 1065.660-3
§ 1065.665 THCE and NMHCE
determination.
Example:
xTHC = 145.6 µmol/mol
RFCH4 = 0.970
xCH4 = 18.9 µmol/mol
xNMHCinit = 1.1 µmol/mol
xNMHC = 145.6 ¥ 0.970 · 18.9 ¥ 1.1
xNMHC = 126.2 µmol/mol
xNMHCinit = 1.1 µmol/mol
(a) If you measured an oxygenated
hydrocarbon’s mass concentration (per
mole of exhaust), first calculate its
molar concentration by dividing its
mass concentration by the effective
molar mass of the oxygenated
hydrocarbon, then multiply each
oxygenated hydrocarbon’s molar
concentration by its respective number
of carbon atoms per molecule. Add
these C1-equivalent molar
concentrations to the molar
concentration of NOTHC. The result is
the molar concentration of THCE.
Calculate THCE concentration using the
following equations:
N
x THCE = x NOTHC + ∑ x OHC i − x THCEinit
Eq. 1065.665-1
M exhOHCi ⋅ m dexhOHC n dexhOHC
=
M OHCi ⋅ m dexh
n dexh
Eq. 1065.665-3
xOHCi = The C1-equivalent concentration
of oxygenated species i in diluted
exhaust.
xTHC = The C1-equivalent FID response
to NOTHC and all OHC in diluted
exhaust.
RFOHCi = The response factor of the FID
to species i relative to propane on
a C1-equivalent basis.
x NMHCE = x THCE − x CH 4 ⋅ RFCH 4
(c) The following example shows how
to determine NMHCE emissions based
on ethanol (C2H5OH) and methanol
(CH3OH) molar concentrations, and
acetaldehyde (C2H4O) and formaldehyde
(HCHO) as mass concentrations:
xNMHC = 127.3 µmol/mol
xC2H5OH = 100.8 µmol/mol
xCH3OH = 25.5 µmol/mol
MexhC2H4O = 0.841 mg/mol
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
Frm 00172
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(b) If we require you to determine
NMHCE, use the following equation:
Eq. 1065.665-4
MexhHCHO = 39.0 µg/mol
MC2H4O = 44.05256 g/mol
MHCHO = 30.02598 g/mol
xC2H4O = 0.841/44.05256 · 1000
xC2H4O = 19.1 µmol/mol
xHCHO = 39/30.02598
xHCHO = 1.3 µmol/mol
xNMHCE = 127.3 + 2 · 100.8 + 25.5 + 2
· 19.1 + 1.3
xNMHCE = 393.9 µmol/mol
PO 00000
C# = the mean number of carbon atoms
in the particular compound.
ER13JY05.142
Where:
§ 1065.667 Dilution air background
emission correction.
(a) To determine the mass of
background emissions to subtract from a
diluted exhaust sample, first determine
the total flow of dilution air, ndil, over
the test interval. This may be a
measured quantity or a quantity
calculated from the diluted exhaust flow
and the flow-weighted mean fraction of
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
ER13JY05.141
x OHCi =
ER13JY05.144
Eq. 1065.665 - 2
ER13JY05.140
(
ER13JY05.143
)
i =1
ER13JY05.139
N
x NOTHC = x THC − ∑ x OHCi ⋅ RFOHCi ⋅ C #
ER13JY05.145
i =1
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
40591
concentration expected at the standard
is about 100 times its dilution air
background concentration, this error is
negligible. However, if an emission
concentration expected at the standard
is similar to its background
concentration, this error could be
significant. If this error might affect your
ability to show that your engines
comply with applicable standards, we
recommend that you remove
background emissions from dilution air
by HEPA filtration, chemical
adsorption, or catalytic scrubbing. You
might also consider using a partial-flow
dilution technique such as a bag minidiluter, which uses purified air as the
dilution air.
(d) The following is an example of
using the flow-weighted mean fraction
¯
of dilution air in diluted exhaust, xdil,
and the total mass of background
emissions calculated using the total
flow of diluted exhaust, ndexh, as
described in § 1065.650(b) :
Example:
MNOx = 46.0055 g/mol
¯
xbkgnd = 0.05 µmol/mol = 0.05·10¥6 mol/
mol
ndexh = 23280.5 mol
¯
xdil = 0.843
mbkgndNOxdexh = 46.0055 · 0.05 · 10¥6 ·
23280.5
mbkgndNOxdexh = 0.0536 g
mbkgndNOx = 0.843 · 0.0536
mbkgndNOx = 0.0452 g
§ 1065.670 NOX intake-air humidity and
temperature corrections.
See the standard-setting part to
determine if you may correct NOX
emissions for the effects of intake-air
humidity or temperature. Use the NOX
intake-air humidity andtemperature
corrections specified in the standardsetting part instead of the NOX intakeair humidity correction specified in this
part 1065. If the standard-setting part
allows correcting NOX emissions for
intake-air humidity according to this
part 1065, first apply any NOX
corrections for background emissions
and water removal from the exhaust
sample, then correct NOX
concentrations for intake-air humidity
using one of the following approaches:
(a) Correct for intake-air humidity
using the following equation:
section. Use the drift-corrected gas
analyzer responses in all subsequent
emission calculations. Note that the
acceptable threshold for gas analyzer
drift over a test interval is specified in
§ 1065.550 for both laboratory testing
and field testing.
(b) Correction principles. The
calculations in this section utilize a gas
analyzer’s responses to reference zero
and span concentrations of analytical
gases, as determined sometime before
and after a test interval. The
calculations correct the gas analyzer’s
responses that were recorded during a
test interval. The correction is based on
an analyzer’s mean responses to
reference zero and span gases, and it is
based on the reference concentrations of
the zero and span gases themselves.
Validate and correct for drift as follows:
(c) Drift validation. After applying all
the other corrections–except drift
correction–to all the gas analyzer
signals, calculate brake-specific
emissions according to § 1065.650. Then
correct all gas analyzer signals for drift
according to this section. Recalculate
brake-specific emissions using all of the
drift-corrected gas analyzer signals.
Validate and report the brake-specific
Example:
xNOxuncor = 700.5 µmol/mol
xH2O = 0.022 mol/mol
xNOxcor = 700.5 · (9.953 · 0.022 + 0.832)
xNOxcor = 736.2 µmol/mol
(b) Develop your own correction,
based on good engineering judgment.
§ 1065.672
Drift correction.
(a) Scope and frequency. Perform the
calculations in this section to determine
if gas analyzer drift invalidates the
results of a test interval. If drift does not
invalidate the results of a test interval,
correct that test interval’s gas analyzer
responses for drift according to this
VerDate jul<14>2003
10:42 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
PO 00000
Frm 00173
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
ER13jy05.148
from the total mass. Use the result in
brake-specific emission calculations.
(c) You may determine the total flow
of dilution air from the total flow of
diluted exhaust and a chemical balance
of the fuel, intake air, and exhaust as
described in § 1065.655. In this case,
calculate the total mass of background
as described in § 1065.650(b), using the
total flow of diluted exhaust, ndexh, then
multiply this result by the flowweighted mean fraction of dilution air
¯
¯
in diluted exhaust, xdil. Calculate xdil
using flow-weighted mean
concentrations of emissions in the
chemical balance, as described in
§ 1065.655. You may assume that your
engine operates stoichiometrically, even
if it is a lean-burn engine, such as a
compression-ignition engine. Note that
for lean-burn engines this assumption
could result in an error in emission
calculations. This error could occur
because the chemical balances in
§ 1065.655 correct excess air passing
through a lean-burn engine as if it was
dilution air. If an emission
ER13jy05.146
¯
dilution air in diluted exhaust, xdil.
Multiply the total flow of dilution air by
the mean concentration of a background
emission. This may be a time-weighted
mean or a flow-weighted mean (e.g., a
proportionally sampled background).
The product of ndil and the mean
concentration of a background emission
is the total amount of a background
emission. If this is a molar quantity,
convert it to a mass by multiplying it by
its molar mass, M. The result is the mass
of the background emission, m. In the
case of PM, where the mean PM
concentration is already in units of mass
¯
per mole of sample, MPM, multiply it by
the total amount of dilution air, and the
result is the total background mass of
PM, mPM. Subtract total background
masses from total mass to correct for
background emissions.
(b) You may determine the total flow
of dilution air by a direct flow
measurement. In this case, calculate the
total mass of background as described in
§ 1065.650(b), using the dilution air
flow, ndil . Subtract the background mass
40592
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
emission results before and after drift
correction according to § 1065.550.
(d) Drift correction. Correct all gas
analyzer signals as follows:
(1) Correct each recorded
concentration, xi, for continuous
¯
sampling or for batch sampling, x.
(2) Correct for drift using the
following equation:
Where:
xidriftcorrected = concentration corrected for
drift.
xrefzero = reference concentration of the
zero gas, which is usually zero
unless known to be otherwise.
xrefspan = reference concentration of the
span gas.
xprespan = pre-test interval gas analyzer
response to the span gas
concentration.
xpostspan = post-test interval gas analyzer
response to the span gas
concentration.
¯
xi or x = concentration recorded during
test, before drift correction.
xprezero = pre-test interval gas analyzer
response to the zero gas
concentration.
xpostzero = post-test interval gas analyzer
response to the zero gas
concentration.
Example:
xrefzero = 0 µmol/mol
xrefspan = 1800.0 µmol/mol
xprespan = 1800.5 µmol/mol
xpostspan = 1695.8 µmol/mol
¯
xi or x = 435.5 µmol/mol
xprezero = 0.6 µmol/mol
xpostzero = ¥5.2 µmol/mol
xidriftcorrected = 450.8 µmol/mol
(3) For any pre-test interval
concentrations, use concentrations
determined most recently before the test
interval. For some test intervals, the
most recent pre-zero or pre-span might
have occurred before one or more
previous test intervals.
(4) For any post-test interval
concentrations, use concentrations
determined most recently after the test
interval. For some test intervals, the
most recent post-zero or post-span
might have occurred after one or more
subsequent test intervals.
(5) If you do not record any pre-test
interval analyzer response to the span
gas concentration, xprespan, set xprespan
equal to the reference concentration of
the span gas:
xprespan = xrefspan.
(6) If you do not record any pre-test
interval analyzer response to the zero
gas concentration, xprezero, set xprezero
equal to the reference concentration of
the zero gas:
set the analyzer to output a value of 375
µmol/mol when the zero gas is flowing
to the analyzer.
xprezero = xrefzero.
(7) Usually the reference
concentration of the zero gas, xrefzero, is
zero: xrefzero = 0 µmol/mol. However, in
some cases you might you know that
xrefzero has a non-zero concentration. For
example, if you zero a CO2 analyzer
using ambient air, you may use the
default ambient air concentration of
CO2, which is 375 µmol/mol. In this
case, xrefzero = 375 µmol/mol. Note that
when you zero an analyzer using a nonzero xrefzero, you must set the analyzer to
output the actual xrefzero concentration.
For example, if xrefzero = 375 µmol/mol,
Perform CLD quench-check
calculations as follows:
(a) Calculate the amount of water in
the span gas, xH2Ospan, assuming
complete saturation at the span-gas
temperature.
(b) Estimate the expected amount of
water and CO2 in the exhaust you
sample, xH2Oexp and xCO2exp,
respectively, by considering the
maximum expected amounts of water in
combustion air, fuel combustion
products, and dilution air
concentrations (if applicable).
(c) Calculate water quench as follows:
xNOwet = measured concentration of NO
downstream of a bubbler, according
to § 1065.370.
xH2Oexp = expected maximum amount of
water entering the CLD sample port
during emission testing.
xH2Omeas = measured amount of water
entering the CLD sample port
during the quench verification
specified in § 1065.370.
xNO,CO2 = measured concentration of NO
when NO span gas is blended with
VerDate jul<14>2003
10:42 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
PO 00000
Frm 00174
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
ER13JY05.151
ER13jy05.150
xNOdry = measured concentration of NO
upstream of a bubbler, according to
§ 1065.370.
ER13jy05.149
Where:
quench = amount of CLD quench.
§ 1065.675 CLD quench verification
calculations.
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
40593
CO2 span gas, according to
§ 1065.370.
xNO,N2 = measured concentration of NO
when NO span gas is blended with
N2 span gas, according to
§ 1065.370.
xCO2exp = expected maximum amount of
CO2 entering the CLD sample port
during emission testing.
xCO2meas = measured amount of CO2
entering the CLD sample port
during the quench verification
specified in § 1065.370.
Example:
xNOdry = 1800.0 µmol/mol
xNOwet = 1760.5 µmol/mol
xH2Oexp = 0.030 mol/mol
xH2Omeas = 0.017 mol/mol
xNO,CO2 = 1480.2 µmol/mol
xNO,N2 = 1500.8 µmol/mol
xCO2exp = 2.00%
xCO2meas = 3.00%
quench = ¥0.00888 ¥ 0.00915 =
¥1.80%
density of your sample media, or use
one of the densities for some common
sampling media, as follows:
(1) For PTFE-coated borosilicate glass,
use a sample media density of
2300 kg/m3.
(2) For PTFE membrane (film) media
with an integral support ring of
polymethylpentene that accounts for
95% of the media mass, use a sample
media density of 920 kg/m3.
(3) For PTFE membrane (film) media
with an integral support ring of PTFE,
use a sample media density of
2144 kg/m3.
(c) Air density. Because a PM balance
environment must be tightly controlled
to an ambient temperature of (22 ±1) °C
and a dewpoint of (9.5 ±1) °C, air
density is primarily function of
atmospheric pressure. We therefore
specify a buoyancy correction that is
only a function of atmospheric pressure.
Using good engineering judgment, you
may develop and use your own
buoyancy correction that includes the
effects of temperature and dewpoint on
density in addition to the effect of
atmospheric pressure.
(d) Calibration weight density. Use the
stated density of the material of your
metal calibration weight. The example
calculation in this section uses a density
of 8000 kg/m3, but you should know the
density of your weight from the
calibration weight supplier or the
balance manufacturer if it is an internal
weight.
(e) Correction calculation. Correct the
PM sample media for buoyancy using
the following equations:
Tsat = Tdew = 9.5 °C
Using Eq. 1065.645¥2,
pH20 = 1.1866 kPa
Using Eq. 1065.645¥3,
xH2O = 0.011868 mol/mol
Using Eq. 1065.640¥8,
Mmix = 28.83563 g/mol
R = 8.314472 J/(mol·K)
Tamb = 20 °C
§ 1065.695
Eq. 1065.690-2
Where:
pabs = absolute pressure in balance
environment.
Mmix = molar mass of air in balance
environment.
R = molar gas constant.
Tamb = absolute ambient temperature of
balance environment.
Example:
pabs = 99.980 kPa
VerDate jul<14>2003
ρair
10:42 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
99.980 ⋅ 28.83563
8.314472 ⋅ 29315
.
pair = 1.18282 kg/m3
muncorr = 100.0000 mg
pweight = 8000 kg/m3
pmedia = 920 kg/m3
m cor
.
1 − 118282
8000
= 100.000 ⋅
118282
.
1 −
920
mcor = 100.1139 mg
PO 00000
Frm 00175
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
ER13JY05.156
(a) To determine the information we
require from engine tests, refer to the
standard-setting part and request from
your Designated Compliance Officer the
format used to apply for certification or
demonstrate compliance. We may
require different information for
different purposes, such as for
certification applications, approval
requests for alternate procedures,
selective enforcement audits, laboratory
audits, production-line test reports, and
field-test reports.
(b) See the standard-setting part and
§ 1065.25 regarding recordkeeping.
(c) We may ask you the following
about your testing, and we may ask you
for other information as allowed under
the Act:
ER13JY05.155
ρair
ρ ⋅ M mix
= abs
R ⋅ Tamb
Data requirements.
ER13JY05.154
Where:
mcor = PM mass corrected for buoyancy.
muncor = PM mass uncorrected for
buoyance.
rair = density of air in balance
environment.
pweight = density of calibration weight
used to span balance.
pmedia = density of PM sample media,
such as a filter.
ER13JY05.153
(a) General. Correct PM sample media
for their buoyancy in air if you weigh
them on a balance. The buoyancy
correction depends on the sample media
density, the density of air, and the
density of the calibration weight used to
calibrate the balance. The buoyancy
correction does not account for the
buoyancy of the PM itself, because the
mass of PM typically accounts for only
(0.01 to 0.10)% of the total weight. A
correction to this small fraction of mass
would be at the most 0.010%.
(b) PM sample media density.
Different PM sample media have
different densities. Use the known
ER13JY05.152
§ 1065.690 Buoyancy correction for PM
sample media.
40594
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
(1) What approved alternate
procedures did you use? For example:
(i) Partial-flow dilution for
proportional PM.
(ii) CARB test procedures.
(iii) ISO test procedures.
(2) What laboratory equipment did
you use? For example, the make, model,
and description of the following:
(i) Engine dynamometer and operator
demand.
(ii) Probes, dilution, transfer lines,
and sample preconditioning
components.
(iii) Batch storage media (such as the
bag material or PM filter material).
(3) What measurement instruments
did you use? For example, the make,
model, and description of the following:
(i) Speed and torque instruments.
(ii) Flow meters.
(iii) Gas analyzers.
(iv) PM balance.
(4) When did you conduct
calibrations and performance checks
and what were the results? For example,
the dates and results of the following:
(i) Linearity checks.
(ii) Interference checks.
(iii) Response checks.
(iv) Leak checks.
(v) Flow meter checks.
(5) What engine did you test? For
example, the following:
(i) Manufacturer.
(ii) Family name on engine label.
(iii) Model.
(iv) Model year.
(v) Identification number.
(6) How did you prepare and
configure your engine for testing?
Consider the following examples:
(i) Dates, hours, duty cycle and fuel
used for service accumulation.
(ii) Dates and description of
scheduled and unscheduled
maintenance.
(iii) Allowable pressure range of
intake restriction.
(iv) Allowable pressure range of
exhaust restriction.
(v) Charge air cooler volume.
(vi) Charge air cooler outlet
temperature, specified engine
conditions and location of temperature
measurement.
(vii) Fuel temperature and location of
measurement.
(viii) Any aftertreatment system
configuration and description.
(ix) Any crankcase ventilation
configuration and description (e.g.,
open, closed, PCV, crankcase
scavenged).
(7) How did you test your engine? For
example:
(i) Constant speed or variable speed.
(ii) Mapping procedure (step or
sweep).
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
(iii) Continuous or batch sampling for
each emission.
(iv) Raw or dilute sampling; any
dilution-air background sampling.
(v) Duty cycle and test intervals.
(vi) Cold-start, hot-start, warmed-up
running.
(vii) Absolute pressure, temperature,
and dewpoint of intake and dilution air.
(viii) Simulated engine loads, curb
idle transmission torque value.
(ix) Warm-idle speed value and any
enhanced-idle speed value.
(x) Simulated vehicle signals applied
during testing.
(xi) Bypassed governor controls
during testing.
(xii) Date, time, and location of test
(e.g., dynamometer laboratory
identification).
(xiii) Cooling medium for engine and
charge air.
(xiv) Operating temperatures of
coolant, head, and block.
(xv) Natural or forced cool-down and
cool-down time.
(xvi) Canister loading.
(8) How did you validate your testing?
For example, results from the following:
(i) Duty cycle regression statistics for
each test interval.
(ii) Proportional sampling.
(iii) Drift.
(iv) Reference PM sample media in
PM-stabilization environment.
(9) How did you calculate results? For
example, results from the following:
(i) Drift correction.
(ii) Noise correction.
(iii) ‘‘Dry-to-wet’’ correction.
(iv) NMHC, CH4, and contamination
correction.
(v) NOX humidity correction.
(vi) Brake-specific emission
formulation—total mass divided by total
work, mass rate divided by power, or
ratio of mass to work.
(vii) Rounding emission results.
(10) What were the results of your
testing? For example:
(i) Maximum mapped power and
speed at maximum power.
(ii) Maximum mapped torque and
speed at maximum torque.
(iii) For constant-speed engines: noload governed speed.
(iv) For constant-speed engines: test
torque.
(v) For variable-speed engines:
maximum test speed.
(vi) Speed versus torque map.
(vii) Speed versus power map.
(viii) Brake-specific emissions over
the duty cycle and each test interval.
(ix) Brake-specific fuel consumption.
(11) What fuel did you use? For
example:
(i) Fuel that met specifications of
subpart H of this part.
PO 00000
Frm 00176
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(ii) Alternate fuel.
(iii) Oxygenated fuel.
(12) How did you field test your
engine? For example:
(i) Data from paragraphs (c)(1), (3), (4),
(5), and (9) of this section.
(ii) Probes, dilution, transfer lines,
and sample preconditioning
components.
(iii) Batch storage media (such as the
bag material or PM filter material).
(iv) Continuous or batch sampling for
each emission.
(v) Raw or dilute sampling; any
dilution air background sampling.
(vi) Cold-start, hot-start, warmed-up
running.
(vii) Intake and dilution air absolute
pressure, temperature, dewpoint.
(viii) Curb idle transmission torque
value.
(ix) Warm idle speed value, any
enhanced idle speed value.
(x) Date, time, and location of test
(e.g., identify the testing laboratory).
(xi) Proportional sampling validation.
(xii) Drift validation.
(xiii) Operating temperatures of
coolant, head, and block.
(xiv) Vehicle make, model, model
year, identification number.
Subpart H—Engine Fluids, Test Fuels,
Analytical Gases and Other Calibration
Standards
§ 1065.701
fuels.
General requirements for test
(a) General. For all emission
measurements, use test fuels that meet
the specifications in this subpart, unless
the standard-setting part directs
otherwise. Section 1065.10(c)(1) does
not apply with respect to test fuels. Note
that the standard-setting parts generally
require that you design your emission
controls to function properly when
using commercially available fuels, even
if they differ from the test fuel.
(b) Fuels meeting alternate
specifications. We may allow you to use
a different test fuel (such as California
Phase 2 gasoline) if you show us that
using it does not affect your ability to
comply with all applicable emission
standards using commercially available
fuels.
(c) Fuels not specified in this subpart.
If you produce engines that run on a
type of fuel (or mixture of fuels) that we
do not specify in this subpart, you must
get our written approval to establish the
appropriate test fuel. You must show us
all the following things before we can
specify a different test fuel for your
engines:
(1) Show that this type of fuel is
commercially available.
(2) Show that your engines will use
only the designated fuel in service.
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40595
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
(3) Show that operating the engines
on the fuel we specify would
unrepresentatively increase emissions
or decrease durability.
(d) Fuel specifications. The fuel
parameters specified in this subpart
depend on measurement procedures
that are incorporated by reference. For
any of these procedures, you may
instead rely upon the procedures
identified in 40 CFR part 80 for
measuring the same parameter. For
example, we may identify different
reference procedures for measuring
gasoline parameters in 40 CFR 80.46.
(e) Service accumulation and field
testing fuels. If we do not specify a
service-accumulation or field-testing
fuel in the standard-setting part, use an
appropriate commercially available fuel
such as those meeting minimum ASTM
specifications from the following table:
TABLE 1 OF § 1065.701.—SPECIFICATIONS FOR SERVICE-ACCUMULATION AND FIELD-TESTING FUELS
ASTM specification 1
Fuel type
Subcategory
Diesel ........................................
Light distillate and light blends with residual .............................................................................
Middle distillate ..........................................................................................................................
Biodiesel (B100) ........................................................................................................................
Motor vehicle and minor oxygenate blends ..............................................................................
Ethanol (Ed75–85) .....................................................................................................................
Methanol (M70–M85) .................................................................................................................
Aviation gasoline ........................................................................................................................
Gas turbine ................................................................................................................................
Jet B wide cut ............................................................................................................................
General ......................................................................................................................................
Gasoline ...................................
Aviation fuel ..............................
Gas turbine fuel ........................
1 All
D975–04c
D6751–03a
D6985–04a
D4814–04b
D5798–99
D5797–96
D910–04a
D1655–04a
D6615–04a
D2880–03
ASTM specifications are incorporated by reference in § 1065.1010.
§ 1065.703
Distillate diesel fuel.
(a) Distillate diesel fuels for testing
must be clean and bright, with pour and
cloud points adequate for proper engine
operation.
(b) There are three grades of #2 diesel
fuel specified for use as a test fuel. See
the standard-setting part to determine
which grade to use. If the standard-
setting part does not specify which
grade to use, use good engineering
judgment to select the grade that
represents the fuel on which the engines
will operate in use. The three grades are
specified in Table 1 of this section.
(c) You may use the following
nonmetallic additives with distillate
diesel fuels:
(1) Cetane improver.
(2) Metal deactivator.
(3) Antioxidant, dehazer.
(4) Rust inhibitor.
(5) Pour depressant.
(6) Dye.
(7) Dispersant.
(8) Biocide.
TABLE 1 OF § 1065.703—TEST FUEL SPECIFICATIONS FOR DISTILLATE DIESEL FUEL
Ultra low sulfur
Units
Cetane Number ................................................................................
.....................
40–50
40–50
40–50
ASTM D
613–03b
Distillation range:
Initial boiling point .....................................................................
°C ................
171–204
171–204
171–204
ASTM D 86–
04b
10 pct. point ..............................................................................
50 pct. point ..............................................................................
90 pct. point ..............................................................................
Endpoint ....................................................................................
Gravity ..............................................................................................
.....................
243–282 ......
293–332 ......
321–366 ......
°API .............
204–238
243–282
293–332
321–366
32–37
204–238
243–282
293–332
321–366
32–37
204–238
Total sulfur .......................................................................................
mg/kg ..........
7–15
300–500
2000–4000
Aromatics,
minimum.
(Remainder
shall
be
paraffins,
naphthalenes, and olefins).
Flashpoint, min .................................................................................
g/kg .............
100
100
100
°C ................
54
54
54
Viscosity ...........................................................................................
cSt ...............
2.0–3.2
2.0–3.2
2.0–3.2
1 All
Low sulfur
High sulfur
Reference
procedure 1
Item
32–37
ASTM D
287–92
ASTM D
2622–03
ASTM D
5186–03
ASTM D 93–
02a
ASTM D
445–04
ASTM procedures are incorporated by reference in § 1065.1010. See § 1065.701(d) for other allowed procedures.
§ 1065.705 Residual fuel
§ 1065.710
[Reserved]
Gasoline.
(a) Gasoline for testing must have
octane values that represent
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
commercially available fuels for the
appropriate application.
(b) There are two grades of gasoline
specified for use as a test fuel. If the
standard-setting part requires testing
with fuel appropriate for low
PO 00000
Frm 00177
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
temperatures, use the test fuel specified
for low-temperature testing. Otherwise,
use the test fuel specified for general
testing. The two grades are specified in
Table 1 of this section.
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40596
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 1 OF § 1065.710.—TEST FUEL SPECIFICATIONS FOR GASOLINE
Units
General testing
Low-temperature testing
Reference
procedure 1
°C .......................
......do .................
......do .................
......do .................
......do .................
24–35 2 ...........................
49–57 .............................
93–110 ...........................
149–163 .........................
Maximum, 213 ...............
24–36 .............................
37–48.
82–101.
158–174.
Maximum, 212.
ASTM D 86–04b
mm3/m3 ...............
......do .................
......do .................
g/liter ..................
g/liter ..................
mg/kg .................
kPa .....................
Maximum, 100,000 ........
Maximum, 350,000 ........
Remainder .....................
Maximum, 0.013 ............
Maximum, 0.0013 ..........
Maximum, 80 .................
60.0–63.4 2 3 ...................
Maximum, 175,000 ........
Maximum, 304,000.
Remainder.
Maximum, 0.013 ............
Maximum, 0.005 ............
Maximum, 80 .................
77.2–81.4 .......................
ASTM D 1319–03
Item
Distillation Range:
Initial boiling point ...........................................
10% point ........................................................
50% point ........................................................
90% point ........................................................
End point .........................................................
Hydrocarbon composition:
1. Olefins .........................................................
2. Aromatics ....................................................
3. Saturates .....................................................
Lead (organic) ........................................................
Phosphorous ..........................................................
Total sulfur .............................................................
Volatility (Reid Vapor Pressure) .............................
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
D
D
D
D
3237–02
3231–02
1266–98
323–99a
1 All
ASTM procedures are incorporated by reference in § 1065.1010. See § 1065.701(d) for other allowed procedures.
testing at altitudes above 1 219 m, the specified volatility range is (52 to 55) kPa and the specified initial boiling point range is (23.9 to
40.6) °C.
3 For testing unrelated to evaporative emissions, the specified range is (55 to 63) kPa.
2 For
§ 1065.715
Natural gas.
(a) Natural gas for testing must meet
the specifications in the following table:
TABLE 1 OF § 1065.715.—TEST FUEL SPECIFICATIONS FOR NATURAL GAS
Value1
Item
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Methane, CH4 ....................................................................................................................................................
Ethane, C2H6 .....................................................................................................................................................
Propane, C3H8 ...................................................................................................................................................
Butane, C4H10 ....................................................................................................................................................
Pentane, C5H12 ..................................................................................................................................................
C6 and higher ....................................................................................................................................................
Oxygen ..............................................................................................................................................................
Inert gases (sum of CO2 and N2) ......................................................................................................................
Minimum, 0.87 mol/mol.
Maximum, 0.055 mol/mol.
Maximum, 0.012 mol/mol.
Maximum, 0.0035 mol/mol.
Maximum, 0.0013 mol/mol.
Maximum, 0.001 mol/mol.
Maximum, 0.001 mol/mol.
Maximum, 0.051 mol/mol.
1 All parameters are based on the reference procedures in ASTM D 1945–03 (incorporated by reference in §1065.1010). See §1065.701(d) for
other allowed procedures.
(b) At ambient conditions, natural gas
must have a distinctive odor detectable
down to a concentration in air not more
than one-fifth the lower flammable
limit.
§ 1065.720
Liquefied petroleum gas.
(a) Liquefied petroleum gas for testing
must meet the specifications in the
following table:
TABLE 1 OF § 1065.720.—TEST FUEL SPECIFICATIONS FOR LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS
Reference Procedure1
Item
Value
Propane, C3H8 ..........................................................
Vapor pressure at 38 °C ..........................................
Volatility residue evaporated temperature, 35 °C) ...
Butanes ....................................................................
Butenes ....................................................................
Pentenes and heavier ..............................................
Propene ....................................................................
Residual matter(residue on evap. of 100) ml oil
stain observ.).
9. Corrosion, copper strip .............................................
10. Sulfur ......................................................................
11. Moisture content .....................................................
Minimum, 0.85 m3/m3 .................................................
Maximum, 1400 kPa ...................................................
Maximum, ¥38 °C .....................................................
Maximum, 0.05 m3/m3 ................................................
Maximum, 0.02 m3/m3 ................................................
Maximum, 0.005 m3/m3 ..............................................
Maximum, 0.1 m3/m3 ..................................................
Maximum, 0.05 ml pass 3 ...........................................
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
Maximum, No. 1 .........................................................
Maximum, 80 mg/kg ...................................................
pass ............................................................................
ASTM D 1838–03
ASTM D 2784–98
ASTM D 2713–91
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
1 All
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
2163–91
1267–02 or 2598–02 2
1837–02a
2163–91
2163–91
2163–91
2163–91
2158–04
ASTM procedures are incorporated by reference in § 1065.1010. See § 1065.701(d) for other allowed procedures.
these two test methods yield different results, use the results from ASTM D 1267–02.
3 The test fuel must not yield a persistent oil ring when you add 0.3 ml of solvent residue mixture to a filter paper in 0.1 ml increments and examine it in daylight after two minutes.
2 If
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
PO 00000
Frm 00178
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
(b) At ambient conditions, liquefied
petroleum gas must have a distinctive
odor detectable down to a concentration
in air not more than one-fifth the lower
flammable limit.
§ 1065.740
Lubricants.
(a) Use commercially available
lubricating oil that represents the oil
that will be used in your engine in use.
(b) You may use lubrication additives,
up to the levels that the additive
manufacturer recommends.
§ 1065.745
Coolants.
(a) You may use commercially
available antifreeze mixtures or other
coolants that will be used in your
engine in use.
(b) For laboratory testing of liquidcooled engines, you may use water with
or without rust inhibitors.
(c) For coolants allowed in paragraphs
(a) and (b) of this section, you may use
rust inhibitors and additives required
for lubricity, up to the levels that the
additive manufacturer recommends.
§ 1065.750
Analytical gases.
Analytical gases must meet the
accuracy and purity specifications of
this section, unless you can show that
other specifications would not affect
your ability to show that your engines
comply with all applicable emission
standards.
(a) Subparts C, D, F, and J of this part
refer to the following gas specifications:
40597
(1) Use purified gases to zero
measurement instruments and to blend
with calibration gases. Use gases with
contamination no higher than the
highest of the following values in the
gas cylinder or at the outlet of a zerogas generator:
(i) 2% contamination, measured
relative to the flow-weighted mean
concentration expected at the standard.
For example, if you would expect a
flow-weighted CO concentration of
100.0 mmol/mol, then you would be
allowed to use a zero gas with CO
contamination less than or equal to
2.000 mmol/mol.
(ii) Contamination as specified in the
following table:
TABLE 1 OF § 1065.750.—GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PURIFIED GASES
Constituent
Purified air 1
THC (C1 equivalent) ..............................................................
CO .........................................................................................
CO2 .......................................................................................
O2 ..........................................................................................
NOX .......................................................................................
<0.05 µmol/mol ....................................................................
<1 µmol/mol .........................................................................
< 10 µmol/mol ......................................................................
0.205 to 0.215 mol/mol ........................................................
< 0.02 µmol/mol ...................................................................
1 We
Purified N2 1
<
<
<
<
<
0.05 µmol/mol
1 µmol/mol
10 µmol/mol
2 µmol/mol
0.02 µmol/mol
do not require these levels of purity to be NIST-traceable.
(2) Use the following gases with a FID
analyzer:
(i) FID fuel. Use FID fuel with an H2
concentration of (0.400 ± 0.004) mol/
mol, balance He. Make sure the mixture
contains no more than 0.05 µmol/mol
THC.
(ii) FID burner air. Use FID burner air
that meets the specifications of purified
air in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
For field testing, you may use ambient
air.
(iii) FID zero gas. Zero flameionization detectors with purified gas
that meets the specifications in
paragraph (a)(1) of this section, except
that the purified gas O2 concentration
may be any value. Note that FID zero
balance gases may be any combination
of purified air and purified nitrogen. We
recommend FID analyzer zero gases that
contain approximately the flowweighted mean concentration of O2
expected during testing.
(iv) FID propane span gas. Span and
calibrate THC FID with span
concentrations of propane, C3H8.
Calibrate on a carbon number basis of
one (C1). For example, if you use a C3H8
span gas of concentration 200 µmol/mol,
span a FID to respond with a value of
600 µmol/mol. Note that FID span
balance gases may be any combination
of purified air and purified nitrogen. We
recommend FID analyzer span gases
that contain approximately the flowweighted mean concentration of O2
expected during testing.
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
(v) FID methane span gas. If you
always span and calibrate a CH4 FID
with a nonmethane cutter, then span
and calibrate the FID with span
concentrations of methane, CH4.
Calibrate on a carbon number basis of
one (C1). For example, if you use a CH4
span gas of concentration 200 µmol/mol,
span a FID to respond with a value of
200 µmol/mol. Note that FID span
balance gases may be any combination
of purified air and purified nitrogen. We
recommend FID analyzer span gases
that contain approximately the flowweighted mean concentration of O2
expected during testing.
(3) Use the following gas mixtures,
with gases traceable within ± 1.0% of
the NIST true value or other gas
standards we approve:
(i) CH4, balance purified synthetic air
and/or N2 (as applicable).
(ii) C2H6, balance purified synthetic
air and/or N2 (as applicable).
(iii) C3H8, balance purified synthetic
air and/or N2 (as applicable).
(iv) CO, balance purified N2.
(v) CO2, balance purified N2.
(vi) NO, balance purified N2.
(vii) NO2, balance purified N2.
(viii) O2, balance purified N2.
(ix) C3H8, CO, CO2, NO, balance
purified N2.
(x) C3H8, CH4, CO, CO2, NO, balance
purified N2.
(4) You may use gases for species
other than those listed in paragraph
(a)(3) of thissection (such as methanol in
PO 00000
Frm 00179
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
air, which you may use to determine
response factors), as long as they are
traceable to within ±1.0 % of the NIST
true value or other similar standards we
approve, and meet the stability
requirements of paragraph (b) of this
section.
(5) You may generate your own
calibration gases using a precision
blending device, such as a gas divider,
to dilute gases with purified N2 or
purified synthetic air. If your gas
dividers meet the specifications in
§ 1065.248, and the gases being blended
meet the requirements of paragraphs
(a)(1) and (3) of this section, the
resulting blends are considered to meet
the requirements of this paragraph (a).
(b) Record the concentration of any
calibration gas standard and its
expiration date specified by the gas
supplier.
(1) Do not use any calibration gas
standard after its expiration date, except
as allowed by paragraph (b)(2) of this
section.
(2) Calibration gases may be relabeled
and used after their expiration date as
follows:
(i) Alcohol/carbonyl calibration gases
used to determine response factors
according to subpart I of this part may
be relabeled as specified in subpart I of
this part.
(ii) Other gases may be relabeled and
used after the expiration date only if we
approve it in advance.
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40598
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
(a) This subpart applies for testing
with oxygenated fuels. Unless the
standard-setting part specifies
otherwise, the requirements of this
subpart do not apply for fuels that
contain less than 25% oxygenated
compounds by volume. For example,
you generally do not need to follow the
requirements of this subpart for tests
performed using a fuel containing 10%
ethanol and 90% gasoline, but you must
follow these requirements for tests
performed using a fuel containing 85%
ethanol and 15% gasoline.
(b) Section 1065.805 applies for all
other testing that requires measurement
of any alcohols or carbonyls.
(c) This subpart specifies sampling
procedures and calculations that are
different than those used for nonoxygenated fuels. All other test
procedures of this part 1065 apply for
testing with oxygenated fuels.
flow-weighted dilute samples of the
applicable alcohols and carbonyls at a
constant flow rate. You may not use raw
sampling for alcohols and carbonyls.
(b) You may collect background
samples for correcting dilution air for
background concentrations of alcohols
and carbonyls.
(c) Maintain sample temperatures
within the dilution tunnel, probes, and
sample lines less than 121 °C but high
enough to prevent aqueous
condensation up to the point where a
sample is collected. The maximum
temperature limit is intended to prevent
chemical reaction of the alcohols and
carbonyls. The lower temperature limit
is intended to prevent loss of the
alcohols and carbonyls by dissolution in
condensed water. Use good engineering
judgment to minimize the amount of
time that the undiluted exhaust is
outside this temperature range to the
extent practical. We recommend that
you minimize the length of exhaust
tubing before dilution. Extended lengths
of exhaust tubing may require
preheating, insulation, and cooling fans
to limit excursions outside this
temperature range.
(d) You may bubble a sample of the
exhaust through water to collect
alcohols for later analysis. You may also
use a photo-acoustic analyzer to
quantify ethanol and methanol in an
exhaust sample.
(e) Sample the exhaust through
cartridges impregnated with 2,4dinitrophenylhydrazine to collect
carbonyls for later analysis. If the
standard-setting part specifies a duty
cycle that has multiple test intervals
(such as multiple engine starts or an
engine-off soak phase), you may
proportionally collect a single carbonyl
sample for the entire duty cycle.For
example, if the standard-setting part
specifies a six-to-one weighting of hotstart to cold-start emissions, you may
collect a single carbonyl sample for the
entire duty cycle by using a hot-start
sample flow rate that is six times the
cold-start sample flow rate.
(f) You may sample alcohols or
carbonyls using ‘‘California NonMethane Organic Gas Test Procedures’’
(incorporated by reference in
§ 1065.1010). If you use this method,
follow its calculations to determine the
mass of the alcohol/carbonyl in the
exhaust sample, but follow subpart G of
this part for all other calculations.
(g) Use good engineering judgment to
sample other oxygenated hydrocarbon
compounds in the exhaust.
§ 1065.805
§ 1065.845
(c) Transfer gases from their source to
analyzers using components that are
dedicated to controlling and transferring
only those gases. For example, do not
use a regulator, valve, or transfer line for
zero gas if those components were
previously used to transfer a different
gas mixture. We recommend that you
label regulators, valves, and transfer
lines to prevent contamination. Note
that even small traces of a gas mixture
in the dead volume of a regulator, valve,
or transfer line can diffuse upstream
into a high-pressure volume of gas,
which would contaminate the entire
high-pressure gas source, such as a
compressed-gas cylinder.
(d) To maintain stability and purity of
gas standards, use good engineering
judgment and follow the gas standard
supplier’s recommendations for storing
and handling zero, span, and calibration
gases. For example, it may be necessary
to store bottles of condensable gases in
a heated environment.
§ 1065.790
Mass standards.
(a) PM balance calibration weights.
Use PM balance calibration weights that
are certified as NIST-traceable within
0.1 % uncertainty. Calibration weights
may be certified by any calibration lab
that maintains NIST-traceability. Make
sure your lowest calibration weight has
no greater than ten times the mass of an
unused PM-sample medium.
(b) Dynamometer calibration weights.
[Reserved]
Subpart I—Testing With Oxygenated
Fuels
§ 1065.801
Applicability.
Sampling system.
(a) Proportionally dilute engine
exhaust, and use batch sampling collect
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
Response factor determination.
Since FID analyzers generally have an
incomplete response to alcohols and
PO 00000
Frm 00180
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
carbonyls, determine each FID
analyzer’s alcohol/carbonyl response
factor (such as RFMeOH) after FID
optimization. Formaldehyde response is
assumed to be zero and does not need
to be determined. Use the most recent
alcohol/carbonyl response factors to
compensate for alcohol/carbonyl
response.
(a) Determine the alcohol/carbonyl
response factors as follows:
(1) Select a C3H8 span gas that meets
the specifications of § 1065.750. Note
that FID zero and span balance gases
may be any combination of purified air
or purified nitrogen that meets the
specifications of § 1065.750. We
recommend FID analyzer zero and span
gases that contain approximately the
flow-weighted mean concentration of O2
expected during testing. Record the
C3H8 concentration of the gas.
(2) Select or prepare an alcohol/
carbonyl calibration gas that meets the
specifications of § 1065.750 and has a
concentration typical of the peak
concentration expected at the
hydrocarbon standard. Record the
calibration concentration of the gas.
(3) Start and operate the FID analyzer
according to the manufacturer’s
instructions.
(4) Confirm that the FID analyzer has
been calibrated using C3H8. Calibrate on
a carbon number basis of one (C1). For
example, if you use a C3H8 span gas of
concentration 200 µmol/mol, span the
FID to respond with a value of 600
µmol/mol.
(5) Zero the FID. Note that FID zero
and span balance gases may be any
combination of purified air or purified
nitrogen that meets the specifications of
§ 1065.750. We recommend FID
analyzer zero and span gases that
contain approximately the flowweighted mean concentration of O2
expected during testing.
(6) Span the FID with the C3H8 span
gas that you selected under paragraph
(a)(1) of this section.
(7) Introduce at the inlet of the FID
analyzer the alcohol/carbonyl
calibration gas that you selected under
paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
(8) Allow time for the analyzer
response to stabilize. Stabilization time
may include time to purge the analyzer
and to account for its response.
(9) While the analyzer measures the
alcohol/carbonyl concentration, record
30 seconds of sampled data. Calculate
the arithmetic mean of these values.
(10) Divide the mean measured
concentration by the recorded span
concentration of the alcohol/carbonyl
calibration gas. The result is the FID
analyzer’s response factor for alcohol/
carbonyl, RFMeOH.
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
(b) Alcohol/carbonyl calibration gases
must remain within ±2% of the labeled
concentration. You must demonstrate
the stability based on a quarterly
measurement procedure with a
precision of ±2% percent or another
method that we approve. Your
measurement procedure may
incorporate multiple measurements. If
the true concentration of the gas
changes deviates by more than ±2%, but
less than ±10%, the gas may be
relabeled with the new concentration.
§ 1065.850
Calculations.
Use the calculations specified in
§ 1065.665 to determine THCE or
NMHCE.
Subpart J—Field Testing and Portable
Emission Measurement Systems
§ 1065.901
Applicability.
(a) Field testing. This subpart
specifies procedures for field-testing
engines to determine brake-specific
emissions using portable emission
measurement systems (PEMS). These
procedures are designed primarily for
in-field measurements of engines that
remain installed in vehicles or
equipment in the field. Field-test
procedures apply to your engines only
as specified in the standard-setting part.
(b) Laboratory testing. You may
optionally use PEMS for any laboratory
testing, as long as the standard-setting
part does not prohibit it for certain types
of laboratory testing, subject to the
following provisions:
(1) Follow the laboratory test
procedures specified in this part 1065,
according to § 1065.905(e).
(2) Do not apply any PEMS-related
field-testing adjustments or
‘‘measurement allowances’’ to
laboratory emission results or standards.
(3) Do not use PEMS for laboratory
measurements if it prevents you from
demonstrating compliance with the
applicable standards. Some of the PEMS
requirements in this part 1065 are less
stringent than the corresponding
laboratory requirements. Depending on
actual PEMS performance, you might
therefore need to account for some
additional measurement uncertainty
when using PEMS for laboratory testing.
If we ask, you must show us by
engineering analysis that any additional
measurement uncertainty due to your
use of PEMS for laboratory testing is
offset by the extent to which your
engine’s emissions are below the
applicable standards. For example, you
might show that PEMS versus laboratory
uncertainty represents 5% of the
standard, but your engine’s deteriorated
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
emissions are at least 20% below the
standard for each pollutant.
§ 1065.905
General provisions.
(a) General. Unless the standardsetting part specifies deviations from the
provisions of this subpart, field testing
and laboratory testing with PEMS must
conform to the provisions of this
subpart.
(b) Field-testing scope. Field testing
conducted under this subpart may
include any normal in-use operation of
an engine.
(c) Field testing and the standardsetting part. This subpart J specifies
procedures for field-testing various
categories of engines. See the standardsetting part for specific provisions for a
particular type of engine. Before using
this subpart’s procedures for field
testing, read the standard-setting part to
answer at least the following questions:
(1) How many engines must I test in
the field?
(2) How many times must I repeat a
field test on an individual engine?
(3) How do I select vehicles for field
testing?
(4) What maintenance steps may I
take before or between tests?
(5) What data are needed for a single
field test on an individual engine?
(6) What are the limits on ambient
conditions for field testing? Note that
the ambient condition limits in
§ 1065.520 do not apply for field testing.
(7) Which exhaust constituents do I
need to measure?
(8) How do I account for crankcase
emissions?
(9) Which engine and ambient
parameters do I need to measure?
(10) How do I process the data
recorded during field testing to
determine if my engine meets fieldtesting standards? How do I determine
individual test intervals? Note that ‘‘test
interval’’ is defined in subpart K of this
part 1065.
(11) Should I warm up the test engine
before measuring emissions, or do I
need to measure cold-start emissions
during a warm-up segment of in-use
operation?
(12) Do any unique specifications
apply for test fuels?
(13) Do any special conditions
invalidate parts of a field test or all of
a field test?
(14) Does any special ‘‘measurement
allowance’’ apply to field-test emission
results or standards, based on using
PEMS for field-testing versus using
laboratory equipment and instruments
for laboratory testing?
(15) Do results of initial field testing
trigger any requirement for additional
field testing or laboratory testing?
PO 00000
Frm 00181
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40599
(16) How do I report field-testing
results?
(d) Field testing and this part 1065.
Use the following specifications for field
testing:
(1) Use the applicability and general
provisions of subpart A of this part.
(2) Use equipment specifications in
§ 1065.101 and in the sections from
§ 1065.140 to the end of subpart B of
this part. Section 1065.910 specifies
additional equipment specific to field
testing.
(3) Use measurement instruments in
subpart C of this part, except as
specified in § 1065.915.
(4) Use calibrations and verifications
in subpart D of this part, except as
specified in § 1065.920. Section
1065.920 also specifies additional
calibrations and verifications for field
testing.
(5) Use the provisions of the standardsetting part for selecting and
maintaining engines in the field instead
of the specifications in subpart E of this
part.
(6) Use the procedures in §§ 1065.930
and 1065.935 to start and run a field
test. If you use a gravimetric balance for
PM, weigh PM samples according to
§§ 1065.590 and 1065.595.
(7) Use the calculations in subpart G
of this part to calculate emissions over
each test interval. Note that ‘‘test
interval’’ is defined in subpart K of this
part 1065, and that the standard setting
part indicates how to determine test
intervals for your engine.
Section 1065.940 specifies additional
calculations for field testing. Use any
calculations specified in the standardsetting part to determine if your engines
meet the field-testing standards. The
standard-setting part may also contain
additional calculations that determine
when further field testing is required.
(8) Use a typical in-use fuel meeting
the specifications of § 1065.701(d).
(9) Use the lubricant and coolant
specifications in § 1065.740 and
§ 1065.745.
(10) Use the analytical gases and other
calibration standards in § 1065.750 and
§ 1065.790.
(11) If you are testing with oxygenated
fuels, use the procedures specified for
testing with oxygenated fuels in subpart
I of this part.
(12) Apply the definitions and
reference materials in subpart K of this
part.
(e) Laboratory testing using PEMS.
Use the following specifications when
using PEMS for laboratory testing:
(1) Use the applicability and general
provisions of subpart A of this part.
(2) Use equipment specifications in
subpart B of this part. Section 1065.910
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40600
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
specifies additional equipment specific
to testing with PEMS.
(3) Use measurement instruments in
subpart C of this part, except as
specified in § 1065.915.
(4) Use calibrations and verifications
in subpart D of this part, except as
specified in § 1065.920. Section
1065.920 also specifies additional
calibration and verifications for PEMS.
(5) Use the provisions of § 1065.401
for selecting engines for testing. Use the
provisions of subpart E of this part for
maintaining engines, except as specified
in the standard-setting part.
(6) Use the procedures in subpart F of
this part and in the standard-setting part
to start and run a laboratory test.
(7) Use the calculations in subpart G
of this part to calculate emissions over
the applicable duty cycle. Section
1065.940 specifies additional
calculations for testing with PEMS.
(8) Use a fuel meeting the
specifications of subpart H of this part,
as specified in the standard-setting part.
(9) Use the lubricant and coolant
specifications in § 1065.740 and
§ 1065.745.
(10) Use the analytical gases and other
calibration standards in § 1065.750 and
§ 1065.790.
(11) If you are testing with oxygenated
fuels, use the procedures specified for
testing with oxygenated fuels in subpart
I of this part.
(12) Apply the definitions and
reference materials in subpart K of this
part.
(f) Summary. The following table
summarizes the requirements of
paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section:
TABLE 1 OF § 1065.905.—SUMMARY OF TESTING REQUIREMENTS THAT ARE SPECIFIED OUTSIDE OF THIS SUBPART J 1
Subpart
Applicability for field testing
Applicability for laboratory testing with PEMS
A: Applicability and general provisions ..............
B: Equipment for testing .....................................
Use all ..............................................................
Use § 1065.101 and § 1065.140 through the
end of subpart B. § 1065.910 specifies
equipment specific to field testing.
Use all ..............................................................
§ 1065.915 allows deviations ...........................
Use all ..............................................................
§ 1065.920 allows deviations, but also has additional specifications.
Do not use .......................................................
Use standard-setting part
Use §§ 1065.590 and 1065.595 for PM ...........
§ 1065.930 and § 1065.935 to start and run a
field test.
Use all ..............................................................
Use standard-setting part ................................
§ 1065.940 has additional calculation instructions.
Use fuels specified in § 1065.701(d) ...............
Use all.
Use all. § 1065.910 specifies equipment specific to laboratory testing with PEMS.
C: Measurement instruments .............................
D: Calibrations and verifications .........................
E: Test engine selection, maintenance, and durability.
F: Running an emission test in the laboratory ...
G: Calculations and data requirements ..............
H: Fuels, engine fluids, analytical gases, and
other calibration materials.
Use lubricant and coolant specifications in
§ 1065.740 and § 1065.745.
Use analytical gas specifications and other
calibration standards in § 1065.750 and
§ 1065.790.
Use all ..............................................................
Use all ..............................................................
I: Testing with oxygenated fuels .........................
K: Definitions and reference materials ...............
1 Refer
Use all.
§ 1065.915 allows deviations.
Use all.
§ 1065.920 allows deviations, but also has additional specifications.
Use all.
Use all.
Use all.
Use standard-setting part.
§ 1065.940 has additional calculation instructions.
Use fuels from subpart H of this part as specified in standard-setting part.
Use lubricant and coolant specifications in
subpart H of this part.
Use analytical gas specifications and other
calibration standards in § 1065.750 and
§ 1065.790.
Use all.
Use all.
to paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section for complete specifications.
§ 1065.910 PEMS auxiliary equipment for
field testing.
For field testing you may use various
types of auxiliary equipment to attach
PEMS to a vehicle or engine and to
power PEMS.
(a) When you use PEMS, you will
likely route engine exhaust to a rawexhaust flow meter and sample probes.
Route the engine exhaust as follows:
(1) Flexible connections. Use short
flexible connectors at the end of the
engine’s exhaust pipe.
(i) You may use flexible connectors to
enlarge or reduce the exhaust-pipe
diameter to match that of your test
equipment.
(ii) Use flexible connectors that do not
exceed a length of three times their
largest inside diameter.
(iii) Use four-ply silicone-fiberglass
fabric with a temperature rating of at
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
least 315 °C for flexible connectors. You
may use connectors with a spring-steel
wire helix for support and you may use
NomexTM coverings or linings for
durability. You may also use any other
material with equivalent permeationresistance and durability, as long as it
seals tightly around tailpipes and does
not react with exhaust.
(iv) Use stainless-steel hose clamps to
seal flexible connectors to the outside
diameter of tailpipes, or use clamps that
seal equivalently.
(v) You may use additional flexible
connectors to connect to flow meters
and sample probe locations.
(2) Raw exhaust tubing. Use rigid 300
series stainless steel tubing to connect
between flexible connectors. Tubing
may be straight or bent to accommodate
vehicle geometry. You may use ‘‘T’’ or
PO 00000
Frm 00182
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
‘‘Y’’ fittings made of 300 series stainless
steel tubingto join exhaust from
multiple tailpipes, or you may cap or
plug redundant tailpipes if the engine
manufacturer recommends it.
(3) Exhaust back pressure. Use
connectors and tubing that do not
increase back pressure so much that it
exceeds the manufacturer’s maximum
specified exhaust restriction. You may
verify this at the maximum exhaust flow
rate by measuring back pressure at the
manufacturer-specified location with
your system connected. You may also
perform an engineering analysis to
verify proper back pressure, taking into
account the maximum exhaust flow rate
expected, the field test system’s flexible
connectors, and the tubing’s
characteristics for pressure drops versus
flow.
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40601
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
(b) For vehicles or other motive
equipment, we recommend installing
PEMS in the same location where
passenger might sit. Follow PEMS
manufacturer instructions for installing
PEMS in vehicle cargo spaces, vehicle
trailers, or externally such that PEMS is
directly exposed to the outside
environment. Locate PEMS where it will
be subject to minimal sources of the
following parameters:
(1) Ambient temperature changes.
(2) Ambient pressure changes.
(3) Electromagnetic radiation.
(4) Mechanical shock and vibration.
(5) Ambient hydrocarbons—if using a
FID analyzer that uses ambient air as
FID burner air.
(c) Mounting hardware. Use mounting
hardware as required for securing
flexible connectors, exhaust tubing,
ambient sensors, and other equipment.
Use structurally sound mounting points
such as vehicle frames, trailer hitch
receivers, and payload tie-down fittings.
We recommend mounting hardware
such as clamps, suction cups, and
magnets that are specifically designed
for vehicle applications. We also
recommend considering mounting
hardware such as commercially
available bicycle racks, trailer hitches,
and luggage racks.
(d) Electrical power. Field testing may
require portable electrical power to run
your test equipment. Power your
equipment, as follows:
(1) You may use electrical power from
the vehicle, up to the highest power
level, such that all the following are
true:
(i) The vehicle power system is
capable of safely supplying your power,
such that your demand does not
overload the vehicle’s power system.
(ii) The engine emissions do not
change significantly when you use
vehicle power.
(iii) The power you demand does not
increase output from the engine by
morethan 1% of its maximum power.
(2) You may install your own portable
power supply. For example, you may
use batteries, fuel cells, a portable
generator, or any other power supply to
supplement or replace your use of
vehicle power. However, you must not
supply power to the vehicle’s power
system under any circumstances.
§ 1065.915
PEMS instruments.
(a) Instrument specifications. We
recommend that you use PEMS that
meet the specifications of subpart C of
this part. For field testing of for
laboratory testing with PEMS, the
specifications in the following table
apply instead of the specifications in
Table 1 of § 1065.205.
TABLE 1 OF § 1065.915.—RECOMMENDED MINIMUM PEMS MEASUREMENT INSTRUMENT PERFORMANCE
Measurement
Measured
quantity
symbol
Rise time
and fall time
Recording
update
frequency
Engine speed transducer ...............
fn .................
1 s ...............
1 Hz means
Engine torque estimator, BSFC
(This is a signal from an engine’s ECM).
General pressure transducer (not a
part of another instrument).
Atmospheric pressure meter ..........
General temperature sensor (not a
part of another instrument).
General dewpoint sensor ...............
Exhaust flow meter ........................
T or BSFC ...
1 s ...............
1 Hz means
p ..................
5 s ...............
1 Hz .............
patmos ........
T ..................
50 s .............
5 s ...............
0.1 Hz ..........
1 Hz .............
Tdew ...........
˙
n ..................
50 s .............
1 s ...............
0.1 Hz ..........
1 Hz means
Dilution air, inlet air, exhaust, and
sample flow meters.
Continuous gas analyzer ...............
˙
n ..................
1 s ...............
1 Hz means
X ..................
5 s ...............
1 Hz .............
Gravimetric PM balance .................
Inertial PM balance ........................
mPM .............
mPM .............
N/A ..............
5 s ...............
N/A ..............
1 Hz .............
Accuracy 1
Repeatability 1
Noise 1
5.0% of pt. or
1.0% of max.
8.0% of pt. or 5%
of max.
2.0% of pt. or
1.0% of max.
2.0% of pt. or
1.0% of max.
0.5% of max.
5.0% of pt. or
5.0% of max.
250 Pa ...............
1.0% of pt. K or
5 K.
3 K .....................
5.0% of pt. or
3.0% of max.
2.5% of pt. or
1.5% of max.
4.0% of pt. or
4.0% of meas.
See § 1065.790 ..
4.0% of pt. or
4.0% of meas.
2.0% of pt. or
0.5% of max.
200 Pa ...............
0.5% of pt. K or
2 K.
1 K .....................
2.0% of pt ..........
1.0% of max.
1.25% of pt. or
0.75% of max.
2.0% of pt. or
2.0% of meas.
0.5 µg .................
2.0% of pt. or
2.0% of meas.
1.0% of max.
100 Pa.
0.5% of max 0.5 K.
1 K.
2.0% of max.
1.0% of max.
1.0% of max.
N/A
1.0% of max.
1 Accuracy, repeatability, and noise are all determined with the same collected data, as described in § 1065.305, and based on absolute values. ‘‘pt.’’ refers to the overall flow-weighted mean value expected at the standard; ‘‘max.’’ refers to the peak value expected at the standard over
any test interval, not the maximum of the instrument’s range; ‘‘meas’’ refers to the actual flow-weighted mean measured over any test interval.
(b) Redundant measurements. For all
PEMS described in this subpart, you
may use data from multiple instruments
to calculate test results for a single test.
If you use redundant systems, use good
engineering judgment to use multiple
measured values in calculations or to
disregard individual measurements.
Note that you must keep your results
from all measurements, as described in
§ 1065.25. This requirement applies
whether or not you actually use the
measurements in your calculations.
(c) Field-testing ambient effects on
PEMS. PEMS must be only minimally
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
affected by ambient conditions such as
temperature, pressure, humidity,
physical orientation, mechanical shock
and vibration, electromagnetic
radiation, and ambient hydrocarbons.
Follow the PEMS manufacturer’s
instructions for proper installation to
isolate PEMS from ambient conditions
that affect their performance. If a PEMS
is inherently affected by ambient
conditions that you cannot control, you
must monitor those conditions and
adjust the PEMS signals to compensate
for the ambient effect. The standardsetting part may also specify the use of
PO 00000
Frm 00183
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
one or more field-testing adjustments or
‘‘measurement allowances’’ that you
apply to results or standards to account
for ambient effects on PEMS.
(d) ECM signals. You may use signals
from the engine’s electronic control
module (ECM) in place of values
measured by individual instruments
within a PEMS, subject to the following
provisions:
(1) Recording ECM signals. If your
ECM updates a broadcast signal more
frequently than 1 Hz, take one of the
following steps:
(i) Use PEMS to sample and record
the signal’s value more frequently—up
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40602
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
to 5 Hz maximum. Calculate and record
the 1 Hz mean of the more frequently
updated data.
(ii) Use PEMS to electronically filter
the ECM signals to meet the rise time
and fall time specifications in Table 1 of
this section. Record the filtered signal at
1 Hz.
(2) Omitting ECM signals. Replace any
discontinuous or irrational ECM data
with linearly interpolated values from
adjacent data.
(3) Aligning ECM signals with other
data. You must perform time-alignment
and dispersion of ECM signals,
according to PEMS manufacturer
instructions and using good engineering
judgment.
(4) ECM signals for determining test
intervals. You may use any combination
of ECM signals, with or without other
measurements, to determine the starttime and end-time of a test interval.
(5) ECM signals for determining
brake-specific emissions. You may use
any combination of ECM signals, with
or without other measurements, to
estimate engine speed, torque, and
brake-specific fuel consumption (BSFC,
in units of mass of fuel per kW-hr) for
use in brake-specific emission
calculations. We recommend that the
overall performance of any speed,
torque, or BSFC estimator should meet
the performance specifications in Table
1 of this section. We recommend using
one of the following methods:
(i) Speed. Use the engine speed signal
directly from the ECM. This signal is
generally accurate and precise. You may
develop your own speed algorithm
based on other ECM signals.
(ii) Torque. Use one of the following:
(A) ECM torque. Use the enginetorque signal directly from the ECM, if
broadcast. Determine if this signal is
proportional to indicated torque or
brake torque. If it is proportional to
indicated torque, subtract friction torque
from indicated torque and record the
result as brake torque. Friction torque
may be a separate signal broadcast from
the ECM or you may have to determine
it from laboratory data as a function of
engine speed.
(B) ECM %-load. Use the %-load
signal directly from the ECM, if
broadcast. Determine if this signal is
proportional to indicated torque or
brake torque. If it is proportional to
indicated torque, subtract the minimum
%-load value from the %-load signal.
Multiply this result by the maximum
brake torque at the corresponding
engine speed. Maximum brake torque
versus speed information is commonly
published by the engine manufacturer.
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
(C) Your algorithms. You may develop
and use your own combination of ECM
signals to determine torque.
(iii) BSFC. Use one of the following:
(A) Use ECM engine speed and ECM
fuel flow signals to interpolate brakespecific fuel consumption data, which
might be available from an engine
laboratory as a function of ECM engine
speed and ECM fuel signals.
(B) Use a single BSFC value that
approximates the BSFC value over a test
interval (as defined in subpart K of this
part). This value may be a nominal
BSFC value for all engine operation
determined over one or more laboratory
duty cycles, or it may be any other BSFC
that we approve. If you use a nominal
BSFC, we recommend that you select a
value based on the BSFC measured over
laboratory duty cycles that best
represent the range of engine operation
that defines a test interval for fieldtesting.
(C) You may develop and use your
own combination of ECM signals to
determine BSFC.
(iv) Other ECM signals. You may ask
to use other ECM signals for
determining brake-specific emissions,
such as ECM fuel flow or ECM air flow.
We must approve the use of such signals
in advance.
(6) Permissible deviations. ECM
signals may deviate from the
specifications of this part 1065, but the
expected deviation must not prevent
you from demonstrating that you meet
the applicable standards. For example,
your emission results may be
sufficiently below an applicable
standard, such that the deviation would
not significantly change the result. As
another example, a very low enginecoolant temperature may define a
logical statement that determines when
a test interval may start. In this case,
even if the ECM’s sensor for detecting
coolant temperature was not very
accurate or repeatable, its output would
never deviate so far as to significantly
affect when a test interval may start.
§ 1065.920 PEMS Calibrations and
verifications.
(a) Subsystem calibrations and
verifications. Use all the applicable
calibrations and verifications in subpart
D of this part, including the linearity
verifications in § 1065.307, to calibrate
and verify PEMS. Note that a PEMS
does not have to meet the systemresponse specifications of § 1065.308 if
it meets the overall verification
described in paragraph (b) of this
section.
(b) Overall verification. We require
only that you maintain a record showing
that the particular make, model, and
PO 00000
Frm 00184
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
configuration of your PEMS meets this
verification. We recommend that you
generate your own record to show that
your specific PEMS meets this
verification, but you may also rely on
data and other information from the
PEMS manufacturer. If you upgrade or
change the configuration of your PEMS,
your record must show that your new
configuration meets this verification.
The verification consists of operating an
engine over a duty cycle in the
laboratory and statistically comparing
data generated and recorded by the
PEMS with data simultaneously
generated and recorded by laboratory
equipment as follows:
(1) Mount an engine on a
dynamometer for laboratory testing.
Prepare the laboratory and PEMS for
emission testing, as described in this
part, to get simultaneous measurements.
We recommend selecting an engine with
emission levels close to the applicable
duty-cycle standards, if possible.
(2) Select or create a duty cycle that
has all the following characteristics:
(i) Engine operation that represents
normal in-use speeds, loads, and degree
of transient activity. Consider using data
from previous field tests to generate a
cycle.
(ii) A duration of (20 to 40) min.
(iii) At least 50% of engine operating
time must include at least 10 valid test
intervals for calculating emission levels
for field testing. For example, for
highway compression-ignition engines,
select a duty cycle in which at least
50% of the engine operating time can be
used to calculate valid NTE events.
(3) Starting with a warmed-up engine,
run a valid emission test with the duty
cycle from paragraph (b)(2) of this
section. The laboratory and PEMS must
both meet applicable validation
requirements, such as drift validation,
hydrocarbon contamination validation,
and proportional validation.
(4) Determine the brake-specific
emissions for each test interval for both
laboratory and the PEMS measurements,
as follows:
(i) For both laboratory and PEMS
measurements, use identical values to
determine the beginning and end of
each test interval.
(ii) For both laboratory and PEMS
measurements, use identical values to
determine total work over each test
interval.
(iii) Apply any ‘‘measurement
allowance’’ to the PEMS data. If the
measurement allowance is normally
added to the standard, subtract the
measurement allowance from the PEMS
brake-specific emission result.
(iv) Round results to the same number
of significant digits as the standard.
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
(5) Repeat the engine duty cycle and
calculations until you have at least 100
valid test intervals.
(6) For each test interval and
emission, subtract the lab result from
the PEMS result.
(7) If for each constituent, the PEMS
passes this verification if any one of the
following are true:
(i) 91% or more of the differences are
zero or less than zero.
(ii) The entire set of test-interval
results passes the 95% confidence
alternate-procedure statistics for field
testing (t-test and F-test) specified in
subpart A of this part.
§ 1065.925
testing.
PEMS preparation for field
Take the following steps to prepare
PEMS for field testing:
(a) Verify that ambient conditions at
the start of the test are within the limits
specified in the standard-setting part.
Continue to monitor these values to
determine if ambient conditions exceed
the limits during the test.
(b) Install a PEMS and any accessories
needed to conduct a field test.
(c) Power the PEMS and allow
pressures, temperatures, and flows to
stabilize to their operating set points.
(d) Bypass or purge any gaseous
sampling PEMS instruments with
ambient air until sampling begins to
prevent system contamination from
excessive cold-start emissions.
(e) Conduct calibrations and
verifications.
(f) Operate any PEMS dilution
systems at their expected flow rates
using a bypass.
(g) If you use a gravimetric balance to
determine whether an engine meets an
applicable PM standard, follow the
procedures for PM sample
preconditioning and tare weighing as
described in § 1065.590. Operate the
PM-sampling system at its expected
flow rates using a bypass.
(h) Verify the amount of
contamination in the PEMS HC
sampling system as follows:
(1) Select the HC analyzers’ ranges for
measuring the maximum concentration
expected at the HC standard.
(2) Zero the HC analyzers using a zero
gas introduced at the analyzer port.
When zeroing the FIDs, use the FIDs’
burner air that would be used for in-use
measurements (generally either ambient
air or a portable source of burner air).
(3) Span the HC analyzers using span
gas introduced at the analyzer port.
When spanning the FIDs, use the FIDs’
burner air that would be used in-use (for
example, use ambient air or a portable
source of burner air).
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
(4) Overflow zero air at the HC probe
or into a fitting between the HC probe
and the transfer line.
(5) Measure the HC concentration in
the sampling system:
(i) For continuous sampling, record
the mean HC concentration as overflow
zero air flows.
(ii) For batch sampling, fill the sample
medium and record its mean
concentration.
(6) Record this value as the initial HC
concentration, xHCinit, and use it to
correct measured values as described in
§ 1065.660.
(7) If the initial HC concentration
exceeds the greater of the following
values, determine the source of the
contamination and take corrective
action, such as purging the system or
replacing contaminated portions:
(i) 2% of the flow-weighted mean
concentration expected at the standard
or measured during testing.
(ii) 2 µmol/mol.
(8) If corrective action does not
resolve the deficiency, you use a
contaminated HC system if it does not
prevent you from demonstrating
compliance with the applicable
emission standards.
§ 1065.930 Engine starting, restarting, and
shutdown.
Unless the standard-setting part
specifies otherwise, start, restart, and
shut down the test engine for field
testing as follows:
(a) Start or restart the engine as
described in the owners manual.
(b) If the engine does not start after 15
seconds of cranking, stop cranking and
determine the reason it failed to start.
However, you may crank the engine
longer than 15 seconds, as long as the
owners manual or the service-repair
manual describes the longer cranking
time as normal.
(c) Respond to engine stalling with
the following steps:
(1) If the engine stalls during a
required warm-up before emission
sampling begins, restart the engine and
continue warm-up.
(2) If the engine stalls at any other
time after emission sampling begins,
restart the engine and continue testing.
(d) Shut down and restart the engine
according to the manufacturer’s
specifications, as needed during normal
operation in-use, but continue emission
sampling until the field test is complete.
§ 1065.935 Emission test sequence for
field testing.
(a) Time the start of field testing as
follows:
(1) If the standard-setting part requires
only hot-stabilized emission
PO 00000
Frm 00185
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40603
measurements, operate the engine inuse until the engine coolant, block, or
head absolute temperature is within
±10% of its mean value for the previous
2 min or until an engine thermostat
controls engine temperature with
coolant or air flow.
(2) If the standard-setting part requires
hot-start emission measurements, shut
down the engine after at least 2 min at
the temperature tolerance specified in
paragraph (a)(1) of this section. Start the
field test within 20 min of engine
shutdown.
(3) If the standard-setting part requires
cold-start emission measurements,
proceed to the steps specified in
paragraph (b) of this section.
(b) Take the following steps before
emission sampling begins:
(1) For batch sampling, connect clean
storage media, such as evacuated bags or
tare-weighed PM sample media.
(2) Operate the PEMS according to the
instrument manufacturer’s instructions
and using good engineering judgment.
(3) Operate PEMS heaters, dilution
systems, sample pumps, cooling fans,
and the data-collection system.
(4) Pre-heat or pre-cool PEMS heat
exchangers in the sampling system to
within their tolerances for operating
temperatures.
(5) Allow all other PEMS components
such as sample lines, filters, and pumps
to stabilize at operating temperature.
(6) Verify that no significant vacuumside leak exists in the PEMS, as
described in § 1065.345.
(7) Adjust PEMS flow rates to desired
levels, using bypass flow if applicable.
(8) Zero and span all PEMS gas
analyzers using NIST-traceable gases
that meet the specifications of
§ 1065.750.
(c) Start testing as follows:
(1) Before the start of the first test
interval, zero or re-zero any PEMS
electronic integrating devices, as
needed.
(2) If the engine is already running
and warmed up and starting is not part
of field testing, start the field test by
simultaneously starting to sample
exhaust, record engine and ambient
data, and integrate measured values
using a PEMS.
(3) If engine starting is part of field
testing, start field testing by
simultaneously starting to sample from
the exhaust system, record engine and
ambient data, and integrate measured
values using a PEMS. Then start the
engine.
(d) Continue the test as follows:
(1) Continue to sample exhaust,
record data and integrate measured
values throughout normal in-use
operation of the engine.
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40604
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
(2) Between each test interval, zero or
re-zero any electronic integrating
devices, and reset batch storage media,
as needed.
(3) The engine may be stopped and
started, but continue to sample
emissions throughout the entire field
test.
(4) Conduct periodic verifications
such as zero and span verifications on
PEMS gas analyzers, as recommended
by the PEMS manufacturer or as
indicated by good engineering
judgment. Results from these
verifications will be used to calculate
and correct for drift according to
paragraph (g) of this section. Do not
include data recorded during
verifications in emission calculations.
(5) You may periodically condition
and analyze batch samples in-situ,
including PM samples; for example you
may condition an inertial PM balance
substrate if you use an inertial balance
to measure PM.
(6) You may have personnel
monitoring and adjusting the PEMS
during a test, or you may operate the
PEMS unattended.
(e) Stop testing as follows
(1) Continue sampling as needed to
get an appropriate amount of emission
measurement, according to the standard
setting part. If the standard-setting part
does not describe when to stop
sampling, develop a written protocol
before you start testing to establish how
you will stop sampling. You may not
determine when to stop testing based on
measured values.
(2) At the end of the field test, allow
the sampling systems’ response times to
elapse and then stop sampling. Stop any
integrators and indicate the end of the
test cycle on the data-collection
medium.
(3) You may shut down the engine
before or after you stop sampling.
(f) For any proportional batch sample,
such as a bag sample or PM sample,
verify for each test interval whether or
not proportional sampling was
maintained according to § 1065.545.
Void the sample for any test interval
that did not maintain proportional
sampling according to § 1065.545.
(g) Take the following steps after
emission sampling is complete:
(1) As soon as practical after the
emission sampling, analyze any gaseous
batch samples.
(2) If you used dilution air, either
analyze background samples or assume
that background emissions were zero.
Refer to § 1065.140 for dilution-air
specifications.
(3) After quantifying all exhaust gases,
record mean analyzer values after
stabilizing a zero gas to each analyzer,
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
then record mean analyzer values after
stabilizing the span gas to the analyzer.
Stabilization may include time to purge
an analyzer of any sample gas, plus any
additional time to account for analyzer
response. Use these recorded values to
correct for drift as described in
§ 1065.550.
(4) Invalidate any test intervals that
do not meet the range criteria in
§ 1065.550. Note that it is acceptable
that analyzers exceed 100% of their
ranges when measuring emissions
between test intervals, but not during
test intervals. You do not have to retest
an engine in the field if the range
criteria are not met.
(5) Invalidate any test intervals that
do not meet the drift criterion in
§ 1065.550. For test intervals that do
meet the drift criterion, correct those
test intervals for drift according to
§ 1065.672 and use the drift corrected
results in emissions calculations.
(6) Unless you weighed PM in-situ,
such as by using an inertial PM balance,
place any used PM samples into covered
or sealed containers and return them to
the PM-stabilization environment and
weigh them as described in § 1065.595.
§ 1065.940
Emission calculations.
Perform emission calculations as
described in § 1065.650 to calculate
brake-specific emissions for each test
interval using any applicable
information and instructions in the
standard-setting part.
Subpart K—Definitions and Other
Reference Information
§ 1065.1001
Definitions.
The definitions in this section apply
to this part. The definitions apply to all
subparts unless we note otherwise. All
undefined terms have the meaning the
Act gives them. The definitions follow:
300 series stainless steel means any
stainless steel alloy with a Unified
Numbering System for Metals and
Alloys number designated from S30100
to S39000. For all instances in this part
where we specify 300 series stainless
steel, such parts must also have a
smooth inner-wall construction. We
recommend an average roughness, Ra,
no greater than 4 µm.
Accuracy means the absolute
difference between a reference quantity
and the arithmetic mean of ten mean
measurements of that quantity.
Determine instrument accuracy,
repeatability, and noise from the same
data set. We specify a procedure for
determining accuracy in § 1065.305.
Act means the Clean Air Act, as
amended, 42 U.S.C. 7401–7671q.
Adjustable parameter means any
device, system, or element of design that
PO 00000
Frm 00186
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
someone can adjust (including those
which are difficult to access) and that,
if adjusted, may affect emissions or
engine performance during emission
testing or normal in-use operation. This
includes, but is not limited to,
parameters related to injection timing
and fueling rate. In some cases, this may
exclude a parameter that is difficult to
access if it cannot be adjusted to affect
emissions without significantly
degrading engine performance, or if it
will not be adjusted in a way that affects
emissions during in-use operation.
Aerodynamic diameter means the
diameter of a spherical water droplet
that settles at the same constant velocity
as the particle being sampled.
Aftertreatment means relating to a
catalytic converter, particulate filter, or
any other system, component, or
technology mounted downstream of the
exhaust valve (or exhaust port) whose
design function is to decrease emissions
in the engine exhaust before it is
exhausted to the environment. Exhaustgas recirculation (EGR) and
turbochargers are not aftertreatment.
Allowed procedures means
procedures that we either specify in this
part 1065 or in the standard-setting part
or approve under § 1065.10.
Alternate procedures means
procedures allowed under
§ 1065.10(c)(7).
Applicable standard means an
emission standard to which an engine is
subject; or a family emission limit to
which an engine is certified under an
emission credit program in the
standard-setting part.
Aqueous condensation means the
precipitation of water-containing
constituents from a gas phase to a liquid
phase. Aqueous condensation is a
function of humidity, pressure,
temperature, and concentrations of
other constituents such as sulfuric acid.
These parameters vary as a function of
engine intake-air humidity, dilution-air
humidity, engine air-to-fuel ratio, and
fuel composition—including the
amount of hydrogen and sulfur in the
fuel.
Atmospheric pressure means the wet,
absolute, atmospheric static pressure.
Note that if you measure atmospheric
pressure in a duct, you must ensure that
there are negligible pressure losses
between the atmosphere and your
measurement location, and you must
account for changes in the duct’s static
pressure resulting from the flow.
Auto-ranging means a gas analyzer
function that automatically changes the
analyzer digital resolution to a larger
range of concentrations as the
concentration approaches 100% of the
analyzer’s current range. Auto-ranging
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
does not mean changing an analog
amplifier gain within an analyzer.
Auxiliary emission-control device
means any element of design that senses
temperature, motive speed, engine RPM,
transmission gear, or any other
parameter for the purpose of activating,
modulating, delaying, or deactivating
the operation of any part of the
emission-control system.
Brake power has the meaning given in
the standard-setting part. If it is not
defined in the standard-setting part,
brake power means the usable power
output of the engine, not including
power required to fuel, lubricate, or heat
the engine, circulate coolant to the
engine, or to operate aftertreatment
devices. If the engine does not power
these accessories during a test, subtract
the work required to perform these
functions from the total work used in
brake-specific emission calculations.
Subtract engine fan work from total
work only for air-cooled engines.
C1 equivalent (or basis) means a
convention of expressing HC
concentrations based on the total
number of carbon atoms present, such
that the C1 equivalent of a molar HC
concentration equals the molar
concentration multiplied by the mean
number of carbon atoms in each HC
molecule. For example, the C1
equivalent of 10 µmol/mol of propane
(C3H8) is 30 µmol/mol. C1 equivalent
molar values may be denoted as
‘‘ppmC’’ in the standard-setting part.
Calibration means the process of
setting a measurement system’s
response so that its output agrees with
a range of reference signals. Contrast
with ‘‘verification’’.
Certification means relating to the
process of obtaining a certificate of
conformity for an engine family that
complies with the emission standards
and requirements in the standard-setting
part.
Compression-ignition means relating
to a type of reciprocating, internalcombustion engine that is not a sparkignition engine.
Confidence interval means the range
associated with a probability that a
quantity will be considered statistically
equivalent to a reference quantity.
Constant-speed engine means an
engine whose certification is limited to
constant-speed operation. Engines
whose constant-speed governor function
is removed or disabled are no longer
constant-speed engines.
Constant-speed operation means
engine operation with a governor that
automatically controls the operator
demand to maintain engine speed, even
under changing load. Governors do not
always maintain speed exactly constant.
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
Typically speed can decrease (0.1 to
10)% below the speed at zero load, such
that the minimum speed occurs near the
engine’s point of maximum power.
Coriolis meter means a flowmeasurement instrument that
determines the mass flow of a fluid by
sensing the vibration and twist of
specially designed flow tubes as the
flow passes through them. The twisting
characteristic is called the Coriolis
effect. According to Newton’s Second
Law of Motion, the amount of sensor
tube twist is directly proportional to the
mass flow rate of the fluid flowing
through the tube. See § 1065.220.
Designated Compliance Officer means
the Manager, Engine Programs Group
(6405–J), U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW.,
Washington, DC 20460.
Dewpoint means a measure of
humidity stated as the equilibrium
temperature at which water condenses
under a given pressure from moist air
with a given absolute humidity.
Dewpoint is specified as a temperature
in °C or K, and is valid only for the
pressure at which it is measured. See
§ 1065.645 to determine water vapor
mole fractions from dewpoints using the
pressure at which the dewpoint is
measured.
Discrete-mode means relating to a
discrete-mode type of steady-state test,
as described in the standard-setting part.
Dispersion means either:
(1) The broadening and lowering of a
signal due to any fluid capacitance,
fluid mixing, or electronic filtering in a
sampling system. (Note: To adjust a
signal so its dispersion matches that of
another signal, you may adjust the
system’s fluid capacitance, fluid mixing,
or electronic filtering.)
(2) The mixing of a fluid, especially
as a result of fluid mechanical forces or
chemical diffusion.
Drift means the difference between a
zero or calibration signal and the
respective value reported by a
measurement instrument immediately
after it was used in an emission test, as
long as you zeroed and spanned the
instrument just before the test.
Duty cycle means a series of speed
and torque values (or power values) that
an engine must follow during a
laboratory test. Duty cycles are specified
in the standard-setting part. A single
duty cycle may consist of one or more
test intervals. For example, a duty cycle
may be a ramped-modal cycle, which
has one test interval; a cold-start plus
hot-start transient cycle, which has two
test intervals; or a discrete-mode cycle,
which has one test interval for each
mode.
PO 00000
Frm 00187
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40605
Electronic control module means an
engine’s electronic device that uses data
from engine sensors to control engine
parameters.
Emission-control system means any
device, system, or element of design that
controls or reduces the emissions of
regulated pollutants from an engine.
Emission-data engine means an
engine that is tested for certification.
This includes engines tested to establish
deterioration factors.
Emission-related maintenance means
maintenance that substantially affects
emissions or is likely to substantially
affect emission deterioration.
Engine means an engine to which this
part applies.
Engine family means a group of
engines with similar emission
characteristics throughout the useful
life, as specified in the standard-setting
part.
Engine governed speed means the
engine operating speed when it is
controlled by the installed governor.
Exhaust-gas recirculation means a
technology that reduces emissions by
routing exhaust gases that had been
exhausted from the combustion
chamber(s) back into the engine to be
mixed with incoming air before or
during combustion. The use of valve
timing to increase the amount of
residual exhaust gas in the combustion
chamber(s) that is mixed with incoming
air before or during combustion is not
considered exhaust-gas recirculation for
the purposes of this part.
Fall time, t90–10, means the time
interval of a measurement instrument’s
response after any step decrease to the
input between the following points:
(1) The point at which the response
has fallen 10% of the total amount it
will fall in response to the step change.
(2) The point at which the response
has fallen 90% of the total amount it
will fall in response to the step change.
Flow-weighted mean means the mean
of a quantity after it is weighted
proportional to a corresponding flow
rate. For example, if a gas concentration
is measured continuously from the raw
exhaust of an engine, its flow-weighted
mean concentration is the sum of the
products of each recorded concentration
times its respective exhaust flow rate,
divided by the sum of the recorded flow
rates. As another example, the bag
concentration from a CVS system is the
same as the flow-weighted mean
concentration, because the CVS system
itself flow-weights the bag
concentration.
Fuel type means a general category of
fuels such as gasoline or LPG. There can
be multiple grades within a single type
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40606
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
of fuel, such as all-season and wintergrade gasoline.
Good engineering judgment means
judgments made consistent with
generally accepted scientific and
engineering principles and all available
relevant information. See 40 CFR 1068.5
for the administrative process we use to
evaluate good engineering judgment.
HEPA filter means high-efficiency
particulate air filters that are rated to
achieve a minimum initial particleremoval efficiency of 99.97% using
ASTM F 1471–93 (incorporated by
reference in § 1065.1010).
Hydraulic diameter means the
diameter of a circle whose area is equal
to the area of a noncircular cross section
of tubing, including its wall thickness.
The wall thickness is included only for
the purpose of facilitating a simplified
and nonintrusive measurement.
Hydrocarbon (HC) means THC, THCE,
NMHC, or NMHCE, as applicable.
Hydrocarbon generally means the
hydrocarbon group on which the
emission standards are based for each
type of fuel and engine.
Identification number means a unique
specification (for example, a model
number/serial number combination)
that allows someone to distinguish a
particular engine from other similar
engines.
Idle speed means the lowest engine
speed with minimum load (greater than
or equal to zero load), where an engine
governor function controls engine
speed. For engines without a governor
function that controls idle speed, idle
speed means the manufacturer-declared
value for lowest engine speed possible
with minimum load. Note that warm
idle speed is the idle speed of a
warmed-up engine.
Intermediate test speed has the
meaning given in § 1065.610.
Linearity means the degree to which
measured values agree with respective
reference values. Linearity is quantified
using a linear regression of pairs of
measured values and reference values
over a range of values expected or
observed during testing. Perfect linearity
would result in an intercept, a0, equal to
zero, a slope, a1, of one, a coefficient of
determination, r 2, of one, and a
standard error of the estimate, SEE, of
zero. The term ‘‘linearity’’ is not used in
this part to refer to the shape of a
measurement instrument’s unprocessed
response curve, such as a curve relating
emission concentration to voltage
output. A properly performing
instrument with a nonlinear response
curve will meet linearity specifications.
Manufacturer has the meaning given
in section 216(1) of the Act. In general,
this term includes any person who
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
manufactures an engine or vehicle for
sale in the United States or otherwise
introduces a new nonroad engine into
commerce in the United States. This
includes importers who import engines
or vehicles for resale.
Maximum test speed has the meaning
given in § 1065.610.
Maximum test torque has the meaning
given in § 1065.610.
NIST-traceable means relating to a
standard value that can be related to
NIST-stated references through an
unbroken chain of comparisons, all
having stated uncertainties, as specified
in NIST Technical Note 1297
(incorporated by reference in
§ 1065.1010). Allowable uncertainty
limits specified for NIST-traceability
refer to the propagated uncertainty
specified by NIST. You may ask to use
other internationally recognized
standards that are equivalent to NIST
standards.
Noise means the precision of 30
seconds of updated recorded values
from a measurement instrument as it
quantifies a zero or reference value.
Determine instrument noise,
repeatability, and accuracy from the
same data set. We specify a procedure
for determining noise in § 1065.305.
Nonmethane hydrocarbons (NMHC)
means the sum of all hydrocarbon
species except methane. Refer to
§ 1065.660 for NMHC determination.
Nonmethane hydrocarbon equivalent
(NMHCE) means the sum of the carbon
mass contributions of non-oxygenated
nonmethane hydrocarbons, alcohols and
aldehydes, or other organic compounds
that are measured separately as
contained in a gas sample, expressed as
exhaust nonmethane hydrocarbon from
petroleum-fueled engines. The
hydrogen-to-carbon ratio of the
equivalent hydrocarbon is 1.85:1.
Nonroad means relating to nonroad
engines.
Nonroad engine has the meaning we
give in 40 CFR 1068.30. In general this
means all internal-combustion engines
except motor vehicle engines, stationary
engines, engines used solely for
competition, or engines used in aircraft.
Open crankcase emissions means any
flow from an engine’s crankcase that is
emitted directly into the environment.
Crankcase emissions are not ‘‘open
crankcase emissions’’ if the engine is
designed to always route all crankcase
emissions back into the engine (for
example, through the intake system or
an aftertreatment system) such that all
the crankcase emissions, or their
products, are emitted into the
environment only through the engine
exhaust system.
PO 00000
Frm 00188
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Operator demand means an engine
operator’s input to control engine
output. The ‘‘operator’’ may be a person
(i.e., manual), or a governor (i.e.,
automatic) that mechanically or
electronically signals an input that
demands engine output. Input may be
from an accelerator pedal or signal, a
throttle-control lever or signal, a fuel
lever or signal, a speed lever or signal,
or a governor setpoint or signal. Output
means engine power, P, which is the
product of engine speed, fn, and engine
torque, T.
Oxides of nitrogen means compounds
containing only nitrogen and oxygen as
measured by the procedures specified in
this part, except as specified in the
standard-setting part. Oxides of nitrogen
are expressed quantitatively as if the NO
is in the form of NO2, such that you use
an effective molar mass for all oxides of
nitrogen equivalent to that of NO2.
Oxygenated fuels means fuels
composed of oxygen-containing
compounds, such as ethanol or
methanol. Testing engines that use
oxygenated fuels generally requires the
use of the sampling methods in subpart
I of this part. However, you should read
the standard-setting part and subpart I
of this part to determine appropriate
sampling methods.
Partial pressure means the pressure,
p, attributable to a single gas in a gas
mixture. For an ideal gas, the partial
pressure divided by the total pressure is
equal to the constituent’s molar
concentration, x.
Percent (%) means a representation of
exactly 0.01. Significant digits for the
product of % and another value are
defined as follows:
(1) Where we specify some percentage
of a total value, the calculated value has
the same number of significant digits as
the total value. For example, 2% is
exactly 0.02 and 2% of 101.3302 equals
2.026604.
(2) In other cases, determine the
number of significant digits using the
same method as you would use for
determining the number of significant
digits of a fractional value.
Portable emission measurement
system (PEMS) means a measurement
system consisting of portable equipment
that can be used to generate brakespecific emission measurements during
field testing or laboratory testing.
Precision means two times the
standard deviation of a set of measured
values of a single zero or reference
quantity.
Procedures means all aspects of
engine testing, including the equipment
specifications, calibrations, calculations
and other protocols and specifications
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
needed to measure emissions, unless we
specify otherwise.
Proving ring is a device used to
measure static force based on the linear
relationship between stress and strain in
an elastic material. It is typically a steel
alloy ring, and you measure the
deflection (strain) of its diameter when
a static force (stress) is applied across its
diameter.
PTFE means polytetrafluoroethylene,
commonly known as TeflonTM.
Ramped-modal means relating to a
ramped-modal type of steady-state test,
as described in the standard-setting part.
Regression statistics means any of the
set of statistics specified in § 1065.602(i)
through (l).
Repeatability means the precision of
ten mean measurements of a reference
quantity. Determine instrument
repeatability, accuracy, and noise from
the same data set. We specify a
procedure for determining repeatability
in § 1065.305.
Revoke has the meaning given in 40
CFR 1068.30.
Rise time, t10–90, means the time
interval of a measurement instrument’s
response after any step increase to the
input between the following points:
(1) The point at which the response
has risen 10% of the total amount it will
rise in response to the step change.
(2) The point at which the response
has risen 90% of the total amount it will
rise in response to the step change.
Roughness (or average roughness, Ra)
means the size of finely distributed
vertical surface deviations from a
smooth surface, as determined when
traversing a surface. It is an integral of
the absolute value of the roughness
profile measured over an evaluation
length.
Round means to round numbers
according to NIST SP 811 (incorporated
by reference in § 1065.1010), unless
otherwise specified.
Scheduled maintenance means
adjusting, repairing, removing,
disassembling, cleaning, or replacing
components or systems periodically to
keep a part or system from failing,
malfunctioning, or wearing prematurely.
It also may mean actions you expect are
necessary to correct an overt indication
of failure or malfunction for which
periodic maintenance is not
appropriate.
Shared atmospheric pressure meter
means an atmospheric pressure meter
whose output is used as the atmospheric
pressure for an entire test facility that
has more than one dynamometer test
cell.
Shared humidity measurement means
a humidity measurement that is used as
the humidity for an entire test facility
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
that has more than one dynamometer
test cell.
Span means to adjust an instrument
so that it gives a proper response to a
calibration standard that represents
between 75% and 100% of the
maximum value in the instrument range
or expected range of use.
Spark-ignition means relating to a
gasoline-fueled engine or any other type
of engine with a spark plug (or other
sparking device) and with operating
characteristics significantly similar to
the theoretical Otto combustion cycle.
Spark-ignition engines usually use a
throttle to regulate intake air flow to
control power during normal operation.
Special procedures means procedures
allowed under § 1065.10(c)(2).
Specified procedures means
procedures we specify in this part 1065
or the standard-setting part. Other
procedures allowed or required by
§ 1065.10(c) are not specified
procedures.
Standard deviation has the meaning
given in § 1065.602. Note this is the
standard deviation for a non-biased
sample.
Standard-setting part means the part
in the Code of Federal Regulations that
defines emission standards for a
particular engine. See § 1065.1(a).
Steady-state means relating to
emission tests in which engine speed
and load are held at a finite set of
nominally constant values. Steady-state
tests are either discrete-mode tests or
ramped-modal tests.
Stoichiometric means relating to the
particular ratio of air and fuel such that
if the fuel were fully oxidized, there
would be no remaining fuel or oxygen.
For example, stoichiometric combustion
in a gasoline-fueled engine typically
occurs at an air-to-fuel mass ratio of
about 14.7:1.
Storage medium means a particulate
filter, sample bag, or any other storage
device used for batch sampling.
Test engine means an engine in a test
sample.
Test interval means a duration of time
over which you determine brakespecific emissions. For example, the
standard-setting part may specify a
complete laboratory duty cycle as a
cold-start test interval, plus a hot-start
test interval. As another example, a
standard-setting part may specify a
field-test interval, such as a ‘‘not-toexceed’’ (NTE) event, as a duration of
time over which an engine operates
within a certain range of speed and
torque. In cases where multiple test
intervals occur over a duty cycle, the
standard-setting part may specify
additional calculations that weight and
combine results to arrive at composite
PO 00000
Frm 00189
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40607
values for comparison against the
applicable standards.
Test sample means the collection of
engines selected from the population of
an engine family for emission testing.
Tolerance means the interval in
which 95% of a set of recorded values
of a certain quantity must lie, with the
remaining 5% of the recorded values
deviating from the tolerance interval
only due to measurement variability.
Use the specified recording frequencies
and time intervals to determine if a
quantity is within the applicable
tolerance. For parameters not subject to
measurement variability, tolerance
means an absolute allowable range.
Total hydrocarbon (THC) means the
combined mass of organic compounds
measured by the specified procedure for
measuring total hydrocarbon, expressed
as a hydrocarbon with a hydrogen-tocarbon mass ratio of 1.85:1.
Total hydrocarbon equivalent (THCE)
means the sum of the carbon mass
contributions of non-oxygenated
hydrocarbons, alcohols and aldehydes,
or other organic compounds that are
measured separately as contained in a
gas sample, expressed as exhaust
hydrocarbon from petroleum-fueled
engines. The hydrogen-to-carbon ratio of
the equivalent hydrocarbon is 1.85:1.
United States means the States, the
District of Columbia, the
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the
Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana
Islands, Guam, American Samoa, and
the U.S. Virgin Islands.
Useful life means the period during
which a new engine is required to
comply with all applicable emission
standards. The standard-setting part
defines the specific useful-life periods
for individual engines.
Variable-speed engine means an
engine that is not a constant-speed
engine.
Vehicle means any vehicle, vessel, or
type of equipment using engines to
which this part applies. For purposes of
this part, the term ‘‘vehicle’’ may
include nonmotive machines or
equipment such as a pump or generator.
Verification means to evaluate
whether or not a measurement system’s
outputs agree with a range of applied
reference signals to within one or more
predetermined thresholds for
acceptance. Contrast with ‘‘calibration’’.
We (us, our) means the Administrator
of the Environmental Protection Agency
and any authorized representatives.
Zero means to adjust an instrument so
it gives a zero response to a zero
calibration standard, such as purified
nitrogen or purified air for measuring
concentrations of emission constituents.
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40608
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
Zero gas means a gas that yields a
zero response in an analyzer. This may
either be purified nitrogen, purified air,
a combination of purified air and
purified nitrogen. For field testing, zero
gas may include ambient air.
§ 1065.1005 Symbols, abbreviations,
acronyms, and units of measure.
The procedures in this part generally
follow the International System of Units
(SI), as detailed in NIST Special
Publication 811, 1995 Edition, ‘‘Guide
for the Use of the International System,
of Units (SI),’’ which we incorporate by
reference in § 1065.1010. See § 1065.25
for specific provisions related to these
conventions. This section summarizes
the way we use symbols, units of
measure, and other abbreviations.
(a) Symbols for quantities. This part
uses the following symbols and units of
measure for various quantities:
Symbol
Quantity
Unit
Unit symbol
Base SI units
% ........
a .........
A .........
a0 ........
a1 ........
b .........
b .........
C# .......
D .........
DF ......
e ..........
e .........
F .........
f ..........
fn .........
g ..........
percent .......................................................................
atomic hydrogen to carbon ratio ................................
area ............................................................................
intercept of least squares regression.
slope of least squares regression.
ratio of diameters .......................................................
atomic oxygen to carbon ratio ....................................
number of carbon atoms in a molecule.
diameter ......................................................................
dilution air fraction ......................................................
error between a quantity and its reference.
brake-specific basis ....................................................
F-test statistic.
frequency ....................................................................
rotational frequency (shaft) ........................................
ratio of specific heats .................................................
0.01 ..................................
mole per mole ..................
square meter ....................
% ......................................
mol/mol ............................
m2 ....................................
10¥2
1
m2
meter per meter ...............
mole per mole ..................
m/m ..................................
mol/mol ............................
1
1
meter ................................
mole per mol ....................
m ......................................
mol/mol ............................
m
1
gram per kilowatt hour .....
g/(kW·h) ...........................
g·3.6¥1·106·m¥2·kg·s2
Hz .....................................
rev/min .............................
(J/(kg·K))/(J/(kg·K)) ..........
s¥1
2·pi·60¥1·s¥1
1
K .........
l ..........
µ .........
M ........
m ........
˙
m ........
™ .........
N .........
n .........
˙
n .........
P .........
PF .......
p .........
r .........
r ..........
r2 ........
Ra .......
Re# .....
RF ......
s .........
SEE ....
T .........
T .........
T .........
t ..........
Dt ........
V .........
˙
V .........
W ........
x .........
¯
X .........
y .........
correction factor ..........................................................
length ..........................................................................
viscosity, dynamic ......................................................
molar mass1 ...............................................................
mass ...........................................................................
mass rate ....................................................................
viscosity, kinematic .....................................................
total number in series.
amount of substance ..................................................
amount of substance rate ..........................................
power ..........................................................................
penetration fraction.
pressure ......................................................................
mass density ..............................................................
ratio of pressures .......................................................
coefficient of determination.
average surface roughness ........................................
Reynolds number.
response factor.
non-biased standard deviation.
standard estimate of error.
absolute temperature .................................................
Celsius temperature ...................................................
torque (moment of force) ...........................................
time .............................................................................
time interval, period, 1/frequency ...............................
volume ........................................................................
volume rate .................................................................
work ............................................................................
amount of substance mole fraction 2 ..........................
flow-weighted mean concentration .............................
generic variable.
hertz .................................
revolutions per minute .....
(joule per kilogram kelvin)
per (joule per kilogram
kelvin).
..........................................
meter ................................
pascal second ..................
gram per mole .................
kilogram ...........................
kilogram per second ........
meter squared per second
..........................................
m ......................................
Pa·s ..................................
g/mol ................................
kg .....................................
kg/s ..................................
m2/s ..................................
1
m
m¥1·kg·s¥1
10¥3·kg·mol¥1
kg
kg·s¥1
m2·s¥1
mole .................................
mole per second ..............
kilowatt .............................
mol ...................................
mol/s ................................
kW ....................................
mol
mol·s¥1
103·m2·kg·s¥3
pascal ...............................
kilogram per cubic meter
pascal per pascal .............
Pa .....................................
kg/m3 ................................
Pa/Pa ...............................
m¥1·kg·s¥2
kg·m¥3
1
micrometer .......................
µm ....................................
m¥6
kelvin ................................
degree Celsius .................
newton meter ...................
second .............................
second .............................
cubic meter ......................
cubic meter per second ...
kilowatt hour .....................
mole per mole ..................
mole per mole ..................
K .......................................
°C .....................................
N·m ..................................
s .......................................
s .......................................
m3 ....................................
m3/s ..................................
kW·h .................................
mol/mol ............................
mol/mol ............................
K
K¥273.15
m2·kg·s¥2
s
s
m3
m3·s¥1
3.6·10¥6·m2·kg·s¥2
1
1
1 See paragraph (f)(2) of this section for the values to use for molar masses. Note that in the cases of NO and HC, the regulations specify efX
fective molar masses based on assumed speciation rather than actual speciation.
2 Note that mole fractions for THC, THCE, NMHC, NMHCE, and NOTHC are expressed on a C equivalent basis.
1
(b) Symbols for chemical species. This
part uses the following symbols for
chemical species and exhaust
constituents:
Symbol
Ar .........
VerDate jul<14>2003
Species
argon.
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
Symbol
C ..........
CH4 ......
C2H6 .....
C3H8 .....
C4H10 ....
C5H12 ....
PO 00000
Frm 00190
Species
carbon.
methane.
ethane.
propane.
butane
pentane.
Fmt 4701
Symbol
CO ........
CO2 ......
H ..........
H2 .........
H2O ......
He ........
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Species
carbon monoxide.
carbon dioxide.
atomic hydrogen
molecular hydrogen.
water.
helium.
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
Symbol
Subscript
Quantity
Symbol
Quantity
idle .......
in ..........
init ........
condition at idle.
quantity in.
initial quantity, typically before an
emission test.
an individual of a series.
the maximum (i.e., peak) value expected at the standard over a
test interval; not the maximum of
an instrument range.
measured quantity.
quantity out.
partial quantity.
positive-displacement pump.
reference quantity.
revolution.
saturated condition.
PDP slip.
span quantity.
subsonic venturi.
standard condition.
test quantity.
uncorrected quantity.
zero quantity.
MH ........
molar mass of
atomic hydrogen.
molar mass of
molecular hydrogen.
molar mass of
water.
molar mass of
helium.
molar mass of
atomic nitrogen.
molar mass of
molecular nitrogen.
effective molar
mass of nonmethane hydrocarbon 2.
effective molar
mass of nonmethane
equivalent hydrocarbon 2.
effective molar
mass of oxides of nitrogen 3.
molar mass of
atomic oxygen.
molar mass of
molecular oxygen.
molar mass of
propane.
molar mass of
sulfur.
effective molar
mass of total
hydrocarbon 2.
effective molar
mass of total
hydrocarbon
equivalent 2.
Species
85Kr
......
N2 .........
NMHC ..
NMHCE
krypton 85.
molecular nitrogen.
nonmethane hydrocarbon.
nonmethane hydrocarbon equivalent.
nitric oxide.
nitrogen dioxide.
oxides of nitrogen.
nonoxygenated hydrocarbon.
molecular oxygen.
oxygenated hydrocarbon.
polonium 210.
particulate mass.
sulfur.
total hydrocarbon.
zirconium dioxide.
NO ........
NO2 ......
NOX ......
NOTHC
O2 .........
OHC .....
210Po ....
PM ........
S ...........
THC ......
ZrO2 .....
(c) Prefixes. This part uses the
following prefixes to define a quantity:
Symbol
Quantity
Value
µ ...........
m ..........
c ...........
k ...........
M ..........
micro ...........................
milli .............................
centi ............................
kilo ..............................
mega ..........................
10¥6
10¥3
10¥2
103
106
(d) Superscripts. This part uses the
following superscripts to define a
quantity:
Superscript
overbar (such as
¯
y).
overdot (such as
¯
y).
Quantity
abs .......
act ........
air .........
atmos ...
cal ........
CFV ......
cor ........
dil .........
dexh .....
exh .......
exp .......
i ............
meas ....
out ........
part .......
PDP ......
ref .........
rev ........
sat ........
slip ........
span .....
SSV ......
std ........
test .......
uncor ....
zero ......
(f) Constants. (1) This part uses the
following constants for the composition
of dry air:
Symbol
Quantity
xArair .....
amount of argon in
dry air.
amount of carbon
dioxide in dry air.
amount of nitrogen
in dry air.
amount of oxygen in
dry air.
xCO2air ...
arithmetic mean.
xN2air .....
quantity per unit time.
xO2air .....
MH2 .......
MH2O .....
MHe .......
MN ........
MN2 .......
MNMHC ..
MNMHCE
MNOX ....
Mol/mol
0.00934
0.000375
MO ........
MO2 .......
0.78084
0.209445
MC3H8 ...
MS ........
(e) Subscripts. This part uses the
following subscripts to define a
quantity:
Subscript
j ............
max ......
(2) This part uses the following molar
masses or effective molar masses of
chemical species:
Quantity
Symbol
absolute quantity.
actual condition.
air, dry
atmospheric.
calibration quantity.
critical flow venturi.
corrected quantity.
dilution air.
diluted exhaust.
raw exhaust.
expected quantity.
an individual of a series.
Mair .......
MAr .......
MC ........
MCO ......
MCO2 .....
Quantity
g/mol
(10¥3·kg·mol¥1)
molar mass of
dry air 1.
molar mass of
argon.
molar mass of
carbon.
molar mass of
carbon monoxide.
molar mass of
carbon dioxide.
MTHC ....
MTHCE ...
28.96559
39.948
12.0107
28.0101
Symbol
Quantity
gair .......
ratio of specific
heats for intake
air or dilution air.
PO 00000
Frm 00191
18.01528
4.002602
14.0067
28.0134
13.875389
13.875389
46.0055
15.9994
31.9988
44.09562
32.065
13.875389
13.875389
J/(mol) · K) (10)¥3 (m2·kg·S¥2 mol¥1· K¥1
molar gas constant ..............................................................................................................
Jkt 205001
2.01588
(3) This part uses the following molar
gas constant for ideal gases:
R ...........
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
1.00794
44.0095
Quantity
VerDate jul<14>2003
g/mol
(10¥3·kg·mol¥1)
1 See paragraph (f)(1) of this section for the
composition of dry air.
2 The effective molar masses of THC,
THCE, NMHC, and NMHCE are defined by an
atomic hydrogen-to-carbon ratio, a, of 1.85.
3 The effective molar mass of NO
X is defined by the molar mass of nitrogen dioxide,
NO2.
Symbol
(4) This part uses the following ratios
of specific heats for dilution air and
diluted exhaust:
40609
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
[J/(kg·K)]/[J/
(kg·K)]
1.399
8.314472
Symbol
gdil ........
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
Quantity
ratio of specific
heats for diluted
exhaust.
[J/(kg·K)]/[J/
(kg·K)]
1.399
40610
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
reference as prescribed in 5 U.S.C.
552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Anyone may
LPG .... liquefied petroleum gas.
inspect copies at the U.S. EPA, Air and
gexh ...... ratio of specific
1.385 NDIR .. nondispersive infrared.
Radiation Docket and Information
heats for raw exNDUV
nondispersive ultraviolet.
Center, 1301 Constitution Ave., NW.,
haust.
NIST ... National Institute for Standards and
Room B102, EPA West Building,
Technology.
Washington, DC 20460 or at the
(g) Other acronyms and abbreviations. PDP .... positive-displacement pump.
PEMS
portable emission measurement National Archives and Records
This part uses the following additional
system.
Administration (NARA). For
abbreviations and acronyms:
PFD .... partial-flow dilution.
information on the availability of this
PMP ... Polymethylpentene.
material at NARA, call 202–741–6030,
pt. ....... a single point at the mean value exor go to: https://www.archives.gov/
pected at the standard.
ASTM
American Society for Testing and
PTFE .. polytetrafluoroethylene (commonly federal_register/
Materials.
code_of_federal_regulations/
known as TeflonTM).
BMD ... bag mini-diluter.
ibr_locations.html.
RE ...... rounding error.
BSFC .. brake-specific fuel consumption.
RMC ... ramped-modal cycle.
CARB
California Air Resources Board.
(a) ASTM material. Table 1 of this
RMS ... root-mean square.
CFR .... Code of Federal Regulations.
section lists material from the American
RTD .... resistive temperature detector.
CFV .... critical-flow venturi.
Society for Testing and Materials that
SSV .... subsonic venturi.
CI ........ compression-ignition.
we have incorporated by reference. The
SI ........ spark-ignition.
CLD .... chemiluminescent detector.
first column lists the number and name
UCL .... upper confidence limit.
CVS .... constant-volume sampler.
UFM ... ultrasonic flow meter.
DF ...... deterioration factor.
of the material. The second column lists
ECM ... electronic control module.
U.S.C.
United States Code.
the sections of this part where we
EFC .... electronic flow control.
reference it. Anyone may purchase
EGR ... exhaust gas recirculation.
§ 1065.1010 Reference materials.
copies of these materials from the
EPA .... Environmental Protection Agency.
Documents listed in this section have American Society for Testing and
FID ..... flame-ionization detector.
been incorporated by reference into this Materials, 100 Barr Harbor Dr., P.O. Box
IBP ..... initial boiling point.
C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428 or
ISO ..... International Organization for Stand- part. The Director of the Federal
ardization.
Register approved the incorporation by
www.astm.com. Table 1 follows:
Symbol
Quantity
[J/(kg·K)]/[J/
(kg·K)]
TABLE 1 OF § 1065.1010.—ASTM MATERIALS
Document number and name
Part 1065 reference
ASTM D 86–04b, Standard Test Method for Distillation of Petroleum Products at Atmospheric Pressure .......................
ASTM D 93–02a, Standard Test Methods for Flash Point by Pensky-Martens Closed Cup Tester .................................
ASTM D 287 92 (Reapproved 2000), Standard Test Method for API Gravity of Crude Petroleum and Petroleum Products (Hydrometer Method) ...............................................................................................................................................
ASTM D 323–99a, Standard Test Method for Vapor Pressure of Petroleum Products (Reid Method) .............................
ASTM D 445–04, Standard Test Method for Kinematic Viscosity of Transparent and Opaque Liquids (and the Calculation of Dynamic Viscosity) ................................................................................................................................................
ASTM D 613–03b, Standard Test Method for Cetane Number of Diesel Fuel Oil ............................................................
ASTM D 910–04a, Standard Specification for Aviation Gasolines .....................................................................................
ASTM D 975–04c, Standard Specification for Diesel Fuel Oils ..........................................................................................
ASTM D 1266–98 (Reapproved 2003), Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum Products (Lamp Method) ...........
ASTM D 1267–02, Standard Test Method for Gage Vapor Pressure of Liquefied Petroleum (LP) Gases (LP-Gas
Method) ............................................................................................................................................................................
ASTM D 1319–03, Standard Test Method for Hydrocarbon Types in Liquid Petroleum Products by Fluorescent Indicator Adsorption ...............................................................................................................................................................
ASTM D 1655–04a, Standard Specification for Aviation Turbine Fuels .............................................................................
ASTM D 1837–02a, Standard Test Method for Volatility of Liquefied Petroleum (LP) Gases ...........................................
ASTM D 1838–03, Standard Test Method for Copper Strip Corrosion by Liquefied Petroleum (LP) Gases ....................
ASTM D 1945–03, Standard Test Method for Analysis of Natural Gas by Gas Chromatography ....................................
ASTM D 2158–04, Standard Test Method for Residues in Liquefied Petroleum (LP) Gases ...........................................
ASTM D 2163–91 (Reapproved 1996), Standard Test Method for Analysis of Liquefied Petroleum (LP) Gases and
Propene Concentrates by Gas Chromatography ............................................................................................................
ASTM D 2598–02, Standard Practice for Calculation of Certain Physical Properties of Liquefied Petroleum (LP) Gases
from Compositional Analysis ............................................................................................................................................
ASTM D 2622–03, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum Products by Wavelength Dispersive X-ray Fluorescence Spectrometry .........................................................................................................................................................
ASTM D 2713–91 (Reapproved 2001), Standard Test Method for Dryness of Propane (Valve Freeze Method) ............
ASTM D 2784–98 (Reapproved 2003), Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Liquefied Petroleum Gases (Oxy-Hydrogen
Burner or Lamp) ...............................................................................................................................................................
ASTM D 2880–03, Standard Specification for Gas Turbine Fuel Oils ...............................................................................
ASTM D 2986–95a (Reapproved 1999), Standard Practice for Evaluation of Air Assay Media by the Monodisperse
DOP (Dioctyl Phthalate) Smoke Test ..............................................................................................................................
ASTM D 3231–02, Standard Test Method for Phosphorus in Gasoline .............................................................................
ASTM D 3237–02, Standard Test Method for Lead in Gasoline By Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy .............................
ASTM D 4814–04b, Standard Specification for Automotive Spark-Ignition Engine Fuel ...................................................
ASTM D 5186–03, Standard Test Method for Determination of the Aromatic Content and Polynuclear Aromatic Content of Diesel Fuels and Aviation Turbine Fuels By Supercritical Fluid Chromatography ..............................................
ASTM D 5797–96 (Reapproved 2001), Standard Specification for Fuel Methanol (M70–M85) for Automotive Spark-Ignition Engines ...................................................................................................................................................................
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
PO 00000
Frm 00192
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
1065.703, 1065.710
1065.703
1065.703
1065.710
1065.703
1065.703
1065.701
1065.701
1065.710
1065.720
1065.710
1065.701
1065.720
1065.720
1065.715
1065.720
1065.720
1065.720
1065.703
1065.720
1065.720
1065.701
1065.170
1065.710
1065.710
1065.701
1065.703
1065.701
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
40611
TABLE 1 OF § 1065.1010.—ASTM MATERIALS—Continued
Document number and name
Part 1065 reference
ASTM D 5798–99 (Reapproved 2004), Standard Specification for Fuel Ethanol (Ed75–Ed85) for Automotive Spark-Ignition Engines ...................................................................................................................................................................
ASTM D 6615–04a, Standard Specification for Jet B Wide-Cut Aviation Turbine Fuel .....................................................
ASTM D 6751–03a, Standard Specification for Biodiesel Fuel Blend Stock (B100) for Middle Distillate Fuels ................
ASTM D 6985–04a, Standard Specification for Middle Distillate Fuel Oil Military Marine Applications ............................
ASTM F 1471–93 (Reapproved 2001), Standard Test Method for Air Cleaning Performance of a High-Efficiency Particulate Air Filter System ..................................................................................................................................................
(b) ISO material. Table 2 of this
section lists material from the
International Organization for
Standardization that we have
incorporated by reference. The first
column lists the number and name of
the material. The second column lists
the section of this part where we
reference it. Anyone may purchase
copies of these materials from the
1065.701
1065.701
1065.701
1065.701
1065.1001
International Organization for
Standardization, Case Postale 56, CH–
1211 Geneva 20, Switzerland or
www.iso.org. Table 2 follows:
TABLE 2 OF § 1065.1010.—ISO MATERIALS
Document number and name
Part 1065 reference
ISO 14644–1, Cleanrooms and associated controlled environments .................................................................................
(c) NIST material. Table 3 of this
section lists material from the National
Institute of Standards and Technology
that we have incorporated by reference.
The first column lists the number and
name of the material. The second
column lists the section of this part
where we reference it. Anyone may
purchase copies of these materials from
the Government Printing Office,
1065.190
Washington, DC 20402 or download
them free from the Internet at
www.nist.gov. Table 3 follows:
TABLE 3 OF § 1065.1010. NIST MATERIALS
Document number and name
Part 1065 reference
NIST Special Publication 811, 1995 Edition, Guide for the Use of the International System of Units (SI), Barry N. Taylor, Physics Laboratory ....................................................................................................................................................
1065.20, 1065.1001,
1065.1005
NIST Technical Note 1297, 1994 Edition, Guidelines for Evaluating and Expressing the Uncertainty of NIST Measurement Results, Barry N. Taylor and Chris E. Kuyatt .........................................................................................................
(d) SAE material. Table 4 of this
section lists material from the Society of
Automotive Engineering that we have
incorporated by reference. The first
column lists the number and name of
the material. The second column lists
the sections of this part where we
reference it. Anyone may purchase
1065.1001
copies of these materials from the
Society of Automotive Engineers, 400
Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA
15096 or www.sae.org. Table 4 follows:
TABLE 4 OF § 1065.1010. SAE MATERIALS
Part 1065
reference
Document number and name
‘‘Optimization of Flame Ionization Detector for Determination of Hydrocarbon in Diluted Automotive Exhausts,’’ Reschke Glen D.,
SAE 770141 .........................................................................................................................................................................................
‘‘Relationships Between Instantaneous and Measured Emissions in Heavy Duty Applications,’’ Ganesan B. and Clark N. N., West
Virginia University, SAE 2001–01–3536 ..............................................................................................................................................
(e) California Air Resources Board
material. Table 5 of this section lists
material from the California Air
Resources Board that we have
incorporated by reference. The first
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
column lists the number and name of
the material. The second column lists
the sections of this part where we
reference it. Anyone may get copies of
these materials from the California Air
PO 00000
Frm 00193
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1065.360
1065.309
Resources Board 9528 Telstar Ave., El
Monte, California 91731. Table 5
follows:
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
40612
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 5 OF § 1065.1010. CALIFORNIA AIR RESOURCES BOARD MATERIALS
Part 1065
reference
Document number and name
‘‘California Non-Methane Organic Gas Test Procedures,’’ Amended July 30, 2002, Mobile Source Division, California Air Resources Board ......................................................................................................................................................................................
[FR Doc. 05–11534 Filed 7–12–05; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6560–50–U
VerDate jul<14>2003
07:25 Jul 13, 2005
Jkt 205001
PO 00000
Frm 00194
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\13JYR2.SGM
13JYR2
1065.805
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 70, Number 133 (Wednesday, July 13, 2005)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 40420-40612]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 05-11534]
[[Page 40419]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Part II
Environmental Protection Agency
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
40 CFR Parts 85, 86, et al.
Test Procedures for Testing Highway and Nonroad Engines and Omnibus
Technical Amendments; Final Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 133 / Wednesday, July 13, 2005 /
Rules and Regulations
[[Page 40420]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
40 CFR Parts 85, 86, 89, 90, 91, 92, 94, 1039, 1048, 1051, 1065,
and 1068
[AMS-FRL-7922-5]
RIN 2060-AM35
Test Procedures for Testing Highway and Nonroad Engines and
Omnibus Technical Amendments
AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
ACTION: Final Rule.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: This regulation revises and harmonizes test procedures from
the various EPA programs for controlling engine emissions. It does not
change emission standards, nor is it intended to change the emission
reductions expected from these EPA programs. Rather, it amends the
regulations that describe laboratory specifications for equipment and
test fuels, instructions for preparing engines and running tests,
calculations for determining final emission levels from measured
values, and instructions for running emission tests using portable
measurement devices outside the laboratory. These updated testing
regulations currently apply to land-based nonroad diesel engines, land-
based nonroad spark-ignition engines over 19 kilowatts, and
recreational vehicles. The revisions in this final rule will update the
regulations to deal more effectively with the more stringent standards
recently promulgated by EPA and will also clarify and better define
certain elements of the required test procedures. In particular, the
amendments better specify the procedures applicable to field testing
under the regulations.
This action also applies the updated testing regulations to highway
heavy-duty diesel engine regulations. This action is appropriate
because EPA has historically drafted a full set of testing
specifications for each vehicle or engine category subject to emission
standards as each program was developed over the past three decades.
This patchwork approach has led to some variation in test parameters
across programs, which we hope to address by adopting a common set of
test requirements. The primary goal of this effort is to create unified
testing requirements for all engines, which when implemented will
streamline laboratory efforts for EPA and industry.
This action will also include other technical changes intended to
clarify and better define requirements for several different EPA engine
programs. These changes are relatively minor and are technical in
scope.
DATES: This final rule is effective September 12, 2005.
The incorporation by reference of certain publications listed in
this regulation is approved by the Director of the Federal Register as
of September 12, 2005.
ADDRESSES: EPA has established a docket for this action under Docket ID
No. OAR-2004-0017. All documents in the docket are listed in the
EDOCKET index at https://www.epa.gov/edocket. Although listed in the
index, some information is not publicly available, i.e., CBI or other
information whose disclosure is restricted by statute. Certain other
material, such as copyrighted material, is not placed on the Internet
and will be publicly available only in hard copy form. Publicly
available docket materials are available either electronically in
EDOCKET or in hard copy at the Air Docket in the EPA Docket Center,
EPA/DC, EPA West, Room B102, 1301 Constitution Ave., NW., Washington,
DC. The Public Reading Room is open from 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday
through Friday, excluding legal holidays. The telephone number for the
Public Reading Room is (202) 566-1744, and the telephone number for the
Air Docket is (202) 566-1742.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Alan Stout, U.S. EPA, Voice-mail (734)
214-4636; E-mail: stout.alan@epa.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
A. Regulated Entities
This action affects companies that manufacture or sell engines.
Regulated categories and entities include:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Examples of
Category NAICS codes a potentially
regulated entities
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Industry....................... 333618............ Manufacturers of
new engines.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a North American Industry Classification System (NAICS)
This list is not intended to be exhaustive, but rather provides a
guide regarding entities likely to be regulated by this action. To
determine whether particular activities may be regulated by this
action, you should carefully examine the regulations. You may direct
questions regarding the applicability of this action to the person
listed in FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT.
B. How Can I Get Copies of This Document and Other Related Information?
1. Docket. EPA has established an official public docket for this
action under Docket ID No. OAR-2004-0017. The official public docket
consists of the documents specifically referenced in this action, any
public comments received, and other information related to this action.
Although a part of the official docket, the public docket does not
include Confidential Business Information (CBI) or other information
whose disclosure is restricted by statute. Documents in the official
public docket are listed in the index list in EPA's electronic public
docket and comment system, EDOCKET. Documents may be available either
electronically or in hard copy. Electronic documents may be viewed
through EDOCKET. Hard copy documents may be viewed at the EPA Docket
Center, (EPA/DC) EPA West, Room B102, 1301 Constitution Ave., NW.,
Washington, DC. Docket in The EPA Docket Center Public Reading Room is
open from 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding
legal holidays. The telephone number for the Public Reading Room is
(202) 566-1744.
This rule relies in part on information related to our November
2002 final rule, which can be found in Public Docket A-2000-01. This
docket is incorporated by reference into the docket for this action,
OAR-2004-0017.
2. Electronic Access. You may access this Federal Register document
electronically through the EPA Internet under the ``Federal Register''
listings at https://www.epa.gov/fedrgstr/ Or you can go to the federal-
wide eRulemaking site at www.regulations.gov.
An electronic version of the public docket is available through
EDOCKET. You may use EDOCKET at https://www.epa.gov/edocket/ to view
public comments, access the index listing of the contents of the
official public docket, and to access those documents in the public
docket that are available electronically. Once in the system, select
``search,'' then key in the appropriate docket identification number.
Table of Contents
I. Modified Test Procedures for Highway and Nonroad Engines
A. Incorporation of Nonroad Test Procedures for Heavy Duty
Highway Engines
B. Revisions to Part 1065
II. Technical Amendments
A. Standard-Setting Changes that Apply to Multiple Categories
[[Page 40421]]
B. Nonroad general compliance provisions (40 CFR part 1068)
C. Land-based nonroad diesel engines (40 CFR parts 89 and 1039)
D. Marine diesel engines (40 CFR part 94)
E. Small nonroad spark-ignition engines (40 CFR part 90)
F. Marine spark-ignition engines (40 CFR part 91)
G. Large nonroad spark-ignition engines (40 CFR part 1048)
H. Recreational vehicles (40 CFR part 1051)
I. Locomotives (40 CFR part 92)
J. Highway engines and vehicles (40 CFR part 86)
III. Public Participation
IV. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews
V. Statutory Provisions and Legal Authority
I. Modified Test Procedures for Highway and Nonroad Engines
A. Incorporation of Nonroad Test Procedures for Heavy Duty Highway
Engines
As part of our initiative to update the content, organization and
writing style of our regulations, we are revising our test
procedures.\1\ We have grouped all of our engine dynamometer and field
testing test procedures into one part entitled, ``Part 1065: Test
Procedures.'' For each engine or vehicle sector for which we have
recently promulgated standards (such as land-based nonroad diesel
engines or recreational vehicles), we identified an individual part as
the standard-setting part for that sector. These standard-setting parts
then refer to one common set of test procedures in part 1065. We intend
in this rule to continue this process of having all our engine programs
refer to a common set of procedures by applying part 1065 to all heavy-
duty highway engines.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ For an overview of our new regulatory organization, refer to
our fact sheet entitled, ``Plain-Language Format of Emission
Regulations for Nonroad Engines,'' EPA420-F-02-046, September 2002,
https://www.epa.gov/otaq/largesi.htm.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the past, each engine or vehicle sector had its own set of
testing procedures. There are many similarities in test procedures
across the various sectors. However, as we introduced new regulations
for individual sectors, the more recent regulations featured test
procedure updates and improvements that the other sectors did not have.
As this process continued, we recognized that a single set of test
procedures would allow for improvements to occur simultaneously across
engine and vehicle sectors. A single set of test procedures is easier
to understand than trying to understand many different sets of
procedures, and it is easier to move toward international test
procedure harmonization if we only have one set of test procedures. We
note that procedures that are particular for different types of engines
or vehicles, for example, test schedules designed to reflect the
conditions expected in use for particular types of vehicles or engines,
will remain separate and will be reflected in the standard-setting
parts of the regulations.
In addition to reorganizing and rewriting the test procedures for
improved clarity, we are making a variety of changes to improve the
content of the testing specifications, including the following:
Writing specifications and calculations in international
units
Adding procedures by which manufacturers can demonstrate
that alternate test procedures are equivalent to specified procedures.
Including specifications for new measurement technology
that has been shown to be equivalent or more accurate than existing
technology; procedures that improve test repeatability, calculations
that simplify emissions determination; new procedures for field testing
engines, and a more comprehensive set of definitions, references, and
symbols.
Defining calibration and accuracy specifications that are
scaled to the applicable standard, which allows us to adopt a single
specification that applies to a wide range of engine sizes and
applications.
Some emission-control programs already rely on the test procedures
in part 1065. These programs regulate land-based nonroad diesel
engines, recreational vehicles, and nonroad spark-ignition engines over
19 kW.
We are adopting the lab-testing and field-testing specifications in
part 1065 for all heavy-duty highway engines, as described in Section
II.J. These procedures replace those currently published in subpart N
in 40 CFR part 86. We are making a gradual transition from the part 86
procedures. For several years, manufacturers will be able to optionally
use the part 1065 procedures. By the 2010 model year, part 1065
procedures will be required for any new testing. For all testing
completed for 2009 and earlier model years, manufacturers may continue
to rely on carryover test data based on part 86 procedures to certify
engine families in later years. In addition, other subparts in part 86,
as well as regulations for many different nonroad engines refer to the
test procedures in part 86. We are including updated references for all
these other programs to refer instead to the appropriate cite in part
1065.
Part 1065 is also advantageous for in-use testing because it
specifies the same procedures for all common parts of field testing and
laboratory testing. It also contains new provisions that help ensure
that engines are tested in a laboratory in a way that is consistent
with how they operate in use. These new provisions will ensure that
engine dynamometer lab testing and field testing are conducted in a
consistent way.
In the future, we may apply the test procedures specified in part
1065 to other types of engines, so we encourage companies involved in
producing or testing other engines to stay informed of developments
related to these test procedures. For example, we expect to propose in
the near future new regulations for locomotives, marine engines, and
several types of nonroad SI engines. We are likely to consider some
changes to part 1065 in each of these rulemakings.
B. Revisions to Part 1065
Part 1065 was originally adopted on November 8, 2002 (67 FR 68242),
and was initially applicable to standards regulating large nonroad
spark-ignition engines and recreational vehicles under 40 CFR parts
1048 and 1051. The recent rulemaking adopting emission standards for
nonroad diesel engines has also made part 1065 optional for Tier 2 and
Tier 3 standards and required for Tier 4 standards. The test procedures
initially adopted in part 1065 were sufficient to conduct testing, but
in this final rule we have reorganized these procedures and added
content to make various improvements. In particular, we have
reorganized part 1065 by subparts as shown below:
Subpart A: general provisions; global information on applicability,
alternate procedures, units of measure, etc.
Subpart B: equipment specifications; required hardware for testing
Subpart C: measurement instruments
Subpart D: calibration and verifications; for measurement systems
Subpart E: engine selection, preparation, and maintenance
Subpart F: test protocols; step-by-step sequences for laboratory
testing and test validation
Subpart G: calculations and required information
Subpart H: fuels, fluids, and analytical gases
Subpart I: oxygenated fuels; special test procedures
Subpart J: field testing and portable emissions measurement systems
Subpart K: definitions, references, and symbols
The regulations now prescribe scaled specifications for test
equipment and measurement instruments by parameters such as engine
power, engine speed and the emission standards to which an engine must
comply. That way this single set of specifications will cover the
[[Page 40422]]
full range of engine sizes and our full range of emission standards.
Manufacturers will be able to use these specifications to determine
what range of engines and emission standards may be tested using a
given laboratory or field testing system.
The new content for part 1065 is mostly a combination of content
from our most recent updates to other test procedures and from test
procedures specified by the International Organization for
Standardization (ISO). In some cases, however, there is new content
that never existed in previous regulations. This new content addresses
very recent issues such as measuring very low concentrations of
emissions, using new measurement technology, using portable emissions
measurement systems, and performing field testing. A full description
of the changes is in the Technical Support Document that accompanies
this final rule (this document is available in the docket for this
rulemaking).
The new content also reflects a shift in our approach for
specifying measurement performance. In the past we specified numerous
calibration accuracies for individual measurement instruments, and we
specified some verifications for individual components, such as
NO2 to NO converters. We have shifted our focus away from
individual instruments and toward the overall performance of complete
measurement systems. We did this for several reasons. First, some of
what we specified in the past precluded the implementation of new
measurement technologies. These new technologies, sometimes called
``smart analyzers'', combine signals from multiple instruments to
compensate for interferences that were previously tolerable at higher
emissions levels. These analyzers are useful for detecting low
concentrations of emissions. They are also useful for detecting
emissions from raw exhaust, which can contain high concentrations of
interferences, such as water vapor. This is particularly important for
field testing, which will most likely rely upon raw exhaust
measurements. Second, this new ``systems approach'' challenges complete
measurement systems with a series of periodic verifications, which we
feel will provide a more robust assurance that a measurement system as
a whole is operating properly. Third, the systems approach provides a
direct pathway to demonstrate that a field test system performs
similarly to a laboratory system. This is explained in more detail in
item 10 below. Finally, we feel that our systems approach will lead to
a more efficient way of assuring measurement performance in the
laboratory and in the field. We believe that this efficiency will stem
from less frequent individual instrument calibrations, and higher
confidence that a complete measurement system is operating properly.
We have organized the new content relating to measurement systems
performance into subparts C and D. We specify measurement instruments
in subpart C and calibrations and periodic system verifications in
subpart D. These two subparts apply to both laboratory and field
testing. We have organized content specific to running a laboratory
emissions test in subpart F, and we separated content specific to field
testing in subpart J.
In subpart C we specify the types of acceptable instruments, but we
only recommend individual instrument performance. We provide these
recommendations as guidance for procuring new instruments. We feel that
the periodic verifications that we require in subpart D will
sufficiently evaluate the individual instruments as part of their
respective overall measurement systems. In subpart F we specify
performance validations that must be conducted as part of every
laboratory test. In subpart J we specify similar performance
validations for field testing that must be conducted as part of every
field test. We feel that the periodic verifications in subpart D and
the validations for every test that we prescribed in subparts F and J
ensure that complete measurement systems are operating properly.
In subpart J we also specify an additional overall verification of
portable emissions measurement systems (PEMS). This verification is a
comprehensive comparison of a PEMS versus a laboratory system, and it
may take several days of laboratory time to set up, run, and evaluate.
However, we only require that this particular verification must be
performed at least once for a given make, model, and configuration of a
field test system.
Below is a brief description of the content of each subpart,
highlighting some of the new content. We also highlight the more
significant changes from the regulatory language that was proposed in
our responses to public comments. See the TSD for a more complete
listing of the changes and comments to our proposed part 1065.
1. Subpart A: General Provisions
In Subpart A we identify the applicability of part 1065 and
describe how procedures other than those in part 1065 may be used to
comply with a standard-setting part. In Sec. 1065.10(c)(1), we specify
that testing must be conducted in a way that represents in-use engine
operation, such that in the rare case where provisions in part 1065
result in unrepresentative testing, other procedures would be used. We
have revised the proposed regulatory language for this requirement to
clarify the manufacturers' requirements and the process that we would
use to make changes to the test procedures in these cases.
Other information in this subpart includes a description of the
conventions we use regarding units and certain measurements and we
discuss recordkeeping. We also provide an overview of how emissions and
other information are used to determine final emission results. The
regulations in Sec. 1065.15 include a figure illustrating the
different ways we allow brake-specific emissions to be calculated.
In this same subpart, we describe how continuous and batch sampling
may be used to determine total emissions. We also describe the two ways
of determining total work that we approve. Note that the figure
indicates our default procedures and those procedures that require
additional approval before we will allow them.
2. Subpart B: Equipment Specifications
Subpart B first describes engine and dynamometer related systems.
Many of these specifications are scaled to an engine's size, speed,
torque, exhaust flow rate, etc. We specify the use of in-use engine
subsystems such as air intake systems wherever possible in order to
best represent in-use operation when an engine is tested in a
laboratory.
Subpart B also describes sampling dilution systems. These include
specifications for the allowable components, materials, pressures, and
temperatures. We describe how to sample crankcase emissions. We also
now allow limited use of partial-flow dilution for PM sampling. Subpart
B also specifies environmental conditions for PM filter stabilization
and weighing. Although these provisions mostly come from our recent
update to part 86, subpart N, we also describe some new aspects in
detail.
The regulations in Sec. 1065.101 include a diagram illustrating
all the available equipment for measuring emissions.
3. Subpart C: Measurement Instruments
Subpart C specifies the requirements for the measurement
instruments used for testing. In subpart C we recommend accuracy,
repeatability, noise, and response time specifications for individual
measurement instruments, but note that we require that overall
[[Page 40423]]
measurement systems meet the calibrations and verifications Subpart D.
In some cases we allow new instrument types to be used where we
previously did not allow them. For example, we now allow the use of a
nonmethane cutter for NMHC measurement, a nondispersive ultraviolet
analyzers for NOX measurement, zirconia sensors for
O2 measurement, various raw-exhaust flow meters for
laboratory and field testing measurement, and an ultrasonic flow meter
for CVS systems. We had proposed to also allow zirconia sensors for
NOX measurement, but we are not finalizing that option at
this time because of manufacturer concerns about drift and sensor
response to NO2 and NH3.
4. Subpart D: Calibrations and Verifications
Subpart D describes what we mean when we specify accuracy,
repeatability and other parameters in subpart C. We are adopting
calibrations and verifications that scale with engine size and with the
emission standards to which an engine is certified. We are replacing
some of what we have called ``calibrations'' in the past with a series
of verifications, such as a linearity verification, which essentially
verifies the calibration of an instrument without specifying how the
instrument must be initially calibrated. Because new instruments have
built-in routines that linearize signals and compensate for various
interferences, our existing calibration specifications sometimes
conflicted with an instrument manufacturer's instructions. In addition,
there are new verifications in subpart D to ensure that the new
instruments we specify in subpart C are used correctly. The most
significant changes in this subpart from the proposal are that we split
the language for continuous gas analyzer verification into two sections
(Sec. Sec. 1065.308 and 1065.309), we provide more detailed
descriptions for the FID O2 interference verifications
(Sec. 1065.362) and NMHC cutter setups (Sec. 1065.365), and we added
Sec. 1065.395 for inertial PM balance verification.
5. Subpart E: Engine Selection, Preparation, and Maintenance
Subpart E describes how to select, prepare, and maintain a test
engine. We updated these provisions to include both gasoline and diesel
engines. This subpart is relatively short, and we did not make many
changes to its proposed content.
6. Subpart F Test Protocols
Subpart F describes the step-by-step protocols for engine mapping,
test cycle generation, test cycle validation, pre-test preconditioning,
engine starting, emission sampling, and post-test validations. We
proposed an improved way to map and generate cycles for constant-speed
engines that would better represent in-use engine operation. We have
modified this language slightly to reflect the different ways in which
constant-speed test cycles can be specified. We are adopting a more
streamlined set of test cycle and validation criteria. We allow modest
corrections for drift of emission analyzer signals within a certain
range. We are also adopting a recommended procedure for weighing PM
samples. We are not finalizing our proposed procedure to correct for
instrument noise because after receiving many comments, we now
acknowledge that the procedure is not robust and applicable to all
emissions.
7. Subpart G Calculations and Required Information
Subpart G includes all the calculations required in part 1065. We
are adopting definitions of statistical quantities such as mean,
standard deviation, slope, intercept, t-test, F-test, etc. By defining
these quantities mathematically we intend to resolve any potential mis-
communication when we discuss these quantities in other subparts. We
have written all calculations for calibrations and emission
calculations in international units to comply with 15 CFR part 1170,
which removes the voluntary aspect of the conversion to international
units for federal agencies. Furthermore, Executive Order 12770 (56 FR
35801, July 29, 1991) reinforces this policy by providing Presidential
authority and direction for the use of the metric system of measurement
by Federal agencies and departments. For our standards that are not
completely in international units (i.e., grams/horsepower-hour, grams/
mile), we specify in part 1065 the correct use of internationally
recognized conversion factors.
We also specify emission calculations based on molar quantities for
flow rates, instead of volume or mass. This change eliminates the
frequent confusion caused by using different reference points for
standard pressure and standard temperature. Instead of declaring
standard densities at standard pressure and standard temperature to
convert volumetric concentration measurements to mass-based units, we
declare molar masses for individual elements and compounds. Since these
values are independent of all other parameters, they are known to be
universally constant.
We have added some detail to the calculations relative to the
proposed calculations to make them clearer. We also made changes in
response to comments from manufacturers.
8. Subpart H Fuels, Fluids, and Analytical Gases
Subpart H specifies test fuels, lubricating oils and coolants, and
analytical gases for testing. We are eliminating the Cetane Index
specification for all diesel fuels, because the existing specification
for Cetane Number sufficiently determines the cetane levels of diesel
test fuels. We are not identifying any detailed specification for
service accumulation fuel. Instead, we specify that service
accumulation fuel may be a test fuel or a commercially available in-use
fuel. This helps ensure that testing is representative of in-use engine
operation. We are adding a list of ASTM specifications for in-use fuels
as examples of appropriate service accumulation fuels. Compared to the
proposed regulatory language, we have clarified that Sec.
1065.10(c)(1) does not require test fuels to be more representative
than the specified test fuels. We have added an allowance to use
similar test fuels that do not meet all of the specifications, provided
they do not compromise the manufacturer's ability to demonstrate
compliance. We also now allow the use of ASTM test methods specified in
40 CFR part 80 in lieu of those specified in part 1065. We did this
because we more frequently review and update the ASTM methods in 40 CFR
part 80 versus those in part 1065.
We proposed purity specifications for analytical gases that scale
with the standards that an engine must meet. In the final regulations,
we have clarified the requirement to use good engineering judgment to
maintain the stability of these gases, and have tightened the purity
specification for FID fuel in response to comment.
9. Subpart I Oxygenated Fuels
Subpart I describes special procedures for measuring certain
hydrocarbons whenever oxygenated fuels are used. We updated the
calculations for these procedures in Subpart G. We have made some
revisions to the proposed text to make it consistent the original
content of the comparable provisions in 40 CFR part 86. We have also
added an allowance to use the California NMOG
[[Page 40424]]
test procedures to measure alcohols and carbonyls.
10. Subpart J Field Testing and Portable Emissions Measurement Systems
We are adopting a wide range of changes to subpart J Field Testing.
Portable Emissions Measurement Systems (PEMS) must generally meet the
same specifications and verifications that laboratory instruments must
meet, according to subparts B, C, and D. However, allow some deviations
from laboratory specifications. In addition to meeting many of the
laboratory system requirements, a PEMS must meet an overall
verification relative to a laboratory measurements. This verification
involves repeating a duty cycle several times. The duty cycle itself
must have several individual field-test intervals (e.g., NTE events)
against which a PEMS is compared to the laboratory system. This is a
comprehensive verification of a PEMS. We are also adopting a procedure
for preparing and conducting a field test, and we are adopting drift
corrections for emission analyzers. Given the evolving state of PEMS
technology, the field-testing procedures provide for a number of known
measurement techniques. We have added provisions and conditions for the
use of PEMS in an engine dynamometer laboratory to conduct laboratory
testing.
11. Subpart K Definitions, References, and Symbols
In subpart K we are adopting new and revised definitions of terms
frequently used in part 1065. For example we have revised our
definitions of ``brake power'', ``constant-speed engine'', and
``aftertreatment'' to provide more clarity, and we have added new
definitions for things such as ``300 series stainless steel'',
``barometric pressure'', and ``operator demand''. There are new
definitions such as ``duty cycle'' and ``test interval'' to distinguish
the difference between a single interval over which brake-specific
emissions are calculated and the complete cycle over which emissions
are evaluated in a laboratory. We also present a thorough and
consistent set of symbols, abbreviations, and acronyms.
II. Technical Amendments
A. Standard-Setting Changes That Apply to Multiple Categories
1. Definitions
We are revising several definitions that apply over more than one
part of our regulations. These changes are designed to harmonize our
regulations.
We are changing the definition of Marine engine and Marine vessel
to harmonize our approach to amphibious vehicles and clarify other
issues. We have treated amphibious vehicles differently whether they
had a diesel engine or a spark-ignition engine. We are harmonizing our
treatment of amphibious vehicles by consistently treating these as
land-based products. We are also adding a provision defining amphibious
vehicles are those that are designed primarily for operation on land to
clarify that we don't consider hovercraft to be amphibious vehicles.
This is consistent with our intent and our analyses in the rulemaking
to initially set standards for these products. See the Technical
Support Document for additional information related to these
definitions. In particular, note that we describe our interpretation of
what it means for an engine to be ``installed in a marine vessel.''
Manufacturers have raised several questions related to this issue,
especially as it relates to portable engines installed on barges.
2. Penalties
The Clean Air Act specifies maximum penalty amounts corresponding
to each prohibited Act. These maximum penalty amounts are periodically
adjusted for inflation, based on the provisions of the Debt Collection
Improvement Act. These maximum penalties have been updated under 40 CFR
part 19. The new maximum penalties are $32,500 for introducing
noncompliant engines into commerce and for manufacturers guilty of
tampering, and $2,750 for non-manufacturers guilty of tampering. In
addition, the maximum penalty we can recover using administrative
procedures is $270,000. We are extending these revised penalties into
each of our emission-control programs.
3. Deterioration Factors for HC+NOX Standards
Manufacturers requested that we allow them to calculate a single
deterioration factor for engines that are subject to combined
HC+NOX emission standards, rather than calculating separate
deterioration factors for each pollutant. We proposed for some engines
to clarify that separate deterioration factors were appropriate. In the
case of spark-ignition engines, it is especially true that changing
carburetor calibrations and other things affecting air-fuel ratios have
a direct inverse relationship on HC and NOX emissions. Where
deterioration factors are based on service accumulation through the
entire useful life, we believe it is therefore appropriate to base
deterioration factors for spark-ignition engines subject to
HC+NOX emission standards on a single deterioration factor
for the combined pollutants. However, if deteriortion factors are based
on service accumulation over less than the full useful life, we want to
avoid the situation where a manufacturer is extrapolating values that
presume further improvement in the emission levels of any particular
pollutant. For such testing, we therefore specify that separate
deterioration factors for each pollutant are appropriate. We are making
a related, additional change to clarify that manufacturers must include
both low-hour and deteriorated emission measurements for each
pollutant, even if the regulations allow for a single deterioration
factor for HC+NOX emissions together. Compression-ignition
engines have different wear mechanisms and generally have much longer
useful-life values, so it is not clear that this approach to allowing
combined deterioration factor is appropriate for these engines. We may
further consider applying this change to compression-ignition engines
in a future rulemaking.
4. Emission Warranty Related to Extended Service Contracts
Manufacturers objected to our proposal to apply emission-related
warranty requirements to components for which a consumer pays for an
extended performance warranty. We agree with the point raised by the
manufacturers that these service contracts do not necessarily imply
that the part should last longer, but rather that the manufacturer (or
a third-party provider) has made a calculation regarding the financial
and customer service benefits of offering contracts that provide free
or reduced-cost coverage for certain components after collecting an up-
front charge. We will remove this provision across all engine
categories.
5. Exemption for Staged Assembly
Some manufacturers pointed out that they were facing difficulties
with production processes that required them to ship nearly completed
engines to one or more different facilities for final assembly. Without
an exemption, this would violate the applicable prohibited acts, since
it involves the introduction into commerce an engine that is not in its
certified configuration. To address this concern, we have adopted an
exemption that allows manufacturers to assemble engines at multiple
facilities, as long as they maintain control of the engines at all
times before final assembly. Manufacturers would need to
[[Page 40425]]
request approval for such an arrangement. EPA approval may be
conditioned on the manufacturer taking reasonable additional steps to
ensure that engines end up in their certified configuration. This
exemption applies to all the engine categories that are subject to 40
CFR part 1068 (as described in the next section), and to locomotives
and marine diesel engines.
B. Nonroad General Compliance Provisions (40 CFR Part 1068)
In addition to the changing test procedures described above, we are
making various changes to the general compliance provisions in 40 CFR
part 1068, which currently applies to land-based nonroad diesel
engines, recreational vehicles, and nonroad spark-ignition engines over
19 kW. We encourage manufacturers of other engines to take note of
these changes, since we intend eventually to apply the provisions of
part 1068 to all engines subject to EPA emission standards.
There was extensive comment related to the existing provisions in
Sec. 1068.260 related to the exemption that allows engine
manufacturers to arrange for shipment of aftertreatment devices
separately from engines that are intended to rely on aftertreatment.
Commenters suggested that we relax some of the provisions that were
intended to prevent noncompliance. We continue to believe the
provisions adopted in Sec. 1068.260 are appropriate for nonroad
engines. The more extensive oversight and control mechanisms are
important to ensuring that engines are assembled correctly, since there
are so many possible equipment manufacturers and so many different
business relationships among companies. Given that we are requiring
engine manufacturers to include the cost of aftertreatment components
in the price of the engine, we believe it is implicitly clear that the
engine manufacturer is responsible for shipping costs, so we have
removed the proposal to restate that in the regulations. We are making
three other adjustments to the proposal. First, we are removing the
requirement for engine manufacturers to arrange for direct shipment of
aftertreatment components from the supplier to the equipment
manufacturer, since a third party may appropriately be involved to
produce system assemblies for integration into equipment. Second, we
are adding a paragraph to clarify that integrated manufacturers can
meet their auditing requirements by maintaining a database for matching
up engines with the appropriate aftertreatment components. Third, we
are adopting the staged-assembly exemption, as described above, which
would streamline the production process for integrated engine and
equipment manufacturers and address a wide range of production
scenarios in addition to separate shipment of aftertreatment
components.
The changes to part 1068 include several other minor adjustments
and corrections. These changes are described in the Technical Support
Document.
C. Land-Based Nonroad Diesel Engines (40 CFR Parts 89 and 1039)
We recently adopted a new tier of emission standards for nonroad
diesel engines, codifying these standards in 40 CFR part 1039. This
rulemaking led us to make several regulatory changes to the existing
tiers of standards for these engines in 40 CFR part 89. In cases where
we discovered the need for changes after publishing the proposed rule,
but we did not make those changes to part 89 in the final rule out of
concern that the public had not had an opportunity for comment.
Similarly, we are adopting some adjustments to part 1039, based on
information that surfaced late in that rulemaking. See the Technical
Support Document for a complete discussion of the rulemaking changes
for these engines.
We proposed to add a constraint for averaging, banking, and trading
to prevent manufacturers from including credits earned in California or
another state if there would ever be a situation in which manufacturers
would be making engines with lower emissions to meet more stringent
state standards or to earn emission credits under the state program. In
the case of nonroad diesel engines, California has adopted our Tier 4
standards without an emission-credit program that does not involve
California-specific credit calculations. The proposed provision would
therefore have no effect for the foreseeable future. We have decided
not to adopt the proposed provision, but expect to pursue this if
California adopts more stringent standards or creates a California-
specific emission-credit program for these engines (see 40 CFR
1051.701(d)(4)).
D. Marine Diesel Engines (40 CFR Part 94)
We are making several changes to our marine diesel engine program,
in 40 CFR part 94. These changes are intended to clarify several
aspects of the program. These changes are described in detail in the
Technical Support Document. This discussion also elaborates on our
interpretation of various provisions. For example, we describe how to
determine which standards apply to amphibious vehicles and hovercraft.
We also explain how we interpret the term ``marine diesel engine'' with
respect to auxiliary applications in which it may not be clear whether
the engine is ``installed'' on the vessel or not.
E. Small Nonroad Spark-Ignition Engines (40 CFR Part 90)
We are adding a new Sec. 90.913 to better define the
responsibilities for manufacturers choosing to certify their engines
below 19 kW to the emission standards for Large SI engines in 40 CFR
part 1048. We are also revising Sec. 90.1 to cross-reference
provisions in parts 86, 1048, and 1051 that allow highway motorcycle
engines and nonroad engines above 19 kW to meet the requirements in
part 90 under certain conditions.
We are making several amendments to the test procedures, such as
improving calculations for humidity corrections, adding clarifying
language, and adjusting reporting provisions. We are also updating
current references to test procedures in 40 CFR part 86 by pointing
instead to 40 CFR part 1065. In addition, we are making a variety of
minor corrections and clarifications. See the Technical Support
Document for a discussion of all these changes.
F. Marine Spark-Ignition Engines (40 CFR Part 91)
We are adopting only minimal changes for Marine SI engines in 40
CFR part 91. These changes are primarily to update current references
to test procedures in 40 CFR part 86 by pointing instead to 40 CFR part
1065. We are also updating various definitions, as described in Section
II.A. Manufacturers raised some issues in the comment period that
resulted in further minor corrections and adjustments for the final
rule. We also corrected equations for typographical errors.
G. Large Nonroad Spark-Ignition Engines (40 CFR Part 1048)
We adopted emission standards for nonroad spark-ignition engines
over 19 kW in November 2002 (67 FR 68242). The regulations in 40 CFR
part 1048 were our first attempt to draft emission-control regulations
in plain-language format. In the recent final rule for nonroad diesel
engines, we went through a similar process, including extensive
interaction with a different set of manufacturers. This process led us
to adopt regulatory provisions in 40 CFR part 1039 that differ somewhat
from those in part 1048. Since the process of meeting standards,
applying for
[[Page 40426]]
certificates, and complying with other emission-related requirements
has a lot of commonality across programs, we have a strong interest in
adopting consistent provisions and uniform terminology where possible.
As a result, we are making extensive changes in part 1048 to align with
the regulations in part 1039.
For discussion of these changes, see the Technical Support
Document.
H. Recreational Vehicles (40 CFR Part 1051)
We adopted emission standards for recreational vehicles in November
2002 (67 FR 68242). The regulations in 40 CFR part 1051 were our first
attempt to draft emission-control regulations in plain-language format.
In the recent final rule for nonroad diesel engines, we went through a
similar process, including extensive interaction with a different set
of manufacturers. This process led us to adopt regulatory provisions in
40 CFR part 1039 that differ from those in part 1051. Since the process
of meeting standards, applying for certificates, and complying with
other emission-related requirements has a lot of commonality across
programs, we have a strong interest in adopting consistent provisions
and uniform terminology as much as possible. As a result, we are making
extensive changes in part 1051 to align with the regulations in part
1039. These provisions are all discussed in more detail in the
Technical Support Document.
We proposed to add a constraint for averaging, banking, and trading
to prevent manufacturers from including credits earned in California or
another state if there would ever be a situation in which manufacturers
would be making engines with lower emissions to meet more stringent
state standards or to earn emission credits under the state program. We
are adopting this provision in the final rule to require exclusion of
California sales from federal ABT calculations if a company is subject
to more stringent state standards, or if a company generates or uses
emissions credits to show that it meets California standards. This
provision is necessary to prevent double-counting of emission credits.
In the case of recreational vehicles, California adopted emission
standards that predate the EPA rulemaking. The California emission
standards are based on a similar technology assessment, but are in a
different form. For example, California specifies different numerical
standards that apply to hydrocarbon emissions only, while EPA's
standards apply to HC+NOx emissions. Given the difficulty in
comparing these two sets of standards, we are making the judgment that,
for the purposes of ABT calculations, California's current exhaust
emission standards are equivalent to the EPA standards. Under the
current requirements, companies would therefore exclude their
California products from federal ABT calculations only if those
products generate or use emission credits under the California program.
If California adopts new standards for recreational vehicles, we will
again make a judgment regarding the relative stringency of the two
programs for ABT purposes.
I. Locomotives (40 CFR Part 92)
We proposed a variety of changes for our locomotive regulations in
40 CFR part 92 to correct various technical references and
typographical errors. We are finalizing those changes. We are also
finalizing other changes in response to comments. The large majority of
the comments received regarding locomotives came from the Engine
Manufacturers Association (EMA). See the Technical Support Document for
additional information. In addition to the changes being finalized, we
are also publishing the following clarifications in response to public
comments.
EMA asked that remanufacturers be allowed to limit the practice of
not replacing every power assembly with remanufactured power assemblies
at the time of engine remanufacture. Remanufacturers already can limit
this practice just as original manufacturers limit the parts that are
used in their locomotives. In fact, remanufacturers would be expected
to limit this practice to only those cases in which they can be certain
that the previously used power assembly will not cause an engine to
exceed an emission standard. By allowing an engine to be remanufactured
under its certificate, the remanufacturer is assuming responsibility
for the emission performance of that remanufactured engine. We define
remanufactured locomotives to be ``new'', and the certificate holder
has the same responsibilities as the manufacturer of a freshly
manufactured locomotive. The remanufacturer is thus expected to
maintain some degree of control over the remanufacturing process to
ensure that the remanufactured locomotive. For example, the
remanufacturer might limit the certificate to only those engines
remanufactured by installers that has been properly trained. It must be
noted, however, that while certificate holders have responsibility for
the emission performance of locomotives remanufactured under their
certificates, 40 CFR 92.209 also assigns responsibility to others
involved in the remanufacturing process.
EMA asked that EPA not use the term ``offer for sale'' in the
prohibited acts (40 CFR 92.1103). They are concerned that this would be
problematic because locomotives are generally manufactured only after a
sales agreement has been completed. The manufacturer offers to
manufacture and sell a locomotive at least several months before it
actually has obtained a certificate of conformity for the locomotive.
Given this confusion, we are clarifying that EPA does not interpret the
phrase ``offer to sell'' to apply to products that have not yet been
manufactured (or remanufactured, as applicable).
EMA asked that EPA exempt replacement engines as we do in other
nonroad engine programs. However, such exemption is not necessary with
locomotives. Long after the manufacturer has stopped manufacturing
brand new engines, that manufacturer (along with other remanufacturers)
will be certifying remanufacturing systems. Thus, we believe that the
cases in which a brand new engine will be needed will be rare.
Nevertheless, we are finalizing a regulatory change in 40 CFR 92.204 to
explicitly allow manufacturers to include freshly manufactured
locomotive engines in the same engine family as remanufactured
locomotives. We believe that this will resolve the issue, since
manufacturers would merely need to certify a remanufacturing system for
each engine it manufactures.
Finally, we are adopting a provision that will allow manufacturers
to certify locomotives that have total power less than 750 kW. This
provision will allow manufacturers of hybrid locomotives to certify
under 40 CFR part 92. EMA commented that if we do this, we should
specify test procedures and duty-cycle weightings for such hybrids. We
agree that this would be appropriate in the long term, but do not
believe that this rulemaking would be the proper place for such
provisions. Instead, we expect to rely on the testing and calculation
flexibility of 40 CFR 92.207 and 92.132(e) to certify hybrids on a
case-by-case basis.
J. Highway Engines and Vehicles (40 CFR Parts 85 and 86)
Most of the changes we are adopting in parts 85 and 86 apply
uniquely to different types of vehicles or engines. We are, however,
adopting changes to the program for Independent Commercial Importers
that affect all the different applications. The Technical
[[Page 40427]]
Support Document describes how we are limiting the importation of
products where the applicable standards are based on the year of
original production. We continue to allow unlimited importation of
products where the applicable standards are based on the year of
modification.
The following paragraphs provide an overview of the changes for
each type of engine or vehicle. See the Technical Support Document for
a more detailed discussion of these changes.
1. Light-Duty Vehicles
For light-duty vehicles, we are adopting a variety of
clarifications and corrections, especially related to test procedures.
2. Highway Motorcycles
For highway motorcycles, we are correcting fuel specifications,
clarifying the requirements related to engine labels, fixing the
provisions related to using nonroad certificates for highway
motorcycles below 50 cc (consistent with similar changes in other
programs), and making a variety of other minor corrections.
3. Heavy-Duty Highway Engines
As discussed above, we are adopting the lab-testing and field-
testing specifications in part 1065 for heavy-duty highway engines,
including both diesel and Otto-cycle engines. These procedures replace
those currently published in 40 CFR part 86, subpart N.
We proposed to complete the migration of heavy-duty highway test
procedures to part 1065 by the 2008 model year. Manufacturers pointed
out that it would be most appropriate to move this date back to 2010 to
correspond with the implementation of the new emission standards in
that year. We agree that it would be appropriate to make this
transition over several model years to fully migrate to part 1065, no
later than model year 2010. Manufacturers do not need to conduct new
testing if they are able to use carryover data, but any new testing for
2010 and later model years must be done using the part 1065 procedures.
Migrating heavy-duty highway engines to the part 1065 procedures allows
us to include all the testing-related improvements in the HD2007 rule,
including those we have adopted through guidance.\2\ In addition, part
1065 incorporates revisions based on updated procedures for sampling
low concentrations of PM.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\2\ ``Guidance Regarding Test Procedures for Heavy-Duty On-
Highway and Non-Road Engines,'' December 3, 2002.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Another question was raised about how EPA should conduct testing
during this transition stage. We intend to incorporate near-term
upgrades that would make our testing facilities capable of meeting the
requirements in part 1065. Most of the testing methods in part 1065
result in better measurements and should therefore not pose problems,
even if manufacturers based their certification on the test procedures
specified in part 86. Three exceptions to this include the steps for
mapping an engine, denormalizing test cycles, and evaluating cycle-
validation criteria. Changing the specified procedure for these three
items would involve different engine operation that could cause an
engine to have higher or lower emission levels.For all other
parameters, the new procedures would be equivalent, or would give more
accurate or more precise results. We are therefore specifying that we
will follow the manufacturer's procedures for these three items related
to engine operation, but will otherwise consider our tests valid if we
use procedures from either part 86 or part 1065, regardless of the
procedures used by the manufacturer.
EMA responded to our request for comment related to a provision
that would allow engine manufacturers to ship certified engines without
applicable aftertreatment components, while providing for separate
shipment of those components to equipment manufacturers. EMA commented
that such a provision would be appropriate, and that it should be set
up to require either that the component cost be included in the price
of the engine, or auditing requirements for engine manufacturers, but
not both, since the equipment manufacturer has enough incentive to make
the final installation without additional oversight. We agree with
manufacturers that these more flexible arrangements are appropriate for
the prevailing business relationships for heavy-duty highway engines.
There are far fewer manufacturers producing heavy-duty trucks and buses
than nonroad equipment. Engine manufacturers are therefore expected to
be able to maintain control with an approach that requires them either
to include the price of the aftertreatment in the engine price or to
conduct periodic audits of vehicle manufacturers, but not both. In the
periodic audit we require manufacturers to confirm the number of
aftertreatment component shipped is sufficient for the applicable
vehicle production. This confirmation is intended to show that the
vehicle manufacturers have purchasing and manufacturing processes in
place to ensure that they are ordering and receiving enough
aftertreatment components and that each vehicles is equipped with the
correct components. To reduce the risk of noncompliance where the
engine and aftertreatment components are not priced together, we
require that engine manufacturers have a written confirmation that the
vehicle manufacturer has ordered the appropriate aftertreatment before
shipping engines without the otherwise required aftertreatment
components.
We are adopting a test-related provision that was described in the
proposal. We requested comment on approaches to address the concern
that some engines experience significant overspeed excursions when
following the proposed approach to defining maximum test speed and
denormalizing duty cycles. As described in the Technical Support
Document, we are finalizing a provision to define maximum test speed at
the highest speed point at which engines are expected to operate in
use.
III. Public Participation
In the proposed rule, we invited public participation in a public
hearing, a public workshop, and a comment period for written comments.
No one responded to indicate in interest in the public hearing, but we
held the public workshop to talk through a wide range of issues. We
also received written comments from about 20 organizations, mostly
representing manufacturers. Several principle issues raised by
commenters are described in the individual sections above. The Final
Technical Support Document addresses the full range of comments.
IV. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews
A. Executive Order 12866: Regulatory Planning and Review
Under Executive Order 12866 the Agency must determine whether the
regulatory action is ``significant'' and therefore subject to review by
the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) and the requirements of this
Executive Order. The Executive Order defines a ``significant regulatory
action'' as any regulatory action that is likely to result in a rule
that may:
Have an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or
more or adversely affect in a material way the economy, a sector of the
economy, productivity, competition, jobs, the environment, public
health or safety, or State, Local, or Tribal governments or
communities;
[[Page 40428]]
Create a serious inconsistency or otherwise interfere with
an action taken or planned by another agency;
Materially alter the budgetary impact of entitlements,
grants, user fees, or loan programs, or the rights and obligations of
recipients thereof; or
Raise novel legal or policy issues arising out of legal
mandates, the President's priorities, or the principles set forth in
the Executive Order.
The Office of Management and Budget reviewed this rule under the
provisions of Executive Order 12866. Any new costs associated with this
rule will be minimal. In addition, some of the changes will
substantially reduce the burden associated with testing, as described
in the Regulatory Support Document.
B. Paperwork Reduction Act
This rule does not include any new collection requirements, as it
merely revises the measurement methods and makes a variety of technical
amendments to existing programs.
C. Regulatory Flexibility Act
EPA has determined that it is not necessary to prepare a regulatory
flexibility analysis in connection with this final rule.
For purposes of assessing the impacts of this final rule on small
entities, a small entity is defined as: (1) A small business as defined
in the underlying rulemakings for each individual category of engines;
(2) a small governmental jurisdiction that is a government of a city,
county, town, school district or special district with a population of
less than 50,000; and (3) a small organization that is any not-for-
profit enterprise which is independently owned and operated and is not
dominant in its field.
After considering the economic impacts of this final rule on small
entities, EPA has concluded that this action will not have a
significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
The small entities directly regulated by this rule are small businesses
that produce nonroad engines. We have determined that no small entities
will be negatively affected as a result of this rule. This rule merely
revises the measurement methods and makes a variety of technical
amendments to existing programs. This rule, therefore, does not require
a regulatory flexibility analysis.
Although this rule will not have a significant economic impact on a
substantial number of small entities, EPA nonetheless has tried to
reduce the impact of this rule on small entities. For example, most of
the changes clarify existing requirements, which will reduce the time
needed to comply, and added flexibility, which may allow for a simpler
effort to comply.
D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA), Public
Law. 104-4, establishes requirements for federal agencies to assess the
effects of their regulatory actions on state, local, and tribal
governments and the private sector. Under section 202 of the UMRA, EPA
generally must prepare a written statement, including a cost-benefit
analysis, for proposed and final rules with ``federal mandates'' that
may result in expenditures to state, local, and tribal governments, in
the aggregate, or to the private sector, of $100 million or more in any
one year. Before promulgating an EPA rule for which a written statement
is needed, section 205 of the UMRA generally requires EPA to identify
and consider a reasonable number of regulatory alternatives and adopt
the least costly, most cost-effective, or least burdensome alternative
that achieves the objectives of the rule. The provisions of section 205
do not apply when they are inconsistent with applicable law. Moreover,
section 205 allows EPA to adopt an alternative other than the least
costly, most cost-effective, or least burdensome alternative if the
Administrator publishes with the final rule an explanation of why that
alternative was not adopted.
Before EPA establishes any regulatory requirements that may
significantly or uniquely affect small governments, including tribal
governments, it must have developed under section 203 of the UMRA a
small government agency plan. The plan must provide for notifying
potentially affected small governments, enabling officials of affected
small governments to have meaningful and timely input in the
development of EPA regulatory proposals with significant federal
intergovernmental mandates, and informing, educating, and advising
small governments on compliance with the regulatory requirements.
This rule contains no federal mandates for state, local, or tribal
governments as defined by the provisions of Title II of the UMRA. The
rule imposes no enforceable duties on any of these governmental
entities. Nothing in the rule significantly or uniquely affects small
governments. We have determined that this rule contains no federal
mandates that may result in expenditures of more than $100 million to
the private sector in any single year. This rule merely revises the
measurement methods and makes a variety of technical amendments to
existing programs. The requirements of UMRA therefore do not apply to
this action.
E. Executive Order 13132: Federalism